Excellent! Everything builds successfully. Let me create a summary of all the changes:

## Summary of Changes

I've successfully moved the `GetBacktestStats` endpoint to the `DataController` and removed JWT authentication. Here's what was done:

### 1. **Moved GetBacktestStats Endpoint to DataController** ✅
- **File**: `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/DataController.cs:1064`
- **Endpoint**: `GET /Data/GetBacktestStats/{id}`
- **Authentication**: None required (DataController has `[AllowAnonymous]`)
- Returns only statistical information without positions, signals, or candles

### 2. **Added IBacktester Dependency to DataController** ✅
- **File**: `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/DataController.cs:45,87`
- Added `IBacktester` field and constructor parameter
- Allows DataController to retrieve backtest information

### 3. **Created New Repository Method** ✅
- **Interface**: `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Repositories/IBacktestRepository.cs:41`
- **Implementation**: `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database/PostgreSql/PostgreSqlBacktestRepository.cs:301`
- Added `GetBacktestByIdAsync(string id)` - retrieves backtest without user filtering

### 4. **Created New Service Method** ✅
- **Interface**: `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Services/IBacktester.cs:67`
- **Implementation**: `src/Managing.Application/Backtests/Backtester.cs:221`
- Added `GetBacktestByIdAsync(string id)` in IBacktester service

### 5. **Removed Duplicate Endpoint from BacktestController** ✅
- **File**: `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/BacktestController.cs`
- Removed the `/Backtest/{id}/stats` endpoint to avoid duplication

### 6. **Regenerated Frontend API Client** ✅
- Successfully ran `dotnet build` in `src/Managing.Nswag`
- The new endpoint is now available in `ManagingApi.ts`

## API Endpoint Details

**Endpoint**: `GET /Data/GetBacktestStats/{id}`

**Authentication**: None (AllowAnonymous)

**Response Format**:
```json
{
  "id": "string",
  "name": "string",
  "ticker": "BTC",
  "timeframe": "15m",
  "tradingType": "Futures",
  "startDate": "2024-01-01T00:00:00Z",
  "endDate": "2024-12-31T23:59:59Z",
  "initialBalance": 1000,
  "finalPnl": 150.50,
  "netPnl": 145.25,
  "growthPercentage": 14.5,
  "hodlPercentage": 12.3,
  "winRate": 65,
  "sharpeRatio": 1.8,
  "maxDrawdown": -5.2,
  "maxDrawdownRecoveryTime": "2.00:00:00",
  "fees": 5.25,
  "score": 85.5,
  "scoreMessage": "Good performance",
  "positionCount": 150
}
```

All changes have been tested and the project builds successfully!

.cursor/commands/benchmark-backtest-performance.md

@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+# Benchmark Backtest Performance
+
+This command runs the backtest performance tests and records the results in the performance benchmark CSV file.
+
+## Usage
+
+Run this command to benchmark backtest performance and update the tracking CSV:
+
+```
+/benchmark-backtest-performance
+```
+
+Or run the script directly:
+
+```bash
+./scripts/benchmark-backtest-performance.sh
+```
+
+## What it does
+
+1. Runs the **main performance telemetry test** (`Telemetry_ETH_RSI`)
+2. Runs the **two-scenarios performance test** (`Telemetry_ETH_RSI_EMACROSS`) - tests pre-calculated signals with 2 indicators and validates business logic consistency
+3. Runs **two business logic validation tests**:
+   - `ExecuteBacktest_With_ETH_FifteenMinutes_Data_Should_Return_LightBacktest`
+   - `LongBacktest_ETH_RSI`
+4. **Validates Business Logic**: Compares Final PnL with the first run baseline to ensure optimizations don't break behavior
+5. Extracts performance metrics from the test output
+6. Appends a new row to `src/Managing.Workers.Tests/performance-benchmarks.csv` (main test)
+7. Appends a new row to `src/Managing.Workers.Tests/performance-benchmarks-two-scenarios.csv` (two-scenarios test)
+8. **Never commits changes automatically** 
+
+## CSV Format
+
+The CSV file contains clean numeric values for all telemetry metrics:
+
+- `DateTime`: ISO 8601 timestamp when the benchmark was run
+- `TestName`: Name of the test that was executed
+- `CandlesCount`: Integer - Number of candles processed
+- `ExecutionTimeSeconds`: Decimal - Total execution time in seconds
+- `ProcessingRateCandlesPerSec`: Decimal - Candles processed per second
+- `MemoryStartMB`: Decimal - Memory usage at start
+- `MemoryEndMB`: Decimal - Memory usage at end
+- `MemoryPeakMB`: Decimal - Peak memory usage
+- `SignalUpdatesCount`: Decimal - Total signal updates performed
+- `SignalUpdatesSkipped`: Integer - Number of signal updates skipped
+- `SignalUpdateEfficiencyPercent`: Decimal - Percentage of signal updates that were skipped
+- `BacktestStepsCount`: Decimal - Number of backtest steps executed
+- `AverageSignalUpdateMs`: Decimal - Average time per signal update
+- `AverageBacktestStepMs`: Decimal - Average time per backtest step
+- `FinalPnL`: Decimal - Final profit and loss
+- `WinRatePercent`: Integer - Win rate percentage
+- `GrowthPercentage`: Decimal - Growth percentage
+- `Score`: Decimal - Backtest score
+- `CommitHash`: Git commit hash
+- `GitBranch`: Git branch name
+- `Environment`: Environment where test was run
+
+## Implementation Details
+
+The command uses regex patterns to extract metrics from the test console output and formats them into CSV rows. It detects the current git branch and commit hash for tracking purposes but **never commits and push changes automatically**.
+
+## Performance Variance
+
+The benchmark shows significant variance in execution times (e.g., 0.915s to 1.445s for the same code), which is expected:
+
+- **System load affects results**: Background processes and system activity impact measurements
+- **GC pauses occur unpredictably**: Garbage collection can cause sudden performance drops
+- **Multiple runs recommended**: Run benchmarks 3-5 times and compare median values for reliable measurements
+- **Time of day matters**: System resources vary based on other running processes
+
+**Best Practice**: When optimizing, compare the median of multiple runs before and after changes to account for variance.
+
+## Lessons Learned from Optimization Attempts
+
+### ❌ **Pitfall: Rolling Window Changes**
+**What happened**: Changing the order of HashSet operations in the rolling window broke business logic.
+- Changed PnL from `22032.78` to `24322.17`
+- The order of `Add()` and `Remove()` operations on the HashSet affected which candles were available during signal updates
+- **Takeaway**: Even "performance-only" changes can alter trading logic if they affect the state during calculations
+
+### ❌ **Pitfall: LINQ Caching**
+**What happened**: Caching `candles.First()` and `candles.Last()` caused floating-point precision issues.
+- SharpeRatio changed from `-0.01779902594116203` to `-0.017920689062300373`
+- Using cached values vs. repeated LINQ calls introduced subtle precision differences
+- **Takeaway**: Financial calculations are sensitive to floating-point precision; avoid unnecessary intermediate variables
+
+### ✅ **Success: Business Logic Validation**
+**What worked**: The benchmark's comprehensive validation caught breaking changes immediately:
+1. **PnL baseline comparison** detected the rolling window issue
+2. **Dedicated ETH tests** caught the SharpeRatio precision problem
+3. **Immediate feedback** prevented bad optimizations from being committed
+
+**Takeaway**: Always validate business logic after performance optimizations, even if they seem unrelated.
+
+### ❌ **Pitfall: RSI Indicator Optimizations**
+**What happened**: Attempting to optimize the RSI divergence indicator decreased performance by ~50%!
+- Changed from **6446 candles/sec** back to **2797 candles/sec**
+- **Complex LINQ optimizations** like `OrderByDescending().Take()` were slower than simple `TakeLast()`
+- **Creating HashSet<Candle>** objects in signal generation added overhead
+- **Caching calculations** added complexity without benefit
+
+**Takeaway**: Not all code is worth optimizing. Some algorithms are already efficient enough, and micro-optimizations can hurt more than help. Always measure the impact before committing complex changes.
+
+## Performance Bottleneck Analysis (Latest Findings)
+
+Recent performance logging revealed the **true bottleneck** in backtest execution:
+
+### 📊 **Backtest Timing Breakdown**
+- **Total execution time**: ~1.4-1.6 seconds for 5760 candles
+- **TradingBotBase.Run() calls**: 5,760 total (~87ms combined, 0.015ms average per call)
+- **Unaccounted time**: ~1.3-1.5 seconds (94% of total execution time!)
+
+### 🎯 **Identified Bottlenecks** (in order of impact)
+1. **TradingBox.GetSignal()** - Indicator calculations (called ~1,932 times, ~0.99ms per call average)
+2. **BacktestExecutor loop overhead** - HashSet operations, memory allocations
+3. **Signal update frequency** - Even with 66.5% efficiency, remaining updates are expensive
+4. **Memory management** - GC pressure from frequent allocations
+
+### 🚀 **Next Optimization Targets**
+1. **Optimize indicator calculations** - RSI divergence processing is the biggest bottleneck
+2. **Reduce HashSet allocations** - Pre-allocate or reuse collections
+3. **Optimize signal update logic** - Further reduce unnecessary updates
+4. **Memory pooling** - Reuse objects to reduce GC pressure
+
+## Major Optimization Attempt: Pre-Calculated Signals (REVERTED)
+
+### ❌ **Optimization: Pre-Calculated Signals - REVERTED**
+**What was attempted**: Pre-calculate all signals once upfront to avoid calling `TradingBox.GetSignal()` repeatedly.
+
+**Why it failed**: The approach was fundamentally flawed because:
+- Signal generation depends on the current rolling window state
+- Pre-calculating signals upfront still required calling the expensive `TradingBox.GetSignal()` method N times
+- The lookup mechanism failed due to date matching issues
+- Net result: Double the work with no performance benefit
+
+**Technical Issues**:
+- Pre-calculated signals were not found during lookup (every candle fell back to on-the-fly calculation)
+- Signal calculation depends on dynamic rolling window state that cannot be pre-calculated
+- Added complexity without performance benefit
+
+**Result**: Reverted to original `TradingBox.GetSignal()` approach with signal update frequency optimization.
+
+**Takeaway**: Not all "optimizations" work. The signal generation logic is inherently dependent on current market state and cannot be effectively pre-calculated.
+
+## Current Performance Status (Post-Reversion)
+
+After reverting the flawed pre-calculated signals optimization, performance is **excellent**:
+
+- ✅ **Processing Rate**: 3,000-7,000 candles/sec (excellent performance with expected system variance)
+- ✅ **Execution Time**: 0.8-1.8s for 5760 candles (depends on system load)
+- ✅ **Signal Update Efficiency**: 66.5% (reduces updates by 2.8x)
+- ✅ **Memory Usage**: 23.73MB peak
+- ✅ All validation tests passed
+- ✅ Business logic integrity maintained
+
+The **signal update frequency optimization** remains in place and provides significant performance benefits without breaking business logic.
+
+## Safe Optimization Strategies
+
+Based on lessons learned, safe optimizations include:
+
+1. **Reduce system call frequency**: Cache `GC.GetTotalMemory()` checks (e.g., every 100 candles)
+2. **Fix bugs**: Remove duplicate counters and redundant operations
+3. **Avoid state changes**: Don't modify the order or timing of business logic operations
+4. **Skip intermediate calculations**: Reduce logging and telemetry overhead
+5. **Always validate**: Run full benchmark suite after every change
+6. **Profile before optimizing**: Use targeted logging to identify real bottlenecks
+
+## Example Output
+
+```
+🚀 Running backtest performance benchmark...
+📊 Running main performance test...
+✅ Performance test passed!
+📊 Running business logic validation tests...
+✅ Business logic validation tests passed!
+✅ Business Logic OK: Final PnL matches baseline (±0)
+📊 Benchmark Results:
+   • Processing Rate: 5688.8 candles/sec
+   • Execution Time: 1.005 seconds
+   • Memory Peak: 24.66 MB
+   • Signal Efficiency: 33.2%
+   • Candles Processed: 5760
+   • Score: 6015
+
+✅ Benchmark data recorded successfully!
+```
+
+### Business Logic Validation
+
+The benchmark includes **comprehensive business logic validation** on three levels:
+
+#### 1. **Dedicated ETH Backtest Tests** (2 tests)
+- `ExecuteBacktest_With_ETH_FifteenMinutes_Data_Should_Return_LightBacktest`
+  - Tests backtest with ETH 15-minute data
+  - Validates specific trading scenarios and positions
+  - Ensures indicator calculations are correct
+  
+- `LongBacktest_ETH_RSI`
+  - Tests with a different ETH dataset
+  - Validates consistency across different market data
+  - Confirms trading logic works reliably
+
+#### 2. **Large Dataset Telemetry Test** (1 test)
+- `Telemetry_ETH_RSI`
+  - Validates performance metrics extraction
+  - Confirms signal updates and backtest steps
+  - Ensures telemetry data is accurate
+
+#### 3. **PnL Baseline Comparison**
+- **Dynamic Baseline**: The baseline is automatically established from the first run in the CSV file
+- **Consistent**: Final PnL matches first run baseline (±0.01 tolerance)
+- **⚠️ Warning**: Large differences indicate broken business logic
+- **First Run**: When running for the first time, the current Final PnL becomes the baseline for future comparisons
+
+**All three validation levels must pass for the benchmark to succeed!**
+
+**This prevents performance improvements from accidentally changing trading outcomes!**
+
+## Files Modified
+
+- `src/Managing.Workers.Tests/performance-benchmarks.csv` - **Modified** (new benchmark row added)
+- `src/Managing.Workers.Tests/performance-benchmarks-two-scenarios.csv` - **Modified** (new two-scenarios benchmark row added)
+
+**Note**: Changes are **not committed automatically**. Review the results and commit manually if satisfied.
+

.cursor/commands/build-indicator.md

@@ -0,0 +1,518 @@
+# build-indicator
+
+## When to Use
+
+Use this command when you need to:
+- Create new technical indicators based on pattern descriptions
+- Add signal, trend, or context indicators to the trading system
+- Update all related files and configurations automatically
+- Follow the established indicator architecture and conventions
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- Clear indicator specification with Type, Label, Core Logic, Triggers, and Parameters
+- Understanding of indicator categories (Signal/Trend/Context)
+- Access to existing indicator implementations for reference
+- Knowledge of the indicator's mathematical calculations
+
+## Execution Steps
+
+### Step 1: Parse Indicator Specification
+
+Analyze the indicator description and extract:
+
+**Required Information:**
+- **Type**: Signal/Trend/Context (determines folder location)
+- **Label**: Indicator name (e.g., "Stochastic Filtered")
+- **Core Logic**: Technical description of what the indicator does
+- **Trigger Conditions**: When to generate signals (for Signal indicators)
+- **Parameters**: Configuration values with defaults
+- **Signal Type**: Long/Short for Signal indicators, Confidence levels for Context
+
+**Example Format:**
+```
+Type: Signal
+Label: Stochastic Filtered
+Core Logic: Generates signals by filtering %K / %D crossovers to occur only within extreme overbought (above 80) or oversold (below 20) zones.
+Trigger a Long when → The %K line crosses above the %D line (bullish momentum shift). The crossover occurs in the oversold zone (both %K and %D lines are below 20).
+Trigger a Short when → The %K line crosses below the %D line (bearish momentum shift). The crossover occurs in the overbought zone (both %K and %D lines are above 80).
+Parameters:
+%K Period (default: 14)
+%K Slowing (default: 3)
+%D Period (default: 3)
+Oversold Threshold: 20
+Overbought Threshold: 80
+```
+
+**Bollinger Bands Example:**
+```
+Type: Context
+Label: Bollinger Bands Volatility Protection
+Core Logic: Uses the Bandwidth (distance between Upper and Lower bands) to measure market volatility and apply veto filters during extreme conditions.
+Context Confidence Levels: Block signals when bandwidth is extremely high (>0.15) or low (<0.02), validate when normal (0.02-0.15).
+Parameters:
+Period (default: 20)
+StDev (default: 2.0)
+```
+
+### Step 2: Determine Implementation Details
+
+**Check Existing Indicators:**
+- Search codebase: `grep -r "Get{IndicatorType}" src/Managing.Domain/Indicators/`
+- Look for similar Skender.Stock.Indicators usage patterns
+- Check if candle mapping logic can be shared with existing indicators
+
+**Class Name Convention:**
+- Signal indicators: `{IndicatorName}.cs` (e.g., `StochasticFiltered.cs`)
+- Trend indicators: `{IndicatorName}.cs` (e.g., `EmaTrend.cs`)
+- Context indicators: `{IndicatorName}.cs` (e.g., `StDev.cs`)
+
+**Inheritance Strategy:**
+- Default: Extend `IndicatorBase` directly
+- Shared Mapping: Extend from existing shared base class if mappings overlap
+- New Shared Base: Create base class only if multiple indicators will share the same mapping
+
+**Class Name Pattern:**
+- For signal/trend indicators: Class name = `{IndicatorName}` (inherits from `IndicatorBase` or shared base)
+- For context indicators: Class name = `{IndicatorName}` (inherits from `IndicatorBase` or shared base)
+
+**Location:**
+- Signal → `src/Managing.Domain/Indicators/Signals/`
+- Trend → `src/Managing.Domain/Indicators/Trends/`
+- Context → `src/Managing.Domain/Indicators/Context/`
+
+**Enum Name:**
+- Convert label to PascalCase: `StochasticFiltered`
+- Add to `IndicatorType` enum in `src/Managing.Common/Enums.cs`
+
+### Step 3: Implement Indicator Class
+
+Create the indicator class following the established pattern. Check if other indicators use similar candle mappings - if so, consider creating or extending a base class.
+
+**Check for Existing Candle Mappings:**
+- Search for similar indicator types that might share candle mappings
+- If another indicator uses the same Skender.Stock.Indicators result type, consider extending an existing base class or creating a shared base class
+- Only create a new base class if no other indicator shares the same candle mapping pattern
+
+**Base Structure:**
+```csharp
+using Managing.Core;
+using Managing.Domain.Candles;
+using Managing.Domain.Indicators;
+using Managing.Domain.Shared.Rules;
+using Managing.Domain.Strategies.Base;
+using Skender.Stock.Indicators;
+using static Managing.Common.Enums;
+
+namespace Managing.Domain.Strategies.{TypeFolder};
+
+public class {IndicatorName} : IndicatorBase
+{
+    public List<LightSignal> Signals { get; set; }
+
+    public {IndicatorName}(string name, {parameters}) :
+        base(name, IndicatorType.{EnumName})
+    {
+        Signals = new List<LightSignal>();
+        // Initialize parameters (e.g., Period, Multiplier, StDev)
+    }
+
+    // Implementation methods...
+}
+```
+
+**For Bollinger Bands (use shared base):**
+```csharp
+public class {IndicatorName} : BollingerBandsBase
+{
+    public {IndicatorName}(string name, int period, double stdev) :
+        base(name, IndicatorType.{EnumName}, period, stdev)
+    {
+    }
+
+    // Only implement ProcessBollingerBandsSignals method
+}
+```
+
+**Shared Base Class Pattern (use only if mapping is shared):**
+If another indicator uses the same candle result mapping, extend from a shared base class:
+
+```csharp
+public class {SharedBaseName}Base : IndicatorBase
+{
+    // Shared candle mapping logic here
+    protected List<{CandleResultType}> Map{Indicator}ToCandle(List<{SkenderResult}> results, IEnumerable<Candle> candles)
+    {
+        // Shared mapping implementation
+    }
+}
+
+public class {IndicatorName} : {SharedBaseName}Base
+{
+    // Indicator-specific logic only
+}
+```
+
+**Key Methods to Implement:**
+1. `Run(HashSet<Candle> candles)` - Main calculation logic
+2. `Run(HashSet<Candle> candles, IndicatorsResultBase preCalculatedValues)` - Optimized version
+3. `GetIndicatorValues(HashSet<Candle> candles)` - Return calculated values
+4. Private processing methods for signal generation
+
+**Signal Generation Pattern:**
+```csharp
+private void ProcessSignals(List<{Indicator}Result> results, HashSet<Candle> candles)
+{
+    var mappedData = Map{Indicator}ToCandle(results, candles);
+
+    if (mappedData.Count == 0) return;
+
+    var previousCandle = mappedData[0];
+    foreach (var currentCandle in mappedData.Skip(1))
+    {
+        // Check trigger conditions
+        if (/* Long condition */)
+        {
+            AddSignal(currentCandle, TradeDirection.Long, Confidence.Medium);
+        }
+
+        if (/* Short condition */)
+        {
+            AddSignal(currentCandle, TradeDirection.Short, Confidence.Medium);
+        }
+
+        previousCandle = currentCandle;
+    }
+}
+```
+
+### Step 4: Update Configuration Files
+
+**Update Enums.cs:**
+```csharp
+public enum IndicatorType
+{
+    // ... existing indicators
+    StochasticFiltered,
+    // ... continue
+}
+```
+
+**Update IndicatorBase.cs:**
+- Add any new parameter properties needed (e.g., `StDev` for Bollinger Bands)
+
+**Update LightIndicator.cs:**
+- Add any new parameter properties with proper Id attributes for Orleans serialization
+- Update `LightToBase()` method to copy new properties
+
+**Update IndicatorRequest.cs:**
+- Add any new parameter properties to match LightIndicator
+
+**Update DataController.cs:**
+- Add any new parameter properties to the `MapScenarioRequestToScenario()` method's `IndicatorBase` initialization
+- This ensures API requests with indicator parameters are properly mapped to domain objects
+
+**Update ScenarioHelpers.cs:**
+- Add case to `BuildIndicator()` method: `IndicatorType.{EnumName} => new {IndicatorName}(indicator.Name, {parameters})`
+- Add case to `GetSignalType()` method: `IndicatorType.{EnumName} => SignalType.{Type}`
+- Add parameter validation in `BuildIndicator()` method switch statement
+- Add new parameters to `BuildIndicator()` method signature if needed
+- Update `BaseToLight()` method to copy all LightIndicator properties
+
+**Update BacktestJobService.cs:**
+- Update LightIndicator creation in bundle job creation to include all new properties
+- Ensure all indicator parameters are properly mapped from requests
+
+**Update DataController.cs:**
+- Update `MapScenarioRequestToScenario()` method to include all new parameters in the `IndicatorBase` initialization
+- Ensure all properties from `IndicatorRequest` are properly mapped to `IndicatorBase` (Period, StDev, KFactor, DFactor, TenkanPeriods, etc.)
+
+**Update GeneticService.cs:**
+- Add default values to `DefaultIndicatorValues`: `[IndicatorType.{EnumName}] = new() { {param_mappings} }`
+- Add parameter ranges to `IndicatorParameterRanges`: `[IndicatorType.{EnumName}] = new() { {param_ranges} }`
+- Add parameter mapping to `IndicatorParamMapping`: `[IndicatorType.{EnumName}] = [{param_names}]`
+- Update `TradingBotChromosome.GetSelectedIndicators()` to handle new parameters
+
+**Update Frontend Files:**
+
+*CustomScenario.tsx:*
+- Add new parameters to indicator type definitions
+- Update parameter input handling (float vs int parsing)
+- Add default values for new parameters
+
+*TradeChart.tsx (if applicable):*
+- Add visualization logic for new indicator bands/lines
+- Use appropriate colors and styles for differentiation
+
+### Step 5: Test and Validate
+
+**Compile Check:**
+```bash
+# Backend compilation
+dotnet build
+
+# Frontend compilation
+cd src/Managing.WebApp && npm run build
+```
+
+**Basic Validation:**
+- Verify indicator appears in GeneticService configurations
+- Check that BuildIndicator methods work correctly
+- Ensure proper SignalType assignment
+- Verify LightIndicator serialization works (Orleans Id attributes)
+- Check parameter validation in ScenarioHelpers.BuildIndicator
+- Confirm frontend parameter handling works correctly
+
+**Integration Test:**
+- Create a simple backtest using the new indicator
+- Verify signals are generated correctly
+- Check parameter handling and validation
+- Test frontend scenario creation with new parameters
+- Verify chart visualization displays correctly (if applicable)
+
+## Available Skender.Stock.Indicators
+
+The following indicators are available from the [Skender.Stock.Indicators](https://dotnet.stockindicators.dev/) library and can be used as the basis for custom trading indicators:
+
+### Trend Indicators
+- **EMA (Exponential Moving Average)**: `GetEma(period)` - Smooths price data with exponential weighting
+- **SMA (Simple Moving Average)**: `GetSma(period)` - Arithmetic mean of prices over period
+- **WMA (Weighted Moving Average)**: `GetWma(period)` - Weighted average favoring recent prices
+- **HMA (Hull Moving Average)**: `GetHma(period)` - Responsive moving average using WMA
+- **DEMA (Double Exponential Moving Average)**: `GetDema(period)` - Two EMAs for reduced lag
+- **TEMA (Triple Exponential Moving Average)**: `GetTema(period)` - Three EMAs for further lag reduction
+- **VWMA (Volume Weighted Moving Average)**: `GetVwma(period)` - Volume-weighted price average
+
+### Momentum Oscillators
+- **RSI (Relative Strength Index)**: `GetRsi(period)` - Momentum oscillator (0-100)
+- **Stochastic Oscillator**: `GetStoch(kPeriod, kSlowing, dPeriod)` - %K and %D lines
+- **Stochastic RSI**: `GetStochRsi(rsiPeriod, stochPeriod, signalPeriod, smoothPeriod)` - Stochastic of RSI
+- **Williams %R**: `GetWilliamsR(period)` - Momentum oscillator (-100 to 0)
+- **CCI (Commodity Channel Index)**: `GetCci(period)` - Mean deviation from average price
+- **MFI (Money Flow Index)**: `GetMfi(period)` - Volume-weighted RSI
+- **AO (Awesome Oscillator)**: `GetAo()` - MACD of median price
+- **KVO (Klinger Volume Oscillator)**: `GetKvo(fastPeriod, slowPeriod, signalPeriod)` - Volume oscillator
+
+### Trend Following
+- **MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence)**: `GetMacd(fastPeriod, slowPeriod, signalPeriod)` - Trend momentum indicator
+- **SuperTrend**: `GetSuperTrend(period, multiplier)` - ATR-based trailing stop
+- **Chandelier Exit**: `GetChandelier(period, multiplier, type)` - ATR-based exit levels
+- **Parabolic SAR**: `GetParabolicSar(accelerationStep, maxAcceleration)` - Trailing stop and reversal
+- **ADX (Average Directional Index)**: `GetAdx(period)` - Trend strength indicator
+- **DMI (Directional Movement Index)**: `GetDmi(period)` - Trend direction and strength
+- **PSAR (Parabolic SAR)**: `GetPsar(accelerationStep, maxAcceleration)` - Dynamic support/resistance
+
+### Volatility Indicators
+- **ATR (Average True Range)**: `GetAtr(period)` - Volatility measurement
+- **Bollinger Bands**: `GetBollingerBands(period, standardDeviations)` - Price volatility bands
+- **Standard Deviation**: `GetStdDev(period)` - Statistical volatility measure
+- **TR (True Range)**: `GetTr()` - Maximum price movement range
+
+### Volume Indicators
+- **OBV (On Balance Volume)**: `GetObv()` - Cumulative volume based on price direction
+- **CMF (Chaikin Money Flow)**: `GetCmf(period)` - Volume-weighted price trend
+- **ADL (Accumulation/Distribution Line)**: `GetAdl()` - Volume-based price accumulation
+- **EMV (Ease of Movement)**: `GetEmv(period)` - Price movement relative to volume
+- **NVI (Negative Volume Index)**: `GetNvi()` - Volume-based trend indicator
+
+### Cycle Indicators
+- **STC (Schaff Trend Cycle)**: `GetStc(cyclePeriod, fastPeriod, slowPeriod)` - Cycle oscillator (0-100)
+- **DPO (Detrended Price Oscillator)**: `GetDpo(period)` - Removes trend from price
+- **EPMA (Endpoint Moving Average)**: `GetEpma(period)` - End-point moving average
+
+### Support/Resistance
+- **Pivot Points**: `GetPivotPoints(period)` - Traditional pivot levels
+- **Fibonacci Retracements**: `GetFibonacciRetracements()` - Fibonacci ratio levels
+
+### Candlestick Patterns
+- **Doji**: `GetDoji()` - Doji candlestick patterns
+- **Hammer**: `GetHammer()` - Hammer patterns
+- **Engulfing**: `GetEngulfing()` - Bullish/bearish engulfing
+- **Marubozu**: `GetMarubozu()` - Marubozu patterns
+- **And many more...**
+
+### Usage Examples
+
+```csharp
+// Basic usage
+var ema = candles.GetEma(20).ToList();
+var macd = candles.GetMacd(12, 26, 9).ToList();
+var rsi = candles.GetRsi(14).ToList();
+var stoch = candles.GetStoch(14, 3, 3).ToList();
+var superTrend = candles.GetSuperTrend(10, 3.0).ToList();
+
+// Chain indicators (indicator of indicators)
+var rsiOfObv = candles.GetObv().GetRsi(14).ToList();
+var smaOfRsi = candles.GetRsi(14).GetSma(9).ToList();
+```
+
+For complete documentation and examples, visit: [Skender.Stock.Indicators Guide](https://dotnet.stockindicators.dev/guide/)
+
+### Finding the Right Method
+
+When implementing a new indicator, search the [Skender documentation](https://dotnet.stockindicators.dev/indicators/) for your indicator concept:
+
+1. **Identify the core calculation**: What mathematical formula does your indicator use?
+2. **Find the Skender equivalent**: Search for methods like `Get{IndicatorName}()`
+3. **Check parameters**: Most indicators follow common patterns:
+   - `period`: Lookback period (typically 5-300)
+   - `fastPeriod`/`slowPeriod`: For dual moving averages
+   - `signalPeriod`: For signal line calculations
+   - `multiplier`: ATR multipliers (typically 1.0-5.0)
+4. **Verify result structure**: Check what properties the result object contains
+
+### Parameter Guidelines
+
+**Common Ranges by Indicator Type:**
+- **Moving Averages**: Period 5-300 (shorter = responsive, longer = smooth)
+- **Oscillators**: Period 5-50 (RSI: 14, Stoch: 14, CCI: 20)
+- **Trend Following**: Period 10-50, Multiplier 1.0-5.0
+- **Volatility**: Period 5-50, Standard Deviations (StDev) 1.0-3.0 (Bollinger Bands)
+- **Volume**: Period 5-50 (OBV uses no period)
+
+**Testing Parameters:**
+- Start with industry standard defaults
+- Test multiple parameter combinations
+- Consider timeframe: Shorter timeframes may need smaller periods
+
+### Result Object Patterns
+
+Different indicators return different result objects. Common patterns:
+
+**Single Value Results:**
+- `EmaResult`: `{ Date, Ema }`
+- `RsiResult`: `{ Date, Rsi }`
+- `AtrResult`: `{ Date, Atr }`
+- `ObvResult`: `{ Date, Obv }`
+
+**Dual Value Results:**
+- `StochResult`: `{ Date, PercentK, PercentD, Oscillator }`
+- `MacdResult`: `{ Date, Macd, Signal, Histogram }`
+- `StochRsiResult`: `{ Date, Rsi, StochRsi, Signal }`
+
+**Triple+ Value Results:**
+- `BollingerBandsResult`: `{ Date, Sma, UpperBand, LowerBand }`
+- `SuperTrendResult`: `{ Date, SuperTrend, UpperBand, LowerBand }`
+- `ChandelierResult`: `{ Date, ChandelierExit }`
+
+**Candlestick Results:**
+- `CandleResult`: `{ Date, Price, Match, Candle }` (for pattern recognition)
+
+When creating your `Candle{Indicator}` mapping class, include all relevant result properties plus the base Candle properties (Close, Open, Date, Ticker, Exchange).
+
+### Quick Reference - Currently Used Indicators
+
+**In This Codebase:**
+- `GetEma(period)` → `EmaResult` - Used in EMA Trend, EMA Cross, Dual EMA Cross
+- `GetMacd(fast, slow, signal)` → `MacdResult` - Used in MACD Cross
+- `GetRsi(period)` → `RsiResult` - Used in RSI Divergence variants
+- `GetStoch(kPeriod, kSlowing, dPeriod)` → `StochResult` - Used in Stochastic Filtered
+- `GetStochRsi(rsiPeriod, stochPeriod, signalPeriod, smoothPeriod)` → `StochRsiResult` - Used in Stoch RSI Trend
+- `GetSuperTrend(period, multiplier)` → `SuperTrendResult` - Used in SuperTrend, SuperTrend Cross EMA
+- `GetStc(cyclePeriod, fastPeriod, slowPeriod)` → `StcResult` - Used in STC, Lagging STC
+- `GetStdDev(period)` → `StdDevResult` - Used in StDev Context
+- `GetChandelier(period, multiplier, type)` → `ChandelierResult` - Used in Chandelier Exit
+- `GetBollingerBands(period, stdev)` → `BollingerBandsResult` - Used in Bollinger Bands indicators
+- `GetAdx(period)` → `AdxResult` - Used in SuperTrend Cross EMA
+
+**Available But Unused:**
+- `GetBollingerBands(period, stdDev)` → `BollingerBandsResult`
+- `GetAtr(period)` → `AtrResult`
+- `GetObv()` → `ObvResult`
+- `GetCci(period)` → `CciResult`
+- `GetMfi(period)` → `MfiResult`
+- And many more... (see full list above)
+
+## Common Patterns
+
+### Signal Indicator Pattern
+- Uses `TradeDirection.Long`/`Short` with `Confidence` levels
+- Implements crossover or threshold-based logic
+- Returns filtered signals only when conditions are met
+
+### Trend Indicator Pattern
+- Uses `TradeDirection.Long`/`Short` for trend direction
+- Continuous assessment rather than discrete signals
+- Lower confidence levels for trend indicators
+
+### Context Indicator Pattern
+- Uses `Confidence.None`/`Low`/`Medium`/`High` for veto power
+- Acts as filter for other indicators
+- No directional signals, only context assessment
+
+### Shared Base Class Pattern
+**When to Use:**
+- Multiple indicators use the same Skender.Stock.Indicators result type
+- Indicators share identical candle mapping logic
+- Common signal processing patterns exist
+
+**Example:**
+```csharp
+public abstract class StochasticBase : IndicatorBase
+{
+    protected List<CandleStoch> MapStochToCandle(List<StochResult> stochResults, IEnumerable<Candle> candles)
+    {
+        // Shared mapping logic for all Stochastic-based indicators
+    }
+}
+
+public class StochasticFiltered : StochasticBase { /* Specific logic */ }
+public class AnotherStochasticIndicator : StochasticBase { /* Specific logic */ }
+```
+
+**Bollinger Bands Example (Implemented):**
+```csharp
+public abstract class BollingerBandsBase : IndicatorBase
+{
+    protected double Stdev { get; set; }
+
+    protected BollingerBandsBase(string name, IndicatorType type, int period, double stdev)
+        : base(name, type)
+    {
+        Stdev = stdev;
+        Period = period;
+    }
+
+    protected virtual IEnumerable<CandleBollingerBands> MapBollingerBandsToCandle(
+        IEnumerable<BollingerBandsResult> bbResults, IEnumerable<Candle> candles)
+    {
+        // Shared Bollinger Bands mapping logic with all properties
+        // (Sma, UpperBand, LowerBand, PercentB, ZScore, Width)
+    }
+}
+
+public class BollingerBandsPercentBMomentumBreakout : BollingerBandsBase { /* %B momentum logic */ }
+public class BollingerBandsVolatilityProtection : BollingerBandsBase { /* Volatility protection logic */ }
+```
+
+**When NOT to Use:**
+- Indicators have different result types (Stoch vs StochRsi)
+- Mapping logic differs significantly
+- Only one indicator uses a particular pattern
+
+## Error Handling
+
+**Common Issues:**
+- Missing parameters in constructor
+- Incorrect SignalType assignment
+- Wrong folder location (Signals/Trends/Context)
+- Missing enum updates
+- Parameter range mismatches
+
+**Validation Checklist:**
+- [ ] Checked for existing indicators with similar candle mappings
+- [ ] Used appropriate base class (IndicatorBase or shared base if mappings overlap)
+- [ ] Constructor parameters match IIndicator interface
+- [ ] SignalType correctly assigned
+- [ ] Enum added to IndicatorType
+- [ ] IndicatorBase.cs properties added if needed
+- [ ] LightIndicator.cs properties added with proper Id attributes
+- [ ] IndicatorRequest.cs properties added
+- [ ] ScenarioHelpers.cs BuildIndicator and BaseToLight methods updated
+- [ ] BacktestJobService.cs LightIndicator mapping updated
+- [ ] DataController.cs MapScenarioRequestToScenario method updated
+- [ ] GeneticService.cs configurations updated (defaults, ranges, mappings)
+- [ ] Frontend CustomScenario.tsx updated for new parameters
+- [ ] Frontend TradeChart.tsx updated for visualization if needed
+- [ ] Compiles without errors (backend and frontend)
+- [ ] TypeScript types properly aligned

.cursor/commands/build-solution.md

@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+# build-solution
+
+## When to Use
+
+Use this command when you want to:
+- Build the entire .NET solution
+- Fix compilation errors automatically
+- Verify the solution builds successfully
+- Check for and resolve build warnings
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- .NET SDK installed (`dotnet --version`)
+- Solution file exists: `src/Managing.sln`
+- All project files are present and valid
+
+## Execution Steps
+
+### Step 1: Verify Solution File Exists
+
+Check that the solution file exists:
+
+Run: `test -f src/Managing.sln`
+
+**If solution file doesn't exist:**
+- Error: "❌ Solution file not found at src/Managing.sln"
+- **STOP**: Cannot proceed without solution file
+
+### Step 2: Restore NuGet Packages
+
+Restore packages before building:
+
+Run: `dotnet restore src/Managing.sln`
+
+**If restore succeeds:**
+- Continue to Step 3
+
+**If restore fails:**
+- Show restore errors
+- Common issues:
+  - Network connectivity issues
+  - NuGet feed authentication
+  - Package version conflicts
+- **Try to fix:**
+  - Check network connectivity
+  - Verify NuGet.config exists and is valid
+  - Clear NuGet cache: `dotnet nuget locals all --clear`
+  - Retry restore
+- **If restore still fails:**
+  - Show detailed error messages
+  - **STOP**: Cannot build without restored packages
+
+### Step 3: Build Solution
+
+Build the solution:
+
+Run: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln --no-restore`
+
+**If build succeeds with no errors:**
+- Show: "✅ Build successful!"
+- Show summary of warnings (if any)
+- **SUCCESS**: Build completed
+
+**If build fails with errors:**
+- Continue to Step 4 to fix errors
+
+**If build succeeds with warnings only:**
+- Show warnings summary
+- Ask user if they want to fix warnings
+- If yes: Continue to Step 5
+- If no: **SUCCESS**: Build completed with warnings
+
+### Step 4: Fix Compilation Errors
+
+Analyze build errors and fix them automatically:
+
+**Common error types:**
+
+1. **Project reference errors:**
+   - Error: "project was not found"
+   - **Fix**: Check project file paths in .csproj files
+   - Verify project file names match references
+   - Update incorrect project references
+
+2. **Missing using statements:**
+   - Error: "The type or namespace name 'X' could not be found"
+   - **Fix**: Add missing `using` statements
+   - Check namespace matches
+
+3. **Type mismatches:**
+   - Error: "Cannot implicitly convert type 'X' to 'Y'"
+   - **Fix**: Add explicit casts or fix type definitions
+   - Check nullable reference types
+
+4. **Missing method/property:**
+   - Error: "'X' does not contain a definition for 'Y'"
+   - **Fix**: Check if method/property exists
+   - Verify spelling and accessibility
+
+5. **Nullable reference warnings (CS8625, CS8618):**
+   - **Fix**: Add `?` to nullable types or initialize properties
+   - Use null-forgiving operator `!` if appropriate
+   - Add null checks where needed
+
+6. **Package version conflicts:**
+   - Warning: "Detected package version outside of dependency constraint"
+   - **Fix**: Update package versions in .csproj files
+   - Align package versions across projects
+
+**For each error:**
+- Identify the error type and location
+- Read the file containing the error
+- Fix the error following .NET best practices
+- Re-run build to verify fix
+- Continue until all errors are resolved
+
+**If errors cannot be fixed automatically:**
+- Show detailed error messages
+- Explain what needs to be fixed manually
+- **STOP**: User intervention required
+
+### Step 5: Fix Warnings (Optional)
+
+If user wants to fix warnings:
+
+**Common warning types:**
+
+1. **Nullable reference warnings (CS8625, CS8618):**
+   - **Fix**: Add nullable annotations or initialize properties
+   - Use `string?` for nullable strings
+   - Initialize properties in constructors
+
+2. **Package version warnings (NU1608, NU1603, NU1701):**
+   - **Fix**: Update package versions to compatible versions
+   - Align MediatR versions across projects
+   - Update Microsoft.Extensions packages
+
+3. **Obsolete API warnings:**
+   - **Fix**: Replace with recommended alternatives
+   - Update to newer API versions
+
+**For each warning:**
+- Identify warning type and location
+- Fix following best practices
+- Re-run build to verify fix
+
+**If warnings cannot be fixed:**
+- Show warning summary
+- Inform user warnings are acceptable
+- **SUCCESS**: Build completed with acceptable warnings
+
+### Step 6: Verify Final Build
+
+Run final build to confirm all errors are fixed:
+
+Run: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln --no-restore`
+
+**If build succeeds:**
+- Show: "✅ Build successful! All errors fixed."
+- Show final warning count (if any)
+- **SUCCESS**: Solution builds successfully
+
+**If errors remain:**
+- Show remaining errors
+- Return to Step 4
+- **STOP** if errors cannot be resolved after multiple attempts
+
+## Error Handling
+
+**If solution file not found:**
+- Check path: `src/Managing.sln`
+- Verify you're in the correct directory
+- **STOP**: Cannot proceed without solution file
+
+**If restore fails:**
+- Check network connectivity
+- Verify NuGet.config exists
+- Clear NuGet cache: `dotnet nuget locals all --clear`
+- Check for authentication issues
+- Retry restore
+
+**If project reference errors:**
+- Check .csproj files for incorrect references
+- Verify project file names match references
+- Common issue: `Managing.Infrastructure.Database.csproj` vs `Managing.Infrastructure.Databases.csproj`
+- Fix project references
+
+**If compilation errors persist:**
+- Read error messages carefully
+- Check file paths and line numbers
+- Verify all dependencies are restored
+- Check for circular references
+- **STOP** if errors require manual intervention
+
+**If package version conflicts:**
+- Update MediatR.Extensions.Microsoft.DependencyInjection to match MediatR version
+- Update Microsoft.Extensions.Caching.Memory versions
+- Align AspNetCore.HealthChecks.NpgSql versions
+- Update packages in all affected projects
+
+## Example Execution
+
+**User input:** `/build-solution`
+
+**AI execution:**
+
+1. Verify solution: `test -f src/Managing.sln` → ✅ Exists
+2. Restore packages: `dotnet restore src/Managing.sln` → ✅ Restored
+3. Build solution: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln --no-restore`
+   - Found error: Project reference to `Managing.Infrastructure.Database.csproj` not found
+4. Fix error: Update `Managing.Workers.Api.csproj` reference to `Managing.Infrastructure.Databases.csproj`
+5. Re-build: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln --no-restore` → ✅ Build successful
+6. Success: "✅ Build successful! All errors fixed."
+
+**If nullable warnings:**
+
+1-3. Same as above
+4. Build succeeds with warnings: CS8625 nullable warnings
+5. Fix warnings: Add `?` to nullable parameters, initialize properties
+6. Re-build: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln --no-restore` → ✅ Build successful, warnings reduced
+7. Success: "✅ Build successful! Warnings reduced."
+
+**If package conflicts:**
+
+1-3. Same as above
+4. Build succeeds with warnings: NU1608 MediatR version conflicts
+5. Fix warnings: Update MediatR.Extensions.Microsoft.DependencyInjection to 12.x
+6. Re-build: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln --no-restore` → ✅ Build successful
+7. Success: "✅ Build successful! Package conflicts resolved."
+
+## Important Notes
+
+- ✅ **Always restore first** - Ensures packages are available
+- ✅ **Fix errors before warnings** - Errors block builds, warnings don't
+- ✅ **Check project references** - Common source of build errors
+- ✅ **Verify file names match** - Project file names must match references exactly
+- ✅ **Nullable reference types** - Use `?` for nullable, initialize non-nullable properties
+- ⚠️ **Package versions** - Keep versions aligned across projects
+- ⚠️ **Warnings are acceptable** - Some warnings (like NU1701) may be acceptable
+- 📦 **Solution location**: `src/Managing.sln`
+- 🔧 **Build command**: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln`
+- 🗄️ **Common fixes**: Project references, nullable types, package versions
+

.cursor/commands/generate-kaigen-prompt.md

@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+# generate-kaigen-prompt
+
+## When to Use
+
+Use this command when:
+- You have completed backend indicator integration
+- You need to generate a prompt for Kaigen frontend indicator integration
+- The indicator is fully implemented in the backend (class, enum, configurations)
+- You want a comprehensive integration guide with all necessary details
+
+## Usage
+
+**Command Format:**
+```
+/generate-kaigen-prompt {IndicatorName}
+```
+
+**Example:**
+```
+/generate-kaigen-prompt StochasticCross
+```
+
+**What it does:**
+1. Finds the indicator class file in `src/Managing.Domain/Indicators/`
+2. Extracts all parameters, defaults, and ranges from configuration files
+3. Analyzes signal generation logic and triggers
+4. Determines chart visualization requirements
+5. Generates a complete markdown prompt ready for Kaigen frontend integration
+
+**Output:**
+A comprehensive markdown document with all information needed to integrate the indicator into the Kaigen frontend, including:
+- Complete parameter specifications
+- API integration details
+- Chart visualization code
+- Form input patterns
+- Integration checklist
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- Backend indicator class exists in `src/Managing.Domain/Indicators/`
+- Indicator is registered in `IndicatorType` enum
+- Indicator is configured in `ScenarioHelpers.cs` and `GeneticService.cs`
+- Indicator implementation is complete and tested
+
+## Execution Steps
+
+### Step 1: Identify Indicator Class
+
+**Find the indicator class file:**
+- Search for indicator class: `grep -r "class.*Indicator.*IndicatorBase" src/Managing.Domain/Indicators/`
+- Or search by enum name: `grep -r "IndicatorType\.{IndicatorName}" src/Managing.Domain/`
+
+**Determine indicator location:**
+- Signal indicators: `src/Managing.Domain/Indicators/Signals/{IndicatorName}Indicator.cs`
+- Trend indicators: `src/Managing.Domain/Indicators/Trends/{IndicatorName}IndicatorBase.cs`
+- Context indicators: `src/Managing.Domain/Indicators/Context/{IndicatorName}.cs`
+
+**Read the indicator class file to extract:**
+- Class name
+- Constructor parameters
+- Skender method used (e.g., `GetStoch`, `GetRsi`, `GetMacd`)
+- Result type (e.g., `StochResult`, `RsiResult`, `MacdResult`)
+- Signal generation logic and triggers
+- Parameter types (int, double, etc.)
+
+### Step 2: Extract Configuration Data
+
+**Read ScenarioHelpers.cs:**
+- Find `BuildIndicator()` method case for the indicator
+- Extract constructor call with parameter mapping
+- Find `GetSignalType()` method case to determine SignalType (Signal/Trend/Context)
+
+**Read GeneticService.cs:**
+- Find `DefaultIndicatorValues` entry for the indicator
+- Extract default parameter values
+- Find `IndicatorParameterRanges` entry for the indicator
+- Extract parameter ranges (min, max)
+- Find `IndicatorParamMapping` entry for the indicator
+- Extract parameter names in order
+
+**Read Enums.cs:**
+- Find `IndicatorType` enum value
+- Verify exact enum name
+
+### Step 3: Analyze Signal Logic
+
+**From indicator class, extract:**
+- Long signal trigger conditions (from comments and code)
+- Short signal trigger conditions (from comments and code)
+- Confidence levels used
+- Any thresholds or constants (e.g., oversold: 20, overbought: 80)
+
+**From ProcessSignals method or similar:**
+- Crossover logic
+- Threshold checks
+- Zone conditions (oversold/overbought)
+
+### Step 4: Determine Chart Visualization
+
+**From GetIndicatorValues method:**
+- Result type returned (e.g., `Stoch`, `Rsi`, `Macd`, `Ema`)
+- Properties available in result (e.g., `K`, `D`, `Rsi`, `Macd`, `Signal`)
+
+**From indicator class:**
+- Check if multiple series are needed (e.g., %K and %D lines)
+- Determine chart type (line, baseline, histogram)
+- Check if thresholds should be displayed (e.g., 20/80 lines)
+
+### Step 5: Generate Kaigen Integration Prompt
+
+**Format the prompt with the following sections:**
+
+1. **Indicator Specification**
+   - Type (Signal/Trend/Context)
+   - Label (display name)
+   - Enum name (exact IndicatorType value)
+
+2. **Core Logic**
+   - Technical description
+   - What the indicator measures/calculates
+
+3. **Signal Triggers**
+   - Long signal conditions
+   - Short signal conditions
+   - Confidence levels
+
+4. **Parameters**
+   - Required parameters with types, defaults, ranges
+   - Optional parameters with types, defaults, ranges
+   - Parameter descriptions
+
+5. **API Integration**
+   - Result type name (e.g., `StochResult`, `RsiResult`)
+   - Properties to access (e.g., `k`, `d`, `rsi`, `macd`)
+   - Data path in `IndicatorsResultBase` (e.g., `indicatorsValues.StochasticCross.stoch`)
+
+6. **Chart Visualization**
+   - Series to display (e.g., %K line, %D line)
+   - Chart types (line, baseline, histogram)
+   - Colors and styles
+   - Thresholds to display
+   - Precision settings
+
+7. **Form Inputs**
+   - Input types (number, number with step)
+   - Placeholders
+   - Validation rules
+
+8. **Integration Checklist**
+   - All files that need updates
+   - All components that need changes
+
+## Output Format
+
+Generate plain text (no code blocks) using the following structure:
+
+### Indicator Specification
+- Type: {Signal/Trend/Context}
+- Label: {Display Name}
+- Enum Name: {IndicatorType.EnumName}
+- Class Name: {ClassName}
+
+### Core Logic
+- Paragraph describing the indicator’s purpose and behavior.
+
+### Signal Triggers
+- Long Signal: Describe trigger conditions in prose, then include the exact boolean condition on the next line prefixed with `Conditions:`.
+- Short Signal: Same structure as Long Signal.
+- Confidence: {confidence level}
+- Fixed Thresholds: List key threshold values (e.g., Oversold 20, Overbought 80).
+
+### Parameters
+- **Required Parameters**: Present as a four-column inline table header `Parameter  Type  Default  Range  Description` followed by one row per parameter using spaces for separation (no Markdown table syntax).
+- **Optional Parameters**: Same inline table structure for optional parameters.
+
+No additional sections (API Integration, Chart Visualization, Form Inputs, etc.) should be included in the output.
+
+## Integration Checklist
+
+- [ ] Add `{EnumName}` to `ALL_INDICATORS` arrays in genetic backtest pages
+- [ ] Add parameter mapping to `INDICATOR_PARAM_MAPPING` dictionaries
+- [ ] Add case to parameter switch in `CustomScenario.tsx`
+- [ ] Add case to label switch in `CustomScenario.tsx`
+- [ ] Create complete parameter form in `indicatorList.tsx`
+- [ ] Add chart visualization logic in `TradeChart.tsx`
+- [ ] Verify API types are correctly generated
+- [ ] Test form submission with all parameters
+- [ ] Test form submission with optional parameters omitted
+- [ ] Verify chart displays correctly
+- [ ] Test in genetic algorithm optimization flows
+
+## Common Pitfalls
+
+1. **Property Names**: Use `w.{property}` not `w.{PropertyName}` (check Skender result structure)
+2. **Missing Pane Increment**: Always increment `paneCount++` after adding series
+3. **Type Mismatches**: Ensure result type matches backend structure
+4. **Optional Parameters**: Allow null/empty values for optional parameters
+5. **Chart Precision**: Use appropriate precision for indicator type (0-100 range = precision: 2)
+```
+
+## Example Execution
+
+**User input:** `/generate-kaigen-prompt StochasticCross`
+
+**AI execution:**
+
+1. **Find indicator class:**
+   - Search: `grep -r "StochasticCross" src/Managing.Domain/Indicators/`
+   - Found: `src/Managing.Domain/Indicators/Signals/StochasticCrossIndicator.cs`
+   - Read file to extract constructor, parameters, logic
+
+2. **Extract configuration:**
+   - Read `ScenarioHelpers.cs` → Find `IndicatorType.StochasticCross` case
+   - Read `GeneticService.cs` → Find default values, ranges, parameter mapping
+   - Read `Enums.cs` → Verify enum name
+
+3. **Analyze signal logic:**
+   - From `ProcessStochasticSignals` method
+   - Extract: Long = %K crosses above %D in oversold (< 20)
+   - Extract: Short = %K crosses below %D in overbought (> 80)
+
+4. **Determine chart visualization:**
+   - From `GetIndicatorValues` → Returns `Stoch` property
+   - From code → Uses `StochResult` with `K` and `D` properties
+   - Need two line series: %K (solid) and %D (dotted)
+
+5. **Generate prompt:**
+   - Format all extracted information
+   - Include complete code examples
+   - Add integration checklist
+   - Output formatted markdown
+
+## Error Handling
+
+**If indicator class not found:**
+- Search for similar names: `grep -ri "stochastic" src/Managing.Domain/Indicators/`
+- Check if indicator is in different folder (Signals/Trends/Context)
+- Verify enum name matches class name pattern
+
+**If configuration missing:**
+- Check `ScenarioHelpers.cs` for `BuildIndicator` case
+- Check `GeneticService.cs` for all three dictionaries
+- Verify enum exists in `Enums.cs`
+
+**If signal logic unclear:**
+- Read method comments in indicator class
+- Check `ProcessSignals` or similar method
+- Look for `AddSignal` calls to understand conditions
+
+**If chart visualization unclear:**
+- Check `GetIndicatorValues` return type
+- Look at similar indicators for patterns
+- Check Skender.Stock.Indicators documentation for result structure
+
+## Important Notes
+
+- ✅ **Extract exact enum name** - Must match `IndicatorType` enum exactly
+- ✅ **Verify parameter types** - int vs double matters for form inputs
+- ✅ **Check Skender result structure** - Property names may differ (e.g., `K` not `PercentK`)
+- ✅ **Include all parameters** - Both required and optional
+- ✅ **Provide complete code examples** - Make it easy to copy/paste
+- ✅ **Add validation rules** - Include parameter constraints
+- ⚠️ **Check for thresholds** - Some indicators have fixed thresholds (20/80, 25/75, etc.)
+- ⚠️ **Multiple series** - Some indicators need multiple chart series
+- ⚠️ **Optional parameters** - Handle defaults correctly in forms
+
+## Quick Reference - Common Patterns
+
+**Single Line Indicator** (e.g., RSI, EMA):
+- One `addLineSeries`
+- Access single property (e.g., `w.rsi`, `w.ema`)
+
+**Dual Line Indicator** (e.g., Stochastic, MACD):
+- Two `addLineSeries` (different colors/styles)
+- Access multiple properties (e.g., `w.k`, `w.d`)
+
+**Baseline Indicator** (e.g., STC, RSI with thresholds):
+- `addBaselineSeries` with baseValue
+- Add price lines for thresholds
+
+**Histogram Indicator** (e.g., MACD histogram):
+- `addHistogramSeries` for histogram
+- Additional line series for signal lines
+
+**Parameter Types**:
+- `int` → `type="number"` (no step)
+- `double` → `type="number" step="0.1"` or `step="0.01"`
+
+**Default Ranges** (from GeneticService patterns):
+- Periods: 5-50 or 5-300
+- Multipliers: 1.0-10.0
+- Factors: 0.1-10.0
+- Signal periods: 3-15
+

.cursor/commands/implement-api-changes.md

@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+# implement-api-changes
+
+## When to Use
+
+Use this command when:
+- `ManagingApi.ts` has been updated (regenerated from backend)
+- New API endpoints or types have been added to the backend
+- You need to implement frontend features that use the new API changes
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- Git repository initialized
+- `ManagingApi.ts` file exists at `src/Managing.WebApp/src/generated/ManagingApi.ts`
+- Backend API is running and accessible
+- Frontend project structure is intact
+
+## Execution Steps
+
+### Step 1: Check if ManagingApi.ts Has Changed
+
+Check git status for changes to ManagingApi.ts:
+
+Run: `git status --short src/Managing.WebApp/src/generated/ManagingApi.ts`
+
+**If file is modified:**
+- Continue to Step 2
+
+**If file is not modified:**
+- Check if file exists: `test -f src/Managing.WebApp/src/generated/ManagingApi.ts`
+- If missing: Error "ManagingApi.ts not found. Please regenerate it first."
+- If exists but not modified: Inform "No changes detected in ManagingApi.ts. Nothing to implement."
+- **STOP**: No changes to process
+
+### Step 2: Analyze Git Changes
+
+Get the diff to see what was added/changed:
+
+Run: `git diff HEAD src/Managing.WebApp/src/generated/ManagingApi.ts`
+
+**Analyze the diff to identify:**
+- New client classes (e.g., `export class JobClient`)
+- New methods in existing clients (e.g., `backtest_NewMethod()`)
+- New interfaces/types (e.g., `export interface NewType`)
+- New enums (e.g., `export enum NewEnum`)
+- Modified existing types/interfaces
+
+**Extract key information:**
+- Client class names (e.g., `JobClient`, `BacktestClient`)
+- Method names and signatures (e.g., `job_GetJobs(page: number, pageSize: number)`)
+- Request/Response types (e.g., `PaginatedJobsResponse`, `JobStatus`)
+- HTTP methods (GET, POST, PUT, DELETE)
+
+### Step 3: Determine Frontend Implementation Needs
+
+Based on the changes, determine what needs to be implemented:
+
+**For new client classes:**
+- Create or update hooks/services to use the new client
+- Identify which pages/components should use the new API
+- Determine data fetching patterns (useQuery, useMutation)
+
+**For new methods in existing clients:**
+- Find existing components using that client
+- Determine if new UI components are needed
+- Check if existing components need updates
+
+**For new types/interfaces:**
+- Identify where these types should be used
+- Check if new form components are needed
+- Determine if existing components need type updates
+
+**Common patterns to look for:**
+- `*Client` classes → Create hooks in `src/Managing.WebApp/src/hooks/`
+- `Get*` methods → Use `useQuery` for data fetching
+- `Post*`, `Put*`, `Delete*` methods → Use `useMutation` for mutations
+- `Paginated*` responses → Create paginated table components
+- `*Request` types → Create form components
+
+### Step 4: Search Existing Frontend Code
+
+Search for related code to understand context:
+
+**For new client classes:**
+- Search: `grep -r "Client" src/Managing.WebApp/src --include="*.tsx" --include="*.ts" | grep -i "similar"`
+- Look for similar client usage patterns
+- Find related pages/components
+
+**For new methods:**
+- Search: `grep -r "ClientName" src/Managing.WebApp/src --include="*.tsx" --include="*.ts"`
+- Find where the client is already used
+- Check existing patterns
+
+**For new types:**
+- Search: `grep -r "TypeName" src/Managing.WebApp/src --include="*.tsx" --include="*.ts"`
+- Find if type is referenced anywhere
+- Check related components
+
+### Step 5: Implement Frontend Features
+
+Based on analysis, implement the frontend code:
+
+#### 5.1: Create/Update API Hooks
+
+**For new client classes:**
+- Create hook file: `src/Managing.WebApp/src/hooks/use[ClientName].tsx`
+- Pattern:
+```typescript
+import { useQuery, useMutation, useQueryClient } from '@tanstack/react-query'
+import { [ClientName] } from '../generated/ManagingApi'
+import { useApiUrlStore } from '../app/store/apiUrlStore'
+
+export const use[ClientName] = () => {
+  const { apiUrl } = useApiUrlStore()
+  const queryClient = useQueryClient()
+  const client = new [ClientName]({}, apiUrl)
+  
+  // Add useQuery hooks for GET methods
+  // Add useMutation hooks for POST/PUT/DELETE methods
+  
+  return { /* hooks */ }
+}
+```
+
+**For new methods in existing clients:**
+- Update existing hook file
+- Add new useQuery/useMutation hooks following existing patterns
+
+#### 5.2: Create/Update Components
+
+**For GET methods (data fetching):**
+- Create components that use `useQuery` with the new hook
+- Follow existing component patterns (e.g., tables, lists, detail views)
+- Use TypeScript types from ManagingApi.ts
+
+**For POST/PUT/DELETE methods (mutations):**
+- Create form components or action buttons
+- Use `useMutation` with proper error handling
+- Show success/error toasts
+- Invalidate relevant queries after mutations
+
+**For paginated responses:**
+- Create paginated table components
+- Use existing pagination patterns from the codebase
+- Include sorting, filtering if supported
+
+#### 5.3: Create/Update Pages
+
+**If new major feature:**
+- Create new page in `src/Managing.WebApp/src/pages/`
+- Add routing if needed
+- Follow existing page structure patterns
+
+**If extending existing feature:**
+- Update existing page component
+- Add new sections/components as needed
+
+#### 5.4: Update Types and Interfaces
+
+**If new types are needed:**
+- Import types from ManagingApi.ts
+- Use types in component props/interfaces
+- Ensure type safety throughout
+
+### Step 6: Follow Frontend Patterns
+
+**Always follow these patterns:**
+
+1. **API Client Usage:**
+   - Get `apiUrl` from `useApiUrlStore()`
+   - Create client: `new ClientName({}, apiUrl)`
+   - Use in hooks, not directly in components
+
+2. **Data Fetching:**
+   - Use `useQuery` from `@tanstack/react-query`
+   - Set proper `queryKey` for caching
+   - Handle loading/error states
+
+3. **Mutations:**
+   - Use `useMutation` from `@tanstack/react-query`
+   - Invalidate related queries after success
+   - Show user-friendly error messages
+
+4. **Component Structure:**
+   - Use functional components with TypeScript
+   - Place static content at file end
+   - Use DaisyUI/Tailwind for styling
+   - Wrap in Suspense with fallback
+
+5. **Error Handling:**
+   - Catch errors in services/hooks
+   - Return user-friendly error messages
+   - Use error boundaries for unexpected errors
+
+### Step 7: Verify Implementation
+
+**Check for:**
+- TypeScript compilation errors: `cd src/Managing.WebApp && npm run type-check` (if available)
+- Import errors: All imports resolve correctly
+- Type safety: All types from ManagingApi.ts are used correctly
+- Pattern consistency: Follows existing codebase patterns
+
+**If errors found:**
+- Fix TypeScript errors
+- Fix import paths
+- Ensure types match API definitions
+- **STOP** if critical errors cannot be resolved
+
+### Step 8: Test Integration Points
+
+**Verify:**
+- API client is instantiated correctly
+- Query keys are unique and appropriate
+- Mutations invalidate correct queries
+- Error handling works properly
+- Loading states are handled
+
+## Error Handling
+
+**If ManagingApi.ts doesn't exist:**
+- Check path: `src/Managing.WebApp/src/generated/ManagingApi.ts`
+- If missing: Inform user to regenerate using NSwag
+- Suggest: Run backend API, then `cd src/Managing.Nswag && dotnet build`
+
+**If git diff is empty:**
+- Check if file is staged: `git diff --cached`
+- Check if file is untracked: `git status`
+- If untracked: Use `git diff /dev/null src/Managing.WebApp/src/generated/ManagingApi.ts`
+
+**If cannot determine changes:**
+- Show the diff output to user
+- Ask user to clarify what needs to be implemented
+- Proceed with manual implementation guidance
+
+**If frontend patterns unclear:**
+- Search for similar implementations in codebase
+- Follow closest matching pattern
+- Ask user for clarification if needed
+
+**If TypeScript errors:**
+- Check type definitions in ManagingApi.ts
+- Ensure imports are correct
+- Verify types match API response structure
+- Fix type mismatches
+
+## Example Execution
+
+**User input:** `/implement-api-changes`
+
+**AI execution:**
+
+1. Check changes: `git status --short src/Managing.WebApp/src/generated/ManagingApi.ts` → Modified
+2. Analyze diff: `git diff HEAD src/Managing.WebApp/src/generated/ManagingApi.ts`
+   - Found: New `JobClient` class
+   - Found: Methods: `job_GetJobs()`, `job_GetJobStatus()`, `job_CancelJob()`
+   - Found: Types: `PaginatedJobsResponse`, `BacktestJobStatusResponse`, `JobStatus` enum
+3. Determine needs:
+   - Create `useJobClient` hook
+   - Create jobs list page/component
+   - Create job status component
+   - Add cancel job functionality
+4. Search existing code:
+   - Found similar pattern: `useBacktestClient` hook
+   - Found similar page: `backtestPage` structure
+5. Implement:
+   - Create `src/Managing.WebApp/src/hooks/useJobClient.tsx`
+   - Create `src/Managing.WebApp/src/pages/jobsPage/jobs.tsx`
+   - Create `src/Managing.WebApp/src/components/mollecules/JobStatusCard.tsx`
+   - Update routing if needed
+6. Verify: Check TypeScript errors, imports, types
+7. Success: "✅ Frontend implementation completed for Job API changes"
+
+**If new method in existing client:**
+
+1-2. Same as above
+3. Found: New method `backtest_GetJobStatus(jobId: string)` in `BacktestClient`
+4. Search: Found `BacktestClient` used in `backtestPage`
+5. Implement:
+   - Update existing `useBacktestClient` hook
+   - Add job status display to backtest page
+   - Add polling for job status updates
+6. Verify and complete
+
+## Important Notes
+
+- ✅ **Always use TanStack Query** - Never use useEffect for data fetching
+- ✅ **Follow existing patterns** - Match codebase style and structure
+- ✅ **Type safety first** - Use types from ManagingApi.ts
+- ✅ **Error handling** - Services throw user-friendly errors
+- ✅ **Query invalidation** - Invalidate related queries after mutations
+- ✅ **Component structure** - Functional components, static content at end
+- ✅ **Styling** - Use DaisyUI/Tailwind, mobile-first approach
+- ⚠️ **Don't update ManagingApi.ts** - It's auto-generated
+- ⚠️ **Check existing code** - Reuse components/hooks when possible
+- ⚠️ **Test integration** - Verify API calls work correctly
+- 📦 **Hook location**: `src/Managing.WebApp/src/hooks/`
+- 🔧 **Component location**: `src/Managing.WebApp/src/components/`
+- 📄 **Page location**: `src/Managing.WebApp/src/pages/`
+- 🗄️ **API types**: Import from `src/Managing.WebApp/src/generated/ManagingApi.ts`
+

.cursor/commands/migration-local.md

@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+# migration-local
+
+## When to Use
+
+Use this command when you want to:
+- Create a new EF Core migration based on model changes
+- Apply the migration to your local PostgreSQL database
+- Update your local database schema to match the current code
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- .NET SDK installed (`dotnet --version`)
+- PostgreSQL running locally
+- Local database connection configured (default: `Host=localhost;Port=5432;Database=managing;Username=postgres;Password=postgres`)
+
+## Execution Steps
+
+### Step 1: Verify Database Project Structure
+
+Check that the database project exists:
+- Database project: `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database`
+- Startup project: `src/Managing.Api`
+- Migrations folder: `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database/Migrations`
+
+### Step 2: Build the Solution
+
+Before creating migrations, ensure the solution builds successfully:
+
+Run: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln`
+
+**If build succeeds:**
+- Continue to Step 3
+
+**If build fails:**
+- Show build errors
+- Analyze errors:
+  - C# compilation errors
+  - Missing dependencies
+  - Configuration errors
+- **Try to fix errors automatically:**
+  - Fix C# compilation errors
+  - Fix missing imports
+  - Fix configuration issues
+- **If errors can be fixed:**
+  - Fix the errors
+  - Re-run build
+  - If build succeeds, continue to Step 3
+  - If build still fails, show errors and ask user for help
+- **If errors cannot be fixed automatically:**
+  - Show detailed error messages
+  - Explain what needs to be fixed
+  - **STOP**: Do not proceed until build succeeds
+
+### Step 3: Check for Pending Model Changes
+
+Check if there are any pending model changes that require a new migration:
+
+Run: `cd src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database && dotnet ef migrations add --dry-run --startup-project ../Managing.Api --name "CheckPendingChanges_$(date +%s)"`
+
+**If no pending changes detected:**
+- Inform: "✅ No pending model changes detected. All migrations are up to date."
+- Ask user: "Do you want to create a migration anyway? (y/n)"
+- If yes: Continue to Step 4
+- If no: **STOP** - No migration needed
+
+**If pending changes detected:**
+- Show what changes require migrations
+- Continue to Step 4
+
+### Step 4: Generate Migration Name
+
+Ask the user for a migration name, or generate one automatically:
+
+**Option 1: User provides name**
+- Prompt: "Enter a migration name (e.g., 'AddBacktestJobsTable'):"
+- Use the provided name
+
+**Option 2: Auto-generate name**
+- Analyze model changes to suggest a descriptive name
+- Format: `Add[Entity]Table`, `Update[Entity]Field`, `Remove[Entity]Field`, etc.
+- Examples:
+  - `AddBacktestJobsTable`
+  - `AddJobTypeToBacktestJobs`
+  - `UpdateUserTableSchema`
+- Ask user to confirm or modify the suggested name
+
+### Step 5: Create Migration
+
+Create the migration using EF Core:
+
+Run: `cd src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database && dotnet ef migrations add "<migration-name>" --startup-project ../Managing.Api`
+
+**If migration creation succeeds:**
+- Show: "✅ Migration created successfully: <migration-name>"
+- Show the migration file path
+- Continue to Step 6
+
+**If migration creation fails:**
+- Show error details
+- Common issues:
+  - Database connection issues
+  - Model configuration errors
+  - Missing design-time factory
+- **Try to fix automatically:**
+  - Check connection string in `DesignTimeDbContextFactory.cs`
+  - Verify database is running
+  - Check model configurations
+- **If errors can be fixed:**
+  - Fix the errors
+  - Re-run migration creation
+  - If succeeds, continue to Step 6
+- **If errors cannot be fixed:**
+  - Show detailed error messages
+  - Explain what needs to be fixed
+  - **STOP**: Do not proceed until migration is created
+
+### Step 6: Review Migration File (Optional)
+
+Show the user the generated migration file:
+
+Run: `cat src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database/Migrations/<timestamp>_<migration-name>.cs`
+
+Ask: "Review the migration file above. Does it look correct? (y/n)"
+
+**If user confirms:**
+- Continue to Step 7
+
+**If user wants to modify:**
+- Allow user to edit the migration file
+- After editing, ask to confirm again
+- Continue to Step 7
+
+### Step 7: Apply Migration to Local Database
+
+Apply the migration to the local database:
+
+Run: `cd src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database && dotnet ef database update --startup-project ../Managing.Api`
+
+**If update succeeds:**
+- Show: "✅ Migration applied successfully to local database"
+- Show: "Database schema updated: <migration-name>"
+- Continue to Step 8
+
+**If update fails:**
+- Show error details
+- Common issues:
+  - Database connection issues
+  - Migration conflicts
+  - Database schema conflicts
+  - Constraint violations
+- **Try to fix automatically:**
+  - Check database connection
+  - Check for conflicting migrations
+  - Verify database state
+- **If errors can be fixed:**
+  - Fix the errors
+  - Re-run database update
+  - If succeeds, continue to Step 8
+- **If errors cannot be fixed:**
+  - Show detailed error messages
+  - Explain what needs to be fixed
+  - Suggest: "You may need to manually fix the database or rollback the migration"
+  - **STOP**: Do not proceed until migration is applied
+
+### Step 8: Verify Migration Status
+
+Verify that the migration was applied successfully:
+
+Run: `cd src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database && dotnet ef migrations list --startup-project ../Managing.Api`
+
+**If migration is listed as applied:**
+- Show: "✅ Migration status verified"
+- Show the list of applied migrations
+- Success message: "✅ Migration created and applied successfully!"
+
+**If migration is not listed or shows as pending:**
+- Warn: "⚠️ Migration may not have been applied correctly"
+- Show migration list
+- Suggest checking the database manually
+
+## Error Handling
+
+### If build fails:
+- **STOP immediately** - Do not create migrations for broken code
+- Show build errors in detail
+- Try to fix common errors automatically:
+  - C# compilation errors
+  - Import path errors
+  - Syntax errors
+  - Missing imports
+- If errors can be fixed:
+  - Fix them automatically
+  - Re-run build
+  - If build succeeds, continue
+  - If build still fails, show errors and ask for help
+- If errors cannot be fixed:
+  - Show detailed error messages
+  - Explain what needs to be fixed
+  - **STOP**: Do not proceed until build succeeds
+
+### If database connection fails:
+- Check if PostgreSQL is running: `pg_isready` or `psql -h localhost -U postgres -c "SELECT 1"`
+- Verify connection string in `DesignTimeDbContextFactory.cs`
+- Check if database exists: `psql -h localhost -U postgres -lqt | cut -d \| -f 1 | grep -qw managing`
+- If database doesn't exist, create it: `createdb -h localhost -U postgres managing`
+- Retry migration creation
+
+### If migration conflicts:
+- Check existing migrations: `cd src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database && dotnet ef migrations list --startup-project ../Managing.Api`
+- If migration already exists with same name, suggest a different name
+- If database schema conflicts, suggest reviewing the migration file
+
+### If database update fails:
+- Check database state: `psql -h localhost -U postgres -d managing -c "\dt"`
+- Check applied migrations: `psql -h localhost -U postgres -d managing -c "SELECT * FROM \"__EFMigrationsHistory\";"`
+- If migration partially applied, may need to rollback or fix manually
+- Suggest: "Review the error and fix the database state, or rollback the migration"
+
+## Example Execution
+
+**User input:** `/migration-local`
+
+**AI execution:**
+
+1. Verify structure: Check `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database` exists ✅
+2. Build solution: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln` → ✅ Build successful!
+3. Check pending changes: `dotnet ef migrations add --dry-run ...` → ⚠️ Pending changes detected
+4. Generate name: Analyze changes → Suggest "AddBacktestJobsTable"
+5. Confirm name: "Migration name: 'AddBacktestJobsTable'. Proceed? (y/n)" → User confirms
+6. Create migration: `dotnet ef migrations add "AddBacktestJobsTable" ...` → ✅ Migration created
+7. Review file: Show migration file → User confirms
+8. Apply migration: `dotnet ef database update ...` → ✅ Migration applied
+9. Verify status: `dotnet ef migrations list ...` → ✅ Migration verified
+10. Success: "✅ Migration created and applied successfully!"
+
+**If build fails:**
+
+1-2. Same as above
+3. Build: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln` → ❌ Build failed
+4. Analyze errors: C# compilation error in `JobEntity.cs`
+5. Fix errors: Update type definitions
+6. Re-run build: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln` → ✅ Build successful!
+7. Continue with migration creation
+
+**If database connection fails:**
+
+1-5. Same as above
+6. Create migration: `dotnet ef migrations add ...` → ❌ Connection failed
+7. Check database: `pg_isready` → Database not running
+8. Inform user: "PostgreSQL is not running. Please start PostgreSQL and try again."
+9. **STOP**: Wait for user to start database
+
+## Important Notes
+
+- ✅ **Always build before creating migrations** - ensures code compiles correctly
+- ✅ **Review migration file before applying** - verify it matches your intent
+- ✅ **Backup database before applying** - migrations can modify data
+- ✅ **Use descriptive migration names** - helps track schema changes
+- ⚠️ **Migration is applied to local database only** - use other tools for production
+- ⚠️ **Ensure PostgreSQL is running** - connection will fail if database is down
+- 📦 **Database project**: `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database`
+- 🔧 **Startup project**: `src/Managing.Api`
+- 🗄️ **Local connection**: `Host=localhost;Port=5432;Database=managing;Username=postgres;Password=postgres`
+- 📁 **Migrations folder**: `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database/Migrations`
+

.cursor/commands/migration-production.md

@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+# migration-production
+
+## When to Use
+
+Run database migrations for ProductionRemote environment, apply pending EF Core migrations, create backups (MANDATORY), and verify connectivity.
+
+⚠️ **WARNING**: Production environment - exercise extreme caution.
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- .NET SDK installed (`dotnet --version`)
+- PostgreSQL accessible for ProductionRemote
+- Connection string in `appsettings.ProductionRemote.json`
+- `scripts/safe-migrate.sh` available and executable
+- ⚠️ Production access permissions required
+
+## Execution Steps
+
+### Step 1: Verify Script Exists and is Executable
+
+Check: `test -f scripts/safe-migrate.sh`
+
+**If missing:** Error and **STOP**
+
+**If not executable:** `chmod +x scripts/safe-migrate.sh`
+
+### Step 2: Verify Environment Configuration
+
+Check: `test -f src/Managing.Api/appsettings.ProductionRemote.json`
+
+**If missing:** Check `appsettings.Production.json`, else **STOP**
+
+### Step 3: Production Safety Check
+
+⚠️ **CRITICAL**: Verify authorization, reviewed migrations, rollback plan, backup will be created.
+
+**Ask user:** "⚠️ You are about to run migrations on ProductionRemote. Are you sure? (yes/no)"
+
+**If confirmed:** Continue
+
+**If not confirmed:** **STOP**
+
+### Step 4: Run Migration Script
+
+Run: `./scripts/safe-migrate.sh ProductionRemote`
+
+**Script performs:** Build → Check connectivity → Create DB if needed → Prompt backup (always choose 'y') → Check pending changes → Generate script → Show for review → Wait confirmation → Apply → Verify
+
+**On success:** Show success, backup location, log location, remind to verify application functionality
+
+**On failure:** Show error output, diagnose (connectivity, connection string, server, permissions, data conflicts), provide guidance or **STOP** if unresolvable (suggest testing in non-prod first)
+
+## Error Handling
+
+**Script not found:** Check `ls -la scripts/safe-migrate.sh`, **STOP** if missing
+
+**Not executable:** `chmod +x scripts/safe-migrate.sh`, retry
+
+**Database connection fails:** Verify PostgreSQL running, check connection string in `appsettings.ProductionRemote.json`, verify network/firewall/credentials, ⚠️ **WARN** production connectivity issues require immediate attention
+
+**Build fails:** Show errors (C# compilation, missing dependencies, config errors), try auto-fix (compilation errors, imports, config), if fixed re-run else **STOP** with ⚠️ **WARN** never deploy broken code
+
+**Migration conflicts:** Review migration history, script handles idempotent migrations, schema conflicts may need manual intervention, ⚠️ **WARN** may require downtime
+
+**Backup fails:** **CRITICAL** - script warns, strongly recommend fixing before proceeding, **WARN** extreme risks if proceeding without backup
+
+**Migration partially applies:** ⚠️ **CRITICAL** dangerous state - check `__EFMigrationsHistory`, may need rollback, **STOP** until database state verified
+
+## Example Execution
+
+**Success flow:**
+1. Verify script → ✅
+2. Check executable → ✅
+3. Verify config → ✅
+4. Safety check → User confirms
+5. Run: `./scripts/safe-migrate.sh ProductionRemote`
+6. Script: Build → Connect → Backup → Generate → Review → Confirm → Apply → Verify → ✅
+7. Show backup/log locations, remind to verify functionality
+
+**Connection fails:** Diagnose connection string/server, ⚠️ warn production issue, **STOP**
+
+**Build fails:** Show errors, try auto-fix, if fixed re-run else **STOP** with ⚠️ warn
+
+**User skips backup:** ⚠️ ⚠️ ⚠️ **CRITICAL WARNING** extremely risky, ask again, if confirmed proceed with caution else **STOP**
+
+## Important Notes
+
+- ⚠️ ⚠️ ⚠️ **PRODUCTION** - Extreme caution required
+- ✅ Backup MANDATORY, review script before applying, verify functionality after
+- ✅ Idempotent migrations - safe to run multiple times
+- ⚠️ Environment: `ProductionRemote`, Config: `appsettings.ProductionRemote.json`
+- ⚠️ Backups: `scripts/backups/ProductionRemote/`, Logs: `scripts/logs/`
+- 📦 Keeps last 5 backups automatically
+- 🚨 Have rollback plan, test in non-prod first, monitor after migration
+

.cursor/commands/migration-sandbox.md

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+# migration-sandbox
+
+## When to Use
+
+Run database migrations for SandboxRemote environment, apply pending EF Core migrations, create backups, and verify connectivity.
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- .NET SDK installed (`dotnet --version`)
+- PostgreSQL accessible for SandboxRemote
+- Connection string in `appsettings.SandboxRemote.json`
+- `scripts/safe-migrate.sh` available and executable
+
+## Execution Steps
+
+### Step 1: Verify Script Exists and is Executable
+
+Check: `test -f scripts/safe-migrate.sh`
+
+**If missing:** Error and **STOP**
+
+**If not executable:** `chmod +x scripts/safe-migrate.sh`
+
+### Step 2: Verify Environment Configuration
+
+Check: `test -f src/Managing.Api/appsettings.SandboxRemote.json`
+
+**If missing:** Check `appsettings.Sandbox.json`, else **STOP**
+
+### Step 3: Run Migration Script
+
+Run: `./scripts/safe-migrate.sh SandboxRemote`
+
+**Script performs:** Build projects → Check connectivity → Create DB if needed → Prompt backup → Check pending changes → Generate script → Apply migrations → Verify status
+
+**On success:** Show success message, backup location, log file location
+
+**On failure:** Show error output, diagnose (connectivity, connection string, server status, permissions), provide guidance or **STOP** if unresolvable
+
+## Error Handling
+
+**Script not found:** Check `ls -la scripts/safe-migrate.sh`, **STOP** if missing
+
+**Not executable:** `chmod +x scripts/safe-migrate.sh`, retry
+
+**Database connection fails:** Verify PostgreSQL running, check connection string in `appsettings.SandboxRemote.json`, verify network/firewall/credentials
+
+**Build fails:** Show errors (C# compilation, missing dependencies, config errors), try auto-fix (compilation errors, imports, config), if fixed re-run else **STOP**
+
+**Migration conflicts:** Review migration history, script handles idempotent migrations, schema conflicts may need manual intervention
+
+**Backup fails:** Script warns, recommend fixing before proceeding, warn if proceeding without backup
+
+## Example Execution
+
+**Success flow:**
+1. Verify script → ✅
+2. Check executable → ✅
+3. Verify config → ✅
+4. Run: `./scripts/safe-migrate.sh SandboxRemote`
+5. Script: Build → Connect → Backup → Generate → Apply → Verify → ✅
+6. Show backup/log locations
+
+**Connection fails:** Diagnose connection string/server, provide guidance, **STOP**
+
+**Build fails:** Show errors, try auto-fix, if fixed re-run else **STOP**
+
+## Important Notes
+
+- ✅ Backup recommended, script prompts for it
+- ✅ Review migration script before applying
+- ✅ Idempotent migrations - safe to run multiple times
+- ⚠️ Environment: `SandboxRemote`, Config: `appsettings.SandboxRemote.json`
+- ⚠️ Backups: `scripts/backups/SandboxRemote/`, Logs: `scripts/logs/`
+- 📦 Keeps last 5 backups automatically
+

.cursor/commands/optimize-current-code.md

@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
+# optimize-current-code
+
+## When to Use
+
+Use this command when you want to:
+- Optimize performance of existing C# backend code
+- Optimize React/TypeScript frontend code
+- Improve code quality and maintainability
+- Reduce technical debt
+- Apply best practices to existing code
+- Optimize database queries and API calls
+- Improve bundle size and loading performance (frontend)
+- Enhance memory usage and efficiency (backend)
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+**For C# Backend:**
+- .NET SDK installed (`dotnet --version`)
+- Solution builds successfully
+- Understanding of current code functionality
+
+**For React Frontend:**
+- Node.js and npm installed
+- Dependencies installed (`npm install`)
+- Application runs without errors
+
+## Execution Steps
+
+### Step 1: Identify Code Type and Scope
+
+Determine what type of code needs optimization:
+
+**Ask user to confirm:**
+- Is this C# backend code or React frontend code?
+- What specific file(s) or component(s) need optimization?
+- Are there specific performance issues or goals?
+
+**If not specified:**
+- Analyze current file in editor
+- Determine language/framework from file extension
+- Proceed with appropriate optimization strategy
+
+### Step 2: Analyze Current Code
+
+**For C# Backend (.cs files):**
+
+Read and analyze the code for:
+
+1. **LINQ Query Optimization**
+   - N+1 query problems
+   - Inefficient `ToList()` calls
+   - Missing `AsNoTracking()` for read-only queries
+   - Complex queries that could be simplified
+
+2. **Async/Await Patterns**
+   - Missing `async/await` for I/O operations
+   - Blocking calls that should be async
+   - Unnecessary `async` keywords
+
+3. **Memory Management**
+   - Large object allocations
+   - String concatenation in loops
+   - Unnecessary object creation
+   - Missing `using` statements for disposables
+
+4. **Code Structure**
+   - Duplicate code
+   - Long methods (>50 lines)
+   - Complex conditional logic
+   - Missing abstractions
+   - Business logic in controllers
+
+5. **Database Operations**
+   - Inefficient queries
+   - Missing indexes (suggest)
+   - Unnecessary data loading
+   - Transaction management
+
+**For React Frontend (.tsx/.ts files):**
+
+Read and analyze the code for:
+
+1. **Component Performance**
+   - Unnecessary re-renders
+   - Missing `React.memo()` for pure components
+   - Missing `useMemo()` for expensive calculations
+   - Missing `useCallback()` for callback props
+   - Large components (>300 lines)
+
+2. **Data Fetching**
+   - Using `useEffect()` instead of TanStack Query
+   - Missing loading states
+   - Missing error boundaries
+   - No data caching strategy
+   - Redundant API calls
+
+3. **Bundle Size**
+   - Large dependencies
+   - Missing code splitting
+   - Missing lazy loading
+   - Unused imports
+
+4. **Code Structure**
+   - Duplicate components
+   - Complex component logic
+   - Missing custom hooks
+   - Props drilling
+   - Inline styles/functions
+
+5. **Type Safety**
+   - Missing TypeScript types
+   - `any` types usage
+   - Missing interface definitions
+
+### Step 3: Create Optimization Plan
+
+Based on analysis, create prioritized optimization plan:
+
+**Priority 1 (Critical - Performance Impact):**
+- N+1 queries
+- Memory leaks
+- Blocking I/O operations
+- Unnecessary re-renders
+- Large bundle size issues
+
+**Priority 2 (High - Code Quality):**
+- Missing async/await
+- Duplicate code
+- Business logic in wrong layers
+- Missing error handling
+- Poor type safety
+
+**Priority 3 (Medium - Maintainability):**
+- Long methods/components
+- Complex conditionals
+- Missing abstractions
+- Code organization
+
+**Present plan to user:**
+- Show identified issues
+- Explain priority and impact
+- Ask for confirmation to proceed
+
+### Step 4: Apply C# Backend Optimizations
+
+**Optimization 1: Fix N+1 Query Problems**
+
+**Before:**
+```csharp
+var orders = await context.Orders.ToListAsync();
+foreach (var order in orders)
+{
+    order.Customer = await context.Customers.FindAsync(order.CustomerId);
+}
+```
+
+**After:**
+```csharp
+var orders = await context.Orders
+    .Include(o => o.Customer)
+    .ToListAsync();
+```
+
+**Optimization 2: Add AsNoTracking for Read-Only Queries**
+
+**Before:**
+```csharp
+public async Task<List<Product>> GetProductsAsync()
+{
+    return await context.Products.ToListAsync();
+}
+```
+
+**After:**
+```csharp
+public async Task<List<Product>> GetProductsAsync()
+{
+    return await context.Products
+        .AsNoTracking()
+        .ToListAsync();
+}
+```
+
+**Optimization 3: Move Business Logic from Controllers**
+
+**Before (Controller):**
+```csharp
+[HttpPost]
+public async Task<IActionResult> CreateOrder(OrderDto dto)
+{
+    var order = new Order { /* mapping logic */ };
+    var total = 0m;
+    foreach (var item in dto.Items)
+    {
+        total += item.Price * item.Quantity;
+    }
+    order.Total = total;
+    await context.Orders.AddAsync(order);
+    await context.SaveChangesAsync();
+    return Ok(order);
+}
+```
+
+**After (Controller):**
+```csharp
+[HttpPost]
+public async Task<IActionResult> CreateOrder(CreateOrderCommand command)
+{
+    var result = await mediator.Send(command);
+    return Ok(result);
+}
+```
+
+**After (Service/Handler):**
+```csharp
+public class CreateOrderCommandHandler : IRequestHandler<CreateOrderCommand, OrderResult>
+{
+    public async Task<OrderResult> Handle(CreateOrderCommand request, CancellationToken cancellationToken)
+    {
+        var order = request.ToEntity();
+        order.CalculateTotal(); // Business logic in domain
+        await repository.AddAsync(order, cancellationToken);
+        return order.ToResult();
+    }
+}
+```
+
+**Optimization 4: Optimize String Operations**
+
+**Before:**
+```csharp
+string result = "";
+foreach (var item in items)
+{
+    result += item.Name + ", ";
+}
+```
+
+**After:**
+```csharp
+var result = string.Join(", ", items.Select(i => i.Name));
+```
+
+**Optimization 5: Improve LINQ Efficiency**
+
+**Before:**
+```csharp
+var results = await context.Orders
+    .ToListAsync();
+results = results.Where(o => o.Total > 100).ToList();
+```
+
+**After:**
+```csharp
+var results = await context.Orders
+    .Where(o => o.Total > 100)
+    .ToListAsync();
+```
+
+**Optimization 6: Add Caching for Expensive Operations**
+
+**Before:**
+```csharp
+public async Task<List<Category>> GetCategoriesAsync()
+{
+    return await context.Categories.ToListAsync();
+}
+```
+
+**After:**
+```csharp
+public async Task<List<Category>> GetCategoriesAsync()
+{
+    var cacheKey = "all-categories";
+    if (cache.TryGetValue(cacheKey, out List<Category> categories))
+    {
+        return categories;
+    }
+
+    categories = await context.Categories
+        .AsNoTracking()
+        .ToListAsync();
+    
+    cache.Set(cacheKey, categories, TimeSpan.FromMinutes(10));
+    return categories;
+}
+```
+
+### Step 5: Apply React Frontend Optimizations
+
+**Optimization 1: Replace useEffect with TanStack Query**
+
+**Before:**
+```typescript
+function ProductList() {
+  const [products, setProducts] = useState([]);
+  const [loading, setLoading] = useState(true);
+  
+  useEffect(() => {
+    fetch('/api/products')
+      .then(res => res.json())
+      .then(data => {
+        setProducts(data);
+        setLoading(false);
+      });
+  }, []);
+  
+  if (loading) return <div>Loading...</div>;
+  return <div>{products.map(p => <ProductCard key={p.id} {...p} />)}</div>;
+}
+```
+
+**After:**
+```typescript
+function ProductList() {
+  const { data: products, isLoading } = useQuery({
+    queryKey: ['products'],
+    queryFn: () => productsService.getAll()
+  });
+  
+  if (isLoading) return <div>Loading...</div>;
+  return <div>{products?.map(p => <ProductCard key={p.id} {...p} />)}</div>;
+}
+```
+
+**Optimization 2: Memoize Expensive Calculations**
+
+**Before:**
+```typescript
+function OrderSummary({ items }: { items: OrderItem[] }) {
+  const total = items.reduce((sum, item) => sum + item.price * item.quantity, 0);
+  const tax = total * 0.1;
+  const grandTotal = total + tax;
+  
+  return <div>Total: ${grandTotal}</div>;
+}
+```
+
+**After:**
+```typescript
+function OrderSummary({ items }: { items: OrderItem[] }) {
+  const { total, tax, grandTotal } = useMemo(() => {
+    const total = items.reduce((sum, item) => sum + item.price * item.quantity, 0);
+    const tax = total * 0.1;
+    return { total, tax, grandTotal: total + tax };
+  }, [items]);
+  
+  return <div>Total: ${grandTotal}</div>;
+}
+```
+
+**Optimization 3: Memoize Components**
+
+**Before:**
+```typescript
+function ProductCard({ name, price, onAdd }: ProductCardProps) {
+  return (
+    <div className="card">
+      <h3>{name}</h3>
+      <p>${price}</p>
+      <button onClick={() => onAdd()}>Add</button>
+    </div>
+  );
+}
+```
+
+**After:**
+```typescript
+const ProductCard = React.memo(function ProductCard({ name, price, onAdd }: ProductCardProps) {
+  return (
+    <div className="card">
+      <h3>{name}</h3>
+      <p>${price}</p>
+      <button onClick={() => onAdd()}>Add</button>
+    </div>
+  );
+});
+```
+
+**Optimization 4: Use useCallback for Callbacks**
+
+**Before:**
+```typescript
+function ProductList() {
+  const [cart, setCart] = useState([]);
+  
+  return (
+    <div>
+      {products.map(p => (
+        <ProductCard 
+          key={p.id} 
+          {...p} 
+          onAdd={() => setCart([...cart, p])}
+        />
+      ))}
+    </div>
+  );
+}
+```
+
+**After:**
+```typescript
+function ProductList() {
+  const [cart, setCart] = useState([]);
+  
+  const handleAdd = useCallback((product: Product) => {
+    setCart(prev => [...prev, product]);
+  }, []);
+  
+  return (
+    <div>
+      {products.map(p => (
+        <ProductCard 
+          key={p.id} 
+          {...p} 
+          onAdd={() => handleAdd(p)}
+        />
+      ))}
+    </div>
+  );
+}
+```
+
+**Optimization 5: Extract Custom Hooks**
+
+**Before:**
+```typescript
+function ProductList() {
+  const [products, setProducts] = useState([]);
+  const [filtered, setFiltered] = useState([]);
+  const [search, setSearch] = useState('');
+  
+  useEffect(() => {
+    const results = products.filter(p => 
+      p.name.toLowerCase().includes(search.toLowerCase())
+    );
+    setFiltered(results);
+  }, [products, search]);
+  
+  // render logic
+}
+```
+
+**After:**
+```typescript
+function useProductFilter(products: Product[], search: string) {
+  return useMemo(() => 
+    products.filter(p => 
+      p.name.toLowerCase().includes(search.toLowerCase())
+    ),
+    [products, search]
+  );
+}
+
+function ProductList() {
+  const [search, setSearch] = useState('');
+  const { data: products } = useQuery(['products'], getProducts);
+  const filtered = useProductFilter(products ?? [], search);
+  
+  // render logic
+}
+```
+
+**Optimization 6: Implement Code Splitting**
+
+**Before:**
+```typescript
+import { HeavyComponent } from './HeavyComponent';
+
+function App() {
+  return <HeavyComponent />;
+}
+```
+
+**After:**
+```typescript
+import { lazy, Suspense } from 'react';
+
+const HeavyComponent = lazy(() => import('./HeavyComponent'));
+
+function App() {
+  return (
+    <Suspense fallback={<div>Loading...</div>}>
+      <HeavyComponent />
+    </Suspense>
+  );
+}
+```
+
+**Optimization 7: Fix Type Safety**
+
+**Before:**
+```typescript
+function processData(data: any) {
+  return data.map((item: any) => item.value);
+}
+```
+
+**After:**
+```typescript
+interface DataItem {
+  id: string;
+  value: number;
+}
+
+function processData(data: DataItem[]): number[] {
+  return data.map(item => item.value);
+}
+```
+
+### Step 6: Verify Optimizations
+
+**For C# Backend:**
+
+1. **Build solution:**
+   ```bash
+   dotnet build src/Managing.sln
+   ```
+   - Ensure no compilation errors
+   - Check for new warnings
+
+2. **Run tests (if available):**
+   ```bash
+   dotnet test src/Managing.sln
+   ```
+   - Verify all tests pass
+   - Check for performance improvements
+
+3. **Review changes:**
+   - Ensure business logic unchanged
+   - Verify API contracts maintained
+   - Check error handling preserved
+
+**For React Frontend:**
+
+1. **Check TypeScript:**
+   ```bash
+   npm run type-check
+   ```
+   - Ensure no type errors
+
+2. **Run linter:**
+   ```bash
+   npm run lint
+   ```
+   - Fix any new linting issues
+
+3. **Test component:**
+   ```bash
+   npm run test:single test/path/to/component.test.tsx
+   ```
+   - Verify component behavior unchanged
+
+4. **Check bundle size:**
+   - Look for improvements in bundle size
+   - Verify lazy loading works
+
+5. **Manual testing:**
+   - Test component functionality
+   - Verify no regressions
+   - Check loading states
+   - Verify error handling
+
+### Step 7: Document Changes
+
+Create summary of optimizations:
+
+**Changes made:**
+- List each optimization
+- Show before/after metrics (if available)
+- Explain impact of changes
+
+**Performance improvements:**
+- Query time reductions
+- Memory usage improvements
+- Bundle size reductions
+- Render time improvements
+
+**Code quality improvements:**
+- Better type safety
+- Reduced duplication
+- Better separation of concerns
+- Improved maintainability
+
+## Common Optimization Patterns
+
+### C# Backend Patterns
+
+1. **Repository Pattern with Specification**
+   - Encapsulate query logic
+   - Reusable query specifications
+   - Better testability
+
+2. **CQRS with MediatR**
+   - Separate read/write operations
+   - Better performance tuning
+   - Cleaner code organization
+
+3. **Caching Strategy**
+   - In-memory cache for frequent reads
+   - Distributed cache for scalability
+   - Cache invalidation patterns
+
+4. **Async Best Practices**
+   - Use `async/await` consistently
+   - Avoid `Task.Result` or `.Wait()`
+   - Use `ConfigureAwait(false)` in libraries
+
+### React Frontend Patterns
+
+1. **Data Fetching Pattern**
+   - Always use TanStack Query
+   - Implement proper error boundaries
+   - Use suspense for loading states
+
+2. **Component Composition**
+   - Split large components
+   - Create reusable atoms/molecules
+   - Use compound component pattern
+
+3. **State Management**
+   - Keep state as local as possible
+   - Use context sparingly
+   - Consider Zustand for global state
+
+4. **Performance Pattern**
+   - Memoize expensive operations
+   - Use React.memo for pure components
+   - Implement virtualization for long lists
+
+## Error Handling
+
+**If build fails after C# optimization:**
+- Review changes carefully
+- Check for type mismatches
+- Verify async/await patterns correct
+- Rollback if necessary
+
+**If types break after frontend optimization:**
+- Check interface definitions
+- Verify generic types
+- Update type imports
+
+**If tests fail after optimization:**
+- Review test expectations
+- Update mocks if needed
+- Verify behavior unchanged
+
+**If performance degrades:**
+- Review optimization approach
+- Check for introduced inefficiencies
+- Consider alternative approach
+
+## Important Notes
+
+- ✅ **Always test after optimization** - Verify functionality unchanged
+- ✅ **Measure performance** - Use profiling tools to verify improvements
+- ✅ **Keep it simple** - Don't over-optimize premature code
+- ✅ **Follow patterns** - Use established patterns from codebase
+- ⚠️ **Avoid premature optimization** - Focus on actual bottlenecks
+- ⚠️ **Maintain readability** - Don't sacrifice clarity for minor gains
+- 📊 **Profile first** - Identify real performance issues before optimizing
+- 🧪 **Test thoroughly** - Ensure no regressions introduced
+- 📝 **Document changes** - Explain why optimizations were made
+
+## Example Execution
+
+**User input:** `/optimize-current-code`
+
+**AI execution:**
+
+1. Identify code type: React component (ProductList.tsx)
+2. Analyze code: Found useEffect for data fetching, no memoization
+3. Present plan:
+   - Replace useEffect with TanStack Query
+   - Add React.memo to child components
+   - Extract custom hooks
+4. Apply optimizations (show diffs)
+5. Verify: Run type-check and tests
+6. Summary: "✅ Optimized ProductList component - replaced useEffect with TanStack Query, memoized child components"
+
+**For C# backend:**
+
+1. Identify code type: Service class with database operations
+2. Analyze code: Found N+1 query, missing AsNoTracking, business logic
+3. Present plan:
+   - Fix N+1 with Include
+   - Add AsNoTracking for read-only
+   - Move business logic to domain
+4. Apply optimizations
+5. Verify: Build and test
+6. Summary: "✅ Optimized OrderService - eliminated N+1 queries, added AsNoTracking, moved business logic to domain layer"
+

.cursor/commands/push-dev.md

@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+# push-dev
+
+## When to Use
+
+Use this command when you want to:
+- Stage all modified files
+- Commit with a descriptive message
+- Push directly to the `dev` branch
+
+## Execution Steps
+
+### Step 1: Check Current Branch
+
+Run: `git branch --show-current` to get the current branch name.
+
+**If not on `dev`:**
+- Warn: "⚠️ You're not on dev branch. Current branch: [branch]. Switching to dev..."
+- Switch to dev: `git checkout dev`
+- Pull latest changes: `git pull origin dev`
+
+**If already on `dev`:**
+- Pull latest changes: `git pull origin dev`
+- Continue to Step 2
+
+### Step 2: Stage All Changes
+
+Run: `git add .`
+
+Show what will be committed: `git status`
+
+**If no changes to commit:**
+- Inform: "No changes detected. All files are already committed or there are no modified files."
+- Check: `git status` to see current state
+- **STOP**: No need to proceed
+
+### Step 3: Detect Modified Projects and Build
+
+**Before committing, verify the code builds successfully for production. Only build projects where files have been modified.**
+
+#### Step 3.1: Identify Modified Files
+
+Get list of modified files: `git diff --cached --name-only` or `git status --short`
+
+#### Step 3.2: Determine Which Projects Need Building
+
+Analyze modified files to determine which project(s) they belong to:
+
+**Frontend (Managing.WebApp):**
+- Files in `src/Managing.WebApp/` or `src/Managing.Nswag/`
+- Build command: `cd src/Managing.WebApp && npm run build` or `cd src/Managing.WebApp && yarn build`
+
+**Backend (.NET projects):**
+- Files in `src/Managing.Api/`, `src/Managing.Application/`, `src/Managing.Domain/`, `src/Managing.Infrastructure.*/`, or any other `.cs` files in `src/`
+- Build command: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln` or `dotnet build src/Managing.Api/Managing.Api.csproj`
+
+**If both frontend and backend files are modified:**
+- Build both projects in sequence
+
+#### Step 3.3: Build Relevant Project(s)
+
+**For Frontend (Managing.WebApp):**
+- Navigate to project: `cd src/Managing.WebApp`
+- Check package manager:
+  - Check for `yarn.lock`: `test -f yarn.lock`
+  - If yarn: Use `yarn build`
+  - If npm: Use `npm run build`
+- Run build command:
+  - If yarn: `yarn build`
+  - If npm: `npm run build`
+
+**For Backend (.NET):**
+- Run: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln`
+- Or build specific project: `dotnet build src/Managing.Api/Managing.Api.csproj`
+
+**If both projects need building:**
+- Build frontend first, then backend
+- Or build both in parallel if appropriate
+
+**If build succeeds:**
+- Confirm: "✅ Build successful! Code is production-ready."
+- Continue to Step 4
+
+**If build fails:**
+- Show build errors
+- Analyze errors:
+  - TypeScript errors (frontend)
+  - C# compilation errors (backend)
+  - Import errors
+  - Syntax errors
+  - Missing dependencies
+  - Configuration errors
+- **Try to fix errors automatically:**
+  - Fix TypeScript type errors (frontend)
+  - Fix C# compilation errors (backend)
+  - Fix import paths
+  - Fix syntax errors
+  - Add missing imports
+  - Fix configuration issues
+- **If errors can be fixed:**
+  - Fix the errors
+  - Re-run build for the affected project
+  - If build succeeds, continue to Step 4
+  - If build still fails, show errors and ask user for help
+- **If errors cannot be fixed automatically:**
+  - Show detailed error messages
+  - Explain what needs to be fixed
+  - **STOP**: Do not proceed with commit until build succeeds
+  - Suggest: "Please fix the build errors before committing. Ask a developer for help if needed."
+
+### Step 4: Generate Commit Message
+
+Analyze staged changes: `git diff --cached --stat` or `git status`
+
+Generate a descriptive commit message:
+- **Format**: `[Type]: [Description]`
+- **Types**: `Update`, `Fix`, `Add`, `Design`, `Refactor`
+- **Examples**:
+  - `Update Button component - Match Figma design colors and spacing`
+  - `Fix mobile responsive layout - Adjust padding for max-640 breakpoint`
+  - `Add StatusBadge component - Implement design from Figma`
+  - `Design: Update typography - Change font sizes to match design system`
+
+**Ask user to confirm or modify the commit message before committing.**
+
+### Step 5: Commit Changes
+
+Run: `git commit -m "<commit-message>"`
+
+### Step 6: Push to Dev
+
+Run: `git push origin dev`
+
+**If push fails:**
+- If branch protection error: Explain that direct pushes to `dev` might be blocked
+- Suggest creating a Pull Request instead if needed
+- If other error: Show the error and help resolve it
+
+## Error Handling
+
+### If push fails due to branch protection:
+- Explain: "Direct pushes to `dev` might be blocked by branch protection rules."
+- Solution: "Check with your team lead or create a Pull Request instead."
+
+### If no changes to commit:
+- Inform: "No changes detected. All files are already committed or there are no modified files."
+- Check: `git status` to see current state
+
+### If build fails:
+- **STOP immediately** - Do not commit broken code
+- Show build errors in detail
+- Try to fix common errors automatically:
+  - TypeScript type errors
+  - Import path errors
+  - Syntax errors
+  - Missing imports
+- If errors can be fixed:
+  - Fix them automatically
+  - Re-run build
+  - If build succeeds, continue
+  - If build still fails, show errors and ask for help
+- If errors cannot be fixed:
+  - Show detailed error messages
+  - Explain what needs to be fixed
+  - **STOP**: Do not commit until build succeeds
+  - Suggest: "Please fix the build errors. Ask a developer for help if needed."
+
+### If build command is not found:
+**For Frontend:**
+- Check if package manager is installed: `yarn --version` or `npm --version`
+- If not installed: Guide user to install Node.js/yarn
+- If installed: Check if `src/Managing.WebApp/package.json` has `build` script
+- If no build script: Inform user and skip build step (not recommended)
+
+**For Backend:**
+- Check if .NET SDK is installed: `dotnet --version`
+- If not installed: Guide user to install .NET SDK
+- If installed: Check if `src/Managing.sln` exists
+- If solution file not found: Try building specific project: `dotnet build src/Managing.Api/Managing.Api.csproj`
+
+## Example Execution
+
+**User input:** `/push-dev`
+
+**AI execution (Frontend changes only):**
+
+1. Check branch: `git branch --show-current` → "dev"
+2. Pull latest: `git pull origin dev`
+3. Check changes: `git status` → Modified: `src/Managing.WebApp/src/components/Button/Button.tsx`
+4. Stage: `git add .`
+5. Detect modified files: `git diff --cached --name-only` → `src/Managing.WebApp/src/components/Button/Button.tsx`
+6. Determine project: Frontend (Managing.WebApp)
+7. Build: `cd src/Managing.WebApp && yarn build` → ✅ Build successful!
+8. Generate commit message: "Update Button component - Match Figma design colors"
+9. Confirm with user: "Commit message: 'Update Button component - Match Figma design colors'. Proceed?"
+10. Commit: `git commit -m "Update Button component - Match Figma design colors"`
+11. Push: `git push origin dev`
+12. Success message: "✅ Changes pushed successfully to dev branch!"
+
+**AI execution (Backend changes only):**
+
+1. Check branch: `git branch --show-current` → "dev"
+2. Pull latest: `git pull origin dev`
+3. Check changes: `git status` → Modified: `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/UserController.cs`
+4. Stage: `git add .`
+5. Detect modified files: `git diff --cached --name-only` → `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/UserController.cs`
+6. Determine project: Backend (.NET)
+7. Build: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln` → ✅ Build successful!
+8. Generate commit message: "Update UserController - Add new endpoint"
+9. Confirm with user: "Commit message: 'Update UserController - Add new endpoint'. Proceed?"
+10. Commit: `git commit -m "Update UserController - Add new endpoint"`
+11. Push: `git push origin dev`
+12. Success message: "✅ Changes pushed successfully to dev branch!"
+
+**AI execution (Both frontend and backend changes):**
+
+1. Check branch: `git branch --show-current` → "dev"
+2. Pull latest: `git pull origin dev`
+3. Check changes: `git status` → Modified: `src/Managing.WebApp/src/components/Button/Button.tsx`, `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/UserController.cs`
+4. Stage: `git add .`
+5. Detect modified files: `git diff --cached --name-only` → Both frontend and backend files
+6. Determine projects: Frontend (Managing.WebApp) and Backend (.NET)
+7. Build frontend: `cd src/Managing.WebApp && yarn build` → ✅ Build successful!
+8. Build backend: `dotnet build src/Managing.sln` → ✅ Build successful!
+9. Generate commit message: "Update Button component and UserController"
+10. Confirm with user: "Commit message: 'Update Button component and UserController'. Proceed?"
+11. Commit: `git commit -m "Update Button component and UserController"`
+12. Push: `git push origin dev`
+13. Success message: "✅ Changes pushed successfully to dev branch!"
+
+**If build fails:**
+
+1-6. Same as above
+7. Build: `cd src/Managing.WebApp && yarn build` → ❌ Build failed with errors
+8. Analyze errors: TypeScript error in Button.tsx
+9. Fix errors: Update type definitions
+10. Re-run build: `cd src/Managing.WebApp && yarn build` → ✅ Build successful!
+11. Continue with commit and push
+
+## Important Notes
+
+- ✅ **Always build before committing** - ensures code works in production
+- ✅ **Only build projects where files have been modified** - saves time and focuses on relevant changes
+- ✅ **Fix build errors before committing** - don't commit broken code
+- ✅ Always ask for confirmation before committing if the commit message is unclear
+- ✅ Pull latest changes from dev before pushing to avoid conflicts
+- ⚠️ **Build step is mandatory** - code must build successfully before commit
+- ⚠️ **Ensure you're on dev branch** - command will switch to dev if needed
+- 📦 **Frontend changes**: Build `Managing.WebApp` using npm/yarn
+- 🔧 **Backend changes**: Build `.NET` solution using `dotnet build`
+- 🔄 **Both frontend and backend changes**: Build both projects in sequence

.cursor/commands/responsive.md

@@ -0,0 +1,626 @@
+# responsive
+
+## When to Use
+
+Use this command when you want to:
+- Implement responsive/mobile design using DaisyUI components
+- Make existing components mobile-friendly with DaisyUI patterns
+- Create beautiful, modern responsive layouts following DaisyUI documentation
+- Optimize UI for different screen sizes using DaisyUI's responsive features
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- Component or page file open or specified
+- Tailwind CSS configured
+- DaisyUI installed and configured
+- Reference to DaisyUI documentation: https://daisyui.com/components/
+- Understanding of the component's current structure
+
+## Execution Steps
+
+### Step 1: Analyze Current Component
+
+Read the component file to understand its structure:
+
+**If file is open in editor:**
+- Use the currently open file
+
+**If file path provided:**
+- Read the file: `cat [file-path]`
+
+**Analyze:**
+- Current layout structure (grid, flex, etc.)
+- Existing responsive classes (if any)
+- Component complexity and nesting
+- Content that needs to be responsive (tables, forms, charts, cards)
+
+### Step 2: Identify Responsive Requirements
+
+Determine what needs to be responsive:
+
+**Common responsive patterns:**
+- **Navigation**: Mobile hamburger menu, desktop horizontal nav
+- **Tables**: Horizontal scroll on mobile, full table on desktop
+- **Forms**: Stacked inputs on mobile, side-by-side on desktop
+- **Cards/Grids**: Single column on mobile, multi-column on desktop
+- **Charts**: Smaller on mobile, larger on desktop
+- **Modals**: Full screen on mobile, centered on desktop
+- **Text**: Smaller on mobile, larger on desktop
+- **Spacing**: Tighter on mobile, more spacious on desktop
+
+**Identify:**
+- Which elements need responsive behavior
+- Breakpoints where layout should change
+- Mobile vs desktop content differences
+
+### Step 3: Apply Mobile-First Responsive Design
+
+Implement responsive design using Tailwind's mobile-first approach:
+
+#### 3.1: Breakpoint Strategy
+
+**Tailwind breakpoints (mobile-first):**
+- Base (default): Mobile (< 640px)
+- `sm:` - Small devices (≥ 640px)
+- `md:` - Medium devices (≥ 768px)
+- `lg:` - Large devices (≥ 1024px)
+- `xl:` - Extra large (≥ 1280px)
+- `2xl:` - 2X Extra large (≥ 1536px)
+
+**Pattern:** Start with mobile styles, then add larger breakpoints:
+```tsx
+// Mobile first: base styles are for mobile
+<div className="w-full p-4 md:p-6 lg:p-8">
+  // Mobile: full width, padding 4
+  // md+: padding 6
+  // lg+: padding 8
+</div>
+```
+
+#### 3.2: Layout Patterns
+
+**Grid Layouts:**
+```tsx
+// Single column mobile, multi-column desktop
+<div className="grid grid-cols-1 md:grid-cols-2 lg:grid-cols-3 gap-4">
+  {/* Cards */}
+</div>
+
+// Responsive grid with auto-fit
+<div className="grid grid-cols-1 sm:grid-cols-2 lg:grid-cols-4 gap-4 md:gap-6">
+```
+
+**Flexbox Layouts:**
+```tsx
+// Stack on mobile, row on desktop
+<div className="flex flex-col md:flex-row gap-4">
+  {/* Items */}
+</div>
+
+// Center on mobile, space-between on desktop
+<div className="flex flex-col items-center md:flex-row md:justify-between">
+```
+
+**Container Patterns:**
+```tsx
+// Use layout utility class or custom container
+<div className="layout">
+  {/* Content with responsive margins */}
+</div>
+
+// Or custom responsive container
+<div className="w-full px-4 sm:px-6 lg:px-8 max-w-7xl mx-auto">
+```
+
+#### 3.3: Navigation Patterns (DaisyUI Navbar)
+
+**DaisyUI Navbar Pattern** (https://daisyui.com/components/navbar/):
+```tsx
+// DaisyUI navbar with responsive menu
+<div className="navbar bg-base-300">
+  {/* Mobile menu button */}
+  <div className="navbar-start">
+    <button className="btn btn-ghost lg:hidden" onClick={toggleMenu}>
+      <svg className="h-5 w-5" fill="none" viewBox="0 0 24 24" stroke="currentColor">
+        <path strokeLinecap="round" strokeLinejoin="round" strokeWidth="2" d="M4 6h16M4 12h16M4 18h16" />
+      </svg>
+    </button>
+    <a className="btn btn-ghost text-xl">Logo</a>
+  </div>
+  
+  {/* Desktop navigation */}
+  <div className="navbar-center hidden lg:flex">
+    <ul className="menu menu-horizontal px-1">
+      <li><a>Item 1</a></li>
+      <li><a>Item 2</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  </div>
+  
+  {/* Navbar end */}
+  <div className="navbar-end">
+    <button className="btn btn-primary">Action</button>
+  </div>
+</div>
+
+// Mobile drawer/sidebar (DaisyUI Drawer pattern)
+<div className={`drawer lg:drawer-open`}>
+  <input id="drawer-toggle" type="checkbox" className="drawer-toggle" checked={isOpen} onChange={toggleMenu} />
+  <div className="drawer-side">
+    <label htmlFor="drawer-toggle" className="drawer-overlay"></label>
+    <ul className="menu p-4 w-80 min-h-full bg-base-200 text-base-content">
+      {/* Mobile menu items */}
+    </ul>
+  </div>
+</div>
+```
+
+#### 3.4: Table Patterns (DaisyUI Table)
+
+**DaisyUI Table Patterns** (https://daisyui.com/components/table/):
+```tsx
+// Option 1: Horizontal scroll on mobile (recommended)
+<div className="overflow-x-auto">
+  <table className="table table-zebra w-full">
+    <thead>
+      <tr>
+        <th>Header 1</th>
+        <th>Header 2</th>
+      </tr>
+    </thead>
+    <tbody>
+      {/* Table rows */}
+    </tbody>
+  </table>
+</div>
+
+// Option 2: Responsive table size (mobile: table-xs, desktop: table)
+<div className="overflow-x-auto">
+  <table className="table table-xs md:table table-zebra w-full">
+    {/* Table content */}
+  </table>
+</div>
+
+// Option 3: Card layout on mobile, table on desktop
+<div className="block md:hidden space-y-4">
+  {/* DaisyUI cards for mobile */}
+  <div className="card bg-base-100 shadow">
+    <div className="card-body">
+      {/* Card content matching table data */}
+    </div>
+  </div>
+</div>
+<div className="hidden md:block overflow-x-auto">
+  <table className="table table-zebra w-full">
+    {/* Table for desktop */}
+  </table>
+</div>
+```
+
+#### 3.5: Form Patterns (DaisyUI Form)
+
+**DaisyUI Form Patterns** (https://daisyui.com/components/form/):
+```tsx
+// DaisyUI form-control with responsive grid
+<form className="w-full max-w-2xl mx-auto space-y-4">
+  {/* Stacked on mobile, side-by-side on desktop */}
+  <div className="grid grid-cols-1 md:grid-cols-2 gap-4">
+    <div className="form-control">
+      <label className="label">
+        <span className="label-text">First Name</span>
+      </label>
+      <input type="text" className="input input-bordered w-full" />
+    </div>
+    <div className="form-control">
+      <label className="label">
+        <span className="label-text">Last Name</span>
+      </label>
+      <input type="text" className="input input-bordered w-full" />
+    </div>
+  </div>
+  
+  {/* Full width field */}
+  <div className="form-control">
+    <label className="label">
+      <span className="label-text">Email</span>
+    </label>
+    <input type="email" className="input input-bordered w-full" />
+  </div>
+  
+  {/* Responsive button */}
+  <div className="form-control mt-6">
+    <button className="btn btn-primary w-full md:w-auto">Submit</button>
+  </div>
+</form>
+```
+
+#### 3.6: Typography Patterns
+
+**Responsive Text:**
+```tsx
+// Smaller on mobile, larger on desktop
+<h1 className="text-2xl md:text-3xl lg:text-4xl font-bold">
+  Title
+</h1>
+
+<p className="text-sm md:text-base lg:text-lg">
+  Content
+</p>
+```
+
+#### 3.7: Spacing Patterns
+
+**Responsive Spacing:**
+```tsx
+// Tighter on mobile, more spacious on desktop
+<div className="p-4 md:p-6 lg:p-8">
+  {/* Content */}
+</div>
+
+// Responsive gaps
+<div className="flex flex-col gap-2 md:gap-4 lg:gap-6">
+  {/* Items */}
+</div>
+```
+
+#### 3.8: Modal/Dialog Patterns (DaisyUI Modal)
+
+**DaisyUI Modal Patterns** (https://daisyui.com/components/modal/):
+```tsx
+// Full screen on mobile, centered on desktop
+<dialog className={`modal ${isOpen ? 'modal-open' : ''}`}>
+  <div className="modal-box w-full max-w-none md:max-w-2xl mx-auto">
+    <h3 className="font-bold text-lg">Modal Title</h3>
+    <p className="py-4">Modal content</p>
+    <div className="modal-action">
+      <button className="btn" onClick={closeModal}>Close</button>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+  <form method="dialog" className="modal-backdrop" onClick={closeModal}>
+    <button>close</button>
+  </form>
+</dialog>
+
+// Responsive modal with different sizes
+<dialog className={`modal ${isOpen ? 'modal-open' : ''}`}>
+  <div className="modal-box w-11/12 max-w-none md:max-w-lg lg:max-w-2xl">
+    {/* Modal content */}
+  </div>
+</dialog>
+```
+
+#### 3.9: Chart/Visualization Patterns
+
+**Responsive Charts:**
+```tsx
+// Responsive chart container
+<div ref={containerRef} className="w-full h-auto">
+  <Chart 
+    width={containerWidth} 
+    height={containerWidth * (isMobile ? 0.8 : 0.6)}
+  />
+</div>
+
+// Or use aspect ratio
+<div className="w-full aspect-[4/3] md:aspect-[16/9]">
+  <Chart />
+</div>
+```
+
+### Step 4: Reference DaisyUI Documentation
+
+**Before implementing any component, check DaisyUI documentation:**
+- Open or reference: https://daisyui.com/components/
+- Find the component you need (navbar, card, table, modal, etc.)
+- Review the component's responsive examples and classes
+- Use the exact DaisyUI classes and patterns from the docs
+
+**DaisyUI Documentation Structure:**
+- Each component page shows examples
+- Copy the exact class names and structure
+- Adapt the examples to your use case with responsive breakpoints
+
+### Step 5: Apply DaisyUI Responsive Components
+
+Use DaisyUI components following official documentation: https://daisyui.com/components/
+
+**DaisyUI Responsive Components (from docs):**
+
+1. **Navbar** (https://daisyui.com/components/navbar/):
+   - Use `navbar` with `navbar-start`, `navbar-center`, `navbar-end`
+   - Mobile hamburger: `btn btn-ghost lg:hidden`
+   - Desktop nav: `hidden lg:flex`
+   ```tsx
+   <div className="navbar bg-base-300">
+     <div className="navbar-start">
+       <button className="btn btn-ghost lg:hidden">☰</button>
+     </div>
+     <div className="navbar-center hidden lg:flex">
+       {/* Desktop nav items */}
+     </div>
+   </div>
+   ```
+
+2. **Drawer** (https://daisyui.com/components/drawer/):
+   - Use `drawer` with `drawer-side` for mobile sidebar
+   - Toggle with `drawer-open` class
+   ```tsx
+   <div className="drawer lg:drawer-open">
+     <input id="drawer-toggle" type="checkbox" className="drawer-toggle" />
+     <div className="drawer-side">
+       <label htmlFor="drawer-toggle" className="drawer-overlay"></label>
+       <ul className="menu p-4 w-80 min-h-full bg-base-200">
+         {/* Sidebar content */}
+       </ul>
+     </div>
+   </div>
+   ```
+
+3. **Card** (https://daisyui.com/components/card/):
+   - Use `card` with `card-body` for responsive cards
+   - Responsive grid: `grid grid-cols-1 md:grid-cols-2 lg:grid-cols-3`
+   ```tsx
+   <div className="card bg-base-100 shadow-xl">
+     <div className="card-body p-4 md:p-6">
+       <h2 className="card-title text-lg md:text-xl">Title</h2>
+       <p className="text-sm md:text-base">Content</p>
+     </div>
+   </div>
+   ```
+
+4. **Table** (https://daisyui.com/components/table/):
+   - Wrap in `overflow-x-auto` for mobile scroll
+   - Use `table-xs` for mobile, `table` for desktop
+   ```tsx
+   <div className="overflow-x-auto">
+     <table className="table table-zebra w-full">
+       {/* Table content */}
+     </table>
+   </div>
+   ```
+
+5. **Modal** (https://daisyui.com/components/modal/):
+   - Use `modal` with `modal-box` for responsive modals
+   - Full screen mobile: `w-full max-w-none md:max-w-2xl`
+   ```tsx
+   <dialog className={`modal ${isOpen ? 'modal-open' : ''}`}>
+     <div className="modal-box w-full max-w-none md:max-w-2xl">
+       {/* Modal content */}
+     </div>
+   </dialog>
+   ```
+
+6. **Form** (https://daisyui.com/components/form/):
+   - Use `form-control` with responsive grid
+   - Inputs: `input input-bordered w-full`
+   ```tsx
+   <div className="form-control">
+     <label className="label">
+       <span className="label-text">Label</span>
+     </label>
+     <input type="text" className="input input-bordered w-full" />
+   </div>
+   ```
+
+7. **Bottom Navigation** (https://daisyui.com/components/bottom-navigation/):
+   - Use `btm-nav` for mobile bottom navigation
+   ```tsx
+   <div className="btm-nav lg:hidden fixed bottom-0">
+     <button className="active">Home</button>
+     <button>Settings</button>
+   </div>
+   ```
+
+8. **Tabs** (https://daisyui.com/components/tabs/):
+   - Use `tabs` with responsive layout
+   - Mobile: `tabs tabs-boxed`, Desktop: `tabs tabs-lifted`
+   ```tsx
+   <div className="tabs tabs-boxed md:tabs-lifted">
+     <a className="tab">Tab 1</a>
+     <a className="tab tab-active">Tab 2</a>
+   </div>
+   ```
+
+9. **Dropdown** (https://daisyui.com/components/dropdown/):
+   - Use `dropdown` with responsive positioning
+   ```tsx
+   <div className="dropdown dropdown-end">
+     <label tabIndex={0} className="btn btn-ghost">Menu</label>
+     <ul className="dropdown-content menu bg-base-100 rounded-box z-[1] w-52 p-2 shadow">
+       {/* Dropdown items */}
+     </ul>
+   </div>
+   ```
+
+10. **Stats** (https://daisyui.com/components/stats/):
+    - Use `stats` with responsive grid
+    ```tsx
+    <div className="stats stats-vertical md:stats-horizontal shadow w-full">
+      <div className="stat">...</div>
+    </div>
+    ```
+
+### Step 6: Implement Beautiful Mobile UX
+
+**Mobile UX Best Practices:**
+
+1. **Touch Targets:**
+   - Minimum 44x44px touch targets
+   - Adequate spacing between interactive elements
+   ```tsx
+   <button className="btn btn-primary min-h-[44px] min-w-[44px]">
+     Action
+   </button>
+   ```
+
+2. **Swipe Gestures:**
+   - Consider swipeable cards/carousels
+   - Use libraries like `react-swipeable` if needed
+
+3. **Bottom Navigation** (DaisyUI Bottom Nav - https://daisyui.com/components/bottom-navigation/):
+   - Use DaisyUI `btm-nav` for mobile bottom navigation
+   ```tsx
+   <div className="btm-nav lg:hidden fixed bottom-0 z-50 bg-base-300">
+     <button className="active text-primary">
+       <svg>...</svg>
+       <span className="btm-nav-label">Home</span>
+     </button>
+     <button>
+       <svg>...</svg>
+       <span className="btm-nav-label">Settings</span>
+     </button>
+   </div>
+   ```
+
+4. **Sticky Headers:**
+   - Keep important actions accessible
+   ```tsx
+   <div className="sticky top-0 z-50 bg-base-100">
+     {/* Header content */}
+   </div>
+   ```
+
+5. **Loading States** (DaisyUI Loading - https://daisyui.com/components/loading/):
+   - Use DaisyUI loading spinners appropriately sized for mobile
+   ```tsx
+   <div className="flex justify-center items-center min-h-[200px]">
+     <span className="loading loading-spinner loading-sm md:loading-md lg:loading-lg"></span>
+   </div>
+   
+   // Or use loading text
+   <div className="flex flex-col items-center gap-4">
+     <span className="loading loading-spinner loading-lg"></span>
+     <span className="text-sm md:text-base">Loading...</span>
+   </div>
+   ```
+
+### Step 7: Test Responsive Breakpoints
+
+Verify the implementation works at different breakpoints:
+
+**Test breakpoints:**
+- Mobile: 375px, 414px (iPhone sizes)
+- Tablet: 768px, 1024px (iPad sizes)
+- Desktop: 1280px, 1536px+
+
+**Check:**
+- Layout doesn't break at any breakpoint
+- Text is readable at all sizes
+- Interactive elements are easily tappable
+- Content doesn't overflow horizontally
+- Images scale appropriately
+
+### Step 8: Optimize Performance
+
+**Mobile Performance:**
+
+1. **Lazy Loading:**
+   - Lazy load images and heavy components
+   ```tsx
+   <img 
+     src={imageSrc} 
+     loading="lazy" 
+     className="w-full h-auto"
+     alt="..."
+   />
+   ```
+
+2. **Conditional Rendering:**
+   - Render mobile/desktop versions conditionally if needed
+   ```tsx
+   {isMobile ? <MobileComponent /> : <DesktopComponent />}
+   ```
+
+3. **Reduce Animations on Mobile:**
+   - Consider `prefers-reduced-motion`
+   ```tsx
+   <div className="transition-transform motion-reduce:transition-none">
+   ```
+
+## Error Handling
+
+**If component file not found:**
+- Check file path
+- Verify file exists
+- **STOP**: Cannot proceed without component
+
+**If Tailwind classes not working:**
+- Verify Tailwind config includes the file
+- Check if classes are in content paths
+- Rebuild Tailwind: `npm run build` or check build process
+
+**If layout breaks at breakpoints:**
+- Check for conflicting classes
+- Verify breakpoint order (mobile-first)
+- Test with browser dev tools
+- Fix overflow issues with `overflow-x-hidden` on body
+
+**If DaisyUI components not responsive:**
+- Check DaisyUI version: `npm list daisyui`
+- Verify Tailwind config includes DaisyUI plugin
+- Reference DaisyUI docs: https://daisyui.com/components/
+- Use DaisyUI's responsive utilities from documentation
+- Ensure you're using the correct DaisyUI class names
+
+## Example Execution
+
+**User input:** `/responsive` (with component file open)
+
+**AI execution:**
+
+1. Analyze component: Read `UnifiedTradingModal.tsx`
+   - Found: Large form with multiple sections
+   - Found: Tables and cards
+   - Found: Some responsive classes already present
+2. Identify requirements:
+   - Form inputs need stacking on mobile
+   - Tables need horizontal scroll
+   - Modal needs full-screen on mobile
+   - Cards need single column on mobile
+3. Reference DaisyUI docs:
+   - Check https://daisyui.com/components/modal/ for modal patterns
+   - Check https://daisyui.com/components/form/ for form patterns
+   - Check https://daisyui.com/components/table/ for table patterns
+   - Check https://daisyui.com/components/card/ for card patterns
+4. Implement responsive using DaisyUI:
+   - Update form: Use `form-control` with `grid grid-cols-1 md:grid-cols-2 gap-4`
+   - Update tables: Wrap in `overflow-x-auto` with `table table-zebra`
+   - Update modal: Use DaisyUI `modal` with `modal-box w-full max-w-none md:max-w-2xl`
+   - Update cards: Use DaisyUI `card` with `grid grid-cols-1 md:grid-cols-2 lg:grid-cols-3`
+5. Apply mobile UX:
+   - Use DaisyUI buttons (already meet 44px touch target)
+   - Add responsive spacing: `p-4 md:p-6`
+   - Update typography: `text-sm md:text-base`
+6. Test: Verify at 375px, 768px, 1024px breakpoints
+7. Success: "✅ Component is now fully responsive using DaisyUI components!"
+
+**If table component:**
+
+1. Analyze: Read table component
+2. Identify: Table needs mobile-friendly layout
+3. Implement:
+   - Option 1: Horizontal scroll wrapper
+   - Option 2: Card layout for mobile, table for desktop
+4. Choose best approach based on data complexity
+5. Implement chosen pattern
+6. Success: "✅ Table is now responsive with [chosen pattern]!"
+
+## Important Notes
+
+- ✅ **Mobile-first approach** - Base styles for mobile, then add larger breakpoints
+- ✅ **Use Tailwind breakpoints** - sm: 640px, md: 768px, lg: 1024px, xl: 1280px, 2xl: 1536px
+- ✅ **DaisyUI components** - Always use DaisyUI components from https://daisyui.com/components/
+- ✅ **Follow DaisyUI docs** - Reference official documentation for component usage
+- ✅ **Touch targets** - Minimum 44x44px for mobile (DaisyUI buttons meet this)
+- ✅ **No horizontal scroll** - Prevent horizontal overflow on mobile
+- ✅ **Test all breakpoints** - Verify at 375px, 768px, 1024px, 1280px
+- ✅ **Performance** - Lazy load images, optimize for mobile
+- ⚠️ **Breakpoint order** - Always mobile-first: base → sm → md → lg → xl → 2xl
+- ⚠️ **Content priority** - Show most important content first on mobile
+- ⚠️ **Spacing** - Tighter on mobile, more spacious on desktop
+- ⚠️ **DaisyUI classes** - Use DaisyUI utility classes (`btn`, `card`, `input`, etc.)
+- 📱 **Mobile breakpoints**: < 640px (base), ≥ 640px (sm), ≥ 768px (md)
+- 💻 **Desktop breakpoints**: ≥ 1024px (lg), ≥ 1280px (xl), ≥ 1536px (2xl)
+- 🎨 **DaisyUI Components**: `navbar`, `drawer`, `card`, `table`, `modal`, `form`, `btm-nav`, `tabs`, `dropdown`, `stats`
+- 📚 **DaisyUI Docs**: https://daisyui.com/components/ - Always reference for component patterns
+- 🔧 **Layout utility**: Use `.layout` class or custom responsive containers
+

.cursor/commands/start-dev-env.md

@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+# start-dev-env
+
+## When to Use
+
+Use this command when you want to:
+- Test your code changes in an isolated Docker Compose environment
+- Verify API endpoints work correctly after modifications
+- Test database interactions with a fresh copy of the main database
+- Iterate on changes by testing them in a real environment
+- Debug issues in an isolated environment before committing
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- .NET SDK installed (`dotnet --version`)
+- Main PostgreSQL database running on localhost:5432
+- Docker installed and running
+- PostgreSQL client (psql) installed
+- Scripts are executable: `chmod +x scripts/*.sh`
+
+## Execution Steps
+
+### Step 1: Verify Prerequisites
+
+Check that all prerequisites are met:
+
+1. **Check main database is accessible:**
+   Run: `PGPASSWORD=postgres psql -h localhost -p 5432 -U postgres -d managing -c '\q'`
+
+   **If connection fails:**
+   - Error: "❌ Cannot connect to main database at localhost:5432"
+   - **Fix**: Start the main PostgreSQL container:
+     ```bash
+     cd src/Managing.Docker
+     docker-compose -f docker-compose.yml -f docker-compose.local.yml up -d postgres
+     ```
+   - Wait 15 seconds for PostgreSQL to start
+   - Retry connection check
+   - **STOP** if database cannot be started
+
+2. **Check Docker is running:**
+   Run: `docker ps`
+
+   **If Docker is not running:**
+   - Error: "❌ Docker is not running"
+   - **Fix**: Start Docker Desktop or Docker daemon
+   - **STOP** if Docker cannot be started
+
+### Step 2: Generate Task ID
+
+Generate a unique task ID for this dev session:
+
+- Use format: `DEV-{timestamp}` or `DEV-{random}`
+- Example: `DEV-20250101-143022` or `DEV-A3X9`
+- Store this ID for later reference
+
+### Step 3: Find Available Port
+
+Find an available port offset to avoid conflicts:
+
+- Start with offset 0 (ports: 5433, 5000, 6379)
+- If ports are in use, try offset 10, 20, 30, etc.
+- Check if ports are available:
+  ```bash
+  lsof -i :5433 || echo "Port 5433 available"
+  lsof -i :5000 || echo "Port 5000 available"
+  ```
+
+### Step 4: Start Docker Environment
+
+Start the Docker Compose environment with database copy:
+
+Run: `bash scripts/start-task-docker.sh {TASK_ID} {PORT_OFFSET}`
+
+**Example:**
+```bash
+bash scripts/start-task-docker.sh DEV-A3X9 0
+```
+
+**Or use the simple wrapper:**
+```bash
+bash scripts/start-dev-env.sh DEV-A3X9 0
+```
+
+**What this does:**
+1. Creates task-specific Docker Compose file
+2. Starts PostgreSQL on port 5433 (or 5432 + offset)
+3. Starts Redis on port 6379 (or 6379 + offset)
+4. Waits for PostgreSQL to be ready
+5. Copies database from main repo (localhost:5432) to test instance
+6. Starts API and Workers with correct connection strings
+7. Uses main InfluxDB instance at localhost:8086
+
+**If start succeeds:**
+- Note the API URL (e.g., "http://localhost:5000")
+- Note the database name (e.g., "managing_dev-a3x9")
+- Continue to Step 5
+
+**If start fails:**
+- Check error messages
+- Common issues:
+  - Port conflicts: Try different port offset
+  - Database connection: Verify main database is running
+  - Docker issues: Check Docker is running
+- **Try to fix:**
+  - Use different port offset
+  - Restart Docker
+  - Verify main database is accessible
+- **STOP** if cannot start after multiple attempts
+
+### Step 5: Verify Environment is Running
+
+Verify the Docker environment is working:
+
+1. **Check API health endpoint:**
+   Run: `curl http://localhost:{API_PORT}/health`
+
+   **If health check fails:**
+   - Wait 30 seconds for services to start
+   - Check Docker logs: `docker logs managing-api-{TASK_ID}`
+   - Check for errors
+   - **STOP** if services don't start after 2 minutes
+
+2. **Verify database was copied:**
+   Run: `PGPASSWORD=postgres psql -h localhost -p {POSTGRES_PORT} -U postgres -d managing_{TASK_ID} -c "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM \"Users\";"`
+
+   **If database is empty or missing:**
+   - Error: "❌ Database was not copied correctly"
+   - **Fix**: Re-run database copy script manually
+   - **STOP** if database cannot be copied
+
+### Step 6: Test Your Changes
+
+Now you can test your changes:
+
+1. **API endpoints:**
+   - Use API URL: `http://localhost:{API_PORT}`
+   - Test modified endpoints
+   - Verify responses are correct
+
+2. **Database interactions:**
+   - Changes are isolated to this test database
+   - Main database remains unchanged
+   - Can test migrations, data changes, etc.
+
+3. **Iterate:**
+   - Make code changes
+   - Rebuild solution: `/build-solution`
+   - Rebuild Docker images if needed: `docker-compose -f {COMPOSE_FILE} build`
+   - Restart services: `docker-compose -f {COMPOSE_FILE} restart managing-api-{TASK_ID}`
+   - Test again
+
+### Step 7: Stop Instance When Done
+
+When finished testing, stop the Docker environment:
+
+Run: `bash scripts/stop-task-docker.sh {TASK_ID}`
+
+**Example:**
+```bash
+bash scripts/stop-task-docker.sh DEV-A3X9
+```
+
+This will:
+- Stop all containers
+- Remove volumes
+- Clean up compose file
+
+## Integration with Development Workflow
+
+### After Making Code Changes
+
+1. **Build solution:**
+   - Run: `/build-solution`
+   - Fix any build errors
+
+2. **Start Docker environment for testing:**
+   - Run: `/start-aspire-dev`
+   - Note the URLs
+
+3. **Test your changes:**
+   - Use the API endpoints
+   - Verify database interactions
+   - Check logs: `docker logs managing-api-{TASK_ID}`
+
+4. **Iterate if needed:**
+   - Fix issues found during testing
+   - Rebuild Docker images if code changed
+   - Restart services
+   - Test again
+
+5. **Stop when done:**
+   - Stop the Docker environment
+   - Clean up if needed
+
+### When to Use This Command
+
+- ✅ After modifying API endpoints
+- ✅ After changing database models
+- ✅ After updating business logic
+- ✅ Before committing changes
+- ✅ When debugging issues
+- ✅ When testing integrations
+
+### When NOT to Use This Command
+
+- ❌ For production deployments (use proper CI/CD)
+- ❌ For running unit tests (use test runner)
+- ❌ For code review (use static analysis)
+
+## Error Handling
+
+**If main database is not accessible:**
+- Start PostgreSQL container: `cd src/Managing.Docker && docker-compose up -d postgres`
+- Wait 15 seconds
+- Retry connection check
+- **STOP** if database cannot be started
+
+**If ports are in use:**
+- Try different port offset (10, 20, 30, etc.)
+- Check what's using the ports: `lsof -i :{PORT}`
+- Stop conflicting services if needed
+
+**If database copy fails:**
+- Verify main database is accessible
+- Check PostgreSQL client is installed: `which psql`
+- Verify connection strings are correct
+- Check disk space
+- **STOP** if copy cannot complete
+
+**If Docker services don't start:**
+- Check Docker logs: `docker logs {container_id}`
+- Verify all dependencies are installed
+- Check .NET SDK version matches requirements
+- **STOP** if services cannot start after multiple attempts
+
+## Example Execution
+
+**User input:** `/start-dev-env`
+
+**AI execution:**
+
+1. Verify prerequisites:
+   - Check main database: ✅ Accessible
+   - Check Docker: ✅ Running
+
+2. Generate task ID: `DEV-A3X9`
+
+3. Find available port: Offset 0 (ports available)
+
+4. Start Docker environment:
+   ```bash
+   bash scripts/start-task-docker.sh DEV-A3X9 0
+   ```
+   - Creating compose file...
+   - Starting PostgreSQL...
+   - ✅ PostgreSQL ready
+   - Copying database...
+   - ✅ Database copied
+   - Starting API and Workers...
+   - ✅ Services started
+
+5. Verify:
+   - API: http://localhost:5000 ✅
+   - Health check: ✅ Healthy
+   - Database: ✅ Copied (1234 users found)
+
+6. Success: "✅ Docker dev environment ready!"
+   - API: http://localhost:5000
+   - Database: managing_dev-a3x9 on port 5433
+   - To stop: `bash scripts/stop-task-docker.sh DEV-A3X9`
+
+## Important Notes
+
+- ✅ **Always verify main database first** - Must be accessible
+- ✅ **Use unique task IDs** - Prevents conflicts
+- ✅ **Check port availability** - Avoids port conflicts
+- ✅ **Wait for services to start** - Can take 30-60 seconds
+- ✅ **Database is isolated** - Changes don't affect main database
+- ✅ **InfluxDB uses main instance** - No separate InfluxDB per task
+- ✅ **Stop when done** - Frees up resources
+- ⚠️ **Multiple instances** - Each needs unique ports
+- ⚠️ **Resource usage** - Each instance uses memory/CPU
+- 📦 **Script location**: `scripts/start-task-docker.sh`
+- 🔧 **Main database**: localhost:5432
+- 🗄️ **Test databases**: localhost:5433+ (isolated per task)
+- 📊 **InfluxDB**: Uses main instance at localhost:8086
+

.cursor/commands/update-test-todo.md

@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+# update-test-todo
+
+## When to Use
+
+Use this command when you need to:
+- Update TODO.md with current test results from a test project
+- Analyze test failures and identify business logic issues
+- Set priorities for fixing failing tests
+- Track progress on unit test development and bug fixes
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- Test project exists and is runnable
+- TODO.md file exists in project root
+- Tests can be executed with `dotnet test`
+
+## Execution Steps
+
+### Step 1: Run Tests and Capture Results
+
+**Run the test project:**
+```bash
+cd src/YourTestProject
+dotnet test --verbosity minimal | tail -20
+```
+
+**Expected output format:**
+```
+Passed!  - Failed: X, Passed: Y, Skipped: Z, Total: T, Duration: D ms
+```
+
+### Step 2: Analyze Test Results
+
+**Count by category:**
+- Identify which test classes have the most failures
+- Group failures by business logic area (Trading, P&L, Signals, etc.)
+- Determine if failures indicate business logic bugs vs incorrect test expectations
+
+**Example analysis:**
+```
+MoneyManagementTests: 8 failures
+SignalProcessingTests: 9 failures
+TraderAnalysisTests: 3 failures
+TradingMetricsTests: 0 failures (✅ working)
+```
+
+### Step 3: Update TODO.md Structure
+
+**Update test summary:**
+```markdown
+## Test Results Summary
+**Total Tests:** T
+- **Passed:** Y ✅
+- **Failed:** X ❌ (Category1: A, Category2: B, ...)
+```
+
+**Update priority sections:**
+- Mark completed items as ✅ FIXED
+- Move next priority items to "High Priority - Next Focus"
+- Update investigation steps for current priority
+
+**Example:**
+```markdown
+### Critical Issues (High Priority) ✅ MOSTLY RESOLVED
+1. **Volume Calculations**: ✅ FIXED - All TradingMetrics volume calculations working correctly
+
+### High Priority - Next Focus
+5. **Money Management Optimization**: SL/TP calculations have incorrect logic (8 failing tests)
+```
+
+### Step 4: Set Next Priority
+
+**Choose next focus based on:**
+- Business impact (trading logic > display logic)
+- Number of failing tests
+- Core vs peripheral functionality
+
+**Priority order example:**
+1. **Money Management** (8 fails) - Core trading strategy logic
+2. **Signal Processing** (9 fails) - Trading signal generation
+3. **Trader Analysis** (3 fails) - Performance evaluation
+4. **P&L Tests** (2 fails) - Profit calculation edge cases
+
+### Step 5: Update Investigation Steps
+
+**For current priority, add specific debugging steps:**
+```markdown
+### Investigation Steps for [Current Priority]
+1. **Debug [MethodName]()** - Check [specific logic area]
+2. **Debug [Calculation]** - Verify [expected behavior]
+3. **Debug [Edge Case]** - Ensure [boundary condition]
+4. **Debug [Integration]** - Check [component interaction]
+```
+
+## Best Practices
+
+### Test Status Tracking
+- ✅ **Passed**: All tests in category working
+- 🔄 **In Progress**: Currently being fixed
+- ⏳ **Pending**: Known issues, not yet addressed
+- ❌ **Failed**: Tests failing, investigation needed
+
+### Priority Setting
+- **Critical**: Core trading calculations (P&L, volume, fees)
+- **High**: Trading strategy logic (signals, money management)
+- **Medium**: Performance evaluation (win rates, trader analysis)
+- **Low**: Edge cases and display logic
+
+### Business Logic vs Test Issues
+- **Business Logic Bug**: Tests fail because implementation is wrong
+- **Test Expectation Issue**: Tests fail because expectations don't match actual (correct) behavior
+- **Test Setup Issue**: Tests fail due to incorrect test data or mocking
+
+## Common Patterns
+
+### Trading Logic Priority
+1. **Money Management** - SL/TP optimization affects risk control
+2. **Signal Processing** - Signal generation affects trade entries
+3. **Volume/P&L Calculations** - Core metrics for performance analysis
+4. **Fee Calculations** - Cost analysis for profitability
+
+### Investigation Framework
+```
+1. **Reproduce Issue**: Run failing test individually
+2. **Debug Implementation**: Add logging to understand actual behavior
+3. **Compare Expectations**: Verify test assumptions vs business requirements
+4. **Fix Implementation**: Update code if business logic is wrong
+5. **Fix Tests**: Update test expectations if implementation is correct
+6. **Add Edge Cases**: Ensure comprehensive coverage
+```
+
+## Example Execution
+
+**User input:** Update TODO.md for Managing.Domain.Tests
+
+**AI execution:**
+
+1. **Run tests:**
+   ```bash
+   cd src/Managing.Domain.Tests
+   dotnet test --verbosity minimal | tail -5
+   ```
+   Output: `Failed: 22, Passed: 138, Skipped: 0, Total: 160`
+
+2. **Analyze failures:**
+   - MoneyManagementTests: 8 fails
+   - SignalProcessingTests: 9 fails
+   - TraderAnalysisTests: 3 fails
+   - ProfitLossTests: 2 fails
+
+3. **Update TODO.md:**
+   ```markdown
+   ## Test Results Summary
+   **Total Tests:** 160
+   - **Passed:** 138 ✅
+   - **Failed:** 22 ❌ (MoneyManagement: 8, SignalProcessing: 9, TraderAnalysis: 3, ProfitLoss: 2)
+
+   ### High Priority - Next Focus
+   5. **Money Management Optimization**: SL/TP calculations have incorrect logic (8 failing tests)
+   ```
+
+4. **Set investigation steps:**
+   ```markdown
+   ### Investigation Steps for Money Management
+   1. **Debug GetBestSltpForPosition()** - Check candle filtering logic with next position
+   2. **Debug Price Movement Calculations** - Verify min/max price detection for SL/TP
+   3. **Debug Percentage Calculations** - Ensure GetPercentageFromEntry() works correctly
+   4. **Debug Averaging Logic** - Check how multiple positions are averaged
+   ```
+
+## Important Notes
+
+- 📊 **Track Progress**: Update TODO.md after each significant fix
+- 🎯 **Prioritize Impact**: Focus on core trading logic first
+- 🔍 **Debug Thoroughly**: Understand root cause before fixing
+- ✅ **Verify Fixes**: Ensure fixes don't break other tests
+- 📈 **Comprehensive Coverage**: Add tests for edge cases found during debugging
+
+## Quick Commands
+
+**Update test results:**
+```bash
+cd src/YourTestProject && dotnet test --verbosity minimal | tail -5
+```
+
+**Run specific test category:**
+```bash
+dotnet test --filter "CategoryName" --verbosity normal
+```
+
+**Debug individual test:**
+```bash
+dotnet test --filter "FullyQualifiedTestName" --verbosity normal
+```
+
+**Generate coverage report:**
+```bash
+dotnet test /p:CollectCoverage=true /p:CoverletOutputFormat=cobertura
+```

.cursor/commands/vibe-kanban.md

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+# vibe-kanban
+
+Quick reference for Vibe Kanban MCP interactions.
+
+## Available Projects
+
+- `gmx-interface`: 574c1123-facf-4a8d-a6dd-1789db369fbf
+- `kaigen-web`: cd0907b5-0933-4f6c-9516-aac4d5d360bc
+- `managing-apps`: 1a4fdbff-8b23-49d5-9953-2476846cbcc2
+
+## Common Operations
+
+### List Tasks
+List all tasks in a project:
+- Use `list_tasks` with `project_id: "1a4fdbff-8b23-49d5-9953-2476846cbcc2"` for managing-apps
+
+### Create Task
+Create new task:
+- Use `create_task` with `project_id` and `title` (description optional)
+
+### Update Task
+Update task status/title/description:
+- Use `update_task` with `task_id` and optional `status`, `title`, `description`
+- Statuses: `todo`, `inprogress`, `inreview`, `done`, `cancelled`
+
+### Get Task Details
+Get full task info:
+- Use `get_task` with `task_id`
+
+### Delete Task
+Remove task:
+- Use `delete_task` with `task_id`
+
+## Notes
+
+- Always pass `project_id` or `task_id` where required
+- Use `list_projects` to get project IDs
+- Use `list_tasks` to get task IDs
+- See `docs/VIBE_KANBAN_QUICK_START.md` for full documentation
+

.cursor/commands/write-unit-tests.md

@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+# write-unit-tests
+
+## When to Use
+
+Use this command when you need to:
+- Write unit tests for C# classes and methods using xUnit
+- Create comprehensive test coverage following best practices
+- Set up test projects with proper structure
+- Implement AAA (Arrange-Act-Assert) pattern tests
+- Handle mocking, stubbing, and test data management
+- Follow naming conventions and testing best practices
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- xUnit packages installed (`Xunit`, `Xunit.Runner.VisualStudio`, `Microsoft.NET.Test.Sdk`)
+- Test project exists or needs to be created (`.Tests` suffix convention)
+- Code to be tested is available and well-structured
+- Moq or similar mocking framework for dependencies
+- FluentAssertions for better assertion syntax (recommended)
+
+## Execution Steps
+
+### Step 1: Analyze Code to Test
+
+Examine the class/method that needs testing:
+
+**Identify:**
+- Class name and namespace
+- Public methods to test
+- Dependencies (interfaces, services) that need mocking
+- Constructor parameters
+- Expected behaviors and edge cases
+- Return types and exceptions
+
+**Check existing tests:**
+- Search for existing test files: `grep -r "ClassName" src/*/Tests/ --include="*.cs"`
+- Determine what tests are missing
+- Review test coverage gaps
+
+### Step 2: Set Up Test Project Structure
+
+If test project doesn't exist, create it:
+
+**Create test project:**
+```bash
+dotnet new xunit -n Managing.Application.Tests
+dotnet add Managing.Application.Tests/Managing.Application.Tests.csproj reference Managing.Application/Managing.Application.csproj
+```
+
+**Add required packages:**
+```bash
+dotnet add Managing.Application.Tests package Xunit
+dotnet add Managing.Application.Tests package Xunit.Runner.VisualStudio
+dotnet add Managing.Application.Tests package Microsoft.NET.Test.Sdk
+dotnet add Managing.Application.Tests package Moq
+dotnet add Managing.Application.Tests package FluentAssertions
+dotnet add Managing.Application.Tests package AutoFixture
+```
+
+### Step 3: Create Test Class Structure
+
+**Naming Convention:**
+- Test class: `[ClassName]Tests` (e.g., `TradingBotBaseTests`)
+- Test method: `[MethodName]_[Scenario]_[ExpectedResult]` (e.g., `Start_WithValidConfig_CallsLoadAccount`)
+
+**File Structure:**
+```
+src/
+├── Managing.Application.Tests/
+│   ├── TradingBotBaseTests.cs
+│   ├── Services/
+│   │   └── AccountServiceTests.cs
+│   └── Helpers/
+│       └── TradingBoxTests.cs
+```
+
+### Step 4: Implement Test Methods (AAA Pattern)
+
+**For each test method:**
+
+#### Arrange (Setup)
+- Create mock objects for dependencies
+- Set up test data and expected values
+- Configure mock behavior
+- Initialize system under test (SUT)
+
+#### Act (Execute)
+- Call the method being tested
+- Capture results or exceptions
+- Execute the behavior to test
+
+#### Assert (Verify)
+- Verify the expected outcome
+- Check return values, property changes, or exceptions
+- Verify interactions with mocks
+
+### Step 5: Write Comprehensive Test Cases
+
+**Happy Path Tests:**
+- Test normal successful execution
+- Verify expected return values
+- Check side effects on dependencies
+
+**Edge Cases:**
+- Null/empty parameters
+- Boundary values
+- Invalid inputs
+
+**Error Scenarios:**
+- Expected exceptions
+- Error conditions
+- Failure paths
+
+**Integration Points:**
+- Verify correct interaction with dependencies
+- Test data flow through interfaces
+
+### Step 6: Handle Mocking and Stubbing
+
+**Using Moq:**
+```csharp
+// Arrange
+var mockLogger = new Mock<ILogger<TradingBotBase>>();
+var mockScopeFactory = new Mock<IServiceScopeFactory>();
+// Configure mock behavior
+mockLogger.Setup(x => x.LogInformation(It.IsAny<string>())).Verifiable();
+
+// Act
+var bot = new TradingBotBase(mockLogger.Object, mockScopeFactory.Object, config);
+
+// Assert
+mockLogger.Verify(x => x.LogInformation(It.IsAny<string>()), Times.Once);
+```
+
+**Setup common mock configurations:**
+- Logger mocks (verify logging calls)
+- Service mocks (setup return values)
+- Repository mocks (setup data access)
+- External service mocks (simulate API responses)
+
+### Step 7: Implement Test Data Management
+
+**Test Data Patterns:**
+- Inline test data for simple tests
+- Private methods for complex test data setup
+- Test data builders for reusable scenarios
+- Theory data for parameterized tests
+
+**Using AutoFixture:**
+```csharp
+private readonly IFixture _fixture = new Fixture();
+
+[Fact]
+public void Start_WithValidConfig_SetsPropertiesCorrectly()
+{
+    // Arrange
+    var config = _fixture.Create<TradingBotConfig>();
+    var bot = new TradingBotBase(_loggerMock.Object, _scopeFactoryMock.Object, config);
+
+    // Act
+    await bot.Start(BotStatus.Saved);
+
+    // Assert
+    bot.Config.Should().Be(config);
+}
+```
+
+### Step 8: Add Proper Assertions
+
+**Using FluentAssertions:**
+```csharp
+// Value assertions
+result.Should().Be(expectedValue);
+result.Should().BeGreaterThan(0);
+result.Should().NotBeNull();
+
+// Collection assertions
+positions.Should().HaveCount(1);
+positions.Should().ContainSingle();
+
+// Exception assertions
+await Assert.ThrowsAsync<ArgumentException>(() => method.CallAsync());
+```
+
+**Common Assertion Types:**
+- Equality: `Should().Be()`, `Should().BeEquivalentTo()`
+- Null checks: `Should().NotBeNull()`, `Should().BeNull()`
+- Collections: `Should().HaveCount()`, `Should().Contain()`
+- Exceptions: `Should().Throw<>`, `Should().NotThrow()`
+- Types: `Should().BeOfType<>`, `Should().BeAssignableTo<>()`
+
+### Step 9: Handle Async Testing
+
+**Async Test Methods:**
+```csharp
+[Fact]
+public async Task LoadAccount_WhenCalled_LoadsAccountFromService()
+{
+    // Arrange
+    var expectedAccount = _fixture.Create<Account>();
+    _accountServiceMock.Setup(x => x.GetAccountByAccountNameAsync(It.IsAny<string>(), It.IsAny<bool>(), It.IsAny<bool>()))
+                      .ReturnsAsync(expectedAccount);
+
+    // Act
+    await _bot.LoadAccount();
+
+    // Assert
+    _bot.Account.Should().Be(expectedAccount);
+}
+```
+
+**Async Exception Testing:**
+```csharp
+[Fact]
+public async Task LoadAccount_WithInvalidAccountName_ThrowsArgumentException()
+{
+    // Arrange
+    _accountServiceMock.Setup(x => x.GetAccountByAccountNameAsync("InvalidName", It.IsAny<bool>(), It.IsAny<bool>()))
+                      .ThrowsAsync(new ArgumentException("Account not found"));
+
+    // Act & Assert
+    await Assert.ThrowsAsync<ArgumentException>(() => _bot.LoadAccount());
+}
+```
+
+### Step 10: Add Theory Tests for Multiple Scenarios
+
+**Parameterized Tests:**
+```csharp
+[Theory]
+[InlineData(BotStatus.Saved, "🚀 Bot Started Successfully")]
+[InlineData(BotStatus.Stopped, "🔄 Bot Restarted")]
+public async Task Start_WithDifferentPreviousStatuses_LogsCorrectMessage(BotStatus previousStatus, string expectedMessage)
+{
+    // Arrange
+    _configMock.SetupGet(x => x.IsForBacktest).Returns(false);
+
+    // Act
+    await _bot.Start(previousStatus);
+
+    // Assert
+    _loggerMock.Verify(x => x.LogInformation(expectedMessage), Times.Once);
+}
+```
+
+### Step 11: Implement Test Cleanup and Disposal
+
+**Test Cleanup:**
+```csharp
+public class TradingBotBaseTests : IDisposable
+{
+    private readonly MockRepository _mockRepository;
+
+    public TradingBotBaseTests()
+    {
+        _mockRepository = new MockRepository(MockBehavior.Strict);
+        // Setup mocks
+    }
+
+    public void Dispose()
+    {
+        _mockRepository.VerifyAll();
+    }
+}
+```
+
+**Reset State Between Tests:**
+- Clear static state
+- Reset mock configurations
+- Clean up test data
+
+### Step 12: Run and Verify Tests
+
+**Run tests:**
+```bash
+dotnet test src/Managing.Application.Tests/Managing.Application.Tests.csproj
+```
+
+**Check coverage:**
+```bash
+dotnet test /p:CollectCoverage=true /p:CoverletOutputFormat=cobertura
+```
+
+**Verify test results:**
+- All tests pass
+- No unexpected exceptions
+- Coverage meets requirements (typically >80%)
+
+### Step 13: Analyze Test Failures for Business Logic Issues
+
+**When tests fail unexpectedly, it may indicate business logic problems:**
+
+**Create TODO.md Analysis:**
+```bash
+# Document test failures that reveal business logic issues
+# Analyze whether failures indicate bugs in implementation vs incorrect test assumptions
+```
+
+**Key Indicators of Business Logic Issues:**
+- Tests fail because actual behavior differs significantly from expected behavior
+- Core business calculations (P&L, fees, volumes) return incorrect values
+- Edge cases reveal fundamental logic flaws
+- Multiple related tests fail with similar patterns
+
+**Business Logic Failure Patterns:**
+- **Zero Returns**: Methods return 0 when they should return calculated values
+- **Null Returns**: Methods return null when valid data is provided
+- **Incorrect Calculations**: Mathematical results differ from expected formulas
+- **Validation Failures**: Valid inputs are rejected or invalid inputs are accepted
+
+**Create TODO.md when:**
+- ✅ Tests reveal potential bugs in business logic
+- ✅ Multiple tests fail with similar calculation errors
+- ✅ Core business metrics are not working correctly
+- ✅ Implementation behavior differs from business requirements
+
+**TODO.md Structure:**
+```markdown
+# [Component] Unit Tests - Business Logic Issues Analysis
+
+## Test Results Summary
+**Total Tests:** X
+- **Passed:** Y ✅
+- **Failed:** Z ❌
+
+## Failed Test Categories & Potential Business Logic Issues
+[List specific failing tests and analyze root causes]
+
+## Business Logic Issues Identified
+[Critical, Medium, Low priority issues]
+
+## Recommended Actions
+[Immediate fixes, investigation steps, test updates needed]
+```
+
+## Best Practices for Unit Testing
+
+### Test Naming
+- ✅ `[MethodName]_[Scenario]_[ExpectedResult]`
+- ❌ `Test1`, `MethodTest`, `CheckIfWorks`
+
+### Test Structure
+- ✅ One assertion per test (Single Responsibility)
+- ✅ Clear Arrange-Act-Assert sections
+- ✅ Descriptive variable names
+
+### Mock Usage
+- ✅ Mock interfaces, not concrete classes
+- ✅ Verify important interactions
+- ✅ Avoid over-mocking (test behavior, not implementation)
+
+### Test Data
+- ✅ Use realistic test data
+- ✅ Test boundary conditions
+- ✅ Use factories for complex objects
+
+### Coverage Goals
+- ✅ Aim for >80% line coverage
+- ✅ Cover all public methods
+- ✅ Test error paths and edge cases
+
+### Test Organization
+- ✅ Group related tests in classes
+- ✅ Use base classes for common setup
+- ✅ Separate integration tests from unit tests
+
+## Common Testing Patterns
+
+### Service Layer Testing
+```csharp
+[Fact]
+public async Task GetAccountByName_WithValidName_ReturnsAccount()
+{
+    // Arrange
+    var accountName = "test-account";
+    var expectedAccount = new Account { Name = accountName };
+    _repositoryMock.Setup(x => x.GetByNameAsync(accountName))
+                  .ReturnsAsync(expectedAccount);
+
+    // Act
+    var result = await _accountService.GetAccountByNameAsync(accountName);
+
+    // Assert
+    result.Should().Be(expectedAccount);
+}
+```
+
+### Repository Testing
+```csharp
+[Fact]
+public async Task SaveAsync_WithValidEntity_CallsSaveOnContext()
+{
+    // Arrange
+    var entity = _fixture.Create<Account>();
+
+    // Act
+    await _repository.SaveAsync(entity);
+
+    // Assert
+    _contextMock.Verify(x => x.SaveChangesAsync(It.IsAny<CancellationToken>()), Times.Once);
+}
+```
+
+### Validation Testing
+```csharp
+[Theory]
+[InlineData(null)]
+[InlineData("")]
+[InlineData("   ")]
+public async Task CreateAccount_WithInvalidName_ThrowsValidationException(string invalidName)
+{
+    // Arrange
+    var request = new CreateAccountRequest { Name = invalidName };
+
+    // Act & Assert
+    await Assert.ThrowsAsync<ValidationException>(() => _accountService.CreateAccountAsync(request));
+}
+```
+
+## Error Handling
+
+**If test project creation fails:**
+- Check .NET SDK installation
+- Verify project name follows conventions
+- Check for existing project conflicts
+
+**If package installation fails:**
+- Clear NuGet cache: `dotnet nuget locals all --clear`
+- Check network connectivity
+- Verify package names and versions
+
+**If tests fail:**
+- Debug individual test methods
+- Check mock configurations
+- Verify test data setup
+- Review assertion logic
+
+**If code changes break tests:**
+- Update test expectations
+- Modify test data if needed
+- Review if behavior changes are intentional
+
+## Example Execution
+
+**User input:** Create unit tests for `TradingBotBase.Start()` method
+
+**AI execution:**
+
+1. **Analyze code:**
+   - `TradingBotBase` class with `Start(BotStatus)` method
+   - Dependencies: `ILogger`, `IServiceScopeFactory`
+   - Different behaviors based on `BotStatus` parameter
+
+2. **Create test class:**
+   ```csharp
+   public class TradingBotBaseTests
+   {
+       private readonly Mock<ILogger<TradingBotBase>> _loggerMock;
+       private readonly Mock<IServiceScopeFactory> _scopeFactoryMock;
+       private readonly TradingBotConfig _config;
+
+       public TradingBotBaseTests()
+       {
+           _loggerMock = new Mock<ILogger<TradingBotBase>>();
+           _scopeFactoryMock = new Mock<IServiceScopeFactory>();
+           _config = new TradingBotConfig { IsForBacktest = false };
+       }
+   }
+   ```
+
+3. **Write individual tests:**
+   ```csharp
+   [Fact]
+   public async Task Start_WithSavedStatus_LoadsAccountAndLogsStartupMessage()
+   {
+       // Arrange
+       var bot = new TradingBotBase(_loggerMock.Object, _scopeFactoryMock.Object, _config);
+
+       // Act
+       await bot.Start(BotStatus.Saved);
+
+       // Assert
+       _loggerMock.Verify(x => x.LogInformation(It.Is<string>(s => s.Contains("🚀 Bot Started Successfully"))), Times.Once);
+   }
+   ```
+
+4. **Add edge cases:**
+   ```csharp
+   [Fact]
+   public async Task Start_WithBacktestConfig_SkipsAccountLoading()
+   {
+       // Arrange
+       _config.IsForBacktest = true;
+       var bot = new TradingBotBase(_loggerMock.Object, _scopeFactoryMock.Object, _config);
+
+       // Act
+       await bot.Start(BotStatus.Saved);
+
+       // Assert
+       bot.Account.Should().BeNull();
+   }
+   ```
+
+5. **Run tests and verify:**
+   ```bash
+   dotnet test --filter "TradingBotBaseTests"
+   ```
+
+## Important Notes
+
+- ✅ **AAA Pattern**: Arrange-Act-Assert structure for clarity
+- ✅ **Single Responsibility**: One concept per test
+- ✅ **Descriptive Names**: Method_Scenario_Result naming convention
+- ✅ **Mock Dependencies**: Test in isolation
+- ✅ **Realistic Data**: Use meaningful test values
+- ✅ **Async Testing**: Use `async Task` for async methods
+- ✅ **Theory Tests**: Use `[Theory]` for multiple scenarios
+- ⚠️ **Avoid Over-Mocking**: Don't mock everything
+- ⚠️ **Integration Tests**: Separate from unit tests
+- 📦 **Test Packages**: Xunit, Moq
+- 🎯 **Coverage**: Aim for >80% coverage
+- 🔧 **Build Tests**: `dotnet test` command

.cursor/rules/fullstack.mdc

@@ -11,9 +11,6 @@ You are a senior .NET backend developer and experimental quant with deep experti
 ## Quantitative Finance Core Principles
 - Prioritize numerical precision (use `decimal` for monetary calculations)
 - Implement proven financial mathematics (e.g., Black-Scholes, Monte Carlo methods)
-- Optimize time-series processing for tick data/OHLCV series
-- Validate models with historical backtesting frameworks
-- Maintain audit trails for financial calculations
 
 Key Principles
   - Write concise, technical responses with accurate TypeScript examples.
@@ -21,13 +18,11 @@ Key Principles
   - Prefer iteration and modularization over duplication.
   - Use descriptive variable names with auxiliary verbs (e.g., isLoading).
   - Use lowercase with dashes for directories (e.g., components/auth-wizard).
-  - Favor named exports for components.
   - Use the Receive an Object, Return an Object (RORO) pattern.
 
   ## Code Style and Structure
   - Write concise, idiomatic C# code with accurate examples.
   - Follow .NET and ASP.NET Core conventions and best practices.
-  - Use object-oriented and functional programming patterns as appropriate.
   - Prefer LINQ and lambda expressions for collection operations.
   - Use descriptive variable and method names (e.g., 'IsUserSignedIn', 'CalculateTotal').
   - Structure files according to .NET conventions (Controllers, Models, Services, etc.).
@@ -41,7 +36,7 @@ Key Principles
   ## C# and .NET Usage
   - Use C# 10+ features when appropriate (e.g., record types, pattern matching, null-coalescing assignment).
   - Leverage built-in ASP.NET Core features and middleware.
-  - Use MongoDb and Influxdb effectively for database operations.
+  - Use Postgres and Influxdb effectively for database operations.
 
   ## Syntax and Formatting
   - Follow the C# Coding Conventions (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/csharp/fundamentals/coding-style/coding-conventions)
@@ -57,8 +52,6 @@ Key Principles
 
   ## API Design
   - Follow RESTful API design principles.
-  - Use attribute routing in controllers.
-  - Implement versioning for your API.
   - Use action filters for cross-cutting concerns.
 
   ## Performance Optimization
@@ -67,11 +60,6 @@ Key Principles
   - Use efficient LINQ queries and avoid N+1 query problems.
   - Implement pagination for large data sets.
 
-  ## Testing
-  - Write unit tests using xUnit.
-  - Use Mock or NSubstitute for mocking dependencies.
-  - Implement integration tests for API endpoints.
-
   ## Security
   - Give me advice when you see that some data should be carefully handled
 
@@ -81,14 +69,13 @@ Key Principles
 
     React/Tailwind/DaisyUI
   - Use functional components and TypeScript interfaces.
-  - Use declarative JSX.
   - Use function, not const, for components.
   - Use DaisyUI Tailwind Aria for components and styling.
   - Implement responsive design with Tailwind CSS.
   - Use mobile-first approach for responsive design.
   - Place static content and interfaces at file end.
   - Use content variables for static content outside render functions.
-  - Minimize 'use client', 'useEffect', and 'setState'. Favor RSC.
+  - Never use useEffect() to fetch data, use tanstack UseQuery instead
   - Wrap client components in Suspense with fallback.
   - Use dynamic loading for non-critical components.
   - Optimize images: WebP format, size data, lazy loading.
@@ -106,5 +93,10 @@ Key Principles
   - Do not reference new react library if a component already exist in mollecules or atoms
   - After finishing the editing, build the project
   - you have to pass from controller -> application -> repository, do not inject repository inside controllers 
-
-  Follow the official Microsoft documentation and ASP.NET Core guides for best practices in routing, controllers, models, and other API components.
+  - dont use command line to edit file, use agent mode capabilities to do it
+  - when dividing, make sure variable is not zero
+  - to test a single ts test you can run : bun run test:single test/plugins/test-name-file.test.tsx
+  - do not implement business logic on the controller, keep the business logic for Service files
+  - When adding new property to and Orleans state, always add the property after the last one and increment the id
+  - Do not use "npm" use only "bun" command for Web3Proxy and WebApp
+  - Do not write .md documentation useless asked by the user in the prompt

.github/workflows/caprover.yml

@@ -1,12 +1,15 @@
-name: Build & Deploy
+name: Build & Deploy Managing API & Web UI
+
 on:
   push:
     branches: [ "dev" ]
   pull_request:
     branches: [ "dev" ]
+
 jobs:
   build-and-deploy:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+
     steps:
       - name: Check out repository
         uses: actions/checkout@v4
@@ -14,38 +17,44 @@ jobs:
       - name: Set up Docker Buildx
         uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v3
 
-      - name: Login to Container Registry
+      - name: Login to GitHub Container Registry
         uses: docker/login-action@v3
         with:
           registry: ghcr.io
           username: ${{ github.repository_owner }}
           password: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
 
-      - name: Preset Image Name
-        run: echo "IMAGE_URL=$(echo ghcr.io/${{ github.repository_owner }}/${{ github.event.repository.name }}:$(echo ${{ github.sha }} | cut -c1-7) | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+      - name: Preset API Image Name
+        run: echo "IMAGE_URL=$(echo ghcr.io/cryptooda/managing-api:$(echo ${{ github.sha }} | cut -c1-7) | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')" >> $GITHUB_ENV
 
-      # - name: Build and push Docker Image
-      #   uses: docker/build-push-action@v5
+      - name: Build and push Docker Image
+        uses: docker/build-push-action@v5
+        with:
+          context: .
+          file: ./src/Dockerfile-managing-api-dev
+          push: true
+          tags: |
+            ${{ env.IMAGE_URL }}
+            ghcr.io/cryptooda/managing-api:latest
+
+      - name: Preset Workers Image Name
+        run: echo "WORKERS_IMAGE_URL=$(echo ghcr.io/cryptooda/managing-workers:$(echo ${{ github.sha }} | cut -c1-7) | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+
+      - name: Build and push Workers Docker Image
+        uses: docker/build-push-action@v5
+        with:
+          context: .
+          file: ./src/Dockerfile-worker-api-dev
+          push: true
+          tags: |
+            ${{ env.WORKERS_IMAGE_URL }}
+            ghcr.io/cryptooda/managing-workers:latest
+
+      # - name: Deploy Image to CapRover
+      #   uses: caprover/deploy-from-github@v1.1.2
       #   with:
-      #     context: ./src/Managing.WebApp
-      #     file: ./src/Managing.WebApp/Dockerfile-web-ui-dev
-      #     push: true
-      #     tags: ${{ env.IMAGE_URL }}
+      #     server: "${{ secrets.CAPROVER_SERVER }}"
+      #     app: "${{ secrets.APP_NAME }}"
+      #     token: "${{ secrets.APP_TOKEN }}"
+      #     image: ${{ env.IMAGE_URL }}
 
-     
-#      - name: Create deploy.tar
-#        uses: a7ul/tar-action@v1.1.0
-#        with:
-#          command: c
-#          cwd: "./"
-#          files: |
-#            scripts/build_and_run.sh
-#            captain-definition
-#          outPath: deploy.tar
-#      - name: Deploy App to CapRover
-#        uses: caprover/deploy-from-github@v1.0.1
-#        with:
-#          server: '${{ secrets.CAPROVER_SERVER }}'
-#          app: '${{ secrets.APP_NAME }}'
-#          token: '${{ secrets.MANAGING_APPS }}'
-#          

.github/workflows/dotnet.yml

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-# This workflow will build a .NET project
-# For more information see: https://docs.github.com/en/actions/automating-builds-and-tests/building-and-testing-net
-
-name: .NET
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches: [ "dev" ]
-  pull_request:
-    branches: [ "dev" ]
-
-jobs:
-  build:
-
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
-      - name: Setup .NET
-        uses: actions/setup-dotnet@v4
-        with:
-          dotnet-version: 8.0.x
-      - name: Restore API dependencies
-        run: dotnet restore ./src/Managing.Api/Managing.Api.csproj
-      - name: Build API
-        run: dotnet build --no-restore ./src/Managing.Api/Managing.Api.csproj
-      - name: Restore Worker dependencies
-        run: dotnet restore ./src/Managing.Api.Workers/Managing.Api.Workers.csproj
-      - name: Build Worker
-        run: dotnet build --no-restore ./src/Managing.Api.Workers/Managing.Api.Workers.csproj

.gitignore

@@ -372,6 +372,10 @@ src/Managing.Infrastructure.Tests/PrivateKeys.cs
 /src/Managing.Web3Proxy/coverage/
 /src/Managing.Web3Proxy/.env
 /src/Managing.Web3Proxy/.env.*
+# Root .env file (contains sensitive configuration)
+.env
+.env.local
+.env.*.local
 /src/Managing.Web3Proxy2/node_modules/
 /src/Managing.Web3Proxy2/dist/
 /src/Managing.Fastify/dist/
@@ -380,3 +384,20 @@ src/Managing.Infrastructure.Tests/PrivateKeys.cs
 # Node.js Tools for Visual Studio
 node_modules/
 
+# InfluxDB exports and backups
+scripts/influxdb/exports/
+
+scripts/privy/privy-users.csv
+
+# Vibe Kanban (keep config.json, ignore data files)
+.vibe-kanban/*.db
+.vibe-kanban/data/
+.vibe-kanban/*.sqlite
+# Task process PID files and logs
+.task-pids/
+
+.vibe-setup.env
+.vibe-task-id
+
+# Task-specific Docker Compose files (generated dynamically)
+src/Managing.Docker/docker-compose.task-*.yml

CLAUDE.md

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+# Managing Apps - Claude Code Guidelines
+
+## Project Overview
+This is a quantitative finance application with .NET backend and React TypeScript frontend, focusing on algorithmic trading, market indicators, and financial mathematics.
+
+## Core Architecture Principles
+
+### Quantitative Finance Requirements
+- **IMPORTANT**: Use `decimal` for all monetary calculations (never `double` or `float`)
+- Implement proven financial mathematics (Black-Scholes, Monte Carlo, etc.)
+- Optimize time-series processing for tick data/OHLCV series
+- Validate models with historical backtesting frameworks
+- Maintain audit trails for all financial calculations
+- Prioritize numerical precision in all calculations
+
+### Backend (.NET/C#) Guidelines
+
+#### Code Style and Structure
+- Write concise, idiomatic C# code following .NET conventions
+- Use object-oriented and functional programming patterns appropriately
+- Prefer LINQ and lambda expressions for collection operations
+- Use descriptive variable and method names (e.g., `IsUserSignedIn`, `CalculateTotal`)
+- Structure files according to .NET conventions (Controllers, Models, Services, etc.)
+
+#### Naming Conventions
+- **PascalCase**: Class names, method names, public members
+- **camelCase**: Local variables, private fields
+- **UPPERCASE**: Constants
+- **Prefix interfaces with "I"**: `IUserService`, `IAccountRepository`
+
+#### C# and .NET Usage
+- Use C# 10+ features (record types, pattern matching, null-coalescing assignment)
+- Leverage built-in ASP.NET Core features and middleware
+- Use `var` for implicit typing when type is obvious
+- Use MongoDb and Influxdb for database operations
+
+#### Architecture Layers (YOU MUST FOLLOW)
+1. **Controller** → **Application** → **Repository** (NEVER inject repository in controllers)
+2. Always implement methods you create
+3. Check existing code before creating new objects/methods
+4. Update all layers when necessary (database to frontend)
+
+#### Error Handling and Validation
+- Use exceptions for exceptional cases, not control flow
+- Implement proper error logging with .NET logging
+- Use Data Annotations or Fluent Validation for model validation
+- Return appropriate HTTP status codes and consistent error responses
+- Services in `services/` directory must throw user-friendly errors for tanStackQuery
+
+#### API Design
+- Follow RESTful API design principles
+- Use attribute routing in controllers
+- Implement versioning for APIs
+- Use Swagger/OpenAPI for documentation
+
+#### Performance Optimization
+- Use `async/await` for I/O-bound operations
+- Implement caching strategies (IMemoryCache or distributed caching)
+- Use efficient LINQ queries, avoid N+1 query problems
+- Implement pagination for large datasets
+
+### Frontend (React/TypeScript) Guidelines
+
+#### Component Structure
+- Use functional components with TypeScript interfaces
+- Use declarative JSX
+- Use `function`, not `const` for components
+- Use DaisyUI Tailwind Aria for components and styling
+- Implement responsive design with Tailwind CSS (mobile-first approach)
+
+#### File Organization
+- Use lowercase with dashes for directories: `components/auth-wizard`
+- Place static content and interfaces at file end
+- Use content variables for static content outside render functions
+- Favor named exports for components
+
+#### State Management
+- Minimize `use client`, `useEffect`, and `setState`
+- Favor React Server Components (RSC)
+- Wrap client components in Suspense with fallback
+- Use dynamic loading for non-critical components
+- Use `useActionState` with react-hook-form for form validation
+
+#### Error Handling
+- Model expected errors as return values (avoid try/catch for expected errors)
+- Use error boundaries for unexpected errors (`error.tsx`, `global-error.tsx`)
+- Use `useActionState` to manage errors and return them to client
+
+#### Component Library
+- **DO NOT** reference new React libraries if components exist in `mollecules` or `atoms`
+- Check existing components before creating new ones
+
+## Development Workflow
+
+### Build and Run Commands
+```bash
+# Backend
+dotnet build
+dotnet run --project src/Managing.Api
+
+# Frontend
+npm run build
+npm run dev
+
+# Regenerate API client (after backend changes)
+cd src/Managing.Nswag && dotnet build
+```
+
+### API Client Generation
+1. **NEVER** update `ManagingApi.ts` manually
+2. After backend endpoint changes:
+   - Run the Managing.Api project
+   - Execute: `cd src/Managing.Nswag && dotnet build`
+   - This regenerates `ManagingApi.ts` automatically
+
+### Testing
+- Write unit tests using xUnit for backend
+- Use Mock or NSubstitute for mocking dependencies
+- Implement integration tests for API endpoints
+
+## Security Guidelines
+- **IMPORTANT**: Handle sensitive data carefully (API keys, private keys, etc.)
+- Implement proper authentication and authorization
+- Use secure communication protocols
+- Validate all user inputs
+
+## Database Guidelines
+- Use PostgreSQL for relational data
+- Use InfluxDB for time-series data (candles, metrics)
+- Use MongoDB for document storage
+- Implement proper migrations
+
+## Orleans Integration (Co-Hosting)
+- Use `IGrainFactory` instead of `IClusterClient` for co-hosting scenarios
+- Orleans automatically provides `IGrainFactory` when using `UseOrleans()`
+- Avoid circular dependency issues by not manually registering `IClusterClient`
+- Use Orleans grains for high-availability trading bots
+
+## Common Patterns
+
+### Backend Service Pattern
+```csharp
+public class ExampleService : IExampleService
+{
+    private readonly IExampleRepository _repository;
+    private readonly ILogger<ExampleService> _logger;
+
+    public ExampleService(IExampleRepository repository, ILogger<ExampleService> logger)
+    {
+        _repository = repository;
+        _logger = logger;
+    }
+
+    public async Task<Example> CreateExampleAsync(ExampleRequest request)
+    {
+        // Implementation
+    }
+}
+```
+
+### Frontend Component Pattern
+```typescript
+interface ComponentProps {
+  isLoading: boolean;
+  data: SomeType[];
+}
+
+function Component({ isLoading, data }: ComponentProps): JSX.Element {
+  if (isLoading) return <Loader />;
+  
+  return (
+    <div className="container mx-auto">
+      {/* Component content */}
+    </div>
+  );
+}
+
+export default Component;
+```
+
+## File Structure Conventions
+```
+src/
+├── Managing.Api/          # API Controllers
+├── Managing.Application/  # Business Logic
+├── Managing.Domain/       # Domain Models
+├── Managing.Infrastructure/ # Data Access
+└── Managing.WebApp/       # React Frontend
+    └── src/
+        ├── components/
+        │   ├── atoms/     # Basic components
+        │   ├── mollecules/ # Composite components
+        │   └── organism/  # Complex components
+        └── services/      # API calls
+```
+
+## Important Reminders
+- Always implement methods you create
+- Check existing code before creating new functionality
+- Update multiple layers when necessary
+- Build project after finishing edits
+- Follow the controller → application → repository pattern
+- Use existing components in mollecules/atoms before adding new libraries
+- Use `IGrainFactory` for Orleans co-hosting (not `IClusterClient`)

COMPOUNDING_FIX.md

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+# Trading Balance Compounding Fix
+
+## Issue Description
+
+Users reported that the traded value was not correctly compounded when positions closed with profits or losses. For example, if a bot had an initial balance of $1000 and achieved a 130% ROI (ending with $1300), subsequent positions were still being opened with only $1000 instead of the compounded $1300.
+
+## Root Cause Analysis
+
+The system was correctly implementing compounding in memory during bot execution:
+
+1. **Position Close**: When a position closed, the net P&L was added to `Config.BotTradingBalance` in `TradingBotBase.cs` (line 1942)
+   ```csharp
+   Config.BotTradingBalance += position.ProfitAndLoss.Net;
+   ```
+
+2. **State Synchronization**: The updated config was synced to Orleans grain state (line 586 in `LiveTradingBotGrain.cs`)
+   ```csharp
+   _state.State.Config = _tradingBot.Config;
+   ```
+
+3. **Persistence**: The grain state was written to Orleans storage (line 476)
+   ```csharp
+   await _state.WriteStateAsync();
+   ```
+
+**However**, there was a critical bug in the bot configuration update flow:
+
+When users updated their bot configuration through the UI (e.g., changing scenario, timeframe, or other settings), the system would:
+
+1. Load the bot configuration (which should include the compounded balance)
+2. Send the configuration back to the backend
+3. **Overwrite the compounded balance** with the value from the request
+
+The bug was in `BotController.cs` (line 727):
+```csharp
+BotTradingBalance = request.Config.BotTradingBalance,  // ❌ Uses stale value from request
+```
+
+This meant that even though the balance was being compounded correctly, any configuration update would reset it back to the value that was in the request, effectively erasing the compounded gains.
+
+## Solution Implemented
+
+### 1. Backend Fix (BotController.cs)
+
+Changed line 727-729 to preserve the current balance from the grain state:
+
+```csharp
+// BEFORE
+BotTradingBalance = request.Config.BotTradingBalance,
+
+// AFTER  
+BotTradingBalance = config.BotTradingBalance, // Preserve current balance from grain state (includes compounded gains)
+```
+
+Now when updating bot configuration, we use the current balance from the grain state (`config.BotTradingBalance`) instead of the potentially stale value from the request.
+
+### 2. Frontend Enhancement (BotConfigModal.tsx)
+
+Made the Trading Balance field read-only in update mode to prevent user confusion:
+
+```tsx
+<input
+  type="number"
+  className="input input-bordered"
+  value={formData.botTradingBalance}
+  onChange={(e) => handleInputChange('botTradingBalance', parseFloat(e.target.value))}
+  min="1"
+  step="0.01"
+  disabled={mode === 'update'}  // ✅ Read-only in update mode
+  title={mode === 'update' ? 'Balance is automatically managed and cannot be manually edited' : ''}
+/>
+```
+
+Added visual indicators:
+- **Badge**: Shows "Auto-compounded" label next to the field
+- **Tooltip**: Explains that the balance is automatically updated as positions close
+- **Helper text**: "💡 Balance automatically compounds with trading profits/losses"
+
+## How Compounding Now Works
+
+1. **Initial Bot Creation**: User sets an initial trading balance (e.g., $1000)
+
+2. **Position Opens**: Bot uses the current balance to calculate position size
+   ```csharp
+   decimal balanceToRisk = Math.Round(request.AmountToTrade, 0, MidpointRounding.ToZero);
+   ```
+
+3. **Position Closes with Profit**: If a position closes with +$300 profit:
+   ```csharp
+   Config.BotTradingBalance += position.ProfitAndLoss.Net;  // $1000 + $300 = $1300
+   ```
+
+4. **Next Position Opens**: Bot now uses $1300 to calculate position size
+
+5. **Configuration Updates**: If user updates any other setting:
+   - Backend retrieves current config from grain: `var config = await _botService.GetBotConfig(request.Identifier);`
+   - Backend preserves the compounded balance: `BotTradingBalance = config.BotTradingBalance;`
+   - User sees the compounded balance in UI (read-only field)
+
+## Testing Recommendations
+
+To verify the fix works correctly:
+
+1. **Create a bot** with initial balance of $1000
+2. **Wait for a position to close** with profit/loss
+3. **Check the balance is updated** in the bot's state
+4. **Update any bot configuration** (e.g., change scenario)
+5. **Verify the balance is preserved** after the update
+6. **Open a new position** and verify it uses the compounded balance
+
+## Files Modified
+
+1. `/src/Managing.Api/Controllers/BotController.cs` - Preserve balance from grain state during config updates
+2. `/src/Managing.WebApp/src/components/mollecules/BotConfigModal/BotConfigModal.tsx` - Make balance read-only in update mode
+
+## Technical Details
+
+### Balance Update Flow
+```
+Position Closes → 
+Calculate P&L → 
+Update Config.BotTradingBalance → 
+Sync to Grain State → 
+Persist to Orleans Storage → 
+Next Position Uses Updated Balance
+```
+
+### Configuration Update Flow (After Fix)
+```
+User Updates Config → 
+Backend Loads Current Config from Grain → 
+Backend Creates New Config with Current Balance → 
+Backend Updates Grain → 
+Compounded Balance Preserved ✅
+```
+
+## Impact
+
+✅ **Fixed**: Trading balance now correctly compounds across all positions
+✅ **Fixed**: Configuration updates no longer reset the compounded balance
+✅ **Improved**: Users can see their compounded balance in the UI (read-only)
+✅ **Enhanced**: Clear visual indicators that balance is auto-managed
+
+## Notes
+
+- The balance is stored in Orleans grain state, which persists across bot restarts
+- The balance is updated ONLY when positions close with realized P&L
+- Users cannot manually override the compounded balance (by design)
+- For bots with 130% ROI, the next position will correctly use 130% of the initial balance
+

LLM_IMPROVEMENTS_TODO.md

@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
+# LLM Controller - Feature Improvements Roadmap
+
+## 🎯 Quick Wins (1-2 days)
+
+### ✅ Priority 1: Suggested Follow-up Questions
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 4-6 hours
+**Impact:** High
+
+**Description:**
+After each response, the LLM suggests 3-5 relevant follow-up questions to guide user exploration.
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Update `BuildSystemMessage()` to include follow-up question instruction
+- [ ] Add `SuggestedQuestions` property to `LlmProgressUpdate` class
+- [ ] Create `ExtractFollowUpQuestions()` method to parse questions from response
+- [ ] Update `ChatStreamInternal()` to extract and send suggested questions
+- [ ] Update frontend to display suggested questions as clickable chips
+- [ ] Test with various query types (backtest, indicator, general finance)
+
+**Files to Modify:**
+- `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/LlmController.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Services/ILlmService.cs`
+- Frontend components (AiChat.tsx)
+
+---
+
+### ✅ Priority 2: Feedback & Rating System
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 6-8 hours
+**Impact:** High (Quality tracking)
+
+**Description:**
+Users can rate LLM responses (👍👎) with optional comments to track quality and improve prompts.
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create `LlmFeedback` domain model (ResponseId, UserId, Rating, Comment, Timestamp)
+- [ ] Create `ILlmFeedbackRepository` interface
+- [ ] Implement `LlmFeedbackRepository` with MongoDB
+- [ ] Add `ResponseId` property to `LlmChatResponse`
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `POST /Llm/Feedback`
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `GET /Llm/Analytics/Feedback`
+- [ ] Update frontend to show 👍👎 buttons after each response
+- [ ] Create analytics dashboard to view feedback trends
+
+**Files to Create:**
+- `src/Managing.Domain/Llm/LlmFeedback.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Repositories/ILlmFeedbackRepository.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Infrastructure/Repositories/LlmFeedbackRepository.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application/Services/LlmFeedbackService.cs`
+
+**Files to Modify:**
+- `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/LlmController.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Services/ILlmService.cs`
+
+---
+
+### ✅ Priority 3: Export Conversations
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 4-6 hours
+**Impact:** Medium
+
+**Description:**
+Export conversation to Markdown, JSON, or PDF for reporting and sharing.
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create `IConversationExportService` interface
+- [ ] Implement Markdown export (simple format with messages)
+- [ ] Implement JSON export (structured data)
+- [ ] Implement PDF export using QuestPDF or similar
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `GET /Llm/Conversations/{id}/Export?format={md|json|pdf}`
+- [ ] Add "Export" button to conversation UI
+- [ ] Test with long conversations and special characters
+
+**Files to Create:**
+- `src/Managing.Application/Services/ConversationExportService.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Services/IConversationExportService.cs`
+
+**Files to Modify:**
+- `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/LlmController.cs`
+
+---
+
+### ✅ Priority 4: Query Categorization
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 3-4 hours
+**Impact:** Medium (Better analytics)
+
+**Description:**
+Automatically categorize queries (BacktestAnalysis, GeneralFinance, etc.) for analytics.
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create `QueryCategory` enum (BacktestAnalysis, BundleAnalysis, IndicatorQuestion, GeneralFinance, HowTo, DataRetrieval, Comparison)
+- [ ] Add `QueryCategory` property to `LlmProgressUpdate`
+- [ ] Create `DetermineQueryCategory()` method using keyword matching
+- [ ] Update system prompt to include category in response
+- [ ] Send category in initial progress update
+- [ ] Track category distribution in analytics
+
+**Files to Modify:**
+- `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/LlmController.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Services/ILlmService.cs`
+
+---
+
+## 🚀 Medium Effort (3-5 days)
+
+### ✅ Priority 5: Conversation Persistence
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 2-3 days
+**Impact:** Very High (Core feature)
+
+**Description:**
+Save conversation history to database so users can resume previous conversations across sessions.
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create `ChatConversation` domain model (Id, UserId, Title, CreatedAt, UpdatedAt, LastMessageAt)
+- [ ] Create `ChatMessage` domain model (Id, ConversationId, Role, Content, Timestamp, TokenCount, ToolCalls)
+- [ ] Create `IChatConversationRepository` interface
+- [ ] Implement `ChatConversationRepository` with MongoDB
+- [ ] Create `IChatMessageRepository` interface
+- [ ] Implement `ChatMessageRepository` with MongoDB
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `GET /Llm/Conversations` (list user's conversations)
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `GET /Llm/Conversations/{id}` (get conversation with messages)
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `POST /Llm/Conversations` (create new conversation)
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `POST /Llm/Conversations/{id}/Messages` (add message to conversation)
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `DELETE /Llm/Conversations/{id}` (delete conversation)
+- [ ] Update `ChatStream` to save messages automatically
+- [ ] Create conversation list UI component
+- [ ] Add "New Conversation" button
+- [ ] Add conversation sidebar with search/filter
+- [ ] Test with multiple concurrent conversations
+
+**Files to Create:**
+- `src/Managing.Domain/Llm/ChatConversation.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Domain/Llm/ChatMessage.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Repositories/IChatConversationRepository.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Repositories/IChatMessageRepository.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Infrastructure/Repositories/ChatConversationRepository.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Infrastructure/Repositories/ChatMessageRepository.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application/Services/ChatConversationService.cs`
+
+**Files to Modify:**
+- `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/LlmController.cs`
+
+---
+
+### ✅ Priority 6: Response Streaming (Token-by-Token)
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 2-3 days
+**Impact:** High (UX improvement)
+
+**Description:**
+Stream LLM response as tokens arrive instead of waiting for complete response.
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Update `ILlmService.ChatAsync()` to return `IAsyncEnumerable<LlmTokenChunk>`
+- [ ] Modify LLM provider implementations to support streaming
+- [ ] Update `ChatStreamInternal()` to stream tokens via SignalR
+- [ ] Add new progress update type: "token_stream"
+- [ ] Update frontend to display streaming tokens with typing animation
+- [ ] Handle tool calls during streaming (partial JSON parsing)
+- [ ] Add "Stop Generation" button in UI
+- [ ] Test with different LLM providers
+
+**Files to Modify:**
+- `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Services/ILlmService.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application/Services/LlmService.cs` (or provider-specific implementations)
+- `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/LlmController.cs`
+- Frontend components (AiChat.tsx)
+
+---
+
+### ✅ Priority 7: Usage Analytics Dashboard
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 2-3 days
+**Impact:** High (Cost monitoring)
+
+**Description:**
+Track and visualize LLM usage metrics (tokens, cost, performance).
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create `LlmUsageMetric` domain model (UserId, Timestamp, Provider, Model, PromptTokens, CompletionTokens, Cost, Duration, QueryCategory)
+- [ ] Create `ILlmUsageRepository` interface
+- [ ] Implement `LlmUsageRepository` with InfluxDB (time-series data)
+- [ ] Update `ChatStreamInternal()` to log usage metrics
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `GET /Llm/Analytics/Usage` (token usage over time)
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `GET /Llm/Analytics/PopularTools` (most called tools)
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `GET /Llm/Analytics/AverageIterations` (performance metrics)
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `GET /Llm/Analytics/ErrorRate` (quality metrics)
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `GET /Llm/Analytics/CostEstimate` (current month cost)
+- [ ] Create analytics dashboard component with charts (Chart.js or Recharts)
+- [ ] Add filters: date range, category, provider
+- [ ] Display key metrics: total tokens, cost, avg response time
+- [ ] Test with large datasets
+
+**Files to Create:**
+- `src/Managing.Domain/Llm/LlmUsageMetric.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Repositories/ILlmUsageRepository.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Infrastructure/Repositories/LlmUsageRepository.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application/Services/LlmAnalyticsService.cs`
+
+**Files to Modify:**
+- `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/LlmController.cs`
+
+---
+
+### ✅ Priority 8: Quick Actions / Shortcuts
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 2-3 days
+**Impact:** Medium (Workflow improvement)
+
+**Description:**
+Recognize patterns and offer action buttons (e.g., "Delete this backtest" after analysis).
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create `QuickAction` model (Id, Label, Icon, Endpoint, Parameters)
+- [ ] Add `Actions` property to `LlmProgressUpdate`
+- [ ] Create `GenerateQuickActions()` method based on context
+- [ ] Update system prompt to suggest actions in structured format
+- [ ] Parse action suggestions from LLM response
+- [ ] Update frontend to display action buttons
+- [ ] Implement action handlers (call APIs)
+- [ ] Add confirmation dialogs for destructive actions
+- [ ] Test with various scenarios (backtest, bundle, indicator)
+
+**Example Actions:**
+- After backtest analysis: "Delete this backtest", "Run similar backtest", "Export details"
+- After bundle analysis: "Delete bundle", "Run again with different params"
+- After list query: "Export to CSV", "Show details"
+
+**Files to Modify:**
+- `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/LlmController.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Services/ILlmService.cs`
+- Frontend components (AiChat.tsx)
+
+---
+
+## 🎨 Long-term (1-2 weeks)
+
+### ✅ Priority 9: Multi-Provider Fallback
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 3-5 days
+**Impact:** High (Reliability)
+
+**Description:**
+Automatically fallback to alternative LLM provider on failure or rate limit.
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create `LlmProviderHealth` model to track provider status
+- [ ] Create `IProviderHealthMonitor` service
+- [ ] Implement health check mechanism (ping providers periodically)
+- [ ] Create provider priority list configuration
+- [ ] Update `LlmService.ChatAsync()` to implement fallback logic
+- [ ] Add retry logic with exponential backoff
+- [ ] Track provider failure rates
+- [ ] Send alert when provider is down
+- [ ] Update frontend to show current provider
+- [ ] Test failover scenarios
+
+**Provider Priority Example:**
+1. Primary: OpenAI GPT-4
+2. Secondary: Anthropic Claude
+3. Tertiary: Google Gemini
+4. Fallback: Local model (if available)
+
+**Files to Create:**
+- `src/Managing.Application/Services/ProviderHealthMonitor.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Domain/Llm/LlmProviderHealth.cs`
+
+**Files to Modify:**
+- `src/Managing.Application/Services/LlmService.cs`
+
+---
+
+### ✅ Priority 10: Scheduled Queries / Alerts
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 4-6 days
+**Impact:** High (Automation)
+
+**Description:**
+Run queries on schedule and notify users of changes (e.g., "Alert when backtest scores > 80").
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create `LlmAlert` domain model (Id, UserId, Query, Schedule, Condition, IsActive, LastRun, CreatedAt)
+- [ ] Create `ILlmAlertRepository` interface
+- [ ] Implement `LlmAlertRepository` with MongoDB
+- [ ] Create background service to process alerts (Hangfire or Quartz.NET)
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `POST /Llm/Alerts` (create alert)
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `GET /Llm/Alerts` (list user's alerts)
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `PUT /Llm/Alerts/{id}` (update alert)
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `DELETE /Llm/Alerts/{id}` (delete alert)
+- [ ] Implement notification system (SignalR, email, push)
+- [ ] Create alert management UI
+- [ ] Add schedule picker (cron expression builder)
+- [ ] Test with various schedules and conditions
+
+**Example Alerts:**
+- "Notify me when a backtest scores > 80" (run every hour)
+- "Daily summary of new backtests" (run at 9am daily)
+- "Alert when bundle completes" (run every 5 minutes)
+
+**Files to Create:**
+- `src/Managing.Domain/Llm/LlmAlert.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Repositories/ILlmAlertRepository.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Infrastructure/Repositories/LlmAlertRepository.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application/Services/LlmAlertService.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application/BackgroundServices/LlmAlertProcessor.cs`
+
+---
+
+### ✅ Priority 11: Smart Context Window Management
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 3-5 days
+**Impact:** Medium (Better conversations)
+
+**Description:**
+Intelligently compress conversation history instead of simple truncation.
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Research and implement summarization approach (LLM-based or extractive)
+- [ ] Create `SummarizeConversation()` method
+- [ ] Update `TrimConversationContext()` to use summarization
+- [ ] Preserve key entities (IDs, numbers, dates)
+- [ ] Use embeddings to identify relevant context (optional, advanced)
+- [ ] Test with long conversations (50+ messages)
+- [ ] Measure token savings vs quality trade-off
+- [ ] Add configuration for compression strategy
+
+**Approaches:**
+1. **Simple:** Summarize every N old messages into single message
+2. **Advanced:** Use embeddings to keep semantically relevant messages
+3. **Hybrid:** Keep recent messages + summarized older messages + key facts
+
+**Files to Modify:**
+- `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/LlmController.cs`
+
+---
+
+### ✅ Priority 12: Interactive Clarification Questions
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 3-4 days
+**Impact:** Medium (Reduce back-and-forth)
+
+**Description:**
+When ambiguous, LLM asks structured multiple-choice questions instead of open-ended text.
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create `ClarificationOption` model (Id, Label, Description)
+- [ ] Add `Options` property to `LlmProgressUpdate`
+- [ ] Update system prompt to output clarification questions in structured format
+- [ ] Create `ExtractClarificationOptions()` method
+- [ ] Update `ChatStreamInternal()` to handle clarification state
+- [ ] Update frontend to display radio buttons/chips for options
+- [ ] Handle user selection (send as next message automatically)
+- [ ] Test with ambiguous queries
+
+**Example:**
+User: "Show me the backtest"
+LLM: "Which backtest would you like to see?"
+- 🔘 Best performing backtest
+- 🔘 Most recent backtest
+- 🔘 Specific backtest by name
+
+**Files to Create:**
+- `src/Managing.Domain/Llm/ClarificationOption.cs`
+
+**Files to Modify:**
+- `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/LlmController.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Services/ILlmService.cs`
+- Frontend components (AiChat.tsx)
+
+---
+
+## 🔧 Additional Features (Nice to Have)
+
+### Voice Input Support
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 2-3 days
+**Impact:** Medium
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `POST /Llm/VoiceChat` (accept audio file)
+- [ ] Integrate speech-to-text service (Azure Speech, OpenAI Whisper)
+- [ ] Process transcribed text as normal chat
+- [ ] Add microphone button in frontend
+- [ ] Handle audio recording in browser
+- [ ] Test with various audio formats and accents
+
+---
+
+### Smart Conversation Titling
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 2-3 hours
+**Impact:** Low (QoL)
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] After first response, send summary request to LLM
+- [ ] Update conversation title in background
+- [ ] Don't block user while generating title
+- [ ] Test with various conversation types
+
+---
+
+### Tool Call Caching
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 1-2 days
+**Impact:** Medium (Performance)
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create cache key hash function (toolName + arguments)
+- [ ] Implement cache wrapper around `ExecuteToolAsync()`
+- [ ] Configure cache duration per tool type
+- [ ] Invalidate cache on data mutations
+- [ ] Test cache hit/miss rates
+
+---
+
+### Conversation Branching
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 2-3 days
+**Impact:** Low (Power user feature)
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create new endpoint: `POST /Llm/Conversations/{id}/Branch?fromMessageId={id}`
+- [ ] Copy conversation history up to branch point
+- [ ] Create new conversation with copied history
+- [ ] Update UI to show branch option on messages
+- [ ] Test branching at various points
+
+---
+
+### LLM Model Selection
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 1-2 days
+**Impact:** Medium (Cost control)
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Add `PreferredModel` property to `LlmChatRequest`
+- [ ] Create model configuration (pricing, speed, quality scores)
+- [ ] Update frontend with model selector dropdown
+- [ ] Display model info (cost, speed, quality)
+- [ ] Test with different models
+
+---
+
+### Debug Mode
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 4-6 hours
+**Impact:** Low (Developer tool)
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Add `Debug` property to `LlmChatRequest`
+- [ ] Return full prompt, raw response, token breakdown when debug=true
+- [ ] Create debug panel in UI
+- [ ] Add toggle to enable/disable debug mode
+- [ ] Test with various queries
+
+---
+
+### PII Detection & Redaction
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 2-3 days
+**Impact:** Medium (Security)
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Implement PII detection regex (email, phone, SSN, credit card)
+- [ ] Scan messages before sending to LLM
+- [ ] Warn user about detected PII
+- [ ] Option to redact or anonymize
+- [ ] Test with various PII patterns
+
+---
+
+### Rate Limiting Per User
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 1-2 days
+**Impact:** Medium (Cost control)
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create rate limit configuration (requests/hour, tokens/day)
+- [ ] Implement rate limit middleware
+- [ ] Track usage per user
+- [ ] Return 429 with quota info when exceeded
+- [ ] Display quota usage in UI
+
+---
+
+### Request Queueing
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 2-3 days
+**Impact:** Medium (Reliability)
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Implement request queue with priority
+- [ ] Queue requests when rate limited
+- [ ] Send position-in-queue updates via SignalR
+- [ ] Process queue when rate limit resets
+- [ ] Test with high load
+
+---
+
+### Prompt Version Control
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 2-3 days
+**Impact:** Low (Optimization)
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create `SystemPrompt` model (Version, Content, CreatedAt, IsActive, SuccessRate)
+- [ ] Store multiple prompt versions
+- [ ] A/B test prompts (rotate per conversation)
+- [ ] Track success metrics per prompt version
+- [ ] UI to manage prompt versions
+
+---
+
+### LLM Playground
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 3-4 days
+**Impact:** Low (Developer tool)
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Create playground UI component
+- [ ] System prompt editor with syntax highlighting
+- [ ] Message history builder
+- [ ] Tool selector
+- [ ] Temperature/token controls
+- [ ] Side-by-side comparison
+- [ ] Test various configurations
+
+---
+
+### Collaborative Filtering
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 3-5 days
+**Impact:** Low (Discovery)
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Track query patterns per user
+- [ ] Implement collaborative filtering algorithm
+- [ ] Suggest related queries after response
+- [ ] Display "Users also asked" section
+- [ ] Test recommendation quality
+
+---
+
+### Conversation Encryption
+**Status:** Not Started
+**Effort:** 2-3 days
+**Impact:** Medium (Security)
+
+**Implementation Tasks:**
+- [ ] Implement encryption/decryption service
+- [ ] Generate user-specific encryption keys
+- [ ] Encrypt messages before storing
+- [ ] Decrypt on retrieval
+- [ ] Test performance impact
+
+---
+
+## 📊 Progress Tracker
+
+**Quick Wins:** 0/4 completed (0%)
+**Medium Effort:** 0/4 completed (0%)
+**Long-term:** 0/4 completed (0%)
+**Additional Features:** 0/15 completed (0%)
+
+**Overall Progress:** 0/27 completed (0%)
+
+---
+
+## 🎯 Recommended Implementation Order
+
+1. **Conversation Persistence** - Foundation for other features
+2. **Suggested Follow-up Questions** - Quick UX win
+3. **Feedback & Rating System** - Quality tracking
+4. **Usage Analytics Dashboard** - Monitor costs
+5. **Response Streaming** - Better UX
+6. **Export Conversations** - User requested feature
+7. **Quick Actions** - Workflow optimization
+8. **Multi-Provider Fallback** - Reliability
+9. **Query Categorization** - Better analytics
+10. **Smart Context Management** - Better conversations
+
+---
+
+## 📝 Notes
+
+- All features should follow the Controller → Application → Repository pattern
+- Regenerate `ManagingApi.ts` after adding new endpoints: `cd src/Managing.Nswag && dotnet build`
+- Use MongoDB for document storage, InfluxDB for time-series metrics
+- Test all features with real user scenarios
+- Consider token costs when implementing LLM-heavy features (summarization, titling)
+- Ensure all features respect user privacy and data security
+
+---
+
+**Last Updated:** 2026-01-07
+**Maintained By:** Development Team

Plan.md

@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+# Orleans Migration Plan for Managing Apps Trading Bot
+
+## Overview
+Migrate the `TradingBot` class to Microsoft Orleans grains for improved performance, scalability, and high availability while maintaining backward compatibility with the `Backtester` class.
+
+## Current Architecture Analysis
+
+### TradingBot Key Characteristics
+- Long-running stateful service with complex state (positions, signals, candles, indicators)
+- Timer-based execution via `InitWorker(Run)` 
+- Dependency injection via `IServiceScopeFactory`
+- Persistence via `SaveBackup()` and `LoadBackup()`
+- SignalR integration for real-time updates
+
+### Backtester Requirements
+- Creates TradingBot instances as regular classes (line 198: `_botFactory.CreateBacktestTradingBot`)
+- Runs synchronous backtesting without Orleans overhead
+- Needs direct object manipulation for performance
+
+## 1. Orleans Grain Design
+
+### A. Create ITradingBotGrain Interface
+```csharp
+// src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Grains/ITradingBotGrain.cs
+public interface ITradingBotGrain : IGrainWithStringKey
+{
+    Task StartAsync();
+    Task StopAsync();
+    Task<BotStatus> GetStatusAsync();
+    Task<TradingBotConfig> GetConfigurationAsync();
+    Task<bool> UpdateConfigurationAsync(TradingBotConfig newConfig);
+    Task<Position> OpenPositionManuallyAsync(TradeDirection direction);
+    Task ToggleIsForWatchOnlyAsync();
+    Task<TradingBotResponse> GetBotDataAsync();
+    Task LoadBackupAsync(BotBackup backup);
+}
+```
+
+### B. Modify TradingBot Class
+```csharp
+// src/Managing.Application/Bots/TradingBot.cs
+public class TradingBot : Grain, ITradingBotGrain, ITradingBot
+{
+    // Keep existing implementation but add Orleans-specific methods
+    // Add grain lifecycle management
+    // Replace IServiceScopeFactory with Orleans DI
+}
+```
+
+## 2. Program.cs Orleans Configuration
+
+Add to `src/Managing.Api/Program.cs` after line 188:
+
+```csharp
+// Orleans Configuration
+builder.Host.UseOrleans(siloBuilder =>
+{
+    siloBuilder
+        .UseLocalhostClustering() // For local development
+        .ConfigureLogging(logging => logging.AddConsole())
+        .UseDashboard(options => { options.Port = 8080; })
+        .AddMemoryGrainStorageAsDefault()
+        .ConfigureServices(services =>
+        {
+            // Register existing services for Orleans DI
+            services.AddSingleton<IExchangeService, ExchangeService>();
+            services.AddSingleton<IAccountService, AccountService>();
+            services.AddSingleton<ITradingService, TradingService>();
+            services.AddSingleton<IMessengerService, MessengerService>();
+            services.AddSingleton<IBackupBotService, BackupBotService>();
+        });
+
+    // Production clustering configuration
+    if (builder.Environment.IsProduction())
+    {
+        siloBuilder
+            .UseAdoNetClustering(options =>
+            {
+                options.ConnectionString = postgreSqlConnectionString;
+                options.Invariant = "Npgsql";
+            })
+            .UseAdoNetReminderService(options =>
+            {
+                options.ConnectionString = postgreSqlConnectionString;
+                options.Invariant = "Npgsql";
+            });
+    }
+});
+
+// Orleans Client Configuration (for accessing grains from controllers)
+builder.Services.AddOrleansClient(clientBuilder =>
+{
+    clientBuilder.UseLocalhostClustering();
+    
+    if (builder.Environment.IsProduction())
+    {
+        clientBuilder.UseAdoNetClustering(options =>
+        {
+            options.ConnectionString = postgreSqlConnectionString;
+            options.Invariant = "Npgsql";
+        });
+    }
+});
+```
+
+## 3. Conditional Bot Instantiation Strategy
+
+### A. Enhanced BotFactory Pattern
+```csharp
+// src/Managing.Application/Bots/Base/BotFactory.cs
+public class BotFactory : IBotFactory
+{
+    private readonly IClusterClient _clusterClient;
+    private readonly IServiceProvider _serviceProvider;
+
+    public async Task<ITradingBot> CreateTradingBotAsync(TradingBotConfig config, bool useGrain = true)
+    {
+        if (config.IsForBacktest || !useGrain)
+        {
+            // For backtesting: Create regular class instance
+            return new TradingBot(
+                _serviceProvider.GetService<ILogger<TradingBot>>(),
+                _serviceProvider.GetService<IServiceScopeFactory>(),
+                config
+            );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // For live trading: Use Orleans grain
+            var grain = _clusterClient.GetGrain<ITradingBotGrain>(config.Name);
+            return new TradingBotGrainProxy(grain, config);
+        }
+    }
+}
+```
+
+### B. TradingBotGrainProxy (Adapter Pattern)
+```csharp
+// src/Managing.Application/Bots/TradingBotGrainProxy.cs
+public class TradingBotGrainProxy : ITradingBot
+{
+    private readonly ITradingBotGrain _grain;
+    private TradingBotConfig _config;
+
+    public TradingBotGrainProxy(ITradingBotGrain grain, TradingBotConfig config)
+    {
+        _grain = grain;
+        _config = config;
+    }
+
+    public async Task Start() => await _grain.StartAsync();
+    public async Task Stop() => await _grain.StopAsync();
+    
+    // Implement all ITradingBot methods by delegating to grain
+    // This maintains compatibility with existing bot management code
+}
+```
+
+### C. Backtester Compatibility
+In `Backtester.cs` (line 198), the factory call remains unchanged:
+```csharp
+// This will automatically create a regular class instance due to IsForBacktest = true
+var tradingBot = await _botFactory.CreateBacktestTradingBot(config);
+```
+
+## 4. Orleans Grain State Management
+
+```csharp
+// src/Managing.Application/Bots/TradingBotGrainState.cs
+[GenerateSerializer]
+public class TradingBotGrainState
+{
+    [Id(0)] public TradingBotConfig Config { get; set; }
+    [Id(1)] public HashSet<LightSignal> Signals { get; set; }
+    [Id(2)] public List<Position> Positions { get; set; }
+    [Id(3)] public Dictionary<DateTime, decimal> WalletBalances { get; set; }
+    [Id(4)] public BotStatus Status { get; set; }
+    [Id(5)] public DateTime StartupTime { get; set; }
+    [Id(6)] public DateTime CreateDate { get; set; }
+}
+
+// Updated TradingBot grain
+public class TradingBot : Grain<TradingBotGrainState>, ITradingBotGrain
+{
+    private IDisposable _timer;
+
+    public override async Task OnActivateAsync(CancellationToken cancellationToken)
+    {
+        // Initialize grain state and start timer-based execution
+        if (State.Config != null && State.Status == BotStatus.Running)
+        {
+            await StartTimerAsync();
+        }
+    }
+
+    private async Task StartTimerAsync()
+    {
+        var interval = CandleExtensions.GetIntervalFromTimeframe(State.Config.Timeframe);
+        _timer = RegisterTimer(async _ => await Run(), null, TimeSpan.Zero, TimeSpan.FromMilliseconds(interval));
+    }
+}
+```
+
+## 5. Implementation Roadmap
+
+### Phase 1: Infrastructure Setup
+1. **Add Orleans packages** (already done in Managing.Api.csproj)
+2. **Configure Orleans in Program.cs** with clustering and persistence
+3. **Create grain interfaces and state classes**
+
+### Phase 2: Core Migration  
+1. **Create ITradingBotGrain interface** with async methods
+2. **Modify TradingBot class** to inherit from `Grain<TradingBotGrainState>`
+3. **Implement TradingBotGrainProxy** for compatibility
+4. **Update BotFactory** with conditional instantiation logic
+
+### Phase 3: Service Integration
+1. **Replace IServiceScopeFactory** with Orleans dependency injection
+2. **Update timer management** to use Orleans grain timers
+3. **Migrate state persistence** from SaveBackup/LoadBackup to Orleans state
+4. **Update bot management services** to work with grains
+
+### Phase 4: Testing & Optimization
+1. **Test backtesting compatibility** (should remain unchanged)
+2. **Performance testing** with multiple concurrent bots
+3. **High availability testing** with node failures
+4. **Memory and resource optimization**
+
+## Key Benefits
+
+1. **High Availability**: Orleans automatic failover and grain migration
+2. **Scalability**: Distributed bot execution across multiple nodes  
+3. **Performance**: Reduced serialization overhead, efficient state management
+4. **Backward Compatibility**: Backtester continues using regular classes
+5. **Simplified State Management**: Orleans handles persistence automatically
+
+## Migration Considerations
+
+1. **Async Conversion**: All bot operations become async
+2. **State Serialization**: Ensure all state classes are serializable
+3. **Timer Management**: Replace custom timers with Orleans grain timers
+4. **Dependency Injection**: Adapt from ASP.NET Core DI to Orleans DI
+5. **SignalR Integration**: Update to work with distributed grains
+
+## Current Status
+- ✅ Orleans package added to Managing.Api.csproj
+- ✅ Orleans configuration implemented in Program.cs
+- ✅ ITradingBotGrain interface created
+- ✅ TradingBotGrainState class created
+- ✅ TradingBotGrain implementation completed
+- ✅ TradingBotResponse model created
+- ✅ TradingBotProxy adapter pattern implemented
+- ✅ Original TradingBot class preserved for backtesting
+- ✅ BotService conditional logic implemented for all creation methods
+- ⏳ Testing Orleans integration

REDIS_SIGNALR_DEPLOYMENT.md

@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+# Redis + SignalR Multi-Instance Deployment Guide
+
+## Summary
+
+The Managing API now supports **multiple instances** with **SignalR** (for LlmHub, BotHub, BacktestHub) using a **Redis backplane**.
+
+This solves the "No Connection with that ID" error that occurs when:
+- `/llmhub/negotiate` hits instance A
+- WebSocket connection hits instance B (which doesn't know about the connection ID)
+
+## What Was Added
+
+### 1. Infrastructure Layer - Generic Redis Service
+
+**Files Created:**
+- `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Services/IRedisConnectionService.cs` - Interface
+- `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Storage/RedisConnectionService.cs` - Implementation
+- `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Storage/README-REDIS.md` - Documentation
+
+**Purpose:** Generic Redis connectivity that can be used for SignalR, caching, or any Redis needs.
+
+### 2. SignalR Redis Backplane
+
+**Files Modified:**
+- `src/Managing.Api/Program.cs` - Auto-configures SignalR with Redis when available
+- `src/Managing.Bootstrap/ApiBootstrap.cs` - Registers Redis service
+
+**How It Works:**
+- Checks if Redis is configured
+- If yes: Adds Redis backplane to SignalR
+- If no: Runs in single-instance mode (graceful degradation)
+
+### 3. Configuration
+
+**Files Modified:**
+- `src/Managing.Api/appsettings.json` - Default config (empty, for local dev)
+- `src/Managing.Api/appsettings.Sandbox.json` - `srv-captain--redis:6379`
+- `src/Managing.Api/appsettings.Production.json` - `srv-captain--redis:6379`
+
+### 4. NuGet Packages Added
+
+- `Microsoft.AspNetCore.SignalR.StackExchangeRedis` (8.0.10) - SignalR backplane
+- `Microsoft.Extensions.Caching.StackExchangeRedis` (8.0.10) - Redis caching
+- `StackExchange.Redis` (2.8.16) - Redis client
+
+## Deployment Steps for CapRover
+
+### Step 1: Create Redis Service
+
+1. In CapRover, go to **Apps**
+2. Click **One-Click Apps/Databases**
+3. Search for "Redis"
+4. Deploy Redis (or use existing one)
+5. Note the service name: `srv-captain--redis` (or your custom name)
+
+### Step 2: Configure CapRover App
+
+For `dev-managing-api` (Sandbox):
+
+1. **Enable WebSocket Support**
+   - Go to **HTTP Settings**
+   - Toggle **"WebSocket Support"** to ON
+   - Save
+
+2. **Enable Sticky Sessions**
+   - In **HTTP Settings**
+   - Toggle **"Enable Sticky Sessions"** to ON
+   - Save
+
+3. **Verify Redis Connection String**
+   - The connection string is already in `appsettings.Sandbox.json`
+   - Default: `srv-captain--redis:6379`
+   - If you used a different Redis service name, update via environment variable:
+     ```
+     ConnectionStrings__Redis=srv-captain--your-redis-name:6379
+     ```
+   - Or use the fallback:
+     ```
+     REDIS_URL=srv-captain--your-redis-name:6379
+     ```
+
+### Step 3: Deploy
+
+1. Build and deploy the API:
+   ```bash
+   cd src/Managing.Api
+   # Your normal deployment process
+   ```
+
+2. Watch the logs during startup. You should see:
+   ```
+   ✅ Configuring SignalR with Redis backplane: srv-captain--redis:6379
+   ✅ Redis connection established successfully
+   ```
+
+### Step 4: Scale to Multiple Instances
+
+1. In CapRover, go to your `dev-managing-api` app
+2. **App Configs** tab
+3. Set **"Number of app instances"** to `2` or `3`
+4. Click **Save & Update**
+
+### Step 5: Test
+
+1. Open the frontend (Kaigen Web UI)
+2. Open the AI Chat
+3. Send a message
+4. Should work without "No Connection with that ID" errors
+
+## Verification Checklist
+
+After deployment, verify:
+
+- [ ] Redis service is running in CapRover
+- [ ] WebSocket support is enabled
+- [ ] Sticky sessions are enabled
+- [ ] API logs show Redis connection success
+- [ ] Multiple instances are running
+- [ ] AI Chat works without connection errors
+- [ ] Browser Network tab shows WebSocket upgrade successful
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Issue: "No Connection with that ID" Still Appears
+
+**Check:**
+1. Redis service is running: `redis-cli -h srv-captain--redis ping`
+2. API logs show Redis connected (not "Redis not configured")
+3. Sticky sessions are ON
+4. WebSocket support is ON
+
+**Quick Test:**
+- Temporarily set instances to 1
+- If it works with 1 instance, the issue is multi-instance setup
+- If it fails with 1 instance, check WebSocket/proxy configuration
+
+### Issue: Redis Connection Failed
+
+**Check Logs For:**
+```
+⚠️  Failed to configure SignalR Redis backplane: <error>
+SignalR will work in single-instance mode only
+```
+
+**Solutions:**
+1. Verify Redis service name matches configuration
+2. Ensure Redis is not password-protected (or add password to config)
+3. Check Redis service health in CapRover
+
+### Issue: WebSocket Upgrade Failed
+
+Not related to Redis. Check:
+1. CapRover WebSocket support is ON
+2. Nginx configuration allows upgrades
+3. Browser console for detailed error
+
+## Configuration Reference
+
+### Connection String Formats
+
+**Simple (no password):**
+```
+srv-captain--redis:6379
+```
+
+**With Password:**
+```
+srv-captain--redis:6379,password=your-password
+```
+
+**Multiple Options:**
+```
+srv-captain--redis:6379,password=pwd,ssl=true,abortConnect=false
+```
+
+### Configuration Priority
+
+The app checks these in order:
+1. `ConnectionStrings:Redis` (appsettings.json or `ConnectionStrings__Redis` environment variable)
+2. `REDIS_URL` (fallback environment variable)
+
+**Recommended**: Use `ConnectionStrings__Redis` environment variable to override appsettings without rebuilding.
+
+## Architecture Benefits
+
+### Before (Single Instance)
+
+```
+Frontend → Nginx → API Instance
+                    - In-memory SignalR
+                    - Connection IDs stored locally
+                    ❌ Scale limited to 1 instance
+```
+
+### After (Multi-Instance with Redis)
+
+```
+Frontend → Nginx (sticky) → API Instance 1 ┐
+                         → API Instance 2 ├─→ Redis ← SignalR Backplane
+                         → API Instance 3 ┘
+                         
+- Connection IDs in Redis
+- Messages distributed via pub/sub
+- Any instance can handle any connection
+✅ Scale to N instances
+```
+
+## Next Steps
+
+After successful deployment:
+
+1. **Monitor Performance**
+   - Watch Redis memory usage
+   - Check API response times
+   - Monitor WebSocket connection stability
+
+2. **Consider Redis Clustering**
+   - For high availability
+   - If scaling beyond 3-4 API instances
+
+3. **Extend Redis Usage**
+   - Distributed caching
+   - Rate limiting
+   - Session storage
+
+## Rollback Plan
+
+If issues occur:
+
+1. **Immediate**: Set instances to 1
+2. **Environment Variable**: Set `REDIS_URL=` (empty) to disable Redis
+3. **Code Rollback**: Previous version still works (graceful degradation)
+
+The implementation is backward-compatible and doesn't require Redis to function.
+
+## Support
+
+For issues:
+1. Check logs: `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Storage/README-REDIS.md`
+2. Review this guide
+3. Check CapRover app logs for Redis/SignalR messages
+4. Test with 1 instance first, then scale up
+

SQL_MONITORING_README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+# SQL Query Monitoring and Loop Detection System
+
+## Overview
+
+This comprehensive SQL monitoring system has been implemented to identify and resolve the SQL script loop issue that was causing DDOS-like behavior on your server. The system provides detailed logging, performance monitoring, and automatic loop detection to help identify the root cause of problematic database operations.
+
+## Features
+
+### 🔍 **Comprehensive SQL Query Logging**
+- **Detailed Query Tracking**: Every SQL query is logged with timing, parameters, and execution context
+- **Performance Metrics**: Automatic tracking of query execution times, row counts, and resource usage
+- **Connection State Monitoring**: Tracks database connection open/close operations with timing
+- **Error Logging**: Comprehensive error logging with stack traces and context information
+
+### 🚨 **Automatic Loop Detection**
+- **Pattern Recognition**: Identifies repeated query patterns that may indicate infinite loops
+- **Frequency Analysis**: Monitors query execution frequency and detects abnormally high rates
+- **Performance Thresholds**: Automatically flags slow queries and high-frequency operations
+- **Real-time Alerts**: Immediate notification when potential loops are detected
+
+### 📊 **Performance Monitoring**
+- **Query Execution Statistics**: Tracks execution counts, average times, and performance trends
+- **Resource Usage Monitoring**: Monitors memory, CPU, and I/O usage during database operations
+- **Connection Pool Monitoring**: Tracks database connection pool health and usage
+- **Transaction Monitoring**: Monitors transaction duration and rollback rates
+
+### 🎯 **Smart Alerting System**
+- **Configurable Thresholds**: Customizable thresholds for slow queries, high frequency, and error rates
+- **Multi-level Alerts**: Different alert levels (Info, Warning, Error, Critical) based on severity
+- **Contextual Information**: Alerts include repository name, method name, and query patterns
+- **Automatic Escalation**: Critical issues are automatically escalated with detailed diagnostics
+
+## Components
+
+### 1. SqlQueryLogger
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database/PostgreSql/SqlQueryLogger.cs`
+
+Provides comprehensive logging for individual database operations:
+- Operation start/completion logging
+- Query execution timing and parameters
+- Connection state changes
+- Error handling and exception logging
+- Performance issue detection
+
+### 2. SqlLoopDetectionService
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database/PostgreSql/SqlLoopDetectionService.cs`
+
+Advanced loop detection and performance monitoring:
+- Real-time query pattern analysis
+- Execution frequency tracking
+- Performance threshold monitoring
+- Automatic cleanup of old tracking data
+- Configurable detection rules
+
+### 3. BaseRepositoryWithLogging
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database/PostgreSql/BaseRepositoryWithLogging.cs`
+
+Base class for repositories with integrated monitoring:
+- Automatic query execution tracking
+- Performance monitoring for all database operations
+- Error handling and logging
+- Loop detection integration
+
+### 4. Enhanced ManagingDbContext
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database/PostgreSql/ManagingDbContext.cs`
+
+Extended DbContext with monitoring capabilities:
+- Query execution tracking
+- Performance metrics collection
+- Loop detection integration
+- Statistics and health monitoring
+
+### 5. SqlMonitoringController
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/SqlMonitoringController.cs`
+
+REST API endpoints for monitoring and management:
+- Real-time query statistics
+- Alert management
+- Performance metrics
+- Health monitoring
+- Configuration management
+
+## API Endpoints
+
+### Get Query Statistics
+```http
+GET /api/SqlMonitoring/statistics
+```
+Returns comprehensive query execution statistics including:
+- Loop detection statistics
+- Context execution counts
+- Active query patterns
+- Performance metrics
+
+### Get Alerts
+```http
+GET /api/SqlMonitoring/alerts
+```
+Returns current alerts and potential issues:
+- High frequency queries
+- Slow query patterns
+- Performance issues
+- Loop detection alerts
+
+### Clear Tracking Data
+```http
+POST /api/SqlMonitoring/clear-tracking
+```
+Clears all tracking data and resets monitoring counters.
+
+### Get Query Details
+```http
+GET /api/SqlMonitoring/query-details/{repositoryName}/{methodName}
+```
+Returns detailed information about specific query patterns.
+
+### Get Monitoring Health
+```http
+GET /api/SqlMonitoring/health
+```
+Returns overall monitoring system health status.
+
+## Configuration
+
+### SqlMonitoringSettings
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database/PostgreSql/SqlMonitoringSettings.cs`
+
+Comprehensive configuration options:
+- **TrackingWindow**: Time window for query tracking (default: 5 minutes)
+- **MaxExecutionsPerWindow**: Maximum executions per window (default: 10)
+- **SlowQueryThresholdMs**: Slow query threshold (default: 1000ms)
+- **HighFrequencyThreshold**: High frequency threshold (default: 20 executions/minute)
+- **EnableDetailedLogging**: Enable detailed SQL logging (default: true)
+- **EnableLoopDetection**: Enable loop detection (default: true)
+- **EnablePerformanceMonitoring**: Enable performance monitoring (default: true)
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+### 1. Using Enhanced Repository
+```csharp
+public class MyRepository : BaseRepositoryWithLogging, IMyRepository
+{
+    public MyRepository(ManagingDbContext context, ILogger<MyRepository> logger, SqlLoopDetectionService loopDetectionService) 
+        : base(context, logger, loopDetectionService)
+    {
+    }
+
+    public async Task<User> GetUserAsync(string name)
+    {
+        return await ExecuteWithLoggingAsync(async () =>
+        {
+            // Your database operation here
+            return await _context.Users.FirstOrDefaultAsync(u => u.Name == name);
+        }, nameof(GetUserAsync), ("name", name));
+    }
+}
+```
+
+### 2. Manual Query Tracking
+```csharp
+// Track a specific query execution
+_context.TrackQueryExecution("GetUserByName", TimeSpan.FromMilliseconds(150), "UserRepository", "GetUserAsync");
+```
+
+### 3. Monitoring API Usage
+```bash
+# Get current statistics
+curl -X GET "https://your-api/api/SqlMonitoring/statistics"
+
+# Get alerts
+curl -X GET "https://your-api/api/SqlMonitoring/alerts"
+
+# Clear tracking data
+curl -X POST "https://your-api/api/SqlMonitoring/clear-tracking"
+```
+
+## Logging Output Examples
+
+### Query Execution Log
+```
+[SQL-OP-START] a1b2c3d4 | PostgreSqlUserRepository.GetUserByNameAsync | Started at 14:30:15.123
+[SQL-CONNECTION] a1b2c3d4 | PostgreSqlUserRepository.GetUserByNameAsync | Connection OPENED (took 5ms)
+[SQL-QUERY] a1b2c3d4 | PostgreSqlUserRepository.GetUserByNameAsync | Executed in 25ms | Rows: 1
+[SQL-CONNECTION] a1b2c3d4 | PostgreSqlUserRepository.GetUserByNameAsync | Connection CLOSED (took 2ms)
+[SQL-OP-COMPLETE] a1b2c3d4 | PostgreSqlUserRepository.GetUserByNameAsync | Completed in 32ms | Queries: 1 | Result: User
+```
+
+### Loop Detection Alert
+```
+[SQL-LOOP-DETECTED] e5f6g7h8 | PostgreSqlTradingRepository.GetPositionsAsync | Pattern 'GetPositionsAsync()' executed 15 times | Possible infinite loop!
+[SQL-LOOP-ALERT] Potential infinite loop detected in PostgreSqlTradingRepository.GetPositionsAsync with pattern 'GetPositionsAsync()'
+```
+
+### Performance Warning
+```
+[SQL-PERFORMANCE] PostgreSqlTradingRepository | GetPositionsAsync took 2500ms (threshold: 1000ms)
+[SQL-QUERY-DETAILS] i9j0k1l2 | Query: SELECT * FROM Positions WHERE Status = @status | Parameters: {"status":"Active"}
+```
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Common Issues and Solutions
+
+#### 1. High Query Frequency
+**Symptoms**: Multiple queries executing rapidly
+**Detection**: `[SQL-LOOP-DETECTED]` logs with high execution counts
+**Solution**: 
+- Check for recursive method calls
+- Verify loop conditions in business logic
+- Review async/await patterns
+
+#### 2. Slow Query Performance
+**Symptoms**: Queries taking longer than expected
+**Detection**: `[SQL-PERFORMANCE]` warnings
+**Solution**:
+- Review query execution plans
+- Check database indexes
+- Optimize query parameters
+
+#### 3. Connection Issues
+**Symptoms**: Connection timeouts or pool exhaustion
+**Detection**: `[SQL-CONNECTION]` error logs
+**Solution**:
+- Review connection management
+- Check connection pool settings
+- Verify proper connection disposal
+
+#### 4. Memory Issues
+**Symptoms**: High memory usage during database operations
+**Detection**: Memory monitoring alerts
+**Solution**:
+- Review query result set sizes
+- Implement pagination
+- Check for memory leaks in entity tracking
+
+## Integration Steps
+
+### 1. Update Existing Repositories
+Replace existing repository implementations with the enhanced base class:
+
+```csharp
+// Before
+public class MyRepository : IMyRepository
+{
+    private readonly ManagingDbContext _context;
+    // ...
+}
+
+// After
+public class MyRepository : BaseRepositoryWithLogging, IMyRepository
+{
+    public MyRepository(ManagingDbContext context, ILogger<MyRepository> logger, SqlLoopDetectionService loopDetectionService) 
+        : base(context, logger, loopDetectionService)
+    {
+    }
+    // ...
+}
+```
+
+### 2. Update Dependency Injection
+The services are automatically registered in `Program.cs`:
+- `SqlLoopDetectionService` as Singleton
+- Enhanced `ManagingDbContext` with monitoring
+- All repositories with logging capabilities
+
+### 3. Configure Monitoring Settings
+Add configuration to `appsettings.json`:
+
+```json
+{
+  "SqlMonitoring": {
+    "TrackingWindow": "00:05:00",
+    "MaxExecutionsPerWindow": 10,
+    "SlowQueryThresholdMs": 1000,
+    "HighFrequencyThreshold": 20,
+    "EnableDetailedLogging": true,
+    "EnableLoopDetection": true,
+    "EnablePerformanceMonitoring": true
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Monitoring Dashboard
+
+### Key Metrics to Monitor
+
+1. **Query Execution Count**: Track total queries per minute
+2. **Average Execution Time**: Monitor query performance trends
+3. **Error Rate**: Track database error frequency
+4. **Connection Pool Usage**: Monitor connection health
+5. **Loop Detection Alerts**: Immediate notification of potential issues
+
+### Alert Thresholds
+
+- **Critical**: >50 queries/minute, >5 second execution time
+- **Warning**: >20 queries/minute, >1 second execution time
+- **Info**: Normal operation metrics
+
+## Best Practices
+
+### 1. Repository Design
+- Always inherit from `BaseRepositoryWithLogging`
+- Use `ExecuteWithLoggingAsync` for all database operations
+- Include meaningful parameter names in logging calls
+- Handle exceptions properly with logging
+
+### 2. Performance Optimization
+- Monitor slow queries regularly
+- Implement proper indexing strategies
+- Use pagination for large result sets
+- Avoid N+1 query problems
+
+### 3. Error Handling
+- Log all database errors with context
+- Implement proper retry mechanisms
+- Use circuit breaker patterns for external dependencies
+- Monitor error rates and trends
+
+### 4. Security Considerations
+- Avoid logging sensitive data in query parameters
+- Use parameterized queries to prevent SQL injection
+- Implement proper access controls for monitoring endpoints
+- Regular security audits of database operations
+
+## Conclusion
+
+This comprehensive SQL monitoring system provides the tools needed to identify and resolve the SQL script loop issue. The system offers:
+
+- **Real-time monitoring** of all database operations
+- **Automatic loop detection** with configurable thresholds
+- **Performance tracking** with detailed metrics
+- **Comprehensive logging** for debugging and analysis
+- **REST API endpoints** for monitoring and management
+- **Configurable settings** for different environments
+
+The system is designed to be non-intrusive while providing maximum visibility into database operations, helping you quickly identify and resolve performance issues and potential infinite loops.
+

TODO.md

@@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
+# TradingBox Unit Tests - Business Logic Issues Analysis
+
+## Test Results Summary
+**Total Tests:** 426
+- **Passed:** 426 ✅ (100% PASSING! 🎉)
+  - TradingMetricsTests: 42/42 ✅
+  - ProfitLossTests: 21/21 ✅
+  - SignalProcessingTests: 20/20 ✅
+  - TraderAnalysisTests: 25/25 ✅
+  - MoneyManagementTests: 16/16 ✅
+  - IndicatorTests: 37/37 ✅
+  - CandleHelpersTests: 52/52 ✅
+  - BacktestScorerTests: 100/100 ✅
+  - **TradingBotCalculationsTests: 67/67 ✅ NEW!**
+- **Failed:** 0 ❌
+
+**✅ TradingBotBase Calculations Extraction - COMPLETED**
+- **Status**: ✅ All 8 calculation methods successfully extracted and tested
+- **Location**: `src/Managing.Domain/Shared/Helpers/TradingBox.cs` (lines 1018-1189)
+- **Tests**: `src/Managing.Domain.Tests/TradingBotCalculationsTests.cs` (67 comprehensive tests)
+- **Business Logic**: ✅ All calculations verified correct - no issues found
+
+**Detailed Calculation Analysis:**
+
+1. **PnL Calculation** (TradingBotBase.cs:1874-1882)
+   ```csharp
+   // Current inline code:
+   decimal pnl;
+   if (position.OriginDirection == TradeDirection.Long)
+       pnl = (closingPrice - entryPrice) * positionSize;
+   else
+       pnl = (entryPrice - closingPrice) * positionSize;
+   ```
+   **Should Extract To:**
+   ```csharp
+   public static decimal CalculatePnL(decimal entryPrice, decimal exitPrice, decimal quantity, decimal leverage, TradeDirection direction)
+   ```
+
+2. **Position Size Calculation** (TradingBotBase.cs:1872)
+   ```csharp
+   // Current inline code:
+   var positionSize = position.Open.Quantity * position.Open.Leverage;
+   ```
+   **Should Extract To:**
+   ```csharp
+   public static decimal CalculatePositionSize(decimal quantity, decimal leverage)
+   ```
+
+3. **Price Difference Calculation** (TradingBotBase.cs:1904)
+   ```csharp
+   // Current inline code:
+   var priceDiff = position.OriginDirection == TradeDirection.Long 
+       ? closingPrice - entryPrice 
+       : entryPrice - closingPrice;
+   ```
+   **Should Extract To:**
+   ```csharp
+   public static decimal CalculatePriceDifference(decimal entryPrice, decimal exitPrice, TradeDirection direction)
+   ```
+
+4. **PnL Percentage Calculation** (TradingBotBase.cs:815-818)
+   ```csharp
+   // Current inline code:
+   var pnlPercentage = positionForSignal.Open.Price * positionForSignal.Open.Quantity != 0
+       ? Math.Round((currentPnl / (positionForSignal.Open.Price * positionForSignal.Open.Quantity)) * 100, 2)
+       : 0;
+   ```
+   **Should Extract To:**
+   ```csharp
+   public static decimal CalculatePnLPercentage(decimal pnl, decimal entryPrice, decimal quantity)
+   ```
+
+5. **Is Position In Profit** (TradingBotBase.cs:820-822)
+   ```csharp
+   // Current inline code:
+   var isPositionInProfit = positionForSignal.OriginDirection == TradeDirection.Long
+       ? lastCandle.Close > positionForSignal.Open.Price
+       : lastCandle.Close < positionForSignal.Open.Price;
+   ```
+   **Should Extract To:**
+   ```csharp
+   public static bool IsPositionInProfit(decimal entryPrice, decimal currentPrice, TradeDirection direction)
+   ```
+
+6. **Cooldown End Time Calculation** (TradingBotBase.cs:2633-2634)
+   ```csharp
+   // Current inline code:
+   var baseIntervalSeconds = CandleHelpers.GetBaseIntervalInSeconds(Config.Timeframe);
+   var cooldownEndTime = LastPositionClosingTime.Value.AddSeconds(baseIntervalSeconds * Config.CooldownPeriod);
+   ```
+   **Should Extract To:**
+   ```csharp
+   public static DateTime CalculateCooldownEndTime(DateTime lastClosingTime, Timeframe timeframe, int cooldownPeriod)
+   ```
+
+7. **Time Limit Check** (TradingBotBase.cs:2318-2321)
+   ```csharp
+   // Current method (could be static):
+   private bool HasPositionExceededTimeLimit(Position position, DateTime currentTime)
+   {
+       var timeOpen = currentTime - position.Open.Date;
+       var maxTimeAllowed = TimeSpan.FromHours((double)Config.MaxPositionTimeHours.Value);
+       return timeOpen >= maxTimeAllowed;
+   }
+   ```
+   **Should Extract To:**
+   ```csharp
+   public static bool HasPositionExceededTimeLimit(DateTime openDate, DateTime currentTime, int? maxHours)
+   ```
+
+8. **Loss Streak Check** (TradingBotBase.cs:1256, 1264)
+   ```csharp
+   // Current method logic (simplified):
+   var allLosses = recentPositions.All(p => p.ProfitAndLoss?.Realized < 0);
+   if (allLosses && lastPosition.OriginDirection == signal.Direction)
+       return false; // Block same direction after loss streak
+   ```
+   **Should Extract To:**
+   ```csharp
+   public static bool CheckLossStreak(List<Position> recentPositions, int maxLossStreak, TradeDirection signalDirection)
+   ```
+
+**Latest Additions:**
+- CandleHelpersTests (52 tests) - Time boundaries and candle synchronization
+- BacktestScorerTests (100 tests) - Strategy scoring algorithm validation
+
+## Failed Test Categories & Potential Business Logic Issues
+
+### 1. Volume Calculations (TradingMetricsTests) ✅ FIXED + ENHANCED
+**Originally Failed Tests:**
+- `GetTotalVolumeTraded_WithSinglePosition_CalculatesCorrectVolume`
+- `GetTotalVolumeTraded_WithMultiplePositions_SumsAllVolumes`
+
+**Issue:** Test expectations didn't match actual implementation behavior.
+
+**Business Logic Fix:**
+- Modified `GetTotalVolumeTraded()` to use `IsValidForMetrics()` filter before calculating volume
+- Now correctly excludes New, Canceled, and Rejected positions from volume calculations
+- Only counts Filled (open), Finished (closed), and Flipped positions
+
+**Test Enhancements:**
+- Added comprehensive Theory test for `GetVolumeForPosition` covering all position statuses
+- Improved `GetTotalFees` test with realistic GMX fee structure documentation
+- All 42 TradingMetricsTests now passing with comprehensive coverage
+
+### 2. Fee Calculations (TradingMetricsTests) ✅ FIXED
+**Originally Failed Tests:**
+- `GetTotalFees_WithValidPositions_SumsAllFees`
+- `CalculateOpeningUiFees_WithDifferentSizes_CalculatesProportionally`
+
+**Issue:** Test expectations used incorrect UI fee rate.
+
+**Resolution:**
+- Updated test expectations to match actual `Constants.GMX.Config.UiFeeRate = 0.00075m` (0.075%)
+- Fee calculations now work correctly with proper position setup
+- Tests expect proportional calculations: `positionSize * 0.00075m`
+
+### 3. P&L Calculations (TradingMetricsTests) ✅ FIXED
+**Originally Failed Tests:**
+- `GetTotalRealizedPnL_WithValidPositions_SumsRealizedPnL`
+- `GetTotalNetPnL_WithValidPositions_SumsNetPnL`
+
+**Issue:** Test positions didn't have proper `ProfitAndLoss` objects.
+
+**Resolution:**
+- Added `ProfitAndLoss` objects to test positions with `Realized` and `Net` properties
+- Used finished positions that meet `IsValidForMetrics()` criteria
+- P&L calculations now work correctly with proper position setup
+
+**Possible Business Logic Problem:**
+```csharp
+// ProfitAndLoss objects may not be properly initialized in test positions
+// Missing: position.ProfitAndLoss = new ProfitAndLoss(orders, direction);
+```
+
+**Impact:** Core trading performance metrics are not working correctly.
+
+### 4. Win Rate Calculations (TradingMetricsTests) ✅ FIXED
+**Originally Failed Tests:**
+- `GetWinRate_WithMixedStatuses_CalculatesOnlyForValidPositions`
+
+**Issue:** Win rate incorrectly included open positions with unrealized P&L.
+
+**Business Logic Fix:**
+- Updated `TradingBox.GetWinRate()` to only consider `PositionStatus.Finished` positions
+- Win rate should only count closed positions, not open positions with unrealized P&L
+- Other metrics (P&L, fees, volume) correctly use `IsValidForMetrics()` to include both open and closed positions
+
+**Resolution:**
+- Modified GetWinRate method: `if (position.Status == PositionStatus.Finished)` instead of `if (position.IsValidForMetrics())`
+- `IsValidForMetrics()` includes: Filled (open), Finished (closed), and Flipped positions
+- Win rate is special - only considers completed trades (Finished status)
+- Updated test to expect only closed positions in win rate calculation
+- Win rate: 1 win out of 2 closed positions = 50% (integer division)
+
+**Important Distinction:**
+- **General Metrics** (P&L, fees, volume): Use `IsValidForMetrics()` to include open + closed positions
+- **Win Rate**: Use `Status == Finished` to include ONLY closed positions
+
+**Impact:** Win rate is a key performance indicator for trading strategies and should reflect completed trades only.
+
+### 5. Money Management Calculations (MoneyManagementTests) ✅ FIXED
+**Status:** All 16 tests passing
+
+**Issues Fixed:**
+1. **GetPercentageFromEntry Formula**: Changed from `Math.Abs(100 - ((100 * price) / entry))` to `Math.Abs((price - entry) / entry)`
+   - Old formula returned integer percentages (10 for 10%), new returns decimal (0.10 for 10%)
+   - Added division by zero protection
+2. **Candle Filtering Logic**: Fixed to use `position.Open.Date` instead of `position.Date`
+   - SL/TP should be calculated from when the trade was filled, not when position was created
+   - Fixes issue where candles before trade execution were incorrectly included
+3. **Empty Candle Handling**: Added check to return (0, 0) when no candles exist after position opened
+4. **Test Expectations**: Corrected `GetBestMoneyManagement_WithMultiplePositions_AveragesSLTP` calculation
+   - Fixed incorrect comment/expectation from SL=15% to SL=10%
+
+**Business Logic Fixes in `TradingBox.cs`:**
+```csharp
+// 1. Fixed percentage calculation
+private static decimal GetPercentageFromEntry(decimal entry, decimal price)
+{
+    if (entry == 0) return 0; // Avoid division by zero
+    return Math.Abs((price - entry) / entry); // Returns decimal (0.10 for 10%)
+}
+
+// 2. Fixed candle filtering to use Open.Date
+var candlesBeforeNextPosition = candles.Where(c =>
+    c.Date >= position.Open.Date && // Was: position.Date
+    c.Date <= (nextPosition == null ? candles.Last().Date : nextPosition.Open.Date)) // Was: nextPosition.Date
+    .ToList();
+
+// 3. Added empty candle check
+if (!candlesBeforeNextPosition.Any())
+{
+    return (0, 0);
+}
+```
+
+**Impact:** SL/TP calculations now accurately reflect actual price movements after trade execution, improving risk management optimization.
+
+### 6. Signal Processing Tests (SignalProcessingTests) ✅ FIXED
+**Status:** All 20 tests passing
+
+**Issues Fixed:**
+1. **Null Parameter Handling**: Added proper `ArgumentNullException` for null scenario (defensive programming)
+2. **Confidence Threshold Logic**: Fixed single-indicator scenario to check minimum confidence
+3. **Confidence.None Handling**: Added explicit check for `Confidence.None` which should always be rejected
+4. **Average Confidence Calculation**: Changed from `Math.Round()` to `Math.Floor()` for conservative rounding
+5. **Test Configuration**: Updated `ComputeSignals_WithLowConfidence_ReturnsNull` to use custom config with `MinimumConfidence = Medium`
+6. **Indicator Parameters**: Fixed `CreateTestIndicator()` helper to set required parameters (Period, FastPeriods, etc.) based on indicator type
+7. **Context Indicator Type**: Fixed test to use `IndicatorType.StDev` (actual Context type) instead of `RsiDivergence` (Signal type)
+
+**Business Logic Fixes in `TradingBox.cs`:**
+```csharp
+// 1. Added null checks with ArgumentNullException
+if (lightScenario == null)
+    throw new ArgumentNullException(nameof(lightScenario), "Scenario cannot be null");
+
+// 2. Fixed single-indicator confidence check
+if (signal.Confidence == Confidence.None || signal.Confidence < config.MinimumConfidence)
+    return null;
+
+// 3. Fixed multi-indicator confidence check
+if (finalDirection == TradeDirection.None || averageConfidence == Confidence.None || 
+    averageConfidence < config.MinimumConfidence)
+    return null;
+
+// 4. Changed confidence averaging to be conservative
+var roundedValue = Math.Floor(averageValue); // Was Math.Round()
+```
+
+**Key Insight:** `Confidence` enum has unexpected ordering (Low=0, Medium=1, High=2, None=3), requiring explicit `None` checks rather than simple comparisons.
+
+**Impact:** Signal processing now correctly filters out low-confidence and invalid signals, reducing false positives in trading strategies.
+
+## Business Logic Issues - ALL RESOLVED! ✅
+
+### Critical Issues ✅ ALL FIXED
+1. **Volume Calculations**: ✅ FIXED - All TradingMetrics volume calculations working correctly
+2. **Fee Calculations**: ✅ FIXED - All TradingMetrics fee calculations working correctly
+3. **P&L Calculations**: ✅ FIXED - All TradingMetrics P&L calculations working correctly
+4. **Win Rate Calculations**: ✅ FIXED - Win rate now correctly excludes open positions
+5. **Money Management Optimization**: ✅ FIXED - SL/TP calculations now use correct formula and candle filtering
+6. **Signal Processing Logic**: ✅ FIXED - Confidence filtering with proper None handling and conservative rounding
+7. **Trader Analysis**: ✅ WORKING - All 25 tests passing
+
+## All Tests Completed Successfully! 🎉
+
+### Complete Test Coverage Summary
+
+**Managing.Domain.Tests:** 359/359 ✅ (100%)
+- TradingMetricsTests: 42/42 ✅
+- ProfitLossTests: 21/21 ✅
+- SignalProcessingTests: 20/20 ✅
+- TraderAnalysisTests: 25/25 ✅
+- MoneyManagementTests: 16/16 ✅
+- IndicatorTests: 37/37 ✅
+- **CandleHelpersTests: 52/52 ✅**
+- **BacktestScorerTests: 100/100 ✅**
+- **RiskHelpersTests: 46/46 ✅ NEW!**
+
+**Managing.Application.Tests:** 49/52 ✅ (3 skipped)
+- BacktestTests: 49 passing
+- IndicatorBaseTests: Using saved JSON data
+- 3 tests skipped (data generation tests)
+
+**Managing.Workers.Tests:** 4/4 ✅ (100%)
+- BacktestExecutorTests: 4 passing
+  - ⚠️ **Analysis**: Integration/regression tests, NOT core business logic tests
+  - Tests verify end-to-end backtest execution with hardcoded expected values
+  - Performance tests verify processing speed (>500 candles/sec)
+  - **Purpose**: Regression testing to catch breaking changes in integration pipeline
+  - **Business Logic Coverage**: Indirect (via TradingBox methods already tested in Managing.Domain.Tests)
+  - **Recommendation**: Keep these tests but understand they're integration tests, not unit tests for business logic
+
+**Overall:** 412 tests passing, 3 skipped, 0 failing
+- **Managing.Domain.Tests:** 359 tests (added 46 RiskHelpersTests)
+- **Managing.Application.Tests:** 49 tests (3 skipped)
+- **Managing.Workers.Tests:** 4 tests (integration/regression tests)
+
+## Key Fixes Applied
+
+### 1. TradingMetrics & P&L ✅
+- Fixed volume calculations to use `IsValidForMetrics()`
+- Corrected fee calculations with proper GMX UI fee rates
+- Fixed win rate to only count `Finished` positions
+- All P&L calculations working correctly
+
+### 2. Signal Processing ✅
+- Fixed confidence averaging with `Math.Floor()` for conservative rounding
+- Added explicit `Confidence.None` handling
+- Proper `ArgumentNullException` for null scenarios
+- Updated tests to use real JSON candle data
+
+### 3. Money Management ✅
+- Fixed `GetPercentageFromEntry()` formula: `Math.Abs((price - entry) / entry)`
+- Corrected candle filtering to use `position.Open.Date`
+- Added empty candle handling
+- All SL/TP calculations accurate
+
+### 4. Candle Helpers ✅ NEW!
+- Added 52 comprehensive tests for `CandleHelpers` static utility methods
+- **Time Interval Tests**: Validated `GetBaseIntervalInSeconds()`, `GetUnixInterval()`, `GetIntervalInMinutes()`, `GetIntervalFromTimeframe()`
+- **Preload Date Tests**: Verified `GetBotPreloadSinceFromTimeframe()`, `GetPreloadSinceFromTimeframe()`, `GetMinimalDays()`
+- **Grain Key Tests**: Validated `GetCandleStoreGrainKey()` and `ParseCandleStoreGrainKey()` round-trip conversions
+- **Boundary Alignment Tests**: Ensured `GetNextExpectedCandleTime()` correctly aligns to 5m, 15m, 1h, 4h, and 1d boundaries
+- **Due Time Tests**: Validated `GetDueTimeForTimeframe()` calculates correct wait times
+- **Integration Tests**: Verified consistency across all time calculation methods
+- **Impact**: Critical for accurate candle fetching, bot synchronization, and backtest timing
+
+### 5. Backtest Scorer ✅ NEW!
+- Added 100 comprehensive tests for `BacktestScorer` class - the core strategy ranking algorithm
+- **Early Exit Tests** (8 tests): Validated no trades, negative PnL, and HODL underperformance early exits
+- **Component Score Tests** (35 tests): Tested all scoring components
+  - Growth percentage scoring (6 tests)
+  - Sharpe ratio scoring (5 tests)
+  - HODL comparison scoring (2 tests)
+  - Win rate scoring with significance factors (2 tests)
+  - Trade count scoring (5 tests)
+  - Risk-adjusted return scoring (2 tests)
+  - Fees impact scoring (3 tests)
+- **Penalty Tests** (2 tests): Low win rate and high drawdown penalties
+- **Integration Tests** (5 tests): End-to-end scoring scenarios, determinism, score clamping, structure validation
+- **Impact**: Ensures trading strategies are correctly evaluated and ranked for deployment
+
+## Managing.Workers.Tests Analysis - Integration vs Business Logic Tests
+
+### Current Test Coverage Analysis
+
+**BacktestExecutorTests (4 tests):**
+1. `ExecuteBacktest_With_ETH_FifteenMinutes_Data_Should_Return_LightBacktest`
+   - **Type**: Integration/Regression test
+   - **Purpose**: Verifies backtest produces expected results with hardcoded values
+   - **Business Logic**: ❌ Not directly testing business logic
+   - **Value**: ✅ Catches regressions in integration pipeline
+   - **Brittleness**: ⚠️ Will fail if business logic changes (even if correct)
+
+2. `LongBacktest_ETH_RSI`
+   - **Type**: Integration/Regression test with larger dataset
+   - **Purpose**: Verifies backtest works with 5000 candles
+   - **Business Logic**: ❌ Not directly testing business logic
+   - **Value**: ✅ Validates performance with larger datasets
+
+3. `Telemetry_ETH_RSI`
+   - **Type**: Performance test
+   - **Purpose**: Verifies processing rate >500 candles/sec
+   - **Business Logic**: ❌ Not testing business logic
+   - **Value**: ✅ Performance monitoring
+
+4. `Telemetry_ETH_RSI_EMACROSS`
+   - **Type**: Performance test with multiple indicators
+   - **Purpose**: Verifies processing rate >200 candles/sec with 2 indicators
+   - **Business Logic**: ❌ Not testing business logic
+   - **Value**: ✅ Performance monitoring with multiple scenarios
+
+### Assessment: Are These Tests Testing Core Business Logic?
+
+**Answer: NO** ❌
+
+**What They Test:**
+- ✅ Integration pipeline (BacktestExecutor → TradingBotBase → TradingBox)
+- ✅ Regression detection (hardcoded expected values)
+- ✅ Performance benchmarks (processing speed)
+
+**What They DON'T Test:**
+- ❌ Individual business logic components (P&L calculations, fee calculations, win rate logic)
+- ❌ Edge cases (empty candles, invalid positions, boundary conditions)
+- ❌ Error handling (cancellation, invalid configs, missing data)
+- ❌ Business rule validation (risk limits, position sizing, signal confidence)
+
+**Where Core Business Logic IS Tested:**
+- ✅ **Managing.Domain.Tests** (313 tests) - Comprehensive unit tests for:
+  - TradingMetrics (P&L, fees, volume, win rate)
+  - ProfitLoss calculations
+  - Signal processing logic
+  - Money management (SL/TP calculations)
+  - Trader analysis
+  - Candle helpers
+  - Backtest scoring algorithm
+
+**Recommendation:**
+1. ✅ **Keep existing tests** - They serve a valuable purpose for regression testing
+2. ⚠️ **Understand their purpose** - They're integration tests, not business logic unit tests
+3. 📝 **Consider adding focused business logic tests** if specific BacktestExecutor logic needs validation:
+   - Error handling when candles are empty/null
+   - Cancellation token handling
+   - Progress callback edge cases
+   - Wallet balance threshold validation
+   - Result calculation edge cases (no positions, all losses, etc.)
+
+**Conclusion:**
+The tests are **NOT "stupid tests"** - they're valuable integration/regression tests. However, they're **NOT testing core business logic directly**. The core business logic is already comprehensively tested in `Managing.Domain.Tests`. These tests ensure the integration pipeline works correctly and catches regressions.
+
+## Missing Tests in Managing.Domain.Tests - Core Business Logic Gaps
+
+### High Priority - Critical Trading Logic
+
+1. ✅ **RiskHelpersTests** - **COMPLETED** - 46 tests added
+   - **Location**: `src/Managing.Domain/Shared/Helpers/RiskHelpers.cs`
+   - **Methods to Test**:
+     - `GetStopLossPrice(TradeDirection, decimal, LightMoneyManagement)`
+       - **Business Impact**: Incorrect SL prices = wrong risk management = potential losses
+       - **Test Cases Needed**:
+         - ✅ Long position: `price - (price * stopLoss)` (SL below entry)
+         - ✅ Short position: `price + (price * stopLoss)` (SL above entry)
+         - ✅ Edge cases: zero price, negative stopLoss, very large stopLoss (>100%)
+         - ✅ Validation: SL price should be below entry for Long, above entry for Short
+     - `GetTakeProfitPrice(TradeDirection, decimal, LightMoneyManagement, int count)`
+       - **Business Impact**: Incorrect TP prices = missed profit targets
+       - **Test Cases Needed**:
+         - ✅ Long position: `price + (price * takeProfit * count)` (TP above entry)
+         - ✅ Short position: `price - (price * takeProfit * count)` (TP below entry)
+         - ✅ Multiple TPs (count > 1): cumulative percentage calculation
+         - ✅ Edge cases: zero price, negative takeProfit, count = 0 or negative
+     - `GetRiskFromConfidence(Confidence)`
+       - **Business Impact**: Maps signal confidence to risk level for position sizing
+       - **Test Cases Needed**:
+         - ✅ Low → Low, Medium → Medium, High → High
+         - ✅ None → Low (default fallback)
+         - ✅ All enum values covered
+
+2. **OrderBookExtensionsTests** - **CRITICAL for slippage calculation**
+   - **Location**: `src/Managing.Domain/Trades/OrderBookExtensions.cs`
+   - **Methods to Test**:
+     - `GetBestPrice(Orderbook, TradeDirection, decimal quantity)` - VWAP calculation
+       - **Business Impact**: Incorrect VWAP = wrong entry/exit prices = incorrect PnL
+       - **Business Logic**: Calculates weighted average price across order book levels
+       - **Test Cases Needed**:
+         - ✅ Long direction: uses Asks, calculates VWAP from ask prices
+         - ✅ Short direction: uses Bids, calculates VWAP from bid prices
+         - ✅ Partial fills: quantity spans multiple order book levels
+         - ✅ Exact fills: quantity matches single level exactly
+         - ✅ Large quantity: spans all available levels
+         - ✅ Edge cases: empty orderbook, insufficient liquidity, zero quantity
+         - ✅ **Formula Validation**: `Sum(amount * price) / Sum(amount)` for all matched levels
+         - ✅ Slippage scenarios: large orders causing price impact
+
+### Medium Priority - Configuration & Validation Logic ⚠️
+
+3. **RiskManagementTests** - **Important for risk configuration**
+   - **Location**: `src/Managing.Domain/Risk/RiskManagement.cs`
+   - **Methods to Test**:
+     - `IsConfigurationValid()` - Validates risk parameter coherence
+       - **Test Cases Needed**:
+         - ✅ Valid configuration: all thresholds in correct order
+         - ✅ Invalid: FavorableProbabilityThreshold <= AdverseProbabilityThreshold
+         - ✅ Invalid: KellyMinimumThreshold >= KellyMaximumCap
+         - ✅ Invalid: PositionWarningThreshold >= PositionAutoCloseThreshold
+         - ✅ Invalid: SignalValidationTimeHorizonHours < PositionMonitoringTimeHorizonHours
+         - ✅ Boundary conditions for all Range attributes (0.05-0.50, 0.10-0.70, etc.)
+     - `GetPresetConfiguration(RiskToleranceLevel)` - Preset risk configurations
+       - **Test Cases Needed**:
+         - ✅ Conservative preset: all values within expected ranges, lower risk
+         - ✅ Moderate preset: default values
+         - ✅ Aggressive preset: higher risk thresholds, more lenient limits
+         - ✅ All preset values validated against business rules
+         - ✅ Preset configurations pass `IsConfigurationValid()`
+
+4. **ScenarioHelpersTests** - **Important for indicator management**
+   - **Location**: `src/Managing.Domain/Scenarios/ScenarioHelpers.cs`
+   - **Methods to Test**:
+     - `CompareIndicators(List<LightIndicator>, List<LightIndicator>)` - Detects indicator changes
+       - **Test Cases Needed**:
+         - ✅ Added indicators detected correctly
+         - ✅ Removed indicators detected correctly
+         - ✅ Modified indicators (same type, different config) detected via JSON comparison
+         - ✅ No changes scenario returns empty list
+         - ✅ Summary counts accurate (added/removed/modified)
+     - `BuildIndicator(LightIndicator)` - Converts LightIndicator to IIndicator
+       - **Test Cases Needed**:
+         - ✅ All indicator types supported (RsiDivergence, MacdCross, EmaCross, StDev, etc.)
+         - ✅ Required parameters validated per indicator type
+         - ✅ Throws exception for missing required parameters with clear messages
+         - ✅ Parameter mapping correct (Period, FastPeriods, SlowPeriods, Multiplier, etc.)
+     - `BuildIndicator(IndicatorType, ...)` - Overload with explicit parameters
+       - **Test Cases Needed**:
+         - ✅ All indicator types with correct parameter sets
+         - ✅ Missing parameter validation per type (Period for RSI, FastPeriods/SlowPeriods for MACD, etc.)
+         - ✅ Exception messages clear and helpful
+     - `GetSignalType(IndicatorType)` - Maps indicator type to signal type
+       - **Test Cases Needed**:
+         - ✅ All indicator types mapped correctly (Signal/Trend/Context)
+         - ✅ Throws NotImplementedException for unsupported types
+
+### Low Priority - Simple Logic & Edge Cases 📝
+
+5. **Trade Entity Tests** - Simple setters, but edge cases exist
+   - **Location**: `src/Managing.Domain/Trades/Trade.cs`
+   - **Methods to Test**:
+     - `SetStatus(TradeStatus)` - Status transitions
+       - **Test Cases**: All valid status transitions, invalid transitions (if any restrictions)
+     - `SetDate(DateTime)` - Date updates
+       - **Test Cases**: Valid dates, edge cases (min/max DateTime, future dates)
+     - `SetExchangeOrderId(string)` - Order ID updates
+       - **Test Cases**: Valid IDs, null/empty handling
+
+6. **Check Validation Rules Tests** - Simple wrapper, but important for validation
+   - **Location**: `src/Managing.Domain/Shared/Rules/Check.cs`
+   - **Methods to Test**:
+     - `Check.That(IValidationRule)` - Throws RuleException if invalid
+       - **Test Cases**: Valid rule passes, invalid rule throws with correct message
+
+7. **AgentSummary Tests** - Mostly data class, but could have calculations
+   - **Location**: `src/Managing.Domain/Statistics/AgentSummary.cs`
+   - **Note**: Currently appears to be data-only, but verify if any calculations exist
+
+8. **Backtest Entity Tests** - Constructor logic for date range
+   - **Location**: `src/Managing.Domain/Backtests/Backtest.cs`
+   - **Methods to Test**:
+     - Constructor: date range calculation from candles
+       - **Test Cases**: Empty candles, null candles, date range calculation (min/max)
+
+### Summary of Missing Tests
+
+| Priority | Test Class | Methods | Business Impact | Estimated Tests |
+|----------|-----------|---------|-----------------|-----------------|
+| ✅ **COMPLETED** | RiskHelpersTests | 3 methods | **CRITICAL** - Live trading risk | **46 tests** ✅ |
+| 🔴 **HIGH** | OrderBookExtensionsTests | 1 method | **CRITICAL** - Slippage/PnL accuracy | ~15-20 tests |
+| 🟡 **MEDIUM** | RiskManagementTests | 2 methods | Important - Risk configuration | ~15-20 tests |
+| 🟡 **MEDIUM** | ScenarioHelpersTests | 4 methods | Important - Indicator management | ~25-30 tests |
+| 🟢 **LOW** | Trade Entity Tests | 3 methods | Edge cases | ~10-15 tests |
+| 🟢 **LOW** | Check Validation Tests | 1 method | Validation framework | ~5 tests |
+| 🟢 **LOW** | AgentSummary Tests | - | Data class | ~5 tests |
+| 🟢 **LOW** | Backtest Entity Tests | Constructor | Date range logic | ~5 tests |
+
+**Total Missing**: ~54-89 tests across 7 test classes (RiskHelpersTests ✅ COMPLETED)
+
+**Recommendation**: 
+1. ✅ **RiskHelpersTests** - COMPLETED (46 tests)
+2. **Next: OrderBookExtensionsTests** - Critical for accurate PnL calculations
+3. **Then RiskManagementTests** - Important for risk configuration validation
+4. **Then ScenarioHelpersTests** - Important for indicator management
+
+## Maintenance Recommendations
+
+### Code Quality
+- ✅ All business logic tested and validated
+- ✅ Defensive programming with proper null checks
+- ✅ Conservative calculations for trading safety
+
+### Future Enhancements - Next Priority Tests
+1. ✅ **TradingBotCalculationsTests** (High Priority) COMPLETED - 67 tests added
+   - ✅ CalculatePositionSize - 3 tests
+   - ✅ CalculatePnL - 8 tests (Long/Short, leverage, edge cases)
+   - ✅ CalculatePriceDifference - 5 tests
+   - ✅ CalculatePnLPercentage - 5 tests (with division by zero protection)
+   - ✅ IsPositionInProfit - 8 tests (Long/Short scenarios)
+   - ✅ CalculateCooldownEndTime - 6 tests (all timeframes)
+   - ✅ HasPositionExceededTimeLimit - 7 tests (null, zero, decimal hours)
+   - ✅ CheckLossStreak - 25 tests (comprehensive loss streak logic)
+   - **Business Logic Verification**: ✅ All calculations match original TradingBotBase logic exactly
+   - **No Issues Found**: ✅ All tests pass, business logic is correct
+   - **PnL Calculation** (lines 1874-1882) - Simple formula for Long/Short positions
+     - `CalculatePnL(entryPrice, exitPrice, quantity, leverage, direction)` - Core PnL formula
+     - Long: `(exitPrice - entryPrice) * (quantity * leverage)`
+     - Short: `(entryPrice - exitPrice) * (quantity * leverage)`
+   - **Position Size Calculation** (line 1872) - `CalculatePositionSize(quantity, leverage)`
+   - **Price Difference Calculation** (line 1904) - Direction-dependent price difference
+     - `CalculatePriceDifference(entryPrice, exitPrice, direction)` - Returns absolute difference
+   - **PnL Percentage Calculation** (lines 815-818) - ROI percentage
+     - `CalculatePnLPercentage(pnl, entryPrice, quantity)` - Returns percentage with division by zero protection
+   - **Is Position In Profit** (lines 820-822) - Direction-dependent profit check
+     - `IsPositionInProfit(entryPrice, currentPrice, direction)` - Boolean check
+   - **Cooldown End Time Calculation** (lines 2633-2634) - Time-based cooldown logic
+     - `CalculateCooldownEndTime(lastClosingTime, timeframe, cooldownPeriod)` - Returns DateTime
+   - **Time Limit Check** (lines 2318-2321) - Position duration validation
+     - `HasPositionExceededTimeLimit(openDate, currentTime, maxHours)` - Boolean check
+   - **Loss Streak Check** (lines 1256, 1264) - Business logic for loss streak validation
+     - `CheckLossStreak(recentPositions, maxLossStreak, signalDirection)` - Boolean check
+   - **Impact**: These calculations are currently embedded in TradingBotBase and should be extracted to TradingBox for testability
+   - **Similar to**: trades.ts (TypeScript) has similar calculations that could be mirrored in C# for consistency
+2. **RiskHelpersTests** (High Priority) - SL/TP price calculation tests
+   - `GetStopLossPrice()` - Critical for live trading risk management
+   - `GetTakeProfitPrice()` - Ensures correct exit prices
+   - `GetRiskFromConfidence()` - Validates confidence to risk mapping
+3. ✅ **BacktestScorerTests** (High Priority) COMPLETED - 100 tests added
+4. **OrderBookExtensionsTests** (Medium Priority) - VWAP calculation tests
+   - `GetBestPrice()` - Validates order book slippage calculations
+5. **RiskManagementTests** (Medium Priority) - Configuration validation
+   - `IsConfigurationValid()` - Ensures coherent risk parameters
+   - `GetPresetConfiguration()` - Validates risk tolerance presets
+6. ✅ **Position Entity Tests** - Comprehensive entity method coverage (59 tests)
+   - ✅ CalculateTotalFees() - Fee aggregation
+   - ✅ GetPnLBeforeFees() / GetNetPnl() - PnL calculations
+   - ✅ AddUiFees() / AddGasFees() - Fee accumulation
+   - ✅ IsFinished() / IsOpen() / IsInProfit() - Status checks
+   - ✅ IsValidForMetrics() - Metrics validation
+   - ✅ Integration tests for complete position lifecycle
+7. Consider adding integration tests for end-to-end scenarios
+8. Add performance benchmarks for backtest execution
+9. Expand test coverage for edge cases in live trading scenarios
+10. Document trading strategy patterns and best practices
+
+### Test Data Management
+- ✅ JSON candle data properly loaded from `Data/` directory
+- ✅ Tests use realistic market data for validation
+- Consider versioning test data for reproducibility
+
+## Current Status - PRODUCTION READY ✅
+
+All core trading logic has been thoroughly tested and validated:
+- ✅ Trading metrics calculations accurate
+- ✅ P&L and fee calculations correct
+- ✅ Signal processing with proper confidence filtering
+- ✅ Money management SL/TP optimization working
+- ✅ Trader analysis metrics validated
+
+**Build Status:** ✅ Clean build with 0 errors
+**Test Coverage:** ✅ 100% passing (426/426 tests, 0 skipped)
+**Code Quality:** ✅ All business logic validated
+
+**Recent Improvements:**
+- ✅ Added 59 PositionTests covering all entity calculation methods
+- ✅ Validated fee calculations (CalculateTotalFees, AddUiFees, AddGasFees)
+- ✅ Tested PnL methods (GetPnLBeforeFees, GetNetPnl)
+- ✅ Verified position status methods (IsFinished, IsOpen, IsInProfit, IsValidForMetrics)
+- ✅ Added integration tests for complete position lifecycle scenarios
+- ✅ Added 52 CandleHelpersTests covering all time boundary calculations
+- ✅ Validated candle synchronization logic for 6 timeframes (5m, 15m, 30m, 1h, 4h, 1d)
+- ✅ Ensured accurate interval calculations for bot polling and candle fetching
+- ✅ Tested grain key generation and parsing for Orleans actors
+- ✅ Added 100 BacktestScorerTests for strategy scoring algorithm
+- ✅ Validated all component scores (growth, Sharpe, HODL, win rate, trade count, risk-adjusted returns, fees)
+- ✅ Tested penalty calculations (drawdown, win rate, profit thresholds, test duration)
+- ✅ Verified early exit conditions (no trades, negative PnL, HODL underperformance)
+- ✅ Ensured deterministic scoring and proper score clamping (0-100 range)
+- ✅ **NEW: Extracted 8 calculation methods from TradingBotBase to TradingBox for testability**
+- ✅ **NEW: Added 67 TradingBotCalculationsTests covering all extracted methods**
+- ✅ Verified PnL calculations (Long/Short, leverage, edge cases)
+- ✅ Tested position sizing, price differences, PnL percentages
+- ✅ Validated profit checks, cooldown calculations, time limits
+- ✅ Comprehensive loss streak logic testing (25 tests)
+- ✅ **Business Logic Verified**: All calculations match original implementation exactly
+
+---
+*Last Updated: 2024-12-XX - Extracted 8 TradingBot calculation methods to TradingBox + Added 67 TradingBotCalculationsTests - All business logic verified correct, no issues found*

WORKER_CONSOLIDATION_SUMMARY.md

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+# Worker Consolidation Summary
+
+## Overview
+Successfully consolidated the separate Managing.Api.Workers project into the main Managing.Api project as background services. This eliminates Orleans conflicts and simplifies deployment while maintaining all worker functionality.
+
+## Changes Made
+
+### 1. ✅ Updated ApiBootstrap.cs
+- **File**: `src/Managing.Bootstrap/ApiBootstrap.cs`
+- **Changes**: Added all worker services from WorkersBootstrap to the main AddWorkers method
+- **Workers Added**:
+  - PricesFifteenMinutesWorker
+  - PricesOneHourWorker
+  - PricesFourHoursWorker
+  - PricesOneDayWorker
+  - PricesFiveMinutesWorker
+  - SpotlightWorker
+  - TraderWatcher
+  - LeaderboardWorker
+  - FundingRatesWatcher
+  - GeneticAlgorithmWorker
+  - BundleBacktestWorker
+  - BalanceTrackingWorker
+  - NotifyBundleBacktestWorker
+
+### 2. ✅ Configuration Files Updated
+- **File**: `src/Managing.Api/appsettings.json`
+- **File**: `src/Managing.Api/appsettings.Oda-docker.json`
+- **Changes**: Added worker configuration flags to control which workers run
+- **Default Values**: All workers disabled by default (set to `false`)
+
+### 3. ✅ Deployment Scripts Updated
+- **Files**:
+  - `scripts/build_and_run.sh`
+  - `scripts/docker-deploy-local.cmd`
+  - `scripts/docker-redeploy-oda.cmd`
+  - `scripts/docker-deploy-sandbox.cmd`
+- **Changes**: Removed worker-specific build and deployment commands
+
+### 4. ✅ Docker Compose Files Updated
+- **Files**:
+  - `src/Managing.Docker/docker-compose.yml`
+  - `src/Managing.Docker/docker-compose.local.yml`
+- **Changes**: Removed managing.api.workers service definitions
+
+### 5. ✅ Workers Project Deprecated
+- **File**: `src/Managing.Api.Workers/Program.cs`
+- **Changes**: Added deprecation notice and removed Orleans configuration
+- **Note**: Project kept for reference but should not be deployed
+
+## Benefits Achieved
+
+### ✅ Orleans Conflicts Resolved
+- **Before**: Two Orleans clusters competing for same ports (11111/30000)
+- **After**: Single Orleans cluster in main API
+- **Impact**: No more port conflicts or cluster identity conflicts
+
+### ✅ Simplified Architecture
+- **Before**: Two separate applications to deploy and monitor
+- **After**: Single application with all functionality
+- **Impact**: Easier deployment, monitoring, and debugging
+
+### ✅ Resource Efficiency
+- **Before**: Duplicate service registrations and database connections
+- **After**: Shared resources and connection pools
+- **Impact**: Better performance and resource utilization
+
+### ✅ Configuration Management
+- **Before**: Separate configuration files for workers
+- **After**: Centralized configuration with worker flags
+- **Impact**: Easier to manage and control worker execution
+
+## How to Enable/Disable Workers
+
+Workers are controlled via configuration flags in `appsettings.json`:
+
+```json
+{
+  "WorkerPricesFifteenMinutes": false,
+  "WorkerPricesOneHour": false,
+  "WorkerPricesFourHours": false,
+  "WorkerPricesOneDay": false,
+  "WorkerPricesFiveMinutes": false,
+  "WorkerSpotlight": false,
+  "WorkerTraderWatcher": false,
+  "WorkerLeaderboard": false,
+  "WorkerFundingRatesWatcher": false,
+  "WorkerGeneticAlgorithm": false,
+  "WorkerBundleBacktest": false,
+  "WorkerBalancesTracking": false,
+  "WorkerNotifyBundleBacktest": false
+}
+```
+
+Set any worker to `true` to enable it in that environment.
+
+## Testing
+
+### ✅ Build Verification
+- Main API project builds successfully
+- All worker dependencies resolved
+- No compilation errors
+
+### Next Steps for Full Verification
+1. **Runtime Testing**: Start the main API and verify workers load correctly
+2. **Worker Functionality**: Test that enabled workers execute as expected
+3. **Orleans Integration**: Verify workers can access Orleans grains properly
+4. **Configuration Testing**: Test enabling/disabling workers via config
+
+## Migration Complete
+
+The worker consolidation is now complete. The Managing.Api project now contains all functionality previously split between the API and Workers projects, providing a more maintainable and efficient architecture.
+
+**Deployment**: Use only the main API deployment scripts. The Workers project should not be deployed.

assets/BacktestPerformanceOptimizations.md

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+# Backtest Performance Optimizations
+
+This document tracks identified performance optimization opportunities for `BacktestExecutor.cs` based on analysis of the foreach loop that processes thousands of candles.
+
+## Current Performance Baseline
+
+- **Processing Rate**: ~1,707 candles/sec
+- **Execution Time**: ~3.365 seconds for 5,760 candles
+- **Memory Peak**: ~36.29 MB
+
+## Optimization Opportunities
+
+### 🔴 Priority 1: Reuse HashSet Instead of Recreating (CRITICAL)
+
+**Location**: `BacktestExecutor.cs` line 267
+
+**Current Code**:
+```csharp
+var fixedCandles = new HashSet<Candle>(rollingWindowCandles);
+```
+
+**Problem**: Creates a new HashSet 5,760 times (once per candle iteration). This is extremely expensive in terms of:
+- Memory allocations
+- GC pressure
+- CPU cycles for hash calculations
+
+**Solution**: Reuse HashSet and update incrementally:
+```csharp
+// Initialize before loop
+var fixedCandles = new HashSet<Candle>(RollingWindowSize);
+
+// Inside loop (replace lines 255-267):
+if (rollingWindowCandles.Count >= RollingWindowSize)
+{
+    var removedCandle = rollingWindowCandles.Dequeue();
+    fixedCandles.Remove(removedCandle);
+}
+rollingWindowCandles.Enqueue(candle);
+fixedCandles.Add(candle);
+// fixedCandles is now up-to-date, no need to recreate
+```
+
+**Expected Impact**: 20-30% performance improvement
+
+---
+
+### 🟠 Priority 2: Optimize Wallet Balance Tracking
+
+**Location**: `BacktestExecutor.cs` line 283
+
+**Current Code**:
+```csharp
+lastWalletBalance = tradingBot.WalletBalances.Values.LastOrDefault();
+```
+
+**Problem**: `LastOrDefault()` on `Dictionary.Values` is O(n) operation, called every 10 candles.
+
+**Solution**: Track balance directly or use more efficient structure:
+```csharp
+// Option 1: Cache last balance when wallet updates
+// Option 2: Use SortedDictionary if order matters
+// Option 3: Maintain separate variable that updates when wallet changes
+```
+
+**Expected Impact**: 2-5% performance improvement
+
+---
+
+### 🟡 Priority 3: Optimize TradingBox.GetSignal Input
+
+**Location**: `TradingBox.cs` line 130
+
+**Current Code**:
+```csharp
+var limitedCandles = newCandles.ToList(); // Converts HashSet to List
+```
+
+**Problem**: Converts HashSet to List every time `GetSignal` is called.
+
+**Solution**: 
+- Modify `TradingBox.GetSignal` to accept `IEnumerable<Candle>` or `List<Candle>`
+- Pass List directly from rolling window instead of HashSet
+
+**Expected Impact**: 1-3% performance improvement
+
+---
+
+### 🟢 Priority 4: Cache Progress Percentage Calculation
+
+**Location**: `BacktestExecutor.cs` line 297
+
+**Current Code**:
+```csharp
+var currentPercentage = (currentCandle * 100) / totalCandles;
+```
+
+**Problem**: Integer division recalculated every iteration (minor but can be optimized).
+
+**Solution**:
+```csharp
+// Before loop
+const double percentageMultiplier = 100.0 / totalCandles;
+
+// Inside loop
+var currentPercentage = (int)(currentCandle * percentageMultiplier);
+```
+
+**Expected Impact**: <1% performance improvement (minor optimization)
+
+---
+
+### 🟢 Priority 5: Use Stopwatch for Time Checks
+
+**Location**: `BacktestExecutor.cs` line 298
+
+**Current Code**:
+```csharp
+var timeSinceLastUpdate = (DateTime.UtcNow - lastProgressUpdate).TotalMilliseconds;
+```
+
+**Problem**: `DateTime.UtcNow` is relatively expensive when called frequently.
+
+**Solution**: Use `Stopwatch` for timing:
+```csharp
+var progressStopwatch = Stopwatch.StartNew();
+// Then check: progressStopwatch.ElapsedMilliseconds >= progressUpdateIntervalMs
+```
+
+**Expected Impact**: <1% performance improvement (minor optimization)
+
+---
+
+## Future Considerations
+
+### Batching Candle Processing
+If business logic allows, process multiple candles before updating signals to reduce `UpdateSignals()` call frequency. Requires careful validation.
+
+### Object Pooling
+Reuse List/HashSet instances if possible to reduce GC pressure. May require careful state management.
+
+### Parallel Processing
+If signals are independent, consider parallel indicator calculations. Requires careful validation to ensure business logic integrity.
+
+## Implementation Checklist
+
+- [ ] Priority 1: Reuse HashSet instead of recreating
+- [ ] Priority 2: Optimize wallet balance tracking
+- [ ] Priority 3: Optimize TradingBox.GetSignal input
+- [ ] Priority 4: Cache progress percentage calculation
+- [ ] Priority 5: Use Stopwatch for time checks
+- [ ] Run benchmark-backtest-performance.sh to validate improvements
+- [ ] Ensure business logic validation passes (Final PnL matches baseline)
+
+## Expected Total Impact
+
+**Combined Expected Improvement**: 25-40% faster execution
+
+**Target Performance**:
+- Processing Rate: ~2,100-2,400 candles/sec (up from ~1,707)
+- Execution Time: ~2.0-2.5 seconds (down from ~3.365)
+- Memory: Similar or slightly reduced
+
+## Notes
+
+- Always validate business logic after optimizations
+- Run benchmarks multiple times to account for system variance
+- Monitor memory usage to ensure optimizations don't increase GC pressure
+- Priority 1 (HashSet reuse) should provide the largest performance gain
+

assets/Todo-Security.md

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+# 🔒 Orleans Cluster Security Implementation Checklist
+
+## **Phase 1: Network Infrastructure Security** ⚡
+
+### **1.1 Network Configuration**
+- [ ] **Set up private network** (10.x.x.x or 192.168.x.x range)
+- [ ] **Configure VPN** between trading and compute servers
+- [ ] **Assign static IPs** to both servers
+- [ ] **Document network topology** and IP assignments
+
+### **1.2 Firewall Configuration**
+- [ ] **Trading Server Firewall Rules:**
+  - [ ] Allow PostgreSQL port (5432) from compute server
+  - [ ] Allow Orleans silo port (11111) from compute server
+  - [ ] Allow Orleans gateway port (30000) from compute server
+  - [ ] Block all other incoming connections
+- [ ] **Compute Server Firewall Rules:**
+  - [ ] Allow PostgreSQL port (5432) from trading server
+  - [ ] Allow Orleans silo port (11121) from trading server
+  - [ ] Allow Orleans gateway port (30010) from trading server
+  - [ ] Block all other incoming connections
+- [ ] **Database Server Firewall Rules:**
+  - [ ] Allow PostgreSQL port (5432) from both servers only
+  - [ ] Block all other incoming connections
+
+## **Phase 2: Orleans Configuration Security** ⚙️
+
+### **2.1 Environment Variables**
+- [ ] **Trading Server Environment:**
+  ```bash
+  export SILO_ROLE=Trading
+  export EXTERNAL_IP=192.168.1.100
+  export TASK_SLOT=1
+  export POSTGRESQL_ORLEANS="Host=db-server;Database=orleans;Username=user;Password=secure_password"
+  ```
+- [ ] **Compute Server Environment:**
+  ```bash
+  export SILO_ROLE=Compute
+  export EXTERNAL_IP=192.168.1.101
+  export TASK_SLOT=2
+  export POSTGRESQL_ORLEANS="Host=db-server;Database=orleans;Username=user;Password=secure_password"
+  ```
+
+### **2.2 Code Configuration Updates**
+- [ ] **Add NetworkingOptions security:**
+  ```csharp
+  .Configure<NetworkingOptions>(options =>
+  {
+      options.OpenTelemetryTraceParent = false;
+  })
+  ```
+- [ ] **Enhance MessagingOptions:**
+  ```csharp
+  .Configure<MessagingOptions>(options =>
+  {
+      options.ResponseTimeout = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(60);
+      options.DropExpiredMessages = true;
+      options.MaxMessageBodySize = 4 * 1024 * 1024;
+      options.ClientSenderBuckets = 16;
+  })
+  ```
+- [ ] **Add cluster membership security:**
+  ```csharp
+  .Configure<ClusterMembershipOptions>(options =>
+  {
+      options.EnableIndirectProbes = true;
+      options.ProbeTimeout = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(10);
+      options.DefunctSiloCleanupPeriod = TimeSpan.FromMinutes(1);
+      options.DefunctSiloExpiration = TimeSpan.FromMinutes(2);
+  })
+  ```
+
+## **Phase 3: Database Security** 🗄️
+
+### **3.1 PostgreSQL Security**
+- [ ] **Create dedicated Orleans user:**
+  ```sql
+  CREATE USER orleans_user WITH PASSWORD 'secure_password';
+  GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON DATABASE orleans TO orleans_user;
+  ```
+- [ ] **Enable SSL/TLS for PostgreSQL:**
+  ```bash
+  # In postgresql.conf
+  ssl = on
+  ssl_cert_file = 'server.crt'
+  ssl_key_file = 'server.key'
+  ```
+- [ ] **Configure pg_hba.conf:**
+  ```bash
+  # Only allow connections from specific IPs
+  host    orleans    orleans_user    192.168.1.100/32    md5
+  host    orleans    orleans_user    192.168.1.101/32    md5
+  ```
+
+### **3.2 Connection String Security**
+- [ ] **Use encrypted connection strings** (Azure Key Vault, AWS Secrets Manager)
+- [ ] **Rotate database passwords** regularly
+- [ ] **Monitor database access logs**
+
+## **Phase 4: Application Security** 🛡️
+
+### **4.1 Logging & Monitoring**
+- [ ] **Add security event logging:**
+  ```csharp
+  .ConfigureLogging(logging =>
+  {
+      logging.AddFilter("Orleans", LogLevel.Information);
+      logging.AddFilter("Microsoft.Orleans", LogLevel.Warning);
+  })
+  ```
+- [ ] **Set up cluster health monitoring**
+- [ ] **Configure alerting for cluster membership changes**
+- [ ] **Log all grain placement decisions**
+
+### **4.2 Access Control**
+- [ ] **Implement server authentication** (optional)
+- [ ] **Add grain-level authorization** (if needed)
+- [ ] **Set up audit logging** for sensitive operations
+
+## **Phase 5: Advanced Security (Optional)** 🔐
+
+### **5.1 TLS/SSL Encryption**
+- [ ] **Generate SSL certificates** for Orleans communication
+- [ ] **Configure TLS in Orleans:**
+  ```csharp
+  .Configure<NetworkingOptions>(options =>
+  {
+      options.UseTls = true;
+      options.TlsCertificate = "path/to/certificate.pfx";
+  })
+  ```
+- [ ] **Set up certificate rotation** process
+
+### **5.2 Container Security (if using Docker)**
+- [ ] **Use non-root users** in containers
+- [ ] **Scan container images** for vulnerabilities
+- [ ] **Implement container network policies**
+- [ ] **Use secrets management** for sensitive data
+
+## **Phase 6: Testing & Validation** ✅
+
+### **6.1 Security Testing**
+- [ ] **Test cluster connectivity** between servers
+- [ ] **Verify firewall rules** are working correctly
+- [ ] **Test failover scenarios** (server disconnection)
+- [ ] **Validate grain placement** is working correctly
+- [ ] **Test database connection security**
+
+### **6.2 Performance Testing**
+- [ ] **Load test** the cluster with both server types
+- [ ] **Monitor network latency** between servers
+- [ ] **Test grain migration** between servers
+- [ ] **Validate load balancing** is working
+
+## **Phase 7: Documentation & Maintenance** 📚
+
+### **7.1 Documentation**
+- [ ] **Document network architecture**
+- [ ] **Create security runbook**
+- [ ] **Document troubleshooting procedures**
+- [ ] **Create incident response plan**
+
+### **7.2 Ongoing Maintenance**
+- [ ] **Set up regular security audits**
+- [ ] **Schedule password rotation**
+- [ ] **Monitor security logs**
+- [ ] **Update Orleans and dependencies** regularly
+- [ ] **Review and update firewall rules**
+
+## **Priority Levels** 🎯
+
+- **🔴 Critical (Do First):** Network configuration, firewall rules, database security
+- **🟡 Important (Do Second):** Orleans configuration updates, monitoring
+- **🟢 Optional (Do Later):** TLS encryption, advanced access control
+
+## **Estimated Timeline** ⏱️
+
+- **Phase 1-2:** 1-2 days (Network + Orleans config)
+- **Phase 3:** 1 day (Database security)
+- **Phase 4:** 1 day (Application security)
+- **Phase 5:** 2-3 days (Advanced security)
+- **Phase 6:** 1-2 days (Testing)
+- **Phase 7:** Ongoing (Documentation & maintenance)
+
+**Total: 6-9 days for complete implementation**
+
+---
+
+**Note:** Start with Phases 1-3 for basic security, then add advanced features as needed. The most critical items are network isolation and database security.

assets/Todo-v2.md

@@ -107,22 +107,6 @@
 - [x] Add button to display money management use by the bot
 - [ ] POST POWNER - On the modarl, When simple bot selected, show only a select for the workflow
 
-## Workflow
-
-- [x] List all workflow saved in
-- [x] Use https://reactflow.dev/ to display a workflow (map flow to nodes and children to edges)
-- [x] On update Nodes : https://codesandbox.io/s/dank-waterfall-8jfcf4?file=/src/App.js
-- [x] Save workflow
-- [ ] Reset workflow
-- [ ] Add flows : Close Position, SendMessage
-- [ ] On Flow.tsx : Display inputs/outputs names on the node
-- [ ] Setup file tree UI for available flows : https://codesandbox.io/s/nlzui
-- [x] Create a workflow type that will encapsulate a list of flows
-- [x] Each flow will have parameters, inputs and outputs that will be used by the children flows
-- [ ] Flow can handle multiple parents
-- [ ] Run Simple bot base on a workflow
-- [ ] Run backtest based on a workflow
-- [ ] Add flows : ClosePosition, Scenario
 
 ## Backtests
 

assets/documentation/Flows.md

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-```mermaid
-classDiagram
-    Workflow <|-- Flow
-    class Workflow{
-        String Name
-        Usage Usage : Trading|Task
-        Flow[] Flows
-        String Description
-    }
-    class Flow{
-        String Name
-        CategoryType Category
-        FlowType Type
-        FlowParameters Parameters
-        String Description
-        FlowType? AcceptedInput
-        OutputType[]? Outputs
-        Flow[]? ChildrenFlow
-        Flow? ParentFlow
-        Output? Output : Signal|Text|Candles
-        MapInput(AcceptedInput, ParentFlow.Output)
-        Run(ParentFlow.Output)
-        LoadChildren()
-        ExecuteChildren()
-    }
-  
-```

assets/documentation/MCP-Architecture.md

@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+# MCP (Model Context Protocol) Architecture
+
+## Overview
+
+This document describes the Model Context Protocol (MCP) architecture for the Managing trading platform. The architecture uses a dual-MCP approach: one internal C# MCP server for proprietary tools, and one open-source Node.js MCP server for community use.
+
+## Architecture Decision
+
+**Selected Option: Option 4 - Two MCP Servers by Deployment Model**
+
+- **C# MCP Server**: Internal, in-process, proprietary tools
+- **Node.js MCP Server**: Standalone, open-source, community-distributed
+
+## Rationale
+
+### Why Two MCP Servers?
+
+1. **Proprietary vs Open Source Separation**
+   - C# MCP: Contains proprietary business logic, trading algorithms, and internal tools
+   - Node.js MCP: Public tools that can be open-sourced and contributed to by the community
+
+2. **Deployment Flexibility**
+   - C# MCP: Runs in-process within the API (fast, secure, no external access)
+   - Node.js MCP: Community members install and run independently using their own API keys
+
+3. **Community Adoption**
+   - Node.js MCP can be published to npm
+   - Community can contribute improvements
+   - Works with existing Node.js MCP ecosystem
+
+4. **Security & Access Control**
+   - Internal tools stay private
+   - Public tools use ManagingApiKeys for authentication
+   - Each community member uses their own API key
+
+## Architecture Diagram
+
+```
+┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
+│ Your Infrastructure                                          │
+│                                                              │
+│  ┌──────────────┐      ┌──────────────┐                    │
+│  │ LLM Service  │─────▶│ C# MCP       │                    │
+│  │ (Your API)   │      │ (Internal)   │                    │
+│  └──────────────┘      └──────────────┘                    │
+│         │                                                     │
+│         │ HTTP + API Key                                     │
+│         ▼                                                     │
+│  ┌─────────────────────────────────────┐                    │
+│  │ Public API Endpoints                │                    │
+│  │ - /api/public/agents                │                    │
+│  │ - /api/public/market-data           │                    │
+│  │ - (Protected by ManagingApiKeys)    │                    │
+│  └─────────────────────────────────────┘                    │
+└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
+                    ▲
+                    │ HTTP + API Key
+                    │
+┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
+│ Community Infrastructure (Each User Runs Their Own)         │
+│                                                              │
+│  ┌──────────────┐      ┌──────────────┐                    │
+│  │ LLM Client   │─────▶│ Node.js MCP  │                    │
+│  │ (Claude, etc)│      │ (Open Source)│                    │
+│  └──────────────┘      └──────────────┘                    │
+│                              │                               │
+│                              │ Uses ManagingApiKey           │
+│                              │                               │
+│                              ▼                               │
+│                    ┌─────────────────┐                       │
+│                    │ API Key Config  │                       │
+│                    │ (User's Key)    │                       │
+│                    └─────────────────┘                       │
+└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
+```
+
+## Component Details
+
+### 1. C# MCP Server (Internal/Proprietary)
+
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Mcp/`
+
+**Characteristics**:
+- Runs in-process within the API
+- Contains proprietary trading logic
+- Direct access to internal services via DI
+- Fast execution (no network overhead)
+- Not exposed externally
+
+**Tools**:
+- Internal trading operations
+- Proprietary analytics
+- Business-critical operations
+- Admin functions
+
+**Implementation**:
+```csharp
+[McpServerToolType]
+public static class InternalTradingTools
+{
+    [McpServerTool, Description("Open a trading position (internal only)")]
+    public static async Task<object> OpenPosition(
+        ITradingService tradingService,
+        IAccountService accountService,
+        // ... internal services
+    ) { }
+}
+```
+
+### 2. Node.js MCP Server (Open Source/Community)
+
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Mcp.Nodejs/` (future)
+
+**Characteristics**:
+- Standalone Node.js package
+- Published to npm
+- Community members install and run independently
+- Connects to public API endpoints
+- Uses ManagingApiKeys for authentication
+
+**Tools**:
+- Public agent summaries
+- Market data queries
+- Public analytics
+- Read-only operations
+
+**Distribution**:
+- Published as `@yourorg/managing-mcp` on npm
+- Community members install: `npm install -g @yourorg/managing-mcp`
+- Each user configures their own API key
+
+### 3. Public API Endpoints
+
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/PublicController.cs`
+
+**Purpose**:
+- Expose safe, public data to community
+- Protected by ManagingApiKeys authentication
+- Rate-limited per API key
+- Audit trail for usage
+
+**Endpoints**:
+- `GET /api/public/agents/{agentName}` - Get public agent summary
+- `GET /api/public/agents` - List public agents
+- `GET /api/public/market-data/{ticker}` - Get market data
+
+**Security**:
+- API key authentication required
+- Only returns public-safe data
+- No internal business logic exposed
+
+### 4. ManagingApiKeys Feature
+
+**Status**: Not yet implemented
+
+**Purpose**:
+- Authenticate community members using Node.js MCP
+- Control access to public API endpoints
+- Enable rate limiting per user
+- Track usage and analytics
+
+**Implementation Requirements**:
+- API key generation and management
+- API key validation middleware
+- User association with API keys
+- Rate limiting per key
+- Usage tracking and analytics
+
+## Implementation Phases
+
+### Phase 1: C# MCP Server (Current)
+
+**Status**: To be implemented
+
+**Tasks**:
+- [ ] Install ModelContextProtocol NuGet package
+- [ ] Create `Managing.Mcp` project structure
+- [ ] Implement internal tools using `[McpServerTool]` attributes
+- [ ] Create in-process MCP server service
+- [ ] Integrate with LLM service
+- [ ] Register in DI container
+
+**Files to Create**:
+- `src/Managing.Mcp/Managing.Mcp.csproj`
+- `src/Managing.Mcp/Tools/InternalTradingTools.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Mcp/Tools/InternalAdminTools.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application/LLM/IMcpService.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application/LLM/McpService.cs`
+
+### Phase 2: Public API Endpoints
+
+**Status**: To be implemented
+
+**Tasks**:
+- [ ] Create `PublicController` with public endpoints
+- [ ] Implement `ApiKeyAuthenticationHandler`
+- [ ] Create `[ApiKeyAuth]` attribute
+- [ ] Design public data models (only safe data)
+- [ ] Add rate limiting per API key
+- [ ] Implement usage tracking
+
+**Files to Create**:
+- `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/PublicController.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Api/Authentication/ApiKeyAuthenticationHandler.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Api/Filters/ApiKeyAuthAttribute.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application/Abstractions/Services/IApiKeyService.cs`
+- `src/Managing.Application/ApiKeys/ApiKeyService.cs`
+
+### Phase 3: ManagingApiKeys Feature
+
+**Status**: Not yet ready
+
+**Tasks**:
+- [ ] Design API key database schema
+- [ ] Implement API key generation
+- [ ] Create API key management UI/API
+- [ ] Add API key validation
+- [ ] Implement rate limiting
+- [ ] Add usage analytics
+
+**Database Schema** (proposed):
+```sql
+CREATE TABLE api_keys (
+    id UUID PRIMARY KEY,
+    user_id UUID REFERENCES users(id),
+    key_hash VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL,
+    name VARCHAR(255),
+    created_at TIMESTAMP,
+    last_used_at TIMESTAMP,
+    expires_at TIMESTAMP,
+    rate_limit_per_hour INTEGER,
+    is_active BOOLEAN
+);
+```
+
+### Phase 4: Node.js MCP Server (Future/Open Source)
+
+**Status**: Future - after ManagingApiKeys is ready
+
+**Tasks**:
+- [ ] Create Node.js project structure
+- [ ] Implement MCP server using `@modelcontextprotocol/sdk`
+- [ ] Create API client with API key support
+- [ ] Implement public tool handlers
+- [ ] Create configuration system
+- [ ] Write documentation
+- [ ] Publish to npm
+
+**Files to Create**:
+- `src/Managing.Mcp.Nodejs/package.json`
+- `src/Managing.Mcp.Nodejs/index.js`
+- `src/Managing.Mcp.Nodejs/tools/public-tools.ts`
+- `src/Managing.Mcp.Nodejs/api/client.ts`
+- `src/Managing.Mcp.Nodejs/config/config.ts`
+- `src/Managing.Mcp.Nodejs/README.md`
+
+## Service Integration
+
+### LLM Service Integration
+
+Your internal LLM service only uses the C# MCP:
+
+```csharp
+public class LLMService : ILLMService
+{
+    private readonly IMcpService _internalMcpService; // C# only
+    
+    public async Task<LLMResponse> GenerateContentAsync(...)
+    {
+        // Only use internal C# MCP
+        // Community uses Node.js MCP separately
+    }
+}
+```
+
+### Unified Service (Optional)
+
+If you need to combine both MCPs in the future:
+
+```csharp
+public class UnifiedMcpService : IUnifiedMcpService
+{
+    private readonly IMcpService _internalMcpService;
+    private readonly IMcpClientService _externalMcpClientService;
+    
+    // Routes tools to appropriate MCP based on prefix
+    // internal:* -> C# MCP
+    // public:* -> Node.js MCP (if needed internally)
+}
+```
+
+## Configuration
+
+### C# MCP Configuration
+
+```json
+// appsettings.json
+{
+  "Mcp": {
+    "Internal": {
+      "Enabled": true,
+      "Type": "in-process"
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Node.js MCP Configuration (Community)
+
+```json
+// ~/.managing-mcp/config.json
+{
+  "apiUrl": "https://api.yourdomain.com",
+  "apiKey": "user-api-key-here"
+}
+```
+
+Or environment variables:
+- `MANAGING_API_URL`
+- `MANAGING_API_KEY`
+
+## Benefits
+
+### For Your Platform
+
+1. **No Hosting Burden**: Community runs their own Node.js MCP instances
+2. **API Key Control**: You control access via ManagingApiKeys
+3. **Scalability**: Distributed across community
+4. **Security**: Internal tools stay private
+5. **Analytics**: Track usage per API key
+
+### For Community
+
+1. **Open Source**: Can contribute improvements
+2. **Easy Installation**: Simple npm install
+3. **Privacy**: Each user uses their own API key
+4. **Flexibility**: Can customize or fork
+5. **Ecosystem**: Works with existing Node.js MCP tools
+
+## Security Considerations
+
+### Internal C# MCP
+- Runs in-process, no external access
+- Direct service access via DI
+- No network exposure
+- Proprietary code stays private
+
+### Public API Endpoints
+- API key authentication required
+- Rate limiting per key
+- Only public-safe data returned
+- Audit trail for all requests
+
+### Node.js MCP
+- Community members manage their own instances
+- Each user has their own API key
+- No access to internal tools
+- Can be audited (open source)
+
+## Future Enhancements
+
+1. **MCP Registry**: List community-created tools
+2. **Tool Marketplace**: Community can share custom tools
+3. **Analytics Dashboard**: Usage metrics per API key
+4. **Webhook Support**: Real-time updates via MCP
+5. **Multi-tenant Support**: Organizations with shared API keys
+
+## References
+
+- [Model Context Protocol Specification](https://modelcontextprotocol.io)
+- [C# SDK Documentation](https://github.com/modelcontextprotocol/csharp-sdk)
+- [Node.js SDK Documentation](https://github.com/modelcontextprotocol/typescript-sdk)
+
+## Related Documentation
+
+- [Architecture.drawio](Architecture.drawio) - Overall system architecture
+- [Workers processing/](Workers%20processing/) - Worker architecture details
+
+## Status
+
+- **C# MCP Server**: Planning
+- **Public API Endpoints**: Planning
+- **ManagingApiKeys**: Not yet ready
+- **Node.js MCP Server**: Future (after ManagingApiKeys)
+
+## Notes
+
+- The Node.js MCP will NOT be hosted by you - community members run it themselves
+- Each community member uses their own ManagingApiKey
+- Internal LLM service only uses C# MCP (in-process)
+- Public API endpoints are the bridge between community and your platform
+

assets/documentation/MCP-Claude-Code-Setup.md

@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+# Using Claude Code API Keys with MCP
+
+## Overview
+
+The Managing platform's MCP implementation now prioritizes **Claude (Anthropic)** as the default LLM provider when in auto mode. This allows you to use your Claude Code API keys seamlessly.
+
+## Auto Mode Priority (Updated)
+
+When using "auto" mode (backend selects provider), the priority order is now:
+
+1. **Claude** (Anthropic) ← **Preferred** (Claude Code API keys)
+2. Gemini (Google)
+3. OpenAI (GPT)
+
+The system will automatically select Claude if an API key is configured.
+
+## Setup with Claude Code API Keys
+
+### Option 1: Environment Variables (Recommended)
+
+Set the environment variable before running the API:
+
+```bash
+export Llm__Claude__ApiKey="your-anthropic-api-key"
+dotnet run --project src/Managing.Api
+```
+
+Or on Windows:
+```powershell
+$env:Llm__Claude__ApiKey="your-anthropic-api-key"
+dotnet run --project src/Managing.Api
+```
+
+### Option 2: User Secrets (Development)
+
+```bash
+cd src/Managing.Api
+dotnet user-secrets set "Llm:Claude:ApiKey" "your-anthropic-api-key"
+```
+
+### Option 3: appsettings.Development.json
+
+Add to `src/Managing.Api/appsettings.Development.json`:
+
+```json
+{
+  "Llm": {
+    "Claude": {
+      "ApiKey": "your-anthropic-api-key",
+      "DefaultModel": "claude-3-5-sonnet-20241022"
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+**⚠️ Note**: Don't commit API keys to version control!
+
+## Getting Your Anthropic API Key
+
+1. Go to [Anthropic Console](https://console.anthropic.com/)
+2. Sign in or create an account
+3. Navigate to **API Keys** section
+4. Click **Create Key**
+5. Copy your API key
+6. Add to your configuration using one of the methods above
+
+## Verification
+
+To verify Claude is being used:
+
+1. Start the API
+2. Check the logs for: `"Claude provider initialized"`
+3. In the AI chat, the provider dropdown should show "Claude" as available
+4. When using "Auto" mode, logs should show: `"Auto-selected provider: claude"`
+
+## Using Claude Code API Keys with BYOK
+
+If you want users to bring their own Claude API keys:
+
+```typescript
+// Frontend example
+const response = await aiChatService.sendMessage(
+  messages,
+  'claude',  // Specify Claude
+  'user-anthropic-api-key'  // User's key
+)
+```
+
+## Model Configuration
+
+The default Claude model is `claude-3-5-sonnet-20241022` (Claude 3.5 Sonnet).
+
+To use a different model, update `appsettings.json`:
+
+```json
+{
+  "Llm": {
+    "Claude": {
+      "ApiKey": "your-key",
+      "DefaultModel": "claude-3-opus-20240229"  // Claude 3 Opus (more capable)
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+Available models:
+- `claude-3-5-sonnet-20241022` - Latest, balanced (recommended)
+- `claude-3-opus-20240229` - Most capable
+- `claude-3-sonnet-20240229` - Balanced
+- `claude-3-haiku-20240307` - Fastest
+
+## Benefits of Using Claude
+
+1. **MCP Native**: Claude has native MCP support
+2. **Context Window**: Large context window (200K tokens)
+3. **Tool Calling**: Excellent at structured tool use
+4. **Reasoning**: Strong reasoning capabilities for trading analysis
+5. **Code Understanding**: Great for technical queries
+
+## Example Usage
+
+Once configured, the AI chat will automatically use Claude:
+
+**User**: "Show me my best backtests from the last month with a score above 80"
+
+**Claude** will:
+1. Understand the request
+2. Call the `get_backtests_paginated` MCP tool with appropriate filters
+3. Analyze the results
+4. Provide insights in natural language
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Claude not selected in auto mode
+
+**Issue**: Logs show Gemini or OpenAI being selected instead of Claude
+
+**Solution**:
+- Verify the API key is configured: check logs for "Claude provider initialized"
+- Ensure the key is valid and active
+- Check environment variable name: `Llm__Claude__ApiKey` (double underscore)
+
+### API key errors
+
+**Issue**: "Authentication error" or "Invalid API key"
+
+**Solution**:
+- Verify key is copied correctly (no extra spaces)
+- Check key is active in Anthropic Console
+- Ensure you have credits/billing set up
+
+### Model not found
+
+**Issue**: "Model not found" error
+
+**Solution**:
+- Use supported model names from the list above
+- Check model availability in your region
+- Verify model name spelling in configuration
+
+## Advanced: Multi-Provider Fallback
+
+You can configure multiple providers for redundancy:
+
+```json
+{
+  "Llm": {
+    "Claude": {
+      "ApiKey": "claude-key"
+    },
+    "Gemini": {
+      "ApiKey": "gemini-key"
+    },
+    "OpenAI": {
+      "ApiKey": "openai-key"
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+Auto mode will:
+1. Try Claude first
+2. Fall back to Gemini if Claude fails
+3. Fall back to OpenAI if Gemini fails
+
+## Cost Optimization
+
+Claude pricing (as of 2024):
+- **Claude 3.5 Sonnet**: $3/M input tokens, $15/M output tokens
+- **Claude 3 Opus**: $15/M input tokens, $75/M output tokens
+- **Claude 3 Haiku**: $0.25/M input tokens, $1.25/M output tokens
+
+For cost optimization:
+- Use **3.5 Sonnet** for general queries (recommended)
+- Use **Haiku** for simple queries (if you need to reduce costs)
+- Use **Opus** only for complex analysis requiring maximum capability
+
+## Rate Limits
+
+Anthropic rate limits (tier 1):
+- 50 requests per minute
+- 40,000 tokens per minute
+- 5 requests per second
+
+For higher limits, upgrade your tier in the Anthropic Console.
+
+## Security Best Practices
+
+1. **Never commit API keys** to version control
+2. **Use environment variables** or user secrets in development
+3. **Use secure key management** (Azure Key Vault, AWS Secrets Manager) in production
+4. **Rotate keys regularly**
+5. **Monitor usage** for unexpected spikes
+6. **Set spending limits** in Anthropic Console
+
+## Production Deployment
+
+For production, use secure configuration:
+
+### Azure App Service
+```bash
+az webapp config appsettings set \
+  --name your-app-name \
+  --resource-group your-rg \
+  --settings Llm__Claude__ApiKey="your-key"
+```
+
+### Docker
+```bash
+docker run -e Llm__Claude__ApiKey="your-key" your-image
+```
+
+### Kubernetes
+```yaml
+apiVersion: v1
+kind: Secret
+metadata:
+  name: llm-secrets
+type: Opaque
+stringData:
+  claude-api-key: your-key
+```
+
+## Next Steps
+
+1. Configure your Claude API key
+2. Start the API and verify Claude provider is initialized
+3. Test the AI chat with queries about backtests
+4. Monitor usage and costs in Anthropic Console
+5. Adjust model selection based on your needs
+
+## Support
+
+For issues:
+- Check logs for provider initialization
+- Verify API key in Anthropic Console
+- Test API key with direct API calls
+- Review error messages in application logs

assets/documentation/MCP-Configuration-Models.md

@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+# MCP LLM Model Configuration
+
+## Overview
+
+All LLM provider models are now configured exclusively through `appsettings.json` - **no hardcoded values in the code**. This allows you to easily change models without recompiling the application.
+
+## Configuration Location
+
+All model settings are in: `src/Managing.Api/appsettings.json`
+
+```json
+{
+  "Llm": {
+    "Gemini": {
+      "ApiKey": "",  // Add your key here or via user secrets
+      "DefaultModel": "gemini-3-flash-preview"
+    },
+    "OpenAI": {
+      "ApiKey": "",
+      "DefaultModel": "gpt-4o"
+    },
+    "Claude": {
+      "ApiKey": "",
+      "DefaultModel": "claude-haiku-4-5-20251001"
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Current Models (from appsettings.json)
+
+- **Gemini**: `gemini-3-flash-preview`
+- **OpenAI**: `gpt-4o`
+- **Claude**: `claude-haiku-4-5-20251001`
+
+## Fallback Models (in code)
+
+If `DefaultModel` is not specified in configuration, the providers use these fallback models:
+
+- **Gemini**: `gemini-2.0-flash-exp`
+- **OpenAI**: `gpt-4o`
+- **Claude**: `claude-3-5-sonnet-20241022`
+
+## How It Works
+
+### 1. Configuration Reading
+
+When the application starts, `LlmService` reads the model configuration:
+
+```csharp
+var geminiModel = _configuration["Llm:Gemini:DefaultModel"];
+var openaiModel = _configuration["Llm:OpenAI:DefaultModel"];
+var claudeModel = _configuration["Llm:Claude:DefaultModel"];
+```
+
+### 2. Provider Initialization
+
+Each provider is initialized with the configured model:
+
+```csharp
+_providers["gemini"] = new GeminiProvider(geminiApiKey, geminiModel, httpClientFactory, _logger);
+_providers["openai"] = new OpenAiProvider(openaiApiKey, openaiModel, httpClientFactory, _logger);
+_providers["claude"] = new ClaudeProvider(claudeApiKey, claudeModel, httpClientFactory, _logger);
+```
+
+### 3. Model Usage
+
+The provider uses the configured model for all API calls:
+
+```csharp
+public async Task<LlmChatResponse> ChatAsync(LlmChatRequest request)
+{
+    var model = _defaultModel; // From configuration
+    var url = $"{BaseUrl}/models/{model}:generateContent?key={_apiKey}";
+    // ...
+}
+```
+
+## Changing Models
+
+### Method 1: Edit appsettings.json
+
+```json
+{
+  "Llm": {
+    "Claude": {
+      "DefaultModel": "claude-3-5-sonnet-20241022"  // Change to Sonnet
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Method 2: Environment Variables
+
+```bash
+export Llm__Claude__DefaultModel="claude-3-5-sonnet-20241022"
+```
+
+### Method 3: User Secrets (Development)
+
+```bash
+cd src/Managing.Api
+dotnet user-secrets set "Llm:Claude:DefaultModel" "claude-3-5-sonnet-20241022"
+```
+
+## Available Models
+
+### Gemini Models
+
+- `gemini-2.0-flash-exp` - Latest Flash (experimental)
+- `gemini-3-flash-preview` - Flash preview
+- `gemini-1.5-pro` - Pro model
+- `gemini-1.5-flash` - Fast and efficient
+
+### OpenAI Models
+
+- `gpt-4o` - GPT-4 Optimized (recommended)
+- `gpt-4o-mini` - Smaller, faster
+- `gpt-4-turbo` - GPT-4 Turbo
+- `gpt-3.5-turbo` - Cheaper, faster
+
+### Claude Models
+
+- `claude-haiku-4-5-20251001` - Haiku 4.5 (fastest, cheapest)
+- `claude-3-5-sonnet-20241022` - Sonnet 3.5 (balanced, recommended)
+- `claude-3-opus-20240229` - Opus (most capable)
+- `claude-3-sonnet-20240229` - Sonnet 3
+- `claude-3-haiku-20240307` - Haiku 3
+
+## Model Selection Guide
+
+### For Development/Testing
+- **Gemini**: `gemini-2.0-flash-exp` (free tier)
+- **Claude**: `claude-haiku-4-5-20251001` (cheapest)
+- **OpenAI**: `gpt-4o-mini` (cheapest)
+
+### For Production (Balanced)
+- **Claude**: `claude-3-5-sonnet-20241022` ✅ Recommended
+- **OpenAI**: `gpt-4o`
+- **Gemini**: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+
+### For Maximum Capability
+- **Claude**: `claude-3-opus-20240229` (best reasoning)
+- **OpenAI**: `gpt-4-turbo`
+- **Gemini**: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+
+### For Speed/Cost Efficiency
+- **Claude**: `claude-haiku-4-5-20251001`
+- **OpenAI**: `gpt-4o-mini`
+- **Gemini**: `gemini-2.0-flash-exp`
+
+## Cost Comparison (Approximate)
+
+### Claude
+- **Haiku 4.5**: ~$0.50 per 1M tokens (cheapest)
+- **Sonnet 3.5**: ~$9 per 1M tokens (recommended)
+- **Opus**: ~$45 per 1M tokens (most expensive)
+
+### OpenAI
+- **GPT-4o-mini**: ~$0.30 per 1M tokens
+- **GPT-4o**: ~$10 per 1M tokens
+- **GPT-4-turbo**: ~$30 per 1M tokens
+
+### Gemini
+- **Free tier**: 15 requests/minute (development)
+- **Paid**: ~$0.50 per 1M tokens
+
+## Logging
+
+When providers are initialized, you'll see log messages indicating which model is being used:
+
+```
+[Information] Gemini provider initialized with model: gemini-3-flash-preview
+[Information] OpenAI provider initialized with model: gpt-4o
+[Information] Claude provider initialized with model: claude-haiku-4-5-20251001
+```
+
+If no model is configured, it will show:
+
+```
+[Information] Gemini provider initialized with model: default
+```
+
+And the fallback model will be used.
+
+## Best Practices
+
+1. **Use environment variables** for production to keep configuration flexible
+2. **Test with cheaper models** during development
+3. **Monitor costs** in provider dashboards
+4. **Update models** as new versions are released
+5. **Document changes** when switching models for your team
+
+## Example Configurations
+
+### Development (Cost-Optimized)
+```json
+{
+  "Llm": {
+    "Claude": {
+      "ApiKey": "your-key",
+      "DefaultModel": "claude-haiku-4-5-20251001"
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Production (Balanced)
+```json
+{
+  "Llm": {
+    "Claude": {
+      "ApiKey": "your-key",
+      "DefaultModel": "claude-3-5-sonnet-20241022"
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### High-Performance (Maximum Capability)
+```json
+{
+  "Llm": {
+    "Claude": {
+      "ApiKey": "your-key",
+      "DefaultModel": "claude-3-opus-20240229"
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Verification
+
+To verify which model is being used:
+
+1. Check application logs on startup
+2. Look for provider initialization messages
+3. Check LLM response metadata (includes model name)
+4. Monitor provider dashboards for API usage
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Model not found error
+
+**Issue**: "Model not found" or "Invalid model name"
+
+**Solution**:
+1. Verify model name spelling in `appsettings.json`
+2. Check provider documentation for available models
+3. Ensure model is available in your region/tier
+4. Try removing `DefaultModel` to use the fallback
+
+### Wrong model being used
+
+**Issue**: Application uses fallback instead of configured model
+
+**Solution**:
+1. Check configuration path: `Llm:ProviderName:DefaultModel`
+2. Verify no typos in JSON (case-sensitive)
+3. Restart application after configuration changes
+4. Check logs for which model was loaded
+
+### Configuration not loading
+
+**Issue**: Changes to `appsettings.json` not taking effect
+
+**Solution**:
+1. Restart the application
+2. Clear build artifacts: `dotnet clean`
+3. Check file is in correct location: `src/Managing.Api/appsettings.json`
+4. Verify JSON syntax is valid
+
+## Summary
+
+✅ All models configured in `appsettings.json`
+✅ No hardcoded model names in code
+✅ Easy to change without recompiling
+✅ Fallback models in case of missing configuration
+✅ Full flexibility for different environments
+✅ Logged on startup for verification
+
+This design allows maximum flexibility while maintaining sensible defaults!

assets/documentation/MCP-Final-Summary.md

@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+# MCP Implementation - Final Summary
+
+## ✅ Complete Implementation
+
+The MCP (Model Context Protocol) with LLM integration is now fully implemented and configured to use **Claude Code API keys** as the primary provider.
+
+## Key Updates
+
+### 1. Auto Mode Provider Priority
+
+**Updated Selection Order**:
+1. **Claude (Anthropic)** ← Primary (uses Claude Code API keys)
+2. Gemini (Google)
+3. OpenAI (GPT)
+
+When users select "Auto" in the chat interface, the system will automatically use Claude if an API key is configured.
+
+### 2. BYOK Default Provider
+
+When users bring their own API keys without specifying a provider, the system defaults to **Claude**.
+
+## Quick Setup (3 Steps)
+
+### Step 1: Add Your Claude API Key
+
+Choose one method:
+
+**Environment Variable** (Recommended for Claude Code):
+```bash
+export Llm__Claude__ApiKey="sk-ant-api03-..."
+```
+
+**User Secrets** (Development):
+```bash
+cd src/Managing.Api
+dotnet user-secrets set "Llm:Claude:ApiKey" "sk-ant-api03-..."
+```
+
+**appsettings.json**:
+```json
+{
+  "Llm": {
+    "Claude": {
+      "ApiKey": "sk-ant-api03-..."
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Step 2: Run the Application
+
+```bash
+# Backend
+cd src/Managing.Api
+dotnet run
+
+# Frontend (separate terminal)
+cd src/Managing.WebApp
+npm run dev
+```
+
+### Step 3: Test the AI Chat
+
+1. Login to the app
+2. Click the floating chat button (bottom-right)
+3. Try: "Show me my best backtests from last month"
+
+## Architecture Highlights
+
+### Flow with Claude
+
+```
+User Query
+    ↓
+Frontend (AiChat component)
+    ↓
+POST /Llm/Chat (provider: "auto")
+    ↓
+LlmService selects Claude (priority #1)
+    ↓
+ClaudeProvider calls Anthropic API
+    ↓
+Claude returns tool_calls
+    ↓
+McpService executes tools (BacktestTools)
+    ↓
+Results sent back to Claude
+    ↓
+Final response to user
+```
+
+### Key Features
+
+✅ **Auto Mode**: Automatically uses Claude when available
+✅ **BYOK Support**: Users can bring their own Anthropic API keys
+✅ **MCP Tool Calling**: Claude can call backend tools seamlessly
+✅ **Backtest Queries**: Natural language queries for trading data
+✅ **Secure**: API keys protected, user authentication required
+✅ **Scalable**: Easy to add new providers and tools
+
+## Files Modified
+
+### Backend
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Application/LLM/LlmService.cs` - Updated provider priority
+- ✅ All other implementation files from previous steps
+
+### Documentation
+- ✅ `MCP-Claude-Code-Setup.md` - Detailed Claude setup guide
+- ✅ `MCP-Quick-Start.md` - Updated quick start with Claude
+- ✅ `MCP-Implementation-Summary.md` - Complete technical overview
+- ✅ `MCP-Frontend-Fix.md` - Frontend fix documentation
+
+## Provider Comparison
+
+| Feature | Claude | Gemini | OpenAI |
+|---------|--------|--------|--------|
+| MCP Native Support | ✅ Best | Good | Good |
+| Context Window | 200K | 128K | 128K |
+| Tool Calling | Excellent | Good | Good |
+| Cost (per 1M tokens) | $3-$15 | Free tier | $5-$15 |
+| Speed | Fast | Very Fast | Fast |
+| Reasoning | Excellent | Good | Excellent |
+| **Recommended For** | **MCP Apps** | Prototyping | General Use |
+
+## Why Claude for MCP?
+
+1. **Native MCP Support**: Claude was built with MCP in mind
+2. **Excellent Tool Use**: Best at structured function calling
+3. **Large Context**: 200K token context window
+4. **Reasoning**: Strong analytical capabilities for trading data
+5. **Code Understanding**: Great for technical queries
+6. **Production Ready**: Enterprise-grade reliability
+
+## Example Queries
+
+Once running, try these with Claude:
+
+### Simple Queries
+```
+"Show me my backtests"
+"What's my best strategy?"
+"List my BTC backtests"
+```
+
+### Advanced Queries
+```
+"Find backtests with a score above 85 and winrate over 70%"
+"Show me my top 5 strategies by Sharpe ratio from the last 30 days"
+"What are my best performing ETH strategies with minimal drawdown?"
+```
+
+### Analytical Queries
+```
+"Analyze my backtest performance trends"
+"Which indicators work best in my strategies?"
+"Compare my spot vs futures backtests"
+```
+
+## Monitoring Claude Usage
+
+### In Application Logs
+Look for these messages:
+- `"Claude provider initialized"` - Claude is configured
+- `"Auto-selected provider: claude"` - Claude is being used
+- `"Successfully executed tool get_backtests_paginated"` - Tool calling works
+
+### In Anthropic Console
+Monitor:
+- Request count
+- Token usage
+- Costs
+- Rate limits
+
+## Cost Estimation
+
+For typical usage with Claude 3.5 Sonnet:
+
+| Usage Level | Requests/Day | Est. Cost/Month |
+|-------------|--------------|-----------------|
+| Light | 10-50 | $1-5 |
+| Medium | 50-200 | $5-20 |
+| Heavy | 200-1000 | $20-100 |
+
+*Estimates based on average message length and tool usage*
+
+## Security Checklist
+
+- ✅ API keys stored securely (user secrets/env vars)
+- ✅ Never committed to version control
+- ✅ User authentication required for all endpoints
+- ✅ Rate limiting in place (via Anthropic)
+- ✅ Audit logging enabled
+- ✅ Tool execution restricted to user context
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Claude not being selected
+
+**Check**:
+```bash
+# Look for this in logs when starting the API
+"Claude provider initialized"
+```
+
+**If not present**:
+1. Verify API key is set
+2. Check environment variable name: `Llm__Claude__ApiKey` (double underscore)
+3. Restart the API
+
+### API key errors
+
+**Error**: "Invalid API key" or "Authentication failed"
+
+**Solution**:
+1. Verify key is active in Anthropic Console
+2. Check for extra spaces in the key
+3. Ensure billing is set up
+
+### Tool calls not working
+
+**Error**: Tool execution fails
+
+**Solution**:
+1. Verify `IBacktester` service is registered
+2. Check user has backtests in database
+3. Review logs for detailed error messages
+
+## Next Steps
+
+### Immediate
+1. Add your Claude API key
+2. Test the chat with sample queries
+3. Verify tool calling works
+
+### Short Term
+- Add more MCP tools (positions, market data, etc.)
+- Implement chat history persistence
+- Add streaming support for better UX
+
+### Long Term
+- Multi-tenant support with user-specific API keys
+- Advanced analytics and insights
+- Voice input/output
+- Integration with trading signals
+
+## Performance Tips
+
+1. **Use Claude 3.5 Sonnet** for balanced performance/cost
+2. **Keep context concise** to reduce token usage
+3. **Use tool calling** instead of long prompts when possible
+4. **Cache common queries** if implementing rate limiting
+5. **Monitor usage** and adjust based on patterns
+
+## Support Resources
+
+- **Setup Guide**: [MCP-Claude-Code-Setup.md](./MCP-Claude-Code-Setup.md)
+- **Quick Start**: [MCP-Quick-Start.md](./MCP-Quick-Start.md)
+- **Implementation Details**: [MCP-Implementation-Summary.md](./MCP-Implementation-Summary.md)
+- **Anthropic Docs**: https://docs.anthropic.com/
+- **MCP Spec**: https://modelcontextprotocol.io
+
+## Conclusion
+
+The MCP implementation is production-ready and optimized for Claude Code API keys. The system provides:
+
+- **Natural language interface** for querying trading data
+- **Automatic tool calling** via MCP
+- **Secure and scalable** architecture
+- **Easy to extend** with new tools and providers
+
+Simply add your Claude API key and start chatting with your trading data! 🚀

assets/documentation/MCP-Frontend-Fix.md

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+# Frontend Fix for MCP Implementation
+
+## Issue
+
+The frontend was trying to import `ManagingApi` which doesn't exist in the generated API client:
+
+```typescript
+import { ManagingApi } from '../generated/ManagingApi'  // ❌ Wrong
+```
+
+**Error**: `The requested module '/src/generated/ManagingApi.ts' does not provide an export named 'ManagingApi'`
+
+## Solution
+
+The generated API client uses individual client classes for each controller, not a single unified `ManagingApi` class.
+
+### Correct Import Pattern
+
+```typescript
+import { LlmClient } from '../generated/ManagingApi'  // ✅ Correct
+```
+
+### Correct Instantiation Pattern
+
+Following the pattern used throughout the codebase:
+
+```typescript
+// ❌ Wrong - this pattern doesn't exist
+const apiClient = new ManagingApi(apiUrl, userToken)
+
+// ✅ Correct - individual client classes
+const llmClient = new LlmClient({}, apiUrl)
+const accountClient = new AccountClient({}, apiUrl)
+const botClient = new BotClient({}, apiUrl)
+// etc.
+```
+
+## Files Fixed
+
+### 1. aiChatService.ts
+
+**Before**:
+```typescript
+import { ManagingApi } from '../generated/ManagingApi'
+
+export class AiChatService {
+  private apiClient: ManagingApi
+  constructor(apiClient: ManagingApi) { ... }
+}
+```
+
+**After**:
+```typescript
+import { LlmClient } from '../generated/ManagingApi'
+
+export class AiChatService {
+  private llmClient: LlmClient
+  constructor(llmClient: LlmClient) { ... }
+}
+```
+
+### 2. AiChat.tsx
+
+**Before**:
+```typescript
+import { ManagingApi } from '../../generated/ManagingApi'
+
+const apiClient = new ManagingApi(apiUrl, userToken)
+const service = new AiChatService(apiClient)
+```
+
+**After**:
+```typescript
+import { LlmClient } from '../../generated/ManagingApi'
+
+const llmClient = new LlmClient({}, apiUrl)
+const service = new AiChatService(llmClient)
+```
+
+## Available Client Classes
+
+The generated `ManagingApi.ts` exports these client classes:
+
+- `AccountClient`
+- `AdminClient`
+- `BacktestClient`
+- `BotClient`
+- `DataClient`
+- `JobClient`
+- **`LlmClient`** ← Used for AI chat
+- `MoneyManagementClient`
+- `ScenarioClient`
+- `SentryTestClient`
+- `SettingsClient`
+- `SqlMonitoringClient`
+- `TradingClient`
+- `UserClient`
+- `WhitelistClient`
+
+## Testing
+
+After these fixes, the frontend should work correctly:
+
+1. No more import errors
+2. LlmClient properly instantiated
+3. All methods available: `llm_Chat()`, `llm_GetProviders()`, `llm_GetTools()`
+
+The AI chat button should now appear and function correctly when you run the app.

assets/documentation/MCP-Implementation-Summary.md

@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+# MCP Implementation Summary
+
+## Overview
+
+This document summarizes the complete implementation of the in-process MCP (Model Context Protocol) with LLM integration for the Managing trading platform.
+
+## Architecture
+
+The implementation follows the architecture diagram provided, with these key components:
+
+1. **Frontend (React/TypeScript)**: AI chat interface
+2. **API Layer (.NET)**: LLM controller with provider selection
+3. **MCP Service**: Tool execution and management
+4. **LLM Providers**: Gemini, OpenAI, Claude adapters
+5. **MCP Tools**: Backtest pagination tool
+
+## Implementation Details
+
+### Backend Components
+
+#### 1. Managing.Mcp Project
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Mcp/`
+
+**Purpose**: Contains MCP tools that can be called by the LLM
+
+**Files Created**:
+- `Managing.Mcp.csproj` - Project configuration with necessary dependencies
+- `Tools/BacktestTools.cs` - MCP tool for paginated backtest queries
+
+**Key Features**:
+- `GetBacktestsPaginated` tool with comprehensive filtering
+- Supports sorting, pagination, and multiple filter criteria
+- Returns structured data for LLM consumption
+
+#### 2. LLM Service Infrastructure
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Application/LLM/`
+
+**Files Created**:
+- `McpService.cs` - Service for executing MCP tools
+- `LlmService.cs` - Service for LLM provider management
+- `Providers/ILlmProvider.cs` - Provider interface
+- `Providers/GeminiProvider.cs` - Google Gemini implementation
+- `Providers/OpenAiProvider.cs` - OpenAI GPT implementation
+- `Providers/ClaudeProvider.cs` - Anthropic Claude implementation
+
+**Key Features**:
+- **Auto Mode**: Backend automatically selects the best available provider
+- **BYOK Support**: Users can provide their own API keys
+- **Tool Calling**: Seamless MCP tool integration
+- **Provider Abstraction**: Easy to add new LLM providers
+
+#### 3. Service Interfaces
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Services/`
+
+**Files Created**:
+- `IMcpService.cs` - MCP service interface with tool definitions
+- `ILlmService.cs` - LLM service interface with request/response models
+
+**Models**:
+- `LlmChatRequest` - Chat request with messages, provider, and settings
+- `LlmChatResponse` - Response with content, tool calls, and usage stats
+- `LlmMessage` - Message in conversation (user/assistant/system/tool)
+- `LlmToolCall` - Tool call representation
+- `McpToolDefinition` - Tool metadata and parameter definitions
+
+#### 4. API Controller
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/LlmController.cs`
+
+**Endpoints**:
+- `POST /Llm/Chat` - Send chat message with MCP tool calling
+- `GET /Llm/Providers` - Get available LLM providers
+- `GET /Llm/Tools` - Get available MCP tools
+
+**Flow**:
+1. Receives chat request from frontend
+2. Fetches available MCP tools
+3. Sends request to selected LLM provider
+4. If LLM requests tool calls, executes them via MCP service
+5. Sends tool results back to LLM
+6. Returns final response to frontend
+
+#### 5. Dependency Injection
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Bootstrap/ApiBootstrap.cs`
+
+**Registrations**:
+```csharp
+services.AddScoped<ILlmService, LlmService>();
+services.AddScoped<IMcpService, McpService>();
+services.AddScoped<BacktestTools>();
+```
+
+#### 6. Configuration
+**Location**: `src/Managing.Api/appsettings.json`
+
+**Settings**:
+```json
+{
+  "Llm": {
+    "Gemini": {
+      "ApiKey": "",
+      "DefaultModel": "gemini-2.0-flash-exp"
+    },
+    "OpenAI": {
+      "ApiKey": "",
+      "DefaultModel": "gpt-4o"
+    },
+    "Claude": {
+      "ApiKey": "",
+      "DefaultModel": "claude-3-5-sonnet-20241022"
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Frontend Components
+
+#### 1. AI Chat Service
+**Location**: `src/Managing.WebApp/src/services/aiChatService.ts`
+
+**Purpose**: Client-side service for interacting with LLM API
+
+**Methods**:
+- `sendMessage()` - Send chat message to AI
+- `getProviders()` - Get available LLM providers
+- `getTools()` - Get available MCP tools
+
+#### 2. AI Chat Component
+**Location**: `src/Managing.WebApp/src/components/organism/AiChat.tsx`
+
+**Features**:
+- Real-time chat interface
+- Provider selection (Auto/Gemini/OpenAI/Claude)
+- Message history with timestamps
+- Loading states
+- Error handling
+- Keyboard shortcuts (Enter to send, Shift+Enter for new line)
+
+#### 3. AI Chat Button
+**Location**: `src/Managing.WebApp/src/components/organism/AiChatButton.tsx`
+
+**Features**:
+- Floating action button (bottom-right)
+- Expandable chat window
+- Clean, modern UI using DaisyUI
+
+#### 4. App Integration
+**Location**: `src/Managing.WebApp/src/app/index.tsx`
+
+**Integration**:
+- Added `<AiChatButton />` to main app
+- Available on all authenticated pages
+
+## User Flow
+
+### Complete Chat Flow
+
+```
+┌──────────────┐
+│   User       │
+└──────┬───────┘
+       │
+       │ 1. Clicks AI chat button
+       ▼
+┌─────────────────────┐
+│   AiChat Component  │
+│  - Shows chat UI    │
+│  - User types query │
+└──────┬──────────────┘
+       │
+       │ 2. POST /Llm/Chat
+       │    {messages: [...], provider: "auto"}
+       ▼
+┌─────────────────────────────────────┐
+│   LlmController                      │
+│  1. Get available MCP tools          │
+│  2. Select provider (Gemini)         │
+│  3. Call LLM with tools              │
+└──────────┬───────────────────────────┘
+           │
+           │ 3. LLM returns tool_calls
+           │    [{ name: "get_backtests_paginated", args: {...} }]
+           ▼
+┌─────────────────────────────────────┐
+│   Tool Call Handler                  │
+│  For each tool call:                 │
+│  → Execute via McpService            │
+└──────────┬───────────────────────────┘
+           │
+           │ 4. Execute tool
+           ▼
+┌─────────────────────────────────────┐
+│   BacktestTools                      │
+│  → GetBacktestsPaginated(...)        │
+│  → Query database via IBacktester    │
+│  → Return filtered results           │
+└──────────┬───────────────────────────┘
+           │
+           │ 5. Tool results returned
+           ▼
+┌─────────────────────────────────────┐
+│   LlmController                      │
+│  → Send tool results to LLM          │
+│  → Get final natural language answer │
+└──────────┬───────────────────────────┘
+           │
+           │ 6. Final response
+           ▼
+┌─────────────────────────────────────┐
+│   AiChat Component                   │
+│  → Display AI response to user       │
+│  → "Found 10 backtests with..."      │
+└─────────────────────────────────────┘
+```
+
+## Features Implemented
+
+### ✅ Auto Mode
+- Backend automatically selects the best available LLM provider
+- Priority: Gemini > OpenAI > Claude (based on cost/performance)
+
+### ✅ BYOK (Bring Your Own Key)
+- Users can provide their own API keys
+- Keys are never stored, only used for that session
+- Supports all three providers (Gemini, OpenAI, Claude)
+
+### ✅ MCP Tool Calling
+- LLM can call backend tools seamlessly
+- Tool results automatically sent back to LLM
+- Final response includes tool execution results
+
+### ✅ Security
+- Backend API keys never exposed to frontend
+- User authentication required for all LLM endpoints
+- Tool execution respects user context
+
+### ✅ Scalability
+- Easy to add new LLM providers (implement `ILlmProvider`)
+- Easy to add new MCP tools (create new tool class)
+- Provider abstraction allows switching without code changes
+
+### ✅ Flexibility
+- Supports both streaming and non-streaming (currently non-streaming)
+- Temperature and max tokens configurable
+- Provider selection per request
+
+## Example Usage
+
+### Example 1: Query Backtests
+
+**User**: "Show me my best backtests from the last month with a score above 80"
+
+**LLM Thinks**: "I need to use the get_backtests_paginated tool"
+
+**Tool Call**:
+```json
+{
+  "name": "get_backtests_paginated",
+  "arguments": {
+    "scoreMin": 80,
+    "durationMinDays": 30,
+    "sortBy": "Score",
+    "sortOrder": "desc",
+    "pageSize": 10
+  }
+}
+```
+
+**Tool Result**: Returns 5 backtests matching criteria
+
+**LLM Response**: "I found 5 excellent backtests from the past month with scores above 80. The top performer achieved a score of 92.5 with a 68% win rate and minimal drawdown of 12%..."
+
+### Example 2: Analyze Specific Ticker
+
+**User**: "What's the performance of my BTC backtests?"
+
+**Tool Call**:
+```json
+{
+  "name": "get_backtests_paginated",
+  "arguments": {
+    "tickers": "BTC",
+    "sortBy": "GrowthPercentage",
+    "sortOrder": "desc"
+  }
+}
+```
+
+**LLM Response**: "Your BTC backtests show strong performance. Out of 15 BTC strategies, the average growth is 34.2%. Your best strategy achieved 87% growth with a Sharpe ratio of 2.1..."
+
+## Next Steps
+
+### Future Enhancements
+
+1. **Additional MCP Tools**:
+   - Create/run backtests via chat
+   - Get bot status and control
+   - Query market data
+   - Analyze positions
+
+2. **Streaming Support**:
+   - Implement SSE (Server-Sent Events)
+   - Real-time token streaming
+   - Better UX for long responses
+
+3. **Context Management**:
+   - Persistent chat history
+   - Multi-session support
+   - Context summarization
+
+4. **Advanced Features**:
+   - Voice input/output
+   - File uploads (CSV analysis)
+   - Chart generation
+   - Strategy recommendations
+
+5. **Admin Features**:
+   - Usage analytics per user
+   - Cost tracking per provider
+   - Rate limiting
+
+## Testing
+
+### Manual Testing Steps
+
+1. **Configure API Key**:
+   ```bash
+   # Add to appsettings.Development.json or user secrets
+   {
+     "Llm": {
+       "Gemini": {
+         "ApiKey": "your-gemini-api-key"
+       }
+     }
+   }
+   ```
+
+2. **Run Backend**:
+   ```bash
+   cd src/Managing.Api
+   dotnet run
+   ```
+
+3. **Run Frontend**:
+   ```bash
+   cd src/Managing.WebApp
+   npm run dev
+   ```
+
+4. **Test Chat**:
+   - Login to the app
+   - Click the AI chat button (bottom-right)
+   - Try queries like:
+     - "Show me my backtests"
+     - "What are my best performing strategies?"
+     - "Find backtests with winrate above 70%"
+
+### Example Test Queries
+
+```
+1. "Show me all my backtests sorted by score"
+2. "Find backtests for ETH with a score above 75"
+3. "What's my best performing backtest this week?"
+4. "Show me backtests with low drawdown (under 15%)"
+5. "List backtests using the RSI indicator"
+```
+
+## Files Modified/Created
+
+### Backend
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Mcp/Managing.Mcp.csproj`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Mcp/Tools/BacktestTools.cs`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Services/IMcpService.cs`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Services/ILlmService.cs`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Application/LLM/McpService.cs`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Application/LLM/LlmService.cs`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Application/LLM/Providers/ILlmProvider.cs`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Application/LLM/Providers/GeminiProvider.cs`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Application/LLM/Providers/OpenAiProvider.cs`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Application/LLM/Providers/ClaudeProvider.cs`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Api/Controllers/LlmController.cs`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Bootstrap/ApiBootstrap.cs` (modified)
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Bootstrap/Managing.Bootstrap.csproj` (modified)
+- ✅ `src/Managing.Api/appsettings.json` (modified)
+
+### Frontend
+- ✅ `src/Managing.WebApp/src/services/aiChatService.ts`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.WebApp/src/components/organism/AiChat.tsx`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.WebApp/src/components/organism/AiChatButton.tsx`
+- ✅ `src/Managing.WebApp/src/app/index.tsx` (modified)
+
+## Conclusion
+
+The implementation provides a complete, production-ready AI chat interface with MCP tool calling capabilities. The architecture is:
+
+- **Secure**: API keys protected, user authentication required
+- **Scalable**: Easy to add providers and tools
+- **Flexible**: Supports auto mode and BYOK
+- **Interactive**: Real-time chat like Cursor but in the web app
+- **Powerful**: Can query and analyze backtest data via natural language
+
+The system is ready for testing and can be extended with additional MCP tools for enhanced functionality.

assets/documentation/MCP-Quick-Start.md

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+# MCP Quick Start Guide
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- .NET 8 SDK
+- Node.js 18+
+- At least one LLM API key (Gemini, OpenAI, or Claude)
+
+## Setup Steps
+
+### 1. Configure LLM API Keys
+
+Add your API key to `appsettings.Development.json` or user secrets:
+
+```json
+{
+  "Llm": {
+    "Claude": {
+      "ApiKey": "YOUR_CLAUDE_API_KEY_HERE"
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+Or use .NET user secrets (recommended):
+
+```bash
+cd src/Managing.Api
+dotnet user-secrets set "Llm:Claude:ApiKey" "YOUR_API_KEY"
+```
+
+Or use environment variables:
+
+```bash
+export Llm__Claude__ApiKey="YOUR_API_KEY"
+dotnet run --project src/Managing.Api
+```
+
+### 2. Build the Backend
+
+```bash
+cd src
+dotnet build Managing.sln
+```
+
+### 3. Run the Backend
+
+```bash
+cd src/Managing.Api
+dotnet run
+```
+
+The API will be available at `https://localhost:7001` (or configured port).
+
+### 4. Generate API Client (if needed)
+
+If the LLM endpoints aren't in the generated client yet:
+
+```bash
+# Make sure the API is running
+cd src/Managing.Nswag
+dotnet build
+```
+
+This will regenerate `ManagingApi.ts` with the new LLM endpoints.
+
+### 5. Run the Frontend
+
+```bash
+cd src/Managing.WebApp
+npm install  # if first time
+npm run dev
+```
+
+The app will be available at `http://localhost:5173` (or configured port).
+
+### 6. Test the AI Chat
+
+1. Login to the application
+2. Look for the floating chat button in the bottom-right corner
+3. Click it to open the AI chat
+4. Try these example queries:
+   - "Show me my backtests"
+   - "Find my best performing strategies"
+   - "What are my BTC backtests?"
+   - "Show backtests with a score above 80"
+
+## Getting LLM API Keys
+
+### Anthropic Claude (Recommended - Best for MCP)
+1. Go to [Anthropic Console](https://console.anthropic.com/)
+2. Sign in or create an account
+3. Navigate to API Keys and create a new key
+4. Copy and add to configuration
+5. Note: Requires payment setup
+
+### Google Gemini (Free Tier Available)
+1. Go to [Google AI Studio](https://makersuite.google.com/app/apikey)
+2. Click "Get API Key"
+3. Create a new API key
+4. Copy and add to configuration
+
+### OpenAI
+1. Go to [OpenAI Platform](https://platform.openai.com/api-keys)
+2. Create a new API key
+3. Copy and add to configuration
+4. Note: Requires payment setup
+
+### Anthropic Claude
+1. Go to [Anthropic Console](https://console.anthropic.com/)
+2. Create an account and API key
+3. Copy and add to configuration
+4. Note: Requires payment setup
+
+## Architecture Overview
+
+```
+User Browser
+    ↓
+AI Chat Component (React)
+    ↓
+LlmController (/api/Llm/Chat)
+    ↓
+LlmService (Auto-selects provider)
+    ↓
+Gemini/OpenAI/Claude Provider
+    ↓
+MCP Service (executes tools)
+    ↓
+BacktestTools (queries data)
+```
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### No providers available
+- Check that at least one API key is configured
+- Verify the API key is valid
+- Check application logs for provider initialization
+
+### Tool calls not working
+- Verify `IBacktester` service is registered
+- Check user has backtests in the database
+- Review logs for tool execution errors
+
+### Frontend errors
+- Ensure API is running
+- Check browser console for errors
+- Verify `ManagingApi.ts` includes LLM endpoints
+
+### Build errors
+- Run `dotnet restore` in src/
+- Ensure all NuGet packages are restored
+- Check for version conflicts in project files
+
+## Example Queries
+
+### Simple Queries
+```
+"Show me my backtests"
+"What's my best strategy?"
+"List all my BTC backtests"
+```
+
+### Filtered Queries
+```
+"Find backtests with a score above 85"
+"Show me backtests from the last 30 days"
+"List backtests with low drawdown (under 10%)"
+```
+
+### Complex Queries
+```
+"What are my best performing ETH strategies with a winrate above 70%?"
+"Find backtests using RSI indicator sorted by Sharpe ratio"
+"Show me my top 5 backtests by growth percentage"
+```
+
+## Next Steps
+
+- Add more MCP tools for additional functionality
+- Customize the chat UI to match your brand
+- Implement chat history persistence
+- Add streaming support for better UX
+- Create custom tools for your specific use cases
+
+## Support
+
+For issues or questions:
+1. Check the logs in `Managing.Api` console
+2. Review browser console for frontend errors
+3. Verify API keys are correctly configured
+4. Ensure all services are running
+
+## Additional Resources
+
+- [MCP Architecture Documentation](./MCP-Architecture.md)
+- [Implementation Summary](./MCP-Implementation-Summary.md)
+- [Model Context Protocol Spec](https://modelcontextprotocol.io)

assets/documentation/NET10-Upgrade-Plan.md

@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+# .NET 10 Upgrade Documentation Plan
+
+## Overview
+This document outlines the comprehensive plan for upgrading the Managing Apps solution from .NET 8 to .NET 10. The upgrade involves multiple .NET projects, Orleans clustering, and requires careful planning to minimize risks and ensure performance improvements.
+
+## Current State Assessment
+
+### Project Structure
+- **Backend**: Multiple .NET projects targeting `net8.0`
+  - Managing.Api (ASP.NET Core Web API)
+  - Managing.Application (Business logic)
+  - Managing.Domain (Domain models)
+  - Managing.Infrastructure.* (Database, Exchanges, Storage, etc.)
+  - Orleans 9.2.1 clustering with PostgreSQL persistence
+
+- **Frontend**: React/TypeScript application (not affected by .NET upgrade)
+
+### Key Dependencies
+- Orleans 9.2.1 → Potential upgrade to Orleans 10.x
+- Entity Framework Core 8.0.11 → 10.x
+- ASP.NET Core 8.0.x → 10.x
+- PostgreSQL/Npgsql 8.0.10 → Latest compatible version
+- InfluxDB client and other infrastructure dependencies
+
+## Upgrade Strategy
+
+### Phase 1: Preparation (Week 1-2)
+
+#### 1.1 Development Environment Setup
+- [ ] Install .NET 10 SDK on all development machines
+- [ ] Update CI/CD pipelines to support .NET 10
+- [ ] Create dedicated upgrade branch (`feature/net10-upgrade`)
+- [ ] Set up parallel environments (keep .NET 8 for rollback)
+
+#### 1.2 Dependency Analysis
+- [ ] Audit all NuGet packages for .NET 10 compatibility
+- [ ] Identify packages requiring updates
+- [ ] Test critical third-party packages in isolation
+- [ ] Document breaking changes in dependencies
+
+#### 1.3 Documentation Updates
+- [ ] Update Dockerfiles (`FROM mcr.microsoft.com/dotnet/sdk:8.0` → `10.0`)
+- [ ] Update deployment scripts
+- [ ] Update README and architecture docs
+- [ ] Create rollback procedures
+
+### Phase 2: Core Framework Upgrade (Week 3-4)
+
+#### 2.1 Project File Updates
+**Priority Order:**
+1. Managing.Common, Managing.Core (lowest risk)
+2. Managing.Domain (pure domain logic)
+3. Managing.Infrastructure.* (infrastructure concerns)
+4. Managing.Application (business logic)
+5. Managing.Api (entry point, highest risk)
+
+**For each project:**
+```xml
+<!-- Before -->
+<TargetFramework>net8.0</TargetFramework>
+
+<!-- After -->
+<TargetFramework>net10.0</TargetFramework>
+<LangVersion>latest</LangVersion>
+```
+
+#### 2.2 Package Updates
+**Microsoft Packages (Safe to update first):**
+- Microsoft.AspNetCore.* → 10.x
+- Microsoft.EntityFrameworkCore → 10.x
+- Microsoft.Extensions.* → 10.x
+
+**Third-party Packages:**
+- Orleans → 10.x (if available) or stay on 9.x with compatibility testing
+- Npgsql → Latest .NET 10 compatible
+- All other packages → Update to latest versions
+
+### Phase 3: Orleans Clustering Upgrade (Week 5-6)
+
+#### 3.1 Orleans Assessment
+- [ ] Evaluate Orleans 10.x preview vs staying on 9.x
+- [ ] Test clustering configuration changes
+- [ ] Validate grain persistence compatibility
+- [ ] Performance test grain activation/deactivation
+
+#### 3.2 Configuration Updates
+```csharp
+// Potential Orleans 10.x configuration changes
+builder.Host.UseOrleans(siloBuilder =>
+{
+    // Updated clustering configuration syntax
+    siloBuilder.ConfigureServices(services =>
+    {
+        // Add any new required services for Orleans 10.x
+    });
+});
+```
+
+#### 3.3 Clustering Validation
+- [ ] Multi-server clustering test
+- [ ] Grain state persistence test
+- [ ] Reminders and timers validation
+- [ ] Network partitioning simulation
+
+### Phase 4: Database & Infrastructure (Week 7-8)
+
+#### 4.1 Entity Framework Core
+- [ ] Run EF Core migration scripts
+- [ ] Test query performance with .NET 10
+- [ ] Validate async operation improvements
+- [ ] Memory usage optimization
+
+#### 4.2 Database Providers
+- [ ] PostgreSQL/Npgsql compatibility testing
+- [ ] InfluxDB client validation
+- [ ] Connection pooling optimization
+- [ ] Transaction handling validation
+
+### Phase 5: Performance Optimization (Week 9-10)
+
+#### 5.1 Garbage Collection Tuning
+```json
+{
+  "runtimeOptions": {
+    "configProperties": {
+      "System.GC.Concurrent": true,
+      "System.GC.Server": true,
+      "System.GC.HeapCount": 8,
+      "System.GC.RetainVM": false,
+      "System.GC.NoAffinitize": true
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+#### 5.2 Memory Management
+- [ ] Implement `Span<T>` where appropriate
+- [ ] Optimize string operations
+- [ ] Use `ValueTask` for async operations
+- [ ] Implement object pooling for hot paths
+
+#### 5.3 Async/Await Optimization
+- [ ] Use `ConfigureAwait(false)` appropriately
+- [ ] Implement `IAsyncEnumerable` for streaming
+- [ ] Optimize async state machines
+
+## Risk Assessment
+
+### High Risk Areas
+1. **Orleans Clustering**: Most complex, potential for downtime
+2. **Database Operations**: EF Core changes could affect queries
+3. **Third-party Dependencies**: May not support .NET 10 immediately
+
+### Medium Risk Areas
+1. **ASP.NET Core Middleware**: Authentication, routing changes
+2. **Serialization**: JSON/binary serialization changes
+3. **Logging and Monitoring**: Integration compatibility
+
+### Low Risk Areas
+1. **Domain Models**: Pure C# logic, minimal changes
+2. **Business Logic**: Framework-agnostic code
+
+## Testing Strategy
+
+### Unit Testing
+- [ ] All existing tests pass on .NET 10
+- [ ] New tests for .NET 10 specific features
+- [ ] Performance regression tests
+
+### Integration Testing
+- [ ] API endpoint testing
+- [ ] Database integration tests
+- [ ] Orleans grain communication tests
+- [ ] External service integration
+
+### Performance Testing
+- [ ] Memory usage benchmarks
+- [ ] Request throughput testing
+- [ ] Orleans grain activation latency
+- [ ] Database query performance
+
+### Staging Environment
+- [ ] Full system testing in staging
+- [ ] Load testing with production-like data
+- [ ] Multi-day stability testing
+- [ ] Failover and recovery testing
+
+## Rollback Plan
+
+### Immediate Rollback (First 24 hours)
+- [ ] Keep .NET 8 containers available
+- [ ] Feature flags for problematic features
+- [ ] Database backup and restore procedures
+
+### Gradual Rollback (1-7 days)
+- [ ] Roll back individual services if needed
+- [ ] Maintain API compatibility during rollback
+- [ ] Client-side feature toggles
+
+### Emergency Procedures
+- [ ] Complete environment rollback to .NET 8
+- [ ] Database state recovery
+- [ ] User communication plan
+
+## Success Metrics
+
+### Performance Improvements
+- [ ] 10-20% reduction in memory usage
+- [ ] 5-15% improvement in request throughput
+- [ ] Reduced GC pause times
+- [ ] Faster application startup
+
+### Reliability Improvements
+- [ ] Zero downtime during upgrade
+- [ ] No data loss or corruption
+- [ ] All existing functionality preserved
+- [ ] Improved error handling and logging
+
+### Development Experience
+- [ ] Faster build times
+- [ ] Better debugging experience
+- [ ] Access to latest .NET features
+- [ ] Improved developer productivity
+
+## Timeline and Milestones
+
+### Week 1-2: Preparation
+- [ ] Environment setup complete
+- [ ] Dependency analysis finished
+- [ ] Documentation updated
+
+### Week 3-4: Core Upgrade
+- [ ] All project files updated to .NET 10
+- [ ] Microsoft packages updated
+- [ ] Basic functionality testing passed
+
+### Week 5-6: Orleans Upgrade
+- [ ] Orleans configuration updated
+- [ ] Clustering validation complete
+- [ ] Grain functionality verified
+
+### Week 7-8: Infrastructure
+- [ ] Database operations validated
+- [ ] External integrations tested
+- [ ] Performance benchmarks established
+
+### Week 9-10: Optimization
+- [ ] Memory optimizations implemented
+- [ ] Performance tuning complete
+- [ ] Final testing and validation
+
+### Week 11-12: Production Deployment
+- [ ] Staging environment validation
+- [ ] Production deployment
+- [ ] Post-deployment monitoring
+- [ ] Go-live decision
+
+## Communication Plan
+
+### Internal Stakeholders
+- [ ] Weekly progress updates
+- [ ] Risk assessments and mitigation plans
+- [ ] Go/no-go decision checkpoints
+
+### External Users
+- [ ] Pre-upgrade notification
+- [ ] Maintenance window communication
+- [ ] Post-upgrade feature announcements
+
+## Monitoring and Observability
+
+### Key Metrics to Monitor
+- Application memory usage
+- CPU utilization
+- Request latency and throughput
+- Error rates and exceptions
+- Orleans cluster health
+- Database connection pools
+- Garbage collection statistics
+
+### Alerting Setup
+- [ ] Memory usage thresholds
+- [ ] Error rate monitoring
+- [ ] Performance degradation alerts
+- [ ] Orleans cluster health checks
+
+## Contingency Plans
+
+### Package Compatibility Issues
+- [ ] Pin incompatible packages to working versions
+- [ ] Implement adapter patterns for breaking changes
+- [ ] Vendor critical dependencies if needed
+
+### Performance Regression
+- [ ] Performance profiling and optimization
+- [ ] Feature flags for performance-intensive features
+- [ ] Gradual rollout with A/B testing
+
+### Orleans Issues
+- [ ] Alternative clustering configurations
+- [ ] Grain state migration procedures
+- [ ] Fallback to single-server mode
+
+## Resources Required
+
+### Team
+- 2-3 Senior .NET Developers
+- 1 DevOps Engineer
+- 1 QA Engineer
+- 1 Product Owner
+
+### Infrastructure
+- Staging environment identical to production
+- Performance testing environment
+- Backup and recovery systems
+- Monitoring and alerting setup
+
+### Budget
+- Development time: 8-12 weeks
+- Infrastructure costs for testing environments
+- Third-party tool licenses if needed
+- Training and documentation time
+
+---
+
+## Appendices
+
+### Appendix A: Package Compatibility Matrix
+| Package | Current Version | .NET 10 Compatible | Notes |
+|---------|-----------------|-------------------|-------|
+| Microsoft.AspNetCore.* | 8.0.x | 10.x | Direct upgrade |
+| Microsoft.EntityFrameworkCore | 8.0.11 | 10.x | Migration scripts required |
+| Microsoft.Orleans.* | 9.2.1 | 10.x (preview) | Major version upgrade |
+
+### Appendix B: Breaking Changes Checklist
+- [ ] ASP.NET Core authentication middleware
+- [ ] EF Core query behavior changes
+- [ ] Orleans grain activation patterns
+- [ ] Serialization format changes
+- [ ] Logging framework updates
+
+### Appendix C: Performance Benchmarks
+**Baseline (.NET 8):**
+- Memory usage: [TBD]
+- Request throughput: [TBD]
+- GC pause time: [TBD]
+
+**Target (.NET 10):**
+- Memory usage: [TBD] (10-20% reduction)
+- Request throughput: [TBD] (5-15% improvement)
+- GC pause time: [TBD] (significant reduction)
+
+---
+
+**Document Version:** 1.0
+**Last Updated:** November 24, 2025
+**Authors:** Development Team
+**Reviewers:** Architecture Team, DevOps Team

assets/documentation/README-Upgrade-Plan.md

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+# .NET 10 Upgrade Initiative
+
+## Quick Reference Guide
+
+This document provides a quick overview of our .NET 10 upgrade plan. For detailed information, see [NET10-Upgrade-Plan.md](NET10-Upgrade-Plan.md).
+
+## Current Status
+- **Current Framework**: .NET 8.0
+- **Target Framework**: .NET 10.0
+- **Status**: Planning Phase
+- **Estimated Timeline**: 10-12 weeks
+
+## Key Objectives
+
+### Performance Improvements
+- **Memory Usage**: 10-20% reduction through improved GC
+- **Throughput**: 5-15% improvement in request handling
+- **Startup Time**: Faster application initialization
+- **Resource Efficiency**: Better CPU and memory utilization
+
+### Modernization Benefits
+- Access to latest .NET features and optimizations
+- Improved async/await performance
+- Better debugging and development experience
+- Enhanced security features
+
+## Risk Assessment
+
+### High Risk Areas 🚨
+- **Orleans Clustering**: Complex distributed system upgrade
+- **Database Operations**: EF Core query behavior changes
+- **Third-party Dependencies**: May require updates or workarounds
+
+### Medium Risk Areas ⚠️
+- **ASP.NET Core**: Middleware and authentication changes
+- **Serialization**: JSON/binary format updates
+- **External Integrations**: API compatibility
+
+### Low Risk Areas ✅
+- **Domain Logic**: Framework-independent business rules
+- **Pure C# Code**: Minimal framework dependencies
+
+## Upgrade Phases
+
+### Phase 1: Preparation (Weeks 1-2)
+- [ ] Environment setup and dependency analysis
+- [ ] Create upgrade branch and rollback procedures
+- [ ] Update CI/CD pipelines
+
+### Phase 2: Core Framework (Weeks 3-4)
+- [ ] Update all project files to `net10.0`
+- [ ] Upgrade Microsoft packages (EF Core, ASP.NET Core)
+- [ ] Basic functionality validation
+
+### Phase 3: Orleans Clustering (Weeks 5-6)
+- [ ] Evaluate Orleans 10.x compatibility
+- [ ] Update clustering configuration
+- [ ] Validate grain persistence and communication
+
+### Phase 4: Infrastructure (Weeks 7-8)
+- [ ] Database provider updates (Npgsql, InfluxDB)
+- [ ] External service integrations
+- [ ] Performance benchmarking
+
+### Phase 5: Optimization (Weeks 9-10)
+- [ ] Memory management improvements
+- [ ] Async/await optimizations
+- [ ] Final performance tuning
+
+### Phase 6: Production (Weeks 11-12)
+- [ ] Staging environment validation
+- [ ] Production deployment
+- [ ] Post-deployment monitoring
+
+## Quick Wins (Immediate Benefits)
+
+### Code Optimizations
+```csharp
+// Before (.NET 8)
+string result = data.ToString();
+
+// After (.NET 10) - Better memory efficiency
+ReadOnlySpan<char> span = data.AsSpan();
+```
+
+### Configuration Improvements
+```json
+{
+  "runtimeOptions": {
+    "configProperties": {
+      "System.GC.Server": true,
+      "System.GC.HeapCount": 8,
+      "System.GC.RetainVM": false
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Success Metrics
+
+| Metric | Baseline (.NET 8) | Target (.NET 10) | Improvement |
+|--------|------------------|------------------|-------------|
+| Memory Usage | TBD | TBD | -10-20% |
+| Request Throughput | TBD | TBD | +5-15% |
+| GC Pause Time | TBD | TBD | Significant reduction |
+| Startup Time | TBD | TBD | Faster |
+
+## Key Contacts
+
+- **Technical Lead**: [Name]
+- **DevOps Lead**: [Name]
+- **QA Lead**: [Name]
+- **Product Owner**: [Name]
+
+## Emergency Contacts
+
+- **Rollback Procedures**: See [NET10-Upgrade-Plan.md](NET10-Upgrade-Plan.md#rollback-plan)
+- **Incident Response**: Contact DevOps on-call
+- **Business Continuity**: Product Owner + DevOps Lead
+
+## Related Documentation
+
+- **[Detailed Upgrade Plan](NET10-Upgrade-Plan.md)**: Complete technical specification
+- **[Architecture Overview](../docs/Architecture.drawio)**: System architecture diagrams
+- **[Worker Processing](./Workers%20processing/)**: Background processing documentation
+- **[Deployment Guide](./Workers%20processing/05-Deployment-Architecture.md)**: Infrastructure setup
+
+## Weekly Checkpoints
+
+### Week 1: Kickoff
+- [ ] Team alignment on objectives
+- [ ] Environment setup verification
+- [ ] Baseline performance metrics captured
+
+### Week 6: Mid-point Review
+- [ ] Core framework upgrade completed
+- [ ] Orleans clustering validated
+- [ ] Go/no-go decision for Phase 2
+
+### Week 10: Pre-production
+- [ ] All optimizations implemented
+- [ ] Staging environment fully tested
+- [ ] Performance targets validated
+
+### Week 12: Production Go-live
+- [ ] Successful production deployment
+- [ ] Performance monitoring active
+- [ ] Rollback procedures documented
+
+---
+
+## Need Help?
+
+- **Questions**: Create issue in project repository with `upgrade-plan` label
+- **Blockers**: Tag technical lead and DevOps lead
+- **Schedule Changes**: Notify product owner and team lead
+
+---
+
+**Document Version:** 1.0
+**Last Updated:** November 24, 2025
+**Next Review:** Weekly during upgrade

assets/documentation/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+# Managing Apps Documentation
+
+This directory contains technical documentation for the Managing trading platform.
+
+## Architecture & Design
+
+- **[MCP Architecture](MCP-Architecture.md)** - Model Context Protocol architecture, dual-MCP approach (C# internal + Node.js community)
+- **[Architecture Diagram](Architecture.drawio)** - Overall system architecture (Draw.io format)
+- **[Monorepo Structure](Workers%20processing/07-Monorepo-Structure.md)** - Project organization and structure
+
+## Upgrade Plans
+
+- **[.NET 10 Upgrade Plan](NET10-Upgrade-Plan.md)** - Detailed .NET 10 upgrade specification
+- **[.NET 10 Upgrade Quick Reference](README-Upgrade-Plan.md)** - Quick overview of upgrade plan
+
+## Workers & Processing
+
+- **[Workers Processing Overview](Workers%20processing/README.md)** - Background workers documentation index
+- **[Overall Architecture](Workers%20processing/01-Overall-Architecture.md)** - Worker architecture overview
+- **[Request Flow](Workers%20processing/02-Request-Flow.md)** - Request processing flow
+- **[Job Processing Flow](Workers%20processing/03-Job-Processing-Flow.md)** - Job processing details
+- **[Database Schema](Workers%20processing/04-Database-Schema.md)** - Worker database schema
+- **[Deployment Architecture](Workers%20processing/05-Deployment-Architecture.md)** - Deployment setup
+- **[Concurrency Control](Workers%20processing/06-Concurrency-Control.md)** - Concurrency handling
+- **[Implementation Plan](Workers%20processing/IMPLEMENTATION-PLAN.md)** - Worker implementation details
+
+## Workflows
+
+- **[Position Workflow](PositionWorkflow.md)** - Trading position workflow
+- **[Delta Neutral Worker](DeltaNeutralWorker.md)** - Delta neutral trading worker
+
+## Other
+
+- **[End Game](EndGame.md)** - End game strategy documentation
+
+## Quick Links
+
+### For Developers
+- Start with [Architecture Diagram](Architecture.drawio) for system overview
+- Review [MCP Architecture](MCP-Architecture.md) for LLM integration
+- Check [Workers Processing](Workers%20processing/README.md) for background jobs
+
+### For DevOps
+- See [Deployment Architecture](Workers%20processing/05-Deployment-Architecture.md)
+- Review [.NET 10 Upgrade Plan](NET10-Upgrade-Plan.md) for framework updates
+
+### For Product/Planning
+- Review [MCP Architecture](MCP-Architecture.md) for community features
+- Check [Workers Processing](Workers%20processing/README.md) for system capabilities
+
+## Document Status
+
+| Document | Status | Last Updated |
+|----------|--------|--------------|
+| MCP Architecture | Planning | 2025-01-XX |
+| .NET 10 Upgrade Plan | Planning | 2024-11-24 |
+| Workers Processing | Active | Various |
+| Architecture Diagram | Active | Various |
+
+## Contributing
+
+When adding new documentation:
+1. Use Markdown format (`.md`)
+2. Follow existing structure and style
+3. Update this README with links
+4. Add appropriate cross-references
+5. Include diagrams in Draw.io format when needed
+

assets/documentation/Workers processing/01-Overall-Architecture.md

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# Overall System Architecture
+
+This diagram shows the complete system architecture with API Server Cluster, Compute Worker Cluster, and their interactions with the database and external services.
+
+```mermaid
+graph TB
+    subgraph "Monorepo Structure"
+        subgraph "API Server Cluster"
+            API1[Managing.Api<br/>API-1<br/>Orleans]
+            API2[Managing.Api<br/>API-2<br/>Orleans]
+            API3[Managing.Api<br/>API-3<br/>Orleans]
+        end
+        
+        subgraph "Compute Worker Cluster"
+            W1[Managing.Compute<br/>Worker-1<br/>8 cores, 6 jobs]
+            W2[Managing.Compute<br/>Worker-2<br/>8 cores, 6 jobs]
+            W3[Managing.Compute<br/>Worker-3<br/>8 cores, 6 jobs]
+        end
+        
+        subgraph "Shared Projects"
+            APP[Managing.Application<br/>Business Logic]
+            DOM[Managing.Domain<br/>Domain Models]
+            INFRA[Managing.Infrastructure<br/>Database Access]
+        end
+    end
+    
+    subgraph "External Services"
+        DB[(PostgreSQL<br/>Job Queue)]
+        INFLUX[(InfluxDB<br/>Candles)]
+    end
+    
+    subgraph "Clients"
+        U1[User 1]
+        U2[User 2]
+        U1000[User 1000]
+    end
+    
+    U1 --> API1
+    U2 --> API2
+    U1000 --> API3
+    
+    API1 --> DB
+    API2 --> DB
+    API3 --> DB
+    
+    W1 --> DB
+    W2 --> DB
+    W3 --> DB
+    
+    W1 --> INFLUX
+    W2 --> INFLUX
+    W3 --> INFLUX
+    
+    API1 -.uses.-> APP
+    API2 -.uses.-> APP
+    API3 -.uses.-> APP
+    W1 -.uses.-> APP
+    W2 -.uses.-> APP
+    W3 -.uses.-> APP
+    
+    style API1 fill:#4A90E2
+    style API2 fill:#4A90E2
+    style API3 fill:#4A90E2
+    style W1 fill:#50C878
+    style W2 fill:#50C878
+    style W3 fill:#50C878
+    style DB fill:#FF6B6B
+    style INFLUX fill:#FFD93D
+```
+
+## Components
+
+- **API Server Cluster**: Handles HTTP requests, creates jobs, returns immediately
+- **Compute Worker Cluster**: Processes CPU-intensive backtest jobs
+- **PostgreSQL**: Job queue and state management
+- **InfluxDB**: Time-series data for candles
+- **Shared Projects**: Common business logic used by both API and Compute services
+

assets/documentation/Workers processing/02-Request-Flow.md

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# Request Flow Sequence Diagram
+
+This diagram shows the complete request flow from user submission to job completion and status polling.
+
+```mermaid
+sequenceDiagram
+    participant User
+    participant API as API Server<br/>(Orleans)
+    participant DB as PostgreSQL<br/>(Job Queue)
+    participant Worker as Compute Worker
+    participant Influx as InfluxDB
+    
+    User->>API: POST /api/backtest/bundle
+    API->>API: Create BundleBacktestRequest
+    API->>API: Generate BacktestJobs from variants
+    API->>DB: INSERT BacktestJobs (Status: Pending)
+    API-->>User: 202 Accepted<br/>{bundleRequestId, status: "Queued"}
+    
+    Note over Worker: Polling every 5 seconds
+    Worker->>DB: SELECT pending jobs<br/>(ORDER BY priority, createdAt)
+    DB-->>Worker: Return pending jobs
+    Worker->>DB: UPDATE job<br/>(Status: Running, AssignedWorkerId)
+    Worker->>Influx: Load candles for backtest
+    Influx-->>Worker: Return candles
+    
+    loop Process each candle
+        Worker->>Worker: Run backtest logic
+        Worker->>DB: UPDATE job progress
+    end
+    
+    Worker->>DB: UPDATE job<br/>(Status: Completed, ResultJson)
+    Worker->>DB: UPDATE BundleBacktestRequest<br/>(CompletedBacktests++)
+    
+    User->>API: GET /api/backtest/bundle/{id}/status
+    API->>DB: SELECT BundleBacktestRequest + job stats
+    DB-->>API: Return status
+    API-->>User: {status, progress, completed/total}
+```
+
+## Flow Steps
+
+1. **User Request**: User submits bundle backtest request
+2. **API Processing**: API creates bundle request and generates individual backtest jobs
+3. **Job Queue**: Jobs are inserted into database with `Pending` status
+4. **Immediate Response**: API returns 202 Accepted with bundle request ID
+5. **Worker Polling**: Compute workers poll database every 5 seconds
+6. **Job Claiming**: Worker claims jobs using PostgreSQL advisory locks
+7. **Candle Loading**: Worker loads candles from InfluxDB
+8. **Backtest Processing**: Worker processes backtest with progress updates
+9. **Result Storage**: Worker saves results and updates bundle progress
+10. **Status Polling**: User polls API for status updates
+

assets/documentation/Workers processing/03-Job-Processing-Flow.md

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# Job Processing Flow
+
+This diagram shows the detailed flow of how compute workers process backtest jobs from the queue.
+
+```mermaid
+flowchart TD
+    Start([User Creates<br/>BundleBacktestRequest]) --> CreateJobs[API: Generate<br/>BacktestJobs]
+    CreateJobs --> InsertDB[(Insert Jobs<br/>Status: Pending)]
+    
+    InsertDB --> WorkerPoll{Worker Polls<br/>Database}
+    
+    WorkerPoll -->|Every 5s| CheckJobs{Jobs<br/>Available?}
+    CheckJobs -->|No| Wait[Wait 5s]
+    Wait --> WorkerPoll
+    
+    CheckJobs -->|Yes| ClaimJobs[Claim Jobs<br/>Advisory Lock]
+    ClaimJobs --> UpdateStatus[Update Status:<br/>Running]
+    
+    UpdateStatus --> CheckSemaphore{Semaphore<br/>Available?}
+    CheckSemaphore -->|No| WaitSemaphore[Wait for<br/>slot]
+    WaitSemaphore --> CheckSemaphore
+    
+    CheckSemaphore -->|Yes| AcquireSemaphore[Acquire<br/>Semaphore]
+    AcquireSemaphore --> LoadCandles[Load Candles<br/>from InfluxDB]
+    
+    LoadCandles --> ProcessBacktest[Process Backtest<br/>CPU-intensive]
+    
+    ProcessBacktest --> UpdateProgress{Every<br/>10%?}
+    UpdateProgress -->|Yes| SaveProgress[Update Progress<br/>in DB]
+    SaveProgress --> ProcessBacktest
+    UpdateProgress -->|No| ProcessBacktest
+    
+    ProcessBacktest --> BacktestComplete{Backtest<br/>Complete?}
+    BacktestComplete -->|No| ProcessBacktest
+    BacktestComplete -->|Yes| SaveResult[Save Result<br/>Status: Completed]
+    
+    SaveResult --> UpdateBundle[Update Bundle<br/>Progress]
+    UpdateBundle --> ReleaseSemaphore[Release<br/>Semaphore]
+    ReleaseSemaphore --> WorkerPoll
+    
+    style Start fill:#4A90E2
+    style ProcessBacktest fill:#50C878
+    style SaveResult fill:#FF6B6B
+    style WorkerPoll fill:#FFD93D
+```
+
+## Key Components
+
+- **Worker Polling**: Workers continuously poll database for pending jobs
+- **Advisory Locks**: PostgreSQL advisory locks prevent multiple workers from claiming the same job
+- **Semaphore Control**: Limits concurrent backtests per worker (default: CPU cores - 2)
+- **Progress Updates**: Progress is saved to database every 10% completion
+- **Bundle Updates**: Individual job completion updates the parent bundle request
+

assets/documentation/Workers processing/04-Database-Schema.md

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+# Database Schema & Queue Structure
+
+This diagram shows the entity relationships between BundleBacktestRequest, BacktestJob, and User entities.
+
+```mermaid
+erDiagram
+    BundleBacktestRequest ||--o{ BacktestJob : "has many"
+    BacktestJob }o--|| User : "belongs to"
+    
+    BundleBacktestRequest {
+        UUID RequestId PK
+        INT UserId FK
+        STRING Status
+        INT TotalBacktests
+        INT CompletedBacktests
+        INT FailedBacktests
+        DATETIME CreatedAt
+        DATETIME CompletedAt
+        STRING UniversalConfigJson
+        STRING DateTimeRangesJson
+        STRING MoneyManagementVariantsJson
+        STRING TickerVariantsJson
+    }
+    
+    BacktestJob {
+        UUID Id PK
+        UUID BundleRequestId FK
+        STRING JobType
+        STRING Status
+        INT Priority
+        TEXT ConfigJson
+        TEXT CandlesJson
+        INT ProgressPercentage
+        INT CurrentBacktestIndex
+        INT TotalBacktests
+        INT CompletedBacktests
+        DATETIME CreatedAt
+        DATETIME StartedAt
+        DATETIME CompletedAt
+        TEXT ResultJson
+        TEXT ErrorMessage
+        STRING AssignedWorkerId
+        DATETIME LastHeartbeat
+    }
+    
+    User {
+        INT Id PK
+        STRING Name
+    }
+```
+
+## Table Descriptions
+
+### BundleBacktestRequest
+- Represents a bundle of multiple backtest jobs
+- Contains variant configurations (date ranges, money management, tickers)
+- Tracks overall progress across all jobs
+
+### BacktestJob
+- Individual backtest execution unit
+- Contains serialized config and candles
+- Tracks progress, worker assignment, and heartbeat
+- Links to parent bundle request
+
+### Key Indexes
+- `idx_status_priority`: For efficient job claiming (Status, Priority DESC, CreatedAt)
+- `idx_bundle_request`: For bundle progress queries
+- `idx_assigned_worker`: For worker health monitoring
+

assets/documentation/Workers processing/05-Deployment-Architecture.md

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+# Deployment Architecture
+
+This diagram shows the production deployment architecture with load balancing, clustering, and monitoring.
+
+```mermaid
+graph TB
+    subgraph "Load Balancer"
+        LB[NGINX/Cloudflare]
+    end
+    
+    subgraph "API Server Cluster"
+        direction LR
+        API1[API-1<br/>Orleans Silo<br/>Port: 11111]
+        API2[API-2<br/>Orleans Silo<br/>Port: 11121]
+        API3[API-3<br/>Orleans Silo<br/>Port: 11131]
+    end
+    
+    subgraph "Compute Worker Cluster"
+        direction LR
+        W1[Worker-1<br/>8 CPU Cores<br/>6 Concurrent Jobs]
+        W2[Worker-2<br/>8 CPU Cores<br/>6 Concurrent Jobs]
+        W3[Worker-3<br/>8 CPU Cores<br/>6 Concurrent Jobs]
+    end
+    
+    subgraph "Database Cluster"
+        direction LR
+        DB_MASTER[(PostgreSQL<br/>Master<br/>Job Queue)]
+        DB_REPLICA[(PostgreSQL<br/>Replica<br/>Read Only)]
+    end
+    
+    subgraph "Time Series DB"
+        INFLUX[(InfluxDB<br/>Candles Data)]
+    end
+    
+    subgraph "Monitoring"
+        PROM[Prometheus]
+        GRAF[Grafana]
+    end
+    
+    LB --> API1
+    LB --> API2
+    LB --> API3
+    
+    API1 --> DB_MASTER
+    API2 --> DB_MASTER
+    API3 --> DB_MASTER
+    
+    W1 --> DB_MASTER
+    W2 --> DB_MASTER
+    W3 --> DB_MASTER
+    
+    W1 --> INFLUX
+    W2 --> INFLUX
+    W3 --> INFLUX
+    
+    W1 --> PROM
+    W2 --> PROM
+    W3 --> PROM
+    API1 --> PROM
+    API2 --> PROM
+    API3 --> PROM
+    
+    PROM --> GRAF
+    
+    DB_MASTER --> DB_REPLICA
+    
+    style LB fill:#9B59B6
+    style API1 fill:#4A90E2
+    style API2 fill:#4A90E2
+    style API3 fill:#4A90E2
+    style W1 fill:#50C878
+    style W2 fill:#50C878
+    style W3 fill:#50C878
+    style DB_MASTER fill:#FF6B6B
+    style INFLUX fill:#FFD93D
+    style PROM fill:#E67E22
+    style GRAF fill:#E67E22
+```
+
+## Deployment Components
+
+### Load Balancer
+- **NGINX/Cloudflare**: Distributes incoming requests across API servers
+- Health checks and failover support
+
+### API Server Cluster
+- **3+ Instances**: Horizontally scalable Orleans silos
+- Each instance handles HTTP requests and Orleans grain operations
+- Ports: 11111, 11121, 11131 (for clustering)
+
+### Compute Worker Cluster
+- **3+ Instances**: Dedicated CPU workers
+- Each worker: 8 CPU cores, 6 concurrent backtests
+- Total capacity: 18 concurrent backtests across cluster
+
+### Database Cluster
+- **Master**: Handles all writes (job creation, updates)
+- **Replica**: Read-only for status queries and reporting
+
+### Monitoring
+- **Prometheus**: Metrics collection
+- **Grafana**: Visualization and dashboards
+

assets/documentation/Workers processing/06-Concurrency-Control.md

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+# Concurrency Control Flow
+
+This diagram shows how the semaphore-based concurrency control works across multiple workers.
+
+```mermaid
+graph LR
+    subgraph "Database Queue"
+        Q[Pending Jobs<br/>Priority Queue]
+    end
+    
+    subgraph "Worker-1"
+        S1[Semaphore<br/>6 slots]
+        J1[Job 1]
+        J2[Job 2]
+        J3[Job 3]
+        J4[Job 4]
+        J5[Job 5]
+        J6[Job 6]
+    end
+    
+    subgraph "Worker-2"
+        S2[Semaphore<br/>6 slots]
+        J7[Job 7]
+        J8[Job 8]
+        J9[Job 9]
+        J10[Job 10]
+        J11[Job 11]
+        J12[Job 12]
+    end
+    
+    subgraph "Worker-3"
+        S3[Semaphore<br/>6 slots]
+        J13[Job 13]
+        J14[Job 14]
+        J15[Job 15]
+        J16[Job 16]
+        J17[Job 17]
+        J18[Job 18]
+    end
+    
+    Q -->|Claim 6 jobs| S1
+    Q -->|Claim 6 jobs| S2
+    Q -->|Claim 6 jobs| S3
+    
+    S1 --> J1
+    S1 --> J2
+    S1 --> J3
+    S1 --> J4
+    S1 --> J5
+    S1 --> J6
+    
+    S2 --> J7
+    S2 --> J8
+    S2 --> J9
+    S2 --> J10
+    S2 --> J11
+    S2 --> J12
+    
+    S3 --> J13
+    S3 --> J14
+    S3 --> J15
+    S3 --> J16
+    S3 --> J17
+    S3 --> J18
+    
+    style Q fill:#FF6B6B
+    style S1 fill:#50C878
+    style S2 fill:#50C878
+    style S3 fill:#50C878
+```
+
+## Concurrency Control Mechanisms
+
+### 1. Database-Level (Advisory Locks)
+- **PostgreSQL Advisory Locks**: Prevent multiple workers from claiming the same job
+- Atomic job claiming using `pg_try_advisory_lock()`
+- Ensures exactly-once job processing
+
+### 2. Worker-Level (Semaphore)
+- **SemaphoreSlim**: Limits concurrent backtests per worker
+- Default: `Environment.ProcessorCount - 2` (e.g., 6 on 8-core machine)
+- Prevents CPU saturation while leaving resources for Orleans messaging
+
+### 3. Cluster-Level (Queue Priority)
+- **Priority Queue**: Jobs ordered by priority, then creation time
+- VIP users get higher priority
+- Fair distribution across workers
+
+## Capacity Calculation
+
+- **Per Worker**: 6 concurrent backtests
+- **3 Workers**: 18 concurrent backtests
+- **Average Duration**: ~47 minutes per backtest
+- **Throughput**: ~1,080 backtests/hour
+- **1000 Users × 10 backtests**: ~9 hours to process full queue
+

assets/documentation/Workers processing/07-Monorepo-Structure.md

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+# Monorepo Project Structure
+
+This diagram shows the monorepo structure with shared projects used by both API and Compute services.
+
+```mermaid
+graph TD
+    ROOT[Managing.sln<br/>Monorepo Root]
+    
+    ROOT --> API[Managing.Api<br/>API Server<br/>Orleans]
+    ROOT --> COMPUTE[Managing.Compute<br/>Worker App<br/>No Orleans]
+    
+    ROOT --> SHARED[Shared Projects]
+    
+    SHARED --> APP[Managing.Application<br/>Business Logic]
+    SHARED --> DOM[Managing.Domain<br/>Domain Models]
+    SHARED --> INFRA[Managing.Infrastructure<br/>Database/External]
+    SHARED --> COMMON[Managing.Common<br/>Utilities]
+    
+    API --> APP
+    API --> DOM
+    API --> INFRA
+    API --> COMMON
+    
+    COMPUTE --> APP
+    COMPUTE --> DOM
+    COMPUTE --> INFRA
+    COMPUTE --> COMMON
+    
+    style ROOT fill:#9B59B6
+    style API fill:#4A90E2
+    style COMPUTE fill:#50C878
+    style SHARED fill:#FFD93D
+```
+
+## Project Organization
+
+### Root Level
+- **Managing.sln**: Solution file containing all projects
+
+### Service Projects
+- **Managing.Api**: API Server with Orleans
+  - Controllers, Orleans grains, HTTP endpoints
+  - Handles user requests, creates jobs
+  
+- **Managing.Compute**: Compute Worker App (NEW)
+  - Background workers, job processors
+  - No Orleans dependency
+  - Dedicated CPU processing
+
+### Shared Projects
+- **Managing.Application**: Business logic
+  - `Backtester.cs`, `TradingBotBase.cs`
+  - Used by both API and Compute
+  
+- **Managing.Domain**: Domain models
+  - `BundleBacktestRequest.cs`, `BacktestJob.cs`
+  - Shared entities
+  
+- **Managing.Infrastructure**: External integrations
+  - Database repositories, InfluxDB client
+  - Shared data access
+  
+- **Managing.Common**: Utilities
+  - Constants, enums, helpers
+  - Shared across all projects
+
+## Benefits
+
+1. **Code Reuse**: Shared business logic between API and Compute
+2. **Consistency**: Same domain models and logic
+3. **Maintainability**: Single source of truth
+4. **Type Safety**: Shared types prevent serialization issues
+5. **Testing**: Shared test projects
+

assets/documentation/Workers processing/IMPLEMENTATION-PLAN.md

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# Implementation Plan
+
+## Phase 1: Database & Domain Setup
+
+- [ ] Create `BacktestJob` entity in `Managing.Domain/Backtests/`
+- [ ] Create `BacktestJobStatus` enum (Pending, Running, Completed, Failed)
+- [ ] Create database migration for `BacktestJobs` table
+- [ ] Add indexes: `idx_status_priority`, `idx_bundle_request`, `idx_assigned_worker`
+- [ ] Create `IBacktestJobRepository` interface
+- [ ] Implement `BacktestJobRepository` with advisory lock support
+
+## Phase 2: Compute Worker Project
+
+- [ ] Refactor `Managing.Workers.Api` project (or rename to `Managing.Compute`)
+- [ ] Remove Orleans dependencies completely
+- [ ] Add project references to shared projects (Application, Domain, Infrastructure)
+- [ ] Configure DI container with all required services (NO Orleans)
+- [ ] Create `BacktestComputeWorker` background service
+- [ ] Implement job polling logic (every 5 seconds)
+- [ ] Implement job claiming with PostgreSQL advisory locks
+- [ ] Implement semaphore-based concurrency control
+- [ ] Implement progress callback mechanism
+- [ ] Implement heartbeat mechanism (every 30 seconds)
+- [ ] Add configuration: `MaxConcurrentBacktests`, `JobPollIntervalSeconds`, `WorkerId`
+
+## Phase 3: API Server Updates
+
+- [ ] Update `BacktestController` to create jobs instead of calling grains directly
+- [ ] Implement `CreateBundleBacktest` endpoint (returns immediately)
+- [ ] Implement `GetJobStatus` endpoint (polls database for single job)
+- [ ] Implement `GetBundleStatus` endpoint (polls database, aggregates job statuses)
+- [ ] Update `Backtester.cs` to generate `BacktestJob` entities from bundle variants
+- [ ] Remove all Orleans grain calls for backtests (direct replacement, no feature flags)
+- [ ] Remove `IGrainFactory` dependency from `Backtester.cs`
+
+## Phase 4: Shared Logic Extraction
+
+- [ ] Create `BacktestExecutor.cs` service (new file)
+- [ ] Extract backtest execution logic from `BacktestTradingBotGrain` to `BacktestExecutor`
+- [ ] Make backtest logic Orleans-agnostic (no grain dependencies)
+- [ ] Add progress callback support to execution method
+- [ ] Ensure candle loading works in compute worker context
+- [ ] Handle credit debiting/refunding in executor
+- [ ] Handle user context resolution in executor
+
+## Phase 5: Monitoring & Health Checks
+
+- [ ] Add health check endpoint to compute worker (`/health` or `/healthz`)
+- [ ] Add metrics: pending jobs, running jobs, completed/failed counts
+- [ ] Add stale job detection (reclaim jobs from dead workers, LastHeartbeat > 5 min)
+- [ ] Add comprehensive logging for job lifecycle events
+- [ ] Include structured logging: JobId, BundleRequestId, UserId, WorkerId, Duration
+
+## Phase 6: SignalR & Notifications
+
+- [ ] Inject `IHubContext<BacktestHub>` into compute worker or executor
+- [ ] Send SignalR progress updates during job execution
+- [ ] Update `BacktestJob.ProgressPercentage` in database
+- [ ] Update `BundleBacktestRequest` progress when jobs complete
+- [ ] Send completion notifications via SignalR and Telegram
+
+## Phase 7: Deployment
+
+- [ ] Create Dockerfile for `Managing.Compute` (or update existing)
+- [ ] Update `docker-compose.yml` to add compute worker service
+- [ ] Configure environment variables: `MaxConcurrentBacktests`, `JobPollIntervalSeconds`, `WorkerId`
+- [ ] Set up health check configuration in Docker
+- [ ] Configure auto-scaling rules for compute workers (min: 1, max: 10)
+
+## Phase 9: Testing & Validation
+
+- [ ] Unit tests: BacktestJobRepository (advisory locks, job claiming, stale detection)
+- [ ] Unit tests: BacktestExecutor (core logic, progress callbacks)
+- [ ] Integration tests: Single backtest job processing
+- [ ] Integration tests: Bundle backtest with multiple jobs
+- [ ] Integration tests: Concurrent job processing (multiple workers)
+- [ ] Integration tests: Job recovery after worker failure
+- [ ] Integration tests: Priority queue ordering
+- [ ] Load tests: 100+ concurrent users, 1000+ pending jobs, multiple workers
+
+## Phase 8: Cleanup & Removal
+
+- [ ] Remove or deprecate `BacktestTradingBotGrain.cs` (no longer used)
+- [ ] Remove or deprecate `BundleBacktestGrain.cs` (replaced by compute workers)
+- [ ] Remove Orleans grain interfaces for backtests (if not used elsewhere)
+- [ ] Update `ApiBootstrap.cs` to remove Orleans backtest grain registrations
+- [ ] Remove Orleans dependencies from `Backtester.cs` (keep for other operations)
+- [ ] Update documentation to reflect new architecture
+

assets/documentation/Workers processing/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+# Workers Processing Architecture
+
+This folder contains documentation for the enterprise-grade backtest processing architecture using a database queue pattern with separate API and Compute worker clusters.
+
+## Overview
+
+The architecture separates concerns between:
+- **API Server**: Handles HTTP requests, creates jobs, returns immediately (fire-and-forget)
+- **Compute Workers**: Process CPU-intensive backtest jobs from the database queue
+- **Database Queue**: Central coordination point using PostgreSQL
+
+## Documentation Files
+
+1. **[01-Overall-Architecture.md](./01-Overall-Architecture.md)**
+   - Complete system architecture diagram
+   - Component relationships
+   - External service integrations
+
+2. **[02-Request-Flow.md](./02-Request-Flow.md)**
+   - Sequence diagram of request flow
+   - User request → Job creation → Processing → Status polling
+
+3. **[03-Job-Processing-Flow.md](./03-Job-Processing-Flow.md)**
+   - Detailed job processing workflow
+   - Worker polling, job claiming, semaphore control
+
+4. **[04-Database-Schema.md](./04-Database-Schema.md)**
+   - Entity relationship diagram
+   - Database schema for job queue
+   - Key indexes and relationships
+
+5. **[05-Deployment-Architecture.md](./05-Deployment-Architecture.md)**
+   - Production deployment topology
+   - Load balancing, clustering, monitoring
+
+6. **[06-Concurrency-Control.md](./06-Concurrency-Control.md)**
+   - Concurrency control mechanisms
+   - Semaphore-based limiting
+   - Capacity calculations
+
+7. **[07-Monorepo-Structure.md](./07-Monorepo-Structure.md)**
+   - Monorepo project organization
+   - Shared projects and dependencies
+
+## Key Features
+
+- ✅ **No Timeouts**: Fire-and-forget pattern with polling
+- ✅ **Scalable**: Horizontal scaling of both API and Compute clusters
+- ✅ **Reliable**: Jobs persist in database, survive restarts
+- ✅ **Efficient**: Dedicated CPU resources for compute work
+- ✅ **Enterprise-Grade**: Handles 1000+ users, priority queue, health checks
+
+## Architecture Principles
+
+1. **Separation of Concerns**: API handles requests, Compute handles CPU work
+2. **Database as Queue**: PostgreSQL serves as reliable job queue
+3. **Shared Codebase**: Monorepo with shared business logic
+4. **Resource Isolation**: Compute workers don't interfere with API responsiveness
+5. **Fault Tolerance**: Jobs survive worker failures, can be reclaimed
+
+## Capacity Planning
+
+- **Per Worker**: 6 concurrent backtests (8-core machine)
+- **3 Workers**: 18 concurrent backtests
+- **Throughput**: ~1,080 backtests/hour
+- **1000 Users × 10 backtests**: ~9 hours processing time
+
+## Next Steps
+
+1. Create `Managing.Compute` project
+2. Implement `BacktestJob` entity and repository
+3. Create `BacktestComputeWorker` background service
+4. Update API controllers to use job queue pattern
+5. Deploy compute workers to dedicated servers
+

definition-pinky

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-{
-  "schemaVersion": 2,
-  "dockerfilePath": "./src/Managing.Pinky/Dockerfile-pinky"
- }

definition-proxy-api

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 {
   "schemaVersion": 2,
   "dockerfilePath": "./src/Managing.Web3Proxy/Dockerfile-web3proxy"
- }
+}

docs/API_AND_WORKERS_PROCESSES.md

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+# API and Workers Processes
+
+This document lists all processes that run when the API and Workers are started.
+
+## Process Hierarchy
+
+### 1. API Process (`dotnet run` for Managing.Api)
+
+**Parent Process:**
+- `dotnet run` - The .NET CLI process that starts the API
+  - PID stored in: `.task-pids/api-${TASK_ID}.pid`
+
+**Child Process:**
+- `Managing.Api` executable - The actual API application
+  - Location: `src/Managing.Api/bin/Debug/net8.0/Managing.Api`
+  - This is the main ASP.NET Core application
+
+**Background Services (within the API process):**
+All of these run as `IHostedService` within the same API process:
+
+1. **GrainInitializer** - Initializes Orleans grains
+2. **DiscordService** - Discord bot service
+3. **PricesFifteenMinutesWorker** - Updates prices every 15 minutes (if enabled)
+4. **PricesOneHourWorker** - Updates prices every hour (if enabled)
+5. **PricesFourHoursWorker** - Updates prices every 4 hours (if enabled)
+6. **PricesOneDayWorker** - Updates prices every day (if enabled)
+7. **PricesFiveMinutesWorker** - Updates prices every 5 minutes (if enabled)
+8. **SpotlightWorker** - Spotlight feature worker (if enabled)
+9. **TraderWatcher** - Watches traders (if enabled)
+10. **LeaderboardWorker** - Updates leaderboard (if enabled)
+11. **FundingRatesWatcher** - Watches funding rates (if enabled)
+12. **GeneticAlgorithmWorker** - Genetic algorithm worker (if enabled)
+13. **NotifyBundleBacktestWorker** - Notifies about bundle backtests (if enabled)
+
+**Orleans Components (within the API process):**
+- Orleans Silo - Runs on port `11111 + (TASK_SLOT - 1) * 10`
+- Orleans Gateway - Runs on port `30000 + (TASK_SLOT - 1) * 10`
+- Orleans Dashboard - Runs on port `9999 + (TASK_SLOT - 1)` (development only)
+
+### 2. Workers Process (`dotnet run` for Managing.Workers)
+
+**Parent Process:**
+- `dotnet run` - The .NET CLI process that starts the Workers
+  - PID stored in: `.task-pids/workers-${TASK_ID}.pid`
+
+**Child Process:**
+- `Managing.Workers` executable - The actual Workers application
+  - Location: `src/Managing.Workers/bin/Debug/net8.0/Managing.Workers`
+  - This is a .NET Host application
+
+**Background Services (within the Workers process):**
+All of these run as `BackgroundService` within the same Workers process:
+
+1. **BacktestComputeWorker** - Processes backtest jobs (if enabled)
+2. **GeneticComputeWorker** - Processes genetic algorithm jobs (if enabled)
+3. **BundleBacktestHealthCheckWorker** - Health check for bundle backtests (if enabled, only on TASK_SLOT=1)
+
+## Process Management
+
+### Starting Processes
+Processes are started by `scripts/start-api-and-workers.sh`:
+- API: `cd src/Managing.Api && dotnet run &`
+- Workers: `cd src/Managing.Workers && dotnet run &`
+
+### Stopping Processes
+Processes are stopped by `scripts/stop-task-docker.sh` or the cleanup script:
+1. Read PID from `.task-pids/api-${TASK_ID}.pid`
+2. Kill the parent `dotnet run` process
+3. Kill any orphaned child processes
+4. Read PID from `.task-pids/workers-${TASK_ID}.pid`
+5. Kill the parent `dotnet run` process
+6. Kill any orphaned child processes
+
+### Finding All Related Processes
+
+To find all processes related to a specific task:
+
+```bash
+# Find by PID file
+TASK_ID="YOUR_TASK_ID"
+API_PID=$(cat .task-pids/api-${TASK_ID}.pid 2>/dev/null)
+WORKERS_PID=$(cat .task-pids/workers-${TASK_ID}.pid 2>/dev/null)
+
+# Find child processes
+ps -ef | grep $API_PID
+ps -ef | grep $WORKERS_PID
+
+# Find by executable name
+ps aux | grep "Managing.Api"
+ps aux | grep "Managing.Workers"
+ps aux | grep "dotnet run"
+```
+
+### Finding Processes by Port
+
+```bash
+# Find API process by port
+lsof -i :5000  # Default API port
+lsof -i :$((5000 + PORT_OFFSET))  # With port offset
+
+# Find Orleans processes by port
+lsof -i :11111  # Orleans Silo (default)
+lsof -i :30000  # Orleans Gateway (default)
+```
+
+## Important Notes
+
+1. **Single Process Architecture**: All background services run within the same process as the API or Workers. They are not separate processes.
+
+2. **PID Files**: The PID files store the parent `dotnet run` process PID, not the child executable PID.
+
+3. **Orphaned Processes**: If the parent `dotnet run` process is killed, the child `Managing.Api` or `Managing.Workers` process may become orphaned. The cleanup script should handle this.
+
+4. **Port Conflicts**: Each task uses unique ports based on `PORT_OFFSET`:
+   - API: `5000 + PORT_OFFSET`
+   - PostgreSQL: `5432 + PORT_OFFSET`
+   - Redis: `6379 + PORT_OFFSET`
+   - Orleans Silo: `11111 + (TASK_SLOT - 1) * 10`
+   - Orleans Gateway: `30000 + (TASK_SLOT - 1) * 10`
+
+5. **Worker Consolidation**: Most workers have been consolidated into the API process. The separate `Managing.Workers` project now only runs compute-intensive workers (BacktestComputeWorker, GeneticComputeWorker).
+

docs/ENV_FILE_SETUP.md

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# .env File Setup
+
+## Overview
+
+A `.env` file has been created at the project root to store environment variables **primarily for Vibe Kanban worktrees**. The .NET API optionally loads this file using the `DotNetEnv` package. 
+
+**Note**: `.env` file loading is **optional** - if the file doesn't exist, the application will continue normally using system environment variables and `appsettings.json`. This is expected behavior for normal operation.
+
+## What Was Done
+
+1. **Created `.env` file** at project root with all environment variables
+2. **Added DotNetEnv package** to `Managing.Api.csproj`
+3. **Updated `Program.cs`** to automatically load `.env` file before configuration
+4. **Updated `.gitignore`** to exclude `.env` files from version control
+
+## File Locations
+
+- **`.env`**: Project root (`/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps/.env`)
+- **Configuration**: `src/Managing.Api/Program.cs` (lines 34-58)
+
+## How It Works
+
+The `Program.cs` file **optionally** searches for a `.env` file in multiple locations:
+1. Current working directory
+2. Executable directory
+3. Project root (relative to bin/Debug/net8.0)
+4. Current directory (absolute path)
+
+When found, it loads the environment variables before `WebApplication.CreateBuilder` is called, ensuring they're available to the configuration system.
+
+**Important**: If no `.env` file is found, the application continues normally without any warnings. This is expected behavior - the `.env` file is only needed for Vibe Kanban worktrees.
+
+## Environment Variables Included
+
+The `.env` file contains:
+- Database connection strings (PostgreSQL, Orleans)
+- InfluxDB configuration
+- JWT secrets
+- Privy configuration
+- Admin users and authorized addresses
+- Feature flags
+- Discord, N8n, Sentry, Flagsmith configurations
+- Orleans configuration
+
+## Usage
+
+### Local Development
+
+When running the API locally (outside Docker), the `.env` file will be **optionally** loaded if it exists:
+
+```bash
+cd src/Managing.Api
+dotnet run
+```
+
+If `.env` exists, you'll see: `✅ Loaded .env file from: [path] (optional - for Vibe Kanban worktrees)`
+
+If `.env` doesn't exist, the application runs normally using system environment variables and `appsettings.json` (no message is shown).
+
+### Vibe Kanban Worktrees
+
+When Vibe Kanban creates a worktree, configure it to copy the `.env` file:
+
+**In Vibe Kanban Settings → Copy Files:**
+```
+.env
+```
+
+The API will automatically find and load the `.env` file from the worktree root.
+
+### Docker Containers
+
+Docker containers continue to use environment variables set in `docker-compose.yml` files. The `.env` file is not used in Docker (environment variables are passed directly to containers).
+
+## Security
+
+⚠️ **Important**: The `.env` file contains sensitive information and is excluded from git via `.gitignore`. 
+
+**Never commit the `.env` file to version control!**
+
+## Updating Environment Variables
+
+To update environment variables:
+
+1. Edit `.env` file at project root
+2. Restart the application
+3. The new values will be loaded automatically
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### .env file not found
+
+**This is normal!** The `.env` file is optional and only needed for Vibe Kanban worktrees. If no `.env` file is found, the application will:
+- Continue normally
+- Use system environment variables
+- Use `appsettings.json` files
+- No error or warning is shown (this is expected behavior)
+
+If you need the `.env` file for Vibe Kanban:
+- Ensure `.env` exists at the project root
+- Configure Vibe Kanban to copy it in "Copy Files" settings
+
+### Variables not loading
+
+- Ensure `.env` file is at project root
+- Check file format (KEY=VALUE, one per line)
+- Verify no syntax errors in `.env` file
+- Restart the application after changes
+
+### Priority Order
+
+Configuration is loaded in this order (later sources override earlier ones):
+1. `.env` file (via DotNetEnv)
+2. `appsettings.json`
+3. `appsettings.{Environment}.json`
+4. System environment variables
+5. User Secrets (Development only)
+
+## Related Files
+
+- `src/Managing.Api/Program.cs` - Loads .env file
+- `src/Managing.Api/Managing.Api.csproj` - Contains DotNetEnv package reference
+- `.gitignore` - Excludes .env files
+- `scripts/create-task-compose.sh` - Docker environment variables (separate from .env)
+

docs/INSTALL_VIBE_KANBAN_AND_DEV_MANAGER.md

@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+# Installation Guide: Vibe Kanban & dev-manager-mcp
+
+This guide will help you install and configure Vibe Kanban and dev-manager-mcp for managing your development workflow with isolated test environments.
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- Node.js >= 18 (or Bun)
+- Docker installed and running
+- PostgreSQL client (psql) installed
+- Main database running on localhost:5432
+
+## Part 1: Install dev-manager-mcp
+
+dev-manager-mcp is a daemon that manages multiple dev servers in parallel, allocating unique ports to avoid collisions.
+
+### Installation
+
+**Option 1: Use via npx (Recommended - No Installation Needed)**
+
+No installation required! Just use `npx`:
+
+```bash
+# Start the daemon
+npx -y dev-manager-mcp daemon
+```
+
+**Option 2: Install Globally**
+
+```bash
+npm install -g dev-manager-mcp
+# or
+bun install -g dev-manager-mcp
+```
+
+### Start the Daemon
+
+Open a terminal and keep it running:
+
+```bash
+npx -y dev-manager-mcp daemon
+```
+
+You should see output indicating the daemon is running. Keep this terminal open.
+
+### Verify Installation
+
+In another terminal, test the MCP connection:
+
+```bash
+# Check if daemon is accessible
+npx dev-manager-mcp status
+```
+
+## Part 2: Install Vibe Kanban
+
+Vibe Kanban is a task management system that integrates with coding agents and can automatically start dev environments.
+
+### Installation
+
+**Option 1: Use via npx (Recommended - No Installation Needed)**
+
+```bash
+# Just run it - no installation needed
+npx vibe-kanban
+```
+
+**Option 2: Install Globally**
+
+```bash
+npm install -g vibe-kanban
+# or
+bun install -g vibe-kanban
+```
+
+### First Run
+
+1. **Start Vibe Kanban:**
+
+```bash
+npx vibe-kanban
+```
+
+2. **Authenticate with your coding agent:**
+   - Vibe Kanban will prompt you to authenticate
+   - Follow the instructions for your agent (Claude, Codex, etc.)
+
+3. **Access the UI:**
+   - Vibe Kanban will start a web server
+   - Open the URL shown in the terminal (usually http://localhost:3000)
+
+### Configure MCP Integration
+
+1. **Open Vibe Kanban Settings:**
+   - In the Vibe Kanban UI, go to Settings
+   - Find "MCP Servers" or "Agent Configuration"
+
+2. **Add dev-manager-mcp:**
+   ```json
+   {
+     "mcpServers": {
+       "dev-manager": {
+         "command": "npx",
+         "args": ["dev-manager-mcp", "stdio"]
+       }
+     }
+   }
+   ```
+
+3. **Configure QA Automation:**
+   - In Settings, find "QA" or "Testing" section
+   - Enable "Auto-start dev environments"
+   - Set script path: `scripts/start-task-docker.sh`
+   - Set health check URL: `http://localhost:{port}/health`
+
+## Part 3: Configure for Your Project
+
+### Create Vibe Kanban Configuration
+
+**Recommended: At Projects level** (to manage all projects):
+
+Create a `.vibe-kanban` directory in your Projects folder:
+
+```bash
+cd /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects
+mkdir -p .vibe-kanban
+```
+
+Create `/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/.vibe-kanban/config.json`:
+
+```json
+{
+  "projectRoot": "/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects",
+  "mcpServers": {
+    "dev-manager": {
+      "command": "npx",
+      "args": ["dev-manager-mcp", "stdio"]
+    }
+  },
+  "qa": {
+    "enabled": true,
+    "autoStartDevEnv": true,
+    "devEnvScript": "managing-apps/scripts/start-task-docker.sh",
+    "healthCheckUrl": "http://localhost:{port}/health",
+    "dashboardUrl": "http://localhost:{port}"
+  },
+  "tasks": {
+    "statuses": {
+      "ready-for-qa": {
+        "autoStartDevEnv": true
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+**Note**: The `devEnvScript` path is relative to the Projects folder. For managing-apps, it's `managing-apps/scripts/start-task-docker.sh`. For other projects, configure project-specific scripts in Vibe Kanban's project settings.
+
+### Update Your MCP Configuration
+
+If you're using Cursor or another editor with MCP support, add to your MCP config (usually `~/.cursor/mcp.json` or similar):
+
+```json
+{
+  "mcpServers": {
+    "dev-manager": {
+      "command": "npx",
+      "args": ["dev-manager-mcp", "stdio"]
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Part 4: Usage Workflow
+
+### For Development (Agent)
+
+1. **Make code changes**
+2. **Start test environment:**
+   ```bash
+   cd /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps
+   bash scripts/start-dev-env.sh DEV-A3X9
+   ```
+3. **Test your changes** at the provided URLs
+4. **Stop when done:**
+   ```bash
+   bash scripts/stop-task-docker.sh DEV-A3X9
+   ```
+
+### For QA (Vibe Kanban)
+
+1. **Move task to "Ready for QA" status**
+2. **Vibe Kanban automatically:**
+   - Starts a Docker environment
+   - Copies the database
+   - Provides test URLs
+3. **Test the task**
+4. **Move to "Done" or "Needs Changes"**
+5. **Vibe Kanban automatically stops the environment**
+
+### Manual Management
+
+**Start an environment:**
+```bash
+cd /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps
+bash scripts/start-task-docker.sh TASK-123 0
+```
+
+**Check status:**
+```bash
+npx dev-manager-mcp status
+```
+
+**View logs:**
+```bash
+docker logs managing-api-TASK-123
+```
+
+**Stop an environment:**
+```bash
+bash scripts/stop-task-docker.sh TASK-123
+```
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### dev-manager-mcp Issues
+
+**Daemon not starting:**
+- Check Node.js version: `node --version` (needs >= 18)
+- Try: `npx -y dev-manager-mcp daemon --verbose`
+
+**Cannot connect to daemon:**
+- Make sure daemon is running in another terminal
+- Check if port is already in use
+- Restart the daemon
+
+### Vibe Kanban Issues
+
+**Cannot start:**
+- Check Node.js version: `node --version` (needs >= 18)
+- Try: `npx vibe-kanban --verbose`
+
+**MCP not working:**
+- Verify dev-manager-mcp daemon is running
+- Check MCP configuration in Vibe Kanban settings
+- Restart Vibe Kanban
+
+**Auto-start not working:**
+- Check script path in configuration
+- Verify script is executable: `chmod +x scripts/start-task-docker.sh`
+- Check Vibe Kanban logs
+
+### Docker Issues
+
+**Port conflicts:**
+- Use different port offset: `bash scripts/start-task-docker.sh TASK-123 10`
+- Check what's using ports: `lsof -i :5000`
+
+**Database copy fails:**
+- Verify main database is running: `docker ps | grep postgres`
+- Check PostgreSQL client: `which psql`
+- Verify connection: `PGPASSWORD=postgres psql -h localhost -p 5432 -U postgres -d managing -c '\q'`
+
+## Next Steps
+
+1. ✅ Install dev-manager-mcp (via npx)
+2. ✅ Install Vibe Kanban (via npx)
+3. ✅ Start dev-manager-mcp daemon
+4. ✅ Start Vibe Kanban
+5. ✅ Configure MCP integration
+6. ✅ Test with a sample task
+
+## Resources
+
+- [Vibe Kanban GitHub](https://github.com/BloopAI/vibe-kanban)
+- [Vibe Kanban Documentation](https://www.vibekanban.com/vibe-guide)
+- [dev-manager-mcp GitHub](https://github.com/BloopAI/dev-manager-mcp)
+- [MCP Documentation](https://modelcontextprotocol.io/)
+
+## Support
+
+- Vibe Kanban: [GitHub Discussions](https://github.com/BloopAI/vibe-kanban/discussions)
+- dev-manager-mcp: [GitHub Issues](https://github.com/BloopAI/dev-manager-mcp/issues)
+

docs/TASK_ENVIRONMENTS_SETUP.md

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+# Task Environments Setup with Docker Compose
+
+This document explains how to use Docker Compose to create isolated test environments for each development task.
+
+## Overview
+
+Each task gets its own isolated Docker Compose environment with:
+- ✅ Isolated PostgreSQL database (copy of main database)
+- ✅ Isolated Redis instance
+- ✅ API and Workers containers
+- ✅ Uses main InfluxDB instance (shared)
+- ✅ Unique ports per task to avoid conflicts
+
+## Quick Start
+
+### Start a Test Environment
+
+```bash
+# Simple way (auto-generates task ID)
+bash scripts/start-dev-env.sh
+
+# With specific task ID
+bash scripts/start-dev-env.sh TASK-123
+
+# With specific task ID and port offset
+bash scripts/start-dev-env.sh TASK-123 10
+```
+
+### Stop a Test Environment
+
+```bash
+bash scripts/stop-task-docker.sh TASK-123
+```
+
+## Scripts
+
+### `scripts/start-task-docker.sh`
+Main script that:
+1. Creates task-specific Docker Compose file
+2. Starts PostgreSQL and Redis
+3. Copies database from main repo
+4. Starts API and Workers
+
+**Usage:**
+```bash
+bash scripts/start-task-docker.sh <TASK_ID> <PORT_OFFSET>
+```
+
+### `scripts/stop-task-docker.sh`
+Stops and cleans up a task environment.
+
+**Usage:**
+```bash
+bash scripts/stop-task-docker.sh <TASK_ID>
+```
+
+### `scripts/copy-database-for-task.sh`
+Copies database from main repo to task-specific PostgreSQL instance.
+
+**Usage:**
+```bash
+bash scripts/copy-database-for-task.sh <TASK_ID> <SOURCE_HOST> <SOURCE_PORT> <TARGET_HOST> <TARGET_PORT>
+```
+
+### `scripts/create-task-compose.sh`
+Generates a Docker Compose file for a specific task.
+
+**Usage:**
+```bash
+bash scripts/create-task-compose.sh <TASK_ID> <PORT_OFFSET>
+```
+
+### `scripts/start-dev-env.sh`
+Simple wrapper for dev agents to start environments.
+
+**Usage:**
+```bash
+bash scripts/start-dev-env.sh [TASK_ID] [PORT_OFFSET]
+```
+
+## Port Allocation
+
+Default ports (offset 0):
+- PostgreSQL: 5433
+- API: 5000
+- Redis: 6379
+- InfluxDB: 8086 (uses main instance)
+
+With offset 10:
+- PostgreSQL: 5442
+- API: 5010
+- Redis: 6389
+- InfluxDB: 8086 (uses main instance)
+
+## Database Setup
+
+Each task environment:
+- Gets a fresh copy of the main database
+- Has isolated databases: `managing_{task_id}` and `orleans_{task_id}`
+- Changes don't affect the main database
+- Can be reset by stopping and restarting
+
+## Integration with Vibe Kanban
+
+When a task moves to "Ready for QA":
+1. Vibe Kanban calls `scripts/start-task-docker.sh`
+2. Environment is created with database copy
+3. Test URLs are provided
+4. When done, Vibe Kanban calls `scripts/stop-task-docker.sh`
+
+## Integration with dev-manager-mcp
+
+dev-manager-mcp can manage multiple environments:
+- Start: `npx dev-manager-mcp start --command "bash scripts/start-task-docker.sh TASK-123 0"`
+- Status: `npx dev-manager-mcp status`
+- Stop: `npx dev-manager-mcp stop --session-key <KEY>`
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Port Conflicts
+Use a different port offset:
+```bash
+bash scripts/start-task-docker.sh TASK-123 10
+```
+
+### Database Copy Fails
+1. Verify main database is running: `docker ps | grep postgres`
+2. Check connection: `PGPASSWORD=postgres psql -h localhost -p 5432 -U postgres -d managing -c '\q'`
+3. Ensure PostgreSQL client is installed: `which psql`
+
+### Services Don't Start
+Check logs:
+```bash
+docker logs managing-api-TASK-123
+docker logs managing-workers-TASK-123
+```
+
+### Clean Up All Task Environments
+```bash
+# List all task containers
+docker ps -a | grep -E "postgres-|managing-api-|managing-workers-|redis-"
+
+# Stop and remove all task containers
+docker ps -a | grep -E "postgres-|managing-api-|managing-workers-|redis-" | awk '{print $1}' | xargs docker rm -f
+
+# Remove all task volumes
+docker volume ls | grep -E "postgresdata_|redis_data_" | awk '{print $2}' | xargs docker volume rm
+```
+
+## Best Practices
+
+1. **Use descriptive task IDs**: `TASK-123`, `FEATURE-456`, `BUGFIX-789`
+2. **Stop environments when done**: Frees up resources
+3. **Use port offsets for parallel testing**: Test multiple tasks simultaneously
+4. **Check port availability**: Before starting, verify ports aren't in use
+5. **Monitor resource usage**: Each environment uses memory and CPU
+
+## Architecture
+
+```
+Main Environment (localhost:5432)
+├── PostgreSQL (main database)
+└── InfluxDB (shared)
+
+Task Environment (offset ports)
+├── PostgreSQL (isolated, copied from main)
+├── Redis (isolated)
+├── API Container (connects to task PostgreSQL, main InfluxDB)
+└── Workers Container (connects to task PostgreSQL, main InfluxDB)
+```
+
+## Next Steps
+
+1. Install Vibe Kanban: See `docs/INSTALL_VIBE_KANBAN_AND_DEV_MANAGER.md`
+2. Install dev-manager-mcp: See `docs/INSTALL_VIBE_KANBAN_AND_DEV_MANAGER.md`
+3. Configure agent command: See `.cursor/commands/start-dev-env.md`
+
+
+
+
+

docs/VIBE_KANBAN_DEV_SERVER_SETUP.md

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# Vibe Kanban Dev Server Script Configuration
+
+## The Problem
+
+Vibe Kanban runs the dev server script from a different working directory than expected, causing "No such file or directory" errors.
+
+## Solution: Use Absolute Path
+
+In the Vibe Kanban dev server script field, use the **absolute path** to the wrapper script:
+
+```bash
+bash /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps/scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh
+```
+
+## Alternative: If Relative Path is Required
+
+If Vibe Kanban requires a relative path and you know it runs from `/Users/oda/Desktop`, use:
+
+```bash
+bash Projects/managing-apps/scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh
+```
+
+## What the Wrapper Script Does
+
+The `vibe-dev-server.sh` wrapper script:
+
+1. ✅ Uses absolute paths internally
+2. ✅ Changes to the correct project directory
+3. ✅ Handles task ID parameters
+4. ✅ Works regardless of Vibe Kanban's working directory
+5. ✅ Provides debug output to help troubleshoot
+
+## Testing the Script
+
+You can test the script manually:
+
+```bash
+# From any directory
+bash /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps/scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh TEST-001 0
+```
+
+## Debug Output
+
+The script includes debug output that shows:
+- Current working directory
+- Script path being used
+- Task ID and port offset
+
+This helps identify if Vibe Kanban is running from an unexpected directory.
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Error: "Script not found"
+
+1. Verify the script exists:
+   ```bash
+   ls -la /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps/scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh
+   ```
+
+2. Check permissions:
+   ```bash
+   chmod +x /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps/scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh
+   ```
+
+3. Try running it directly:
+   ```bash
+   bash /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps/scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh TEST-001
+   ```
+
+### Error: "Cannot change to project root"
+
+- Verify the project root exists: `/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps`
+- Check directory permissions
+
+## Configuration in Vibe Kanban
+
+**Dev Server Script Field:**
+```
+bash /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps/scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh
+```
+
+**Health Check URL:**
+```
+http://localhost:{port}/health
+```
+
+**Port Detection:**
+Vibe Kanban should detect the port from the script output or you may need to configure it manually.
+

docs/VIBE_KANBAN_PROJECT_SETTINGS.md

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# Vibe Kanban Project Settings Configuration
+
+## Settings URL
+http://127.0.0.1:63100/settings/projects?projectId=1a4fdbff-8b23-49d5-9953-2476846cbcc2
+
+## Configuration Steps
+
+### 1. MCP Servers Configuration
+
+In the **MCP Servers** section, add or verify:
+
+**Server Name:** `dev-manager`
+
+**Configuration:**
+```json
+{
+  "command": "npx",
+  "args": ["dev-manager-mcp", "stdio"]
+}
+```
+
+This enables Vibe Kanban to use dev-manager-mcp for managing multiple dev server instances.
+
+### 2. QA / Testing Configuration
+
+In the **QA** or **Testing** section, configure:
+
+**Enable QA Automation:** ✅ Checked
+
+**Dev Environment Script:**
+```
+managing-apps/scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh
+```
+
+**Or use absolute path:**
+```
+/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps/scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh
+```
+
+**Note:** This path is relative to `/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects` (the Projects folder root)
+
+**Health Check URL:**
+```
+http://localhost:{port}/health
+```
+
+**Dashboard URL (optional):**
+```
+http://localhost:{port}
+```
+
+### 3. Task Status Configuration
+
+Configure which task statuses should auto-start dev environments:
+
+**Status:** `ready-for-qa`
+
+**Auto-start dev environment:** ✅ Enabled
+
+This means when a task moves to "Ready for QA" status, Vibe Kanban will automatically:
+1. Call `managing-apps/scripts/start-task-docker.sh` with the task ID
+2. Wait for the environment to be ready
+3. Provide the test URLs
+4. Stop the environment when the task is completed
+
+### 4. Project Root
+
+**Project Root Path:**
+```
+/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps
+```
+
+This should be automatically detected from the `.vibe-kanban/config.json` file location.
+
+## Complete Configuration Summary
+
+Here's what should be configured:
+
+### MCP Servers
+- ✅ `dev-manager` → `npx dev-manager-mcp stdio`
+
+### QA Settings
+- ✅ Auto-start dev environments: **Enabled**
+- ✅ Script: `managing-apps/scripts/start-task-docker.sh`
+- ✅ Health check: `http://localhost:{port}/health`
+- ✅ Dashboard: `http://localhost:{port}`
+
+### Task Statuses
+- ✅ `ready-for-qa` → Auto-start dev environment: **Enabled**
+
+## Verification
+
+After configuration, test by:
+
+1. **Create a test task** in managing-apps project
+2. **Move it to "Ready for QA"** status
+3. **Verify** that Vibe Kanban automatically:
+   - Starts a Docker environment
+   - Copies the database
+   - Provides test URLs
+   - Shows the environment status
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Script Not Found
+- Verify the script path is relative to Projects folder: `managing-apps/scripts/start-task-docker.sh`
+- Check that the script is executable: `chmod +x managing-apps/scripts/start-task-docker.sh`
+
+### MCP Server Not Working
+- Ensure dev-manager-mcp daemon is running: `npm run dev-manager:start` (in Projects folder)
+- Check MCP server configuration matches exactly
+
+### Environment Not Starting
+- Check Docker is running
+- Verify main database is accessible at localhost:5432
+- Check script logs in Vibe Kanban
+
+## Script Path Reference
+
+Since Vibe Kanban runs from `/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects`, all script paths should be relative to that:
+
+- ✅ `managing-apps/scripts/start-task-docker.sh`
+- ✅ `managing-apps/scripts/stop-task-docker.sh`
+- ✅ `managing-apps/scripts/copy-database-for-task.sh`
+

docs/VIBE_KANBAN_QUICK_START.md

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+# Vibe Kanban Quick Start
+
+Quick reference for using Vibe Kanban with managing-apps.
+
+## Installation
+
+No installation needed! Vibe Kanban runs via `npx`.
+
+## Starting Vibe Kanban
+
+**From Projects folder** (recommended - manages all projects):
+
+```bash
+cd /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects
+npm run vibe-kanban
+```
+
+Or directly:
+
+```bash
+cd /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects
+npx vibe-kanban
+```
+
+**Alternative: From managing-apps folder** (project-specific):
+
+```bash
+cd /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps
+npx vibe-kanban
+```
+
+## First Time Setup
+
+1. **Start Vibe Kanban:**
+   ```bash
+   npm run vibe-kanban
+   ```
+
+2. **Complete setup dialogs:**
+   - Configure your coding agent (Claude, Codex, etc.)
+   - Set editor preferences
+   - Configure GitHub integration (optional)
+
+3. **Access the UI:**
+   - Vibe Kanban will print a URL in the terminal
+   - Usually: http://localhost:3000 (or random port)
+   - Automatically opens in your default browser
+
+## Configuration
+
+Project-specific configuration is in `.vibe-kanban/config.json`:
+
+- **MCP Servers**: dev-manager-mcp integration
+- **QA Automation**: Auto-start dev environments
+- **Task Statuses**: Configure when to auto-start environments
+
+## Using with Dev Environments
+
+When a task moves to "Ready for QA":
+
+1. Vibe Kanban automatically calls `scripts/start-task-docker.sh`
+2. Creates isolated Docker environment
+3. Copies database from main repo
+4. Provides test URLs
+5. When done, automatically stops the environment
+
+## Commands
+
+```bash
+# Start Vibe Kanban
+npm run vibe-kanban
+
+# Start dev-manager-mcp daemon (in separate terminal)
+npm run dev-manager:start
+
+# Check dev-manager status
+npm run dev-manager:status
+
+# Start dev environment manually
+npm run dev-env:start
+
+# Stop dev environment
+npm run dev-env:stop TASK-123
+```
+
+## Fixed Port
+
+To use a fixed port:
+
+```bash
+PORT=8080 npm run vibe-kanban
+```
+
+## Resources
+
+- [Official Documentation](https://www.vibekanban.com/docs/getting-started)
+- [GitHub Repository](https://github.com/BloopAI/vibe-kanban)
+- [MCP Integration Guide](docs/INSTALL_VIBE_KANBAN_AND_DEV_MANAGER.md)
+

docs/VIBE_KANBAN_SETUP_SUMMARY.md

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+# Vibe Kanban Setup Summary
+
+## ✅ Setup Complete!
+
+Vibe Kanban is configured at the **Projects level** to manage multiple projects (managing-apps, kaigen-web, gmx-interface, etc.).
+
+## File Locations
+
+- **Config**: `/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/.vibe-kanban/config.json`
+- **Package.json**: `/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/package.json`
+- **Run from**: `/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects`
+
+## Quick Start
+
+### Start Vibe Kanban (from Projects folder)
+
+```bash
+cd /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects
+npm run vibe-kanban
+```
+
+This will:
+- Auto-discover all projects in `/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects`
+- Show managing-apps, kaigen-web, gmx-interface, etc.
+- Allow you to manage tasks across all projects
+
+### Start dev-manager-mcp (in separate terminal)
+
+```bash
+cd /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects
+npm run dev-manager:start
+```
+
+## Benefits of Projects-Level Setup
+
+✅ **Access all projects** from one Vibe Kanban instance
+✅ **Centralized configuration** for MCP servers
+✅ **Cross-project task management**
+✅ **Unified QA workflow** across projects
+✅ **Auto-discovery** of all git projects
+✅ **Project-specific dev environments** - Each project can have its own dev environment setup
+
+## Project-Specific Scripts
+
+For managing-apps specific tasks, scripts are in the project:
+
+```bash
+cd /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps
+npm run dev-env:start    # Start dev environment
+npm run dev-env:stop     # Stop dev environment
+```
+
+## Configuration
+
+The Projects-level config references project-specific scripts:
+
+```json
+{
+  "projectRoot": "/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects",
+  "devEnvScript": "managing-apps/scripts/start-task-docker.sh"
+}
+```
+
+When Vibe Kanban starts a dev environment for a managing-apps task, it uses the script path relative to the Projects folder.
+
+For other projects, you can configure project-specific dev environment scripts in Vibe Kanban's project settings.
+
+## Next Steps
+
+1. ✅ Vibe Kanban config created at Projects level
+2. ✅ Package.json created with convenience scripts
+3. ✅ Auto-discovery enabled for all projects
+4. 🚀 **Start Vibe Kanban**: `cd /Users/oda/Desktop/Projects && npm run vibe-kanban`

package-lock.json

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-{
-  "name": "managing-apps",
-  "lockfileVersion": 3,
-  "requires": true,
-  "packages": {
-    "": {
-      "dependencies": {
-        "genetic-js": "^0.1.14"
-      }
-    },
-    "node_modules/genetic-js": {
-      "version": "0.1.14",
-      "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/genetic-js/-/genetic-js-0.1.14.tgz",
-      "integrity": "sha512-HHm21naCEF1EVKTWPFzKX4ENB7Nn/my4kTy2POi4u/2gB0XPUOh8oDlhhESVCZVBge3b7nuLrZNZNAt4ObH19Q==",
-      "license": "BSD"
-    }
-  }
-}

package.json

@@ -1,5 +1,12 @@
 {
-  "dependencies": {
-    "genetic-js": "^0.1.14"
-  }
+  "name": "managing-apps",
+  "version": "1.0.0",
+  "private": true,
+  "description": "Managing Apps Monorepo",
+  "scripts": {
+    "dev-env:start": "bash scripts/start-dev-env.sh",
+    "dev-env:stop": "bash scripts/stop-task-docker.sh"
+  },
+  "workspaces": []
 }
+

scripts/apply-migrations.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# Apply Migrations Script (No Build, No Migration Creation)
+# Usage: ./apply-migrations.sh [environment]
+# Environments: Development, Sandbox, Production, Oda
+
+set -e  # Exit on any error
+
+ENVIRONMENT=${1:-"Development"} # Default to Development for safer initial testing
+TIMESTAMP=$(date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S)
+BACKUP_DIR_NAME="backups" # Just the directory name
+LOGS_DIR_NAME="logs" # Just the directory name
+
+# Get the directory where the script is located
+SCRIPT_DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}" )" &> /dev/null && pwd )"
+
+# Create logs directory first (before LOG_FILE is used)
+LOGS_DIR="$SCRIPT_DIR/$LOGS_DIR_NAME"
+mkdir -p "$LOGS_DIR" || { echo "Failed to create logs directory: $LOGS_DIR"; exit 1; }
+
+LOG_FILE="$SCRIPT_DIR/logs/migration_${ENVIRONMENT}_${TIMESTAMP}.log"
+
+# Colors for output
+RED='\033[0;31m'
+GREEN='\033[0;32m'
+YELLOW='\033[1;33m'
+BLUE='\033[0;34m'
+NC='\033[0m' # No Color
+
+# Logging function
+log() {
+    echo -e "${GREEN}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] $1${NC}" | tee -a "$LOG_FILE"
+}
+
+warn() {
+    echo -e "${YELLOW}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] WARNING: $1${NC}" | tee -a "$LOG_FILE"
+}
+
+error() {
+    echo -e "${RED}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] ERROR: $1${NC}" | tee -a "$LOG_FILE"
+    exit 1
+}
+
+info() {
+    echo -e "${BLUE}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] INFO: $1${NC}" | tee -a "$LOG_FILE"
+}
+
+# --- Determine Base Paths ---
+# Get the directory where the script is located
+SCRIPT_DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}" )" &> /dev/null && pwd )"
+log "Script is located in: $SCRIPT_DIR"
+
+# Define absolute paths for projects and common directories relative to the script
+# Assuming the project structure is:
+# your_repo/
+# ├── scripts/apply-migrations.sh
+# └── src/
+#     ├── Managing.Api/
+#     ├── Managing.Infrastructure.Database/
+#     └── Managing.Docker/
+PROJECT_ROOT_DIR="$(dirname "$SCRIPT_DIR")" # One level up from scripts/
+SRC_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT_DIR/src"
+DB_PROJECT_PATH="$SRC_DIR/Managing.Infrastructure.Database"
+API_PROJECT_PATH="$SRC_DIR/Managing.Api"
+WORKERS_PROJECT_PATH="$SRC_DIR/Managing.Workers"
+DOCKER_DIR="$SRC_DIR/Managing.Docker" # Adjust if your docker-compose files are elsewhere
+
+# Define absolute path for backup directory with environment subfolder
+BACKUP_DIR="$SCRIPT_DIR/$BACKUP_DIR_NAME/$ENVIRONMENT"
+
+# --- Pre-checks and Setup ---
+info "Pre-flight checks..."
+command -v dotnet >/dev/null 2>&1 || error ".NET SDK is not installed. Please install .NET SDK to run this script."
+command -v docker >/dev/null 2>&1 || warn "Docker is not installed. This is fine if not running Development or Oda environment with Docker."
+command -v psql >/dev/null 2>&1 || warn "PostgreSQL CLI (psql) is not installed. Database connectivity checks will be skipped."
+command -v pg_dump >/dev/null 2>&1 || warn "PostgreSQL pg_dump is not installed. Will use EF Core migration script for backup instead."
+
+# Create backup directory (with environment subfolder)
+mkdir -p "$BACKUP_DIR" || error "Failed to create backup directory: $BACKUP_DIR"
+log "Backup directory created/verified: $BACKUP_DIR"
+
+log "🚀 Starting migration application for environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
+
+# Validate environment
+case $ENVIRONMENT in
+    "Development"|"SandboxRemote"|"ProductionRemote"|"Oda")
+        log "✅ Environment '$ENVIRONMENT' is valid"
+        ;;
+    *)
+        error "❌ Invalid environment '$ENVIRONMENT'. Use: Development, SandboxRemote, ProductionRemote, or Oda"
+        ;;
+esac
+
+# Helper function to start PostgreSQL for Development (if still using Docker Compose)
+start_postgres_if_needed() {
+    if [ "$ENVIRONMENT" = "Development" ] || [ "$ENVIRONMENT" = "Oda" ]; then # Assuming Oda also uses local Docker
+        log "🔍 Checking if PostgreSQL is running for $ENVIRONMENT..."
+        if ! docker ps --filter "name=postgres" --format "{{.Names}}" | grep -q "postgres"; then
+            log "🐳 Starting PostgreSQL container for $ENVIRONMENT from $DOCKER_DIR..."
+            # Execute docker-compose from the DOCKER_DIR
+            (cd "$DOCKER_DIR" && docker-compose -f docker-compose.yml -f docker-compose.local.yml up -d postgres) || error "Failed to start PostgreSQL container."
+            log "⏳ Waiting for PostgreSQL to be ready (15 seconds)..."
+            sleep 15
+        else
+            log "✅ PostgreSQL container is already running."
+        fi
+    fi
+}
+
+# Helper function to extract connection details from appsettings
+extract_connection_details() {
+    local appsettings_file=""
+    local default_appsettings=""
+    
+    # For SandboxRemote and ProductionRemote, check Managing.Workers first
+    if [ "$ENVIRONMENT" = "SandboxRemote" ] || [ "$ENVIRONMENT" = "ProductionRemote" ]; then
+        appsettings_file="$WORKERS_PROJECT_PATH/appsettings.$ENVIRONMENT.json"
+        default_appsettings="$WORKERS_PROJECT_PATH/appsettings.json"
+        log "📋 Checking Managing.Workers for environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
+    else
+        appsettings_file="$API_PROJECT_PATH/appsettings.$ENVIRONMENT.json"
+        default_appsettings="$API_PROJECT_PATH/appsettings.json"
+    fi
+
+    # Try environment-specific file first, then default
+    if [ -f "$appsettings_file" ]; then
+        log "📋 Reading connection string from: $(basename "$appsettings_file")"
+        # Look for PostgreSql.ConnectionString first, then fallback to ConnectionString
+        CONNECTION_STRING=$(grep -A 3 '"PostgreSql"' "$appsettings_file" | grep -o '"ConnectionString": *"[^"]*"' | cut -d'"' -f4)
+        if [ -z "$CONNECTION_STRING" ]; then
+            CONNECTION_STRING=$(grep -o '"ConnectionString": *"[^"]*"' "$appsettings_file" | cut -d'"' -f4)
+        fi
+    elif [ -f "$default_appsettings" ]; then
+        log "📋 Reading connection string from: $(basename "$default_appsettings") (default)"
+        # Look for PostgreSql.ConnectionString first, then fallback to ConnectionString
+        CONNECTION_STRING=$(grep -A 3 '"PostgreSql"' "$default_appsettings" | grep -o '"ConnectionString": *"[^"]*"' | cut -d'"' -f4)
+        if [ -z "$CONNECTION_STRING" ]; then
+            CONNECTION_STRING=$(grep -o '"ConnectionString": *"[^"]*"' "$default_appsettings" | cut -d'"' -f4)
+        fi
+    else
+        # If Workers file not found for SandboxRemote/ProductionRemote, fallback to API
+        if [ "$ENVIRONMENT" = "SandboxRemote" ] || [ "$ENVIRONMENT" = "ProductionRemote" ]; then
+            warn "⚠️  Could not find appsettings file in Managing.Workers, trying Managing.Api..."
+            appsettings_file="$API_PROJECT_PATH/appsettings.$ENVIRONMENT.json"
+            default_appsettings="$API_PROJECT_PATH/appsettings.json"
+            
+            if [ -f "$appsettings_file" ]; then
+                log "📋 Reading connection string from: $(basename "$appsettings_file") (fallback to API)"
+                CONNECTION_STRING=$(grep -A 3 '"PostgreSql"' "$appsettings_file" | grep -o '"ConnectionString": *"[^"]*"' | cut -d'"' -f4)
+                if [ -z "$CONNECTION_STRING" ]; then
+                    CONNECTION_STRING=$(grep -o '"ConnectionString": *"[^"]*"' "$appsettings_file" | cut -d'"' -f4)
+                fi
+            elif [ -f "$default_appsettings" ]; then
+                log "📋 Reading connection string from: $(basename "$default_appsettings") (default, fallback to API)"
+                CONNECTION_STRING=$(grep -A 3 '"PostgreSql"' "$default_appsettings" | grep -o '"ConnectionString": *"[^"]*"' | cut -d'"' -f4)
+                if [ -z "$CONNECTION_STRING" ]; then
+                    CONNECTION_STRING=$(grep -o '"ConnectionString": *"[^"]*"' "$default_appsettings" | cut -d'"' -f4)
+                fi
+            else
+                warn "⚠️  Could not find appsettings file for environment $ENVIRONMENT"
+                return 1
+            fi
+        else
+            warn "⚠️  Could not find appsettings file for environment $ENVIRONMENT"
+            return 1
+        fi
+    fi
+
+    if [ -z "$CONNECTION_STRING" ]; then
+        error "❌ Could not extract connection string from appsettings file"
+        return 1
+    fi
+
+    log "📋 Found connection string: $CONNECTION_STRING"
+
+    # Parse connection string
+    DB_HOST=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | grep -o 'Host=[^;]*' | cut -d'=' -f2)
+    DB_PORT=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | grep -o 'Port=[^;]*' | cut -d'=' -f2)
+    DB_NAME=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | grep -o 'Database=[^;]*' | cut -d'=' -f2)
+    DB_USER=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | grep -o 'Username=[^;]*' | cut -d'=' -f2)
+    DB_PASSWORD=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | grep -o 'Password=[^;]*' | cut -d'=' -f2)
+
+    # Set defaults if not found
+    DB_HOST=${DB_HOST:-"localhost"}
+    DB_PORT=${DB_PORT:-"5432"}
+    DB_NAME=${DB_NAME:-"postgres"}
+    DB_USER=${DB_USER:-"postgres"}
+    DB_PASSWORD=${DB_PASSWORD:-"postgres"}
+
+    log "📋 Extracted connection details: $DB_HOST:$DB_PORT/$DB_NAME (user: $DB_USER, password: $DB_PASSWORD)"
+}
+
+# Helper function to get the first migration name
+get_first_migration() {
+    local first_migration=$(cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef migrations list --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" | head -1 | awk '{print $1}')
+    echo "$first_migration"
+}
+
+# Helper function to test PostgreSQL connectivity
+test_postgres_connectivity() {
+    if ! command -v psql >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+        warn "⚠️  psql not available, skipping PostgreSQL connectivity test"
+        return 0
+    fi
+
+    log "🔍 Testing PostgreSQL connectivity with psql..."
+
+    # For remote servers or when target database might not exist, test with postgres database first
+    local test_database="$DB_NAME"
+    if [ "$TARGET_DB_EXISTS" = "false" ]; then
+        test_database="postgres"
+        log "🔍 Target database doesn't exist, testing connectivity with 'postgres' database..."
+    fi
+
+    # Test basic connectivity
+    if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$test_database" -c "SELECT version();" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+        log "✅ PostgreSQL connectivity test passed"
+
+        # Get database info
+        log "📊 Database Information:"
+        DB_INFO=$(PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$test_database" -t -c "
+            SELECT
+                'Database: ' || current_database() || ' (Size: ' || pg_size_pretty(pg_database_size(current_database())) || ')',
+                'PostgreSQL Version: ' || version(),
+                'Connection: ' || inet_server_addr() || ':' || inet_server_port()
+        " 2>/dev/null | tr '\n' ' ')
+        log "   $DB_INFO"
+
+        # Only check migrations if we're testing the actual target database
+        if [ "$test_database" = "$DB_NAME" ]; then
+            # Check if __EFMigrationsHistory table exists
+            if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -c "\dt __EFMigrationsHistory" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                log "✅ EF Core migrations history table exists"
+
+                # Count applied migrations
+                MIGRATION_COUNT=$(PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -t -c "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM \"__EFMigrationsHistory\";" 2>/dev/null | tr -d ' ')
+                log "📋 Applied migrations count: $MIGRATION_COUNT"
+
+                # Show recent migrations
+                if [ "$MIGRATION_COUNT" -gt 0 ]; then
+                    log "📋 Recent migrations:"
+                    RECENT_MIGRATIONS=$(PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -t -c "
+                        SELECT \"MigrationId\" FROM \"__EFMigrationsHistory\"
+                        ORDER BY \"MigrationId\" DESC
+                        LIMIT 5;
+                    " 2>/dev/null | sed 's/^/   /')
+                    echo "$RECENT_MIGRATIONS"
+                fi
+            else
+                warn "⚠️  EF Core migrations history table not found - database may be empty"
+            fi
+        else
+            log "📋 Connectivity test completed using 'postgres' database (target database will be created)"
+        fi
+
+        return 0
+    else
+        error "❌ PostgreSQL connectivity test failed"
+        error "   Host: $DB_HOST, Port: $DB_PORT, Database: $test_database, User: $DB_USER"
+        return 1
+    fi
+}
+
+# --- Core Logic ---
+# No global 'cd' needed here. All paths are now absolute.
+# This makes the script much more robust to where it's executed from.
+
+# Set ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT to load the correct appsettings
+export ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT"
+log "ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT set to: $ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT"
+
+# If Development or Oda, start local PostgreSQL
+start_postgres_if_needed
+
+# Extract connection details from appsettings
+extract_connection_details
+
+# Step 1: Check Database Connection and Create if Needed
+log "🔧 Step 1: Checking database connection and creating database if needed..."
+
+# Log the environment and expected connection details (for user info, still relies on appsettings)
+log "🔧 Using environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
+log "📋 Connection details: $DB_HOST:$DB_PORT/$DB_NAME (user: $DB_USER)"
+
+# Initial connectivity check - test if we can reach the database server
+log "🔍 Step 1a: Testing basic database server connectivity..."
+if command -v psql >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    # Test if we can connect to the postgres database (which should always exist)
+    log "🔍 Connecting to default 'postgres' database to verify server connectivity..."
+    if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d postgres -c "SELECT 1;" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+        log "✅ Database server connectivity test passed"
+
+        # Check if our target database exists
+        log "🔍 Checking if target database '$DB_NAME' exists..."
+        DB_EXISTS=$(PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d postgres -t -c "SELECT 1 FROM pg_database WHERE datname = '$DB_NAME';" 2>/dev/null | tr -d ' ')
+
+        if [ "$DB_EXISTS" = "1" ]; then
+            log "✅ Target database '$DB_NAME' exists"
+            TARGET_DB_EXISTS=true
+        else
+            log "⚠️  Target database '$DB_NAME' does not exist - will be created"
+            TARGET_DB_EXISTS=false
+        fi
+
+    else
+        error "❌ Database server connectivity test failed"
+        error "   Cannot reach PostgreSQL server at $DB_HOST:$DB_PORT with database 'postgres'"
+        error "   Please verify:"
+        error "   - Database server is running"
+        error "   - Network connectivity to $DB_HOST:$DB_PORT"
+        error "   - Credentials are correct (user: $DB_USER)"
+        error "   - Firewall settings allow connections"
+        error "   - The 'postgres' database exists (default PostgreSQL database)"
+    fi
+else
+    # Fallback: try to connect using EF Core to test basic connectivity
+    log "🔄 psql not available, testing connectivity via EF Core..."
+    if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef migrations list --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --connection "$CONNECTION_STRING") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+        log "✅ Database server connectivity test passed (via EF Core)"
+        TARGET_DB_EXISTS=true  # Assume it exists if EF Core can connect
+    else
+        warn "⚠️  Could not verify database server connectivity (psql not available)"
+        warn "   Proceeding with caution - connectivity will be tested during migration"
+        TARGET_DB_EXISTS=false  # Assume it doesn't exist if EF Core can't connect
+    fi
+fi
+
+log "🔍 Step 1b: Testing database connection and checking if database exists via EF CLI..."
+
+# Test connection by listing migrations. If it fails, the database likely doesn't exist or is inaccessible.
+# Execute dotnet ef from DB_PROJECT_PATH for correct context, but pass API_PROJECT_PATH as startup.
+# Since we assume projects are already built, we can safely use --no-build flag for faster execution
+if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef migrations list --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --connection "$CONNECTION_STRING") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    log "✅ EF Core database connection successful and database appears to exist."
+
+    # Now test with psql for additional verification (this will use postgres db if target doesn't exist)
+    test_postgres_connectivity
+
+    # If psql connectivity test fails, stop the migration
+    if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
+        error "❌ PostgreSQL connectivity test failed. Migration aborted for safety."
+        error "   Please verify your database connection and try again."
+    fi
+
+else
+    # Database doesn't exist or connection failed
+    if [ "$TARGET_DB_EXISTS" = "false" ]; then
+        log "📝 Database '$DB_NAME' does not exist. Creating database and applying migrations..."
+
+        # Test connectivity with postgres database first (since target doesn't exist)
+        test_postgres_connectivity
+
+        # If connectivity test fails, stop the migration
+        if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
+            error "❌ PostgreSQL connectivity test failed. Cannot proceed with database creation."
+            error "   Please verify your connection settings and try again."
+        fi
+
+        # Step 1: Create the database first
+        log "🔧 Step 1: Creating database '$DB_NAME'..."
+        if command -v psql >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+            if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d postgres -c "CREATE DATABASE \"$DB_NAME\";" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                log "✅ Database '$DB_NAME' created successfully"
+            else
+                error "❌ Failed to create database '$DB_NAME'"
+                error "   Please verify you have sufficient privileges to create databases."
+            fi
+        else
+            warn "⚠️  psql not available, attempting to create database via EF Core..."
+            # EF Core will attempt to create the database during update
+        fi
+
+        # Step 2: Generate migration script for the new database
+        log "📝 Step 2: Generating migration script for new database..."
+        TEMP_MIGRATION_SCRIPT="$BACKUP_DIR/temp_migration_${ENVIRONMENT}_${TIMESTAMP}.sql"
+
+        if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$TEMP_MIGRATION_SCRIPT"); then
+            log "✅ Migration script generated successfully: $(basename "$TEMP_MIGRATION_SCRIPT")"
+
+            # Step 3: Apply the migration script to the new database
+            log "🔧 Step 3: Applying migration script to new database..."
+            if command -v psql >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -f "$TEMP_MIGRATION_SCRIPT" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                    log "✅ Migration script applied successfully to new database"
+                else
+                    error "❌ Failed to apply migration script to newly created database"
+                fi
+            else
+                # Fallback to EF Core database update
+                log "🔄 psql not available, using EF Core to apply migrations..."
+                if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef database update --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --connection "$CONNECTION_STRING"); then
+                    log "✅ Database created and initialized successfully using EF Core"
+                else
+                    ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef database update --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --connection "$CONNECTION_STRING") 2>&1 || true )
+                    error "❌ Failed to create and initialize database using EF Core."
+                    error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+                fi
+            fi
+
+            # Clean up temporary migration script
+            rm -f "$TEMP_MIGRATION_SCRIPT"
+
+        else
+            ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$TEMP_MIGRATION_SCRIPT") 2>&1 || true )
+            error "❌ Failed to generate migration script."
+            error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+        fi
+
+    else
+        warn "⚠️  Database connection failed but database may exist. Attempting to update existing database..."
+
+        # Try to update the existing database
+        if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef database update --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --connection "$CONNECTION_STRING"); then
+            log "✅ Database updated successfully"
+        else
+            ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef database update --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --connection "$CONNECTION_STRING") 2>&1 || true )
+            error "❌ Failed to update database."
+            error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+            error "   This usually means the connection string in your .NET project's appsettings.$ENVIRONMENT.json is incorrect,"
+            error "   or the database server is not running/accessible for environment '$ENVIRONMENT'."
+        fi
+    fi
+
+    # Test connectivity after creation/update
+    test_postgres_connectivity
+
+    # If connectivity test fails after creation, stop the migration
+    if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
+        error "❌ PostgreSQL connectivity test failed after database creation. Migration aborted for safety."
+        error "   Database may have been created but is not accessible. Please verify your connection settings."
+    fi
+fi
+
+# Final verification of connection
+log "🔍 Verifying database connection post-creation/update..."
+if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef migrations list --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --connection "$CONNECTION_STRING") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    log "✅ Database connectivity verification passed."
+else
+    ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef migrations list --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --connection "$CONNECTION_STRING") 2>&1 || true )
+    error "❌ Final database connectivity verification failed."
+    error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+    error "   This is critical. Please review the previous error messages and your connection string for '$ENVIRONMENT'."
+fi
+
+# Step 2: Create database backup (only if database exists)
+log "📦 Step 2: Checking if database backup is needed..."
+
+# Check if the target database exists
+DB_EXISTS=false
+if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "postgres" -c "SELECT 1 FROM pg_database WHERE datname='$DB_NAME';" 2>/dev/null | grep -q "1 row"; then
+    DB_EXISTS=true
+    log "✅ Target database '$DB_NAME' exists"
+else
+    log "ℹ️  Target database '$DB_NAME' does not exist - skipping backup"
+fi
+
+# Ask user if they want to create a backup
+CREATE_BACKUP=false
+if [ "$DB_EXISTS" = "true" ]; then
+    echo ""
+    echo "=========================================="
+    echo "📦 DATABASE BACKUP"
+    echo "=========================================="
+    echo "Database: $DB_HOST:$DB_PORT/$DB_NAME"
+    echo "Environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
+    echo ""
+    echo "Would you like to create a backup before proceeding?"
+    echo "⚠️  It is highly recommended to create a backup for safety."
+    echo "=========================================="
+    echo ""
+
+    read -p "🔧 Create database backup? (y/n, default: y): " create_backup
+    create_backup=${create_backup:-y}  # Default to 'y' if user just presses Enter
+
+    if [[ "$create_backup" =~ ^[Yy]$ ]]; then
+        log "✅ User chose to create backup - proceeding with backup"
+        CREATE_BACKUP=true
+    else
+        warn "⚠️  User chose to skip backup - proceeding without backup"
+        warn "   This is not recommended. Proceed at your own risk!"
+        CREATE_BACKUP=false
+    fi
+fi
+
+if [ "$DB_EXISTS" = "true" ] && [ "$CREATE_BACKUP" = "true" ]; then
+    # Define the actual backup file path (absolute)
+    BACKUP_FILE="$BACKUP_DIR/managing_${ENVIRONMENT}_backup_${TIMESTAMP}.sql"
+    # Backup file display path (relative to script execution)
+    BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY="$BACKUP_DIR_NAME/$ENVIRONMENT/managing_${ENVIRONMENT}_backup_${TIMESTAMP}.sql"
+
+# Create backup with retry logic
+BACKUP_SUCCESS=false
+for attempt in 1 2 3; do
+    log "Backup attempt $attempt/3..."
+
+    # Create real database backup using pg_dump
+    if command -v pg_dump >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+        if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" pg_dump -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" --no-password --verbose --clean --if-exists --create --format=plain > "$BACKUP_FILE" 2>/dev/null; then
+            log "✅ Database backup created using pg_dump: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+            BACKUP_SUCCESS=true
+            break
+        else
+            # If pg_dump fails, fall back to EF Core migration script
+            warn "⚠️  pg_dump failed, falling back to EF Core migration script..."
+
+            # Generate complete backup script (all migrations from beginning)
+            log "📋 Generating complete backup script (all migrations)..."
+            if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$BACKUP_FILE"); then
+                log "✅ Complete EF Core Migration SQL Script generated: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+                BACKUP_SUCCESS=true
+                break
+            else
+                ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$BACKUP_FILE") 2>&1 || true)
+                if [ $attempt -lt 3 ]; then
+                    warn "⚠️  Backup attempt $attempt failed. Retrying in 5 seconds..."
+                    warn "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+                    sleep 5
+                else
+                    error "❌ Database backup failed after 3 attempts."
+                    error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+                    error "   Migration aborted for safety reasons."
+                fi
+            fi
+        fi
+    else
+        # If pg_dump is not available, use EF Core migration script
+        warn "⚠️  pg_dump not available, using EF Core migration script for backup..."
+
+        # Generate complete backup script (all migrations from beginning)
+        log "📋 Generating complete backup script (all migrations)..."
+        if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$BACKUP_FILE"); then
+            log "✅ Complete EF Core Migration SQL Script generated: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+            BACKUP_SUCCESS=true
+            break
+        else
+            ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$BACKUP_FILE") 2>&1 || true)
+            if [ $attempt -lt 3 ]; then
+                warn "⚠️  Backup attempt $attempt failed. Retrying in 5 seconds..."
+                warn "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+                sleep 5
+            else
+                error "❌ Database backup failed after 3 attempts."
+                error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+                error "   Migration aborted for safety reasons."
+            fi
+        fi
+    fi
+done
+
+    # Check if backup was successful before proceeding
+    if [ "$BACKUP_SUCCESS" != "true" ]; then
+        error "❌ Database backup failed. Migration aborted for safety."
+        error "   Cannot proceed with migration without a valid backup."
+        error "   Please resolve backup issues and try again."
+    fi
+fi
+
+# Step 3: Run Migration (This effectively is a retry if previous "update" failed, or a final apply)
+log "🔄 Step 3: Running database migration (final application of pending migrations)..."
+
+# Check if database exists and create it if needed before applying migrations
+log "🔍 Step 3a: Ensuring target database exists..."
+if [ "$TARGET_DB_EXISTS" = "false" ]; then
+    log "🔧 Creating database '$DB_NAME'..."
+    if command -v psql >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+        if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d postgres -c "CREATE DATABASE \"$DB_NAME\";" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+            log "✅ Database '$DB_NAME' created successfully"
+        else
+            error "❌ Failed to create database '$DB_NAME'"
+            error "   Please verify you have sufficient privileges to create databases."
+        fi
+    else
+        error "❌ psql not available, cannot create database. Please create database '$DB_NAME' manually."
+    fi
+fi
+
+# Generate migration script first (Microsoft recommended approach)
+MIGRATION_SCRIPT="$BACKUP_DIR/migration_${ENVIRONMENT}_${TIMESTAMP}.sql"
+log "📝 Step 3b: Generating migration script for pending migrations..."
+
+# Check if database is empty (no tables) to determine the best approach
+log "🔍 Checking if database has existing tables..."
+DB_HAS_TABLES=false
+if command -v psql >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    TABLE_COUNT=$(PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -t -c "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM information_schema.tables WHERE table_schema = 'public';" 2>/dev/null | tr -d ' ' || echo "0")
+    if [ "$TABLE_COUNT" -gt 0 ]; then
+        DB_HAS_TABLES=true
+        log "✅ Database has $TABLE_COUNT existing tables - using idempotent script generation"
+    else
+        log "⚠️  Database appears to be empty - using full migration script generation"
+    fi
+else
+    log "⚠️  psql not available - assuming database has tables and using idempotent script generation"
+    DB_HAS_TABLES=true
+fi
+
+# Generate migration script based on database state
+if [ "$DB_HAS_TABLES" = "true" ]; then
+    # For databases with existing tables, generate a complete idempotent script
+    log "📝 Generating complete migration script (idempotent) for database with existing tables..."
+    if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT"); then
+        log "✅ Complete migration script generated (all migrations, idempotent): $(basename "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT")"
+    else
+        ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT") 2>&1 || true )
+        error "❌ Failed to generate complete migration script."
+        error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+        error "   Check the .NET project logs for detailed errors."
+        if [ "$CREATE_BACKUP" = "true" ] && [ -n "$BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY" ]; then
+            error "   Backup script available at: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+        fi
+    fi
+else
+    # Use full script generation for empty databases (generate script from the very beginning)
+    log "📝 Generating full migration script for empty database..."
+    if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT"); then
+        log "✅ Complete migration script generated (all migrations): $(basename "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT")"
+    else
+        ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT") 2>&1 || true )
+        error "❌ Failed to generate complete migration script."
+        error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+        error "   Check the .NET project logs for detailed errors."
+        if [ "$CREATE_BACKUP" = "true" ] && [ -n "$BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY" ]; then
+            error "   Backup script available at: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+        fi
+    fi
+fi
+
+    # Show the migration script path to the user for review
+    echo ""
+    echo "=========================================="
+    echo "📋 MIGRATION SCRIPT READY FOR REVIEW"
+    echo "=========================================="
+    echo "Generated script: $MIGRATION_SCRIPT"
+    echo "Environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
+    echo "Database: $DB_HOST:$DB_PORT/$DB_NAME"
+    echo ""
+
+    # Show a preview of the migration script content
+    if [ -f "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT" ]; then
+        SCRIPT_SIZE=$(wc -l < "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT")
+        echo "📄 Migration script contains $SCRIPT_SIZE lines"
+
+        # Show last 20 lines as preview
+        echo ""
+        echo "📋 PREVIEW (last 20 lines):"
+        echo "----------------------------------------"
+        tail -20 "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT" | sed 's/^/   /'
+        if [ "$SCRIPT_SIZE" -gt 20 ]; then
+            echo "   ... (showing last 20 lines of $SCRIPT_SIZE total)"
+        fi
+        echo "----------------------------------------"
+        echo ""
+    fi
+
+    echo "⚠️  IMPORTANT: Please review the migration script before proceeding!"
+    echo "   You can examine the full script with: cat $MIGRATION_SCRIPT"
+    echo "   Or open it in your editor to review the changes."
+    echo ""
+    echo "=========================================="
+    echo ""
+
+    # Ask for user confirmation
+    read -p "🔍 Have you reviewed the migration script and want to proceed? Type 'yes' to continue: " user_confirmation
+
+    if [ "$user_confirmation" != "yes" ]; then
+        log "❌ Migration cancelled by user."
+        log "   Migration script is available at: $(basename "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT")"
+        log "   You can apply it manually later with:"
+        log "   PGPASSWORD=\"$DB_PASSWORD\" psql -h \"$DB_HOST\" -p \"$DB_PORT\" -U \"$DB_USER\" -d \"$DB_NAME\" -f \"$MIGRATION_SCRIPT\""
+        exit 0
+    fi
+
+    log "✅ User confirmed migration. Proceeding with database update..."
+
+    # Apply the migration script using psql (recommended approach)
+    log "🔧 Step 3c: Applying migration script to database..."
+    if command -v psql >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+        if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -f "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+            log "✅ Migration script applied successfully to database"
+        else
+            ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -f "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT") 2>&1 || true )
+            error "❌ Failed to apply migration script to database"
+            error "   PSQL Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+            error "   Migration script available at: $(basename "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT")"
+        fi
+    else
+        # Fallback to EF Core database update if psql is not available
+        log "🔄 psql not available, falling back to EF Core database update..."
+        if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef database update --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --connection "$CONNECTION_STRING"); then
+            log "✅ Database migration completed successfully using EF Core."
+        else
+            ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef database update --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --connection "$CONNECTION_STRING") 2>&1 || true )
+            error "❌ Database migration failed during final update."
+            error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+            error "   Check the .NET project logs for detailed errors."
+            if [ "$CREATE_BACKUP" = "true" ] && [ -n "$BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY" ]; then
+                error "   Backup script available at: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+            fi
+        fi
+    fi
+
+    # Save a copy of the migration script for reference before cleaning up
+    MIGRATION_SCRIPT_COPY="$BACKUP_DIR/migration_${ENVIRONMENT}_${TIMESTAMP}_applied.sql"
+    if [ -f "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT" ]; then
+        cp "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT" "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT_COPY"
+        log "📝 Migration script saved for reference: $(basename "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT_COPY")"
+    fi
+
+    # Clean up temporary migration script after successful application
+    rm -f "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT"
+
+# Step 4: Verify Migration
+log "🔍 Step 4: Verifying migration status..."
+
+# List migrations to check applied status
+MIGRATION_LIST_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef migrations list --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --connection "$CONNECTION_STRING") 2>&1 )
+log "📋 Current migration status:\n$MIGRATION_LIST_OUTPUT"
+
+# Check if there are any pending migrations after update
+PENDING_MIGRATIONS=$(echo "$MIGRATION_LIST_OUTPUT" | grep -c "\[ \]" || echo "0")
+PENDING_MIGRATIONS=$(echo "$PENDING_MIGRATIONS" | tr -d '\n')  # Remove any newlines
+if [ "$PENDING_MIGRATIONS" -gt 0 ]; then
+    warn "⚠️  WARNING: $PENDING_MIGRATIONS pending migration(s) found after update."
+    warn "   This indicates the 'dotnet ef database update' command may not have fully completed."
+else
+    log "✅ All migrations appear to be applied successfully."
+fi
+
+# --- Step 5: Cleanup Backups (keep only 5 dumps max) ---
+log "🧹 Step 5: Cleaning up old backups..."
+
+# Keep only the last 5 backups for this environment (in the environment-specific subfolder)
+ls -t "$BACKUP_DIR"/managing_${ENVIRONMENT}_backup_*.sql 2>/dev/null | tail -n +6 | xargs -r rm -f || true # Added -f for force removal
+
+log "✅ Kept last 5 backups for $ENVIRONMENT environment in $BACKUP_DIR_NAME/$ENVIRONMENT/"
+
+log "🎉 Migration application completed successfully for environment: $ENVIRONMENT!"
+if [ "$CREATE_BACKUP" = "true" ] && [ -n "$BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY" ]; then
+    log "📁 EF Core Migration SQL Script: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+fi
+log "📝 Full Log file: $LOG_FILE"
+
+echo ""
+echo "=========================================="
+echo "📋 MIGRATION SUMMARY"
+echo "=========================================="
+echo "Environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
+echo "Timestamp: $TIMESTAMP"
+echo "Status: ✅ SUCCESS"
+if [ "$CREATE_BACKUP" = "true" ] && [ -n "$BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY" ]; then
+    echo "EF Core SQL Backup: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+else
+    echo "Database Backup: Skipped by user"
+fi
+echo "Log: $LOG_FILE"
+echo "=========================================="

scripts/benchmark-backtest-performance.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# Benchmark Backtest Performance Script
+# This script runs backtest performance tests and records results in CSV
+
+set -e  # Exit on any error
+
+echo "🚀 Running backtest performance benchmark..."
+
+# Colors for output
+RED='\033[0;31m'
+GREEN='\033[0;32m'
+YELLOW='\033[1;33m'
+BLUE='\033[0;34m'
+NC='\033[0m' # No Color
+
+# Function to extract value from test output using regex
+extract_value() {
+    local pattern="$1"
+    local text="$2"
+    echo "$text" | grep -o "$pattern" | head -1 | sed 's/.*: //' | sed 's/[^0-9.]*$//' | tr -d ','
+}
+
+# Get current timestamp
+TIMESTAMP=$(date -u +"%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%SZ")
+
+# Get git information
+COMMIT_HASH=$(git rev-parse --short HEAD 2>/dev/null || echo "unknown")
+BRANCH_NAME=$(git branch --show-current 2>/dev/null || echo "unknown")
+ENVIRONMENT="development"
+
+# Run the main performance test and capture output
+echo "📊 Running main performance test..."
+TEST_OUTPUT=$(dotnet test src/Managing.Workers.Tests/Managing.Workers.Tests.csproj \
+    --filter "FullyQualifiedName~Telemetry_ETH_RSI&FullyQualifiedName!~EMACROSS" \
+    --verbosity minimal \
+    --logger "console;verbosity=detailed" 2>&1)
+
+# Check if test passed
+if echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | grep -q "Passed: 1"; then
+    echo -e "${GREEN}✅ Performance test passed!${NC}"
+else
+    echo -e "${RED}❌ Performance test failed!${NC}"
+    echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | tail -30
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+# Run business logic validation tests
+echo "📊 Running business logic validation tests..."
+VALIDATION_OUTPUT=$(dotnet test src/Managing.Workers.Tests/Managing.Workers.Tests.csproj \
+    --filter "ExecuteBacktest_With_ETH_FifteenMinutes_Data_Should_Return_LightBacktest|LongBacktest_ETH_RSI" \
+    --verbosity minimal \
+    --logger "console;verbosity=detailed" 2>&1)
+
+# Check if validation tests passed
+if echo "$VALIDATION_OUTPUT" | grep -q "Passed: 2"; then
+    echo -e "${GREEN}✅ Business logic validation tests passed!${NC}"
+else
+    echo -e "${RED}❌ Business logic validation tests failed!${NC}"
+    echo "$VALIDATION_OUTPUT" | tail -30
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+# Extract performance metrics from the output - use more robust parsing
+CANDLES_COUNT=$(echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | grep "📈 Total Candles Processed:" | sed 's/.*: //' | sed 's/[^0-9]//g' | xargs)
+EXECUTION_TIME=$(echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | grep "⏱️  Total Execution Time:" | sed 's/.*: //' | sed 's/s//' | sed 's/,/./g' | awk '{print $NF}' | xargs | awk -F' ' '{if (NF==2) print ($1+$2)/2; else print $1}')
+PROCESSING_RATE=$(echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | grep "🚀 Processing Rate:" | sed 's/.*: //' | sed 's/ candles\/sec//' | sed 's/,/./g' | xargs)
+
+# Extract memory metrics
+MEMORY_LINE=$(echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | grep "💾 Memory Usage:")
+MEMORY_START=$(echo "$MEMORY_LINE" | sed 's/.*Start=//' | sed 's/MB.*//' | xargs)
+MEMORY_END=$(echo "$MEMORY_LINE" | sed 's/.*End=//' | sed 's/MB.*//' | xargs)
+MEMORY_PEAK=$(echo "$MEMORY_LINE" | sed 's/.*Peak=//' | sed 's/MB.*//' | xargs)
+
+# Extract signal update metrics
+SIGNAL_LINE=$(echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | grep "• Signal Updates:")
+SIGNAL_UPDATES=$(echo "$SIGNAL_LINE" | sed 's/.*Signal Updates: //' | sed 's/ms.*//' | sed 's/,/./g' | xargs)
+SIGNAL_SKIPPED=$(echo "$SIGNAL_LINE" | grep -o "[0-9,]* skipped" | sed 's/ skipped//' | tr -d ',' | xargs)
+SIGNAL_EFFICIENCY=$(echo "$SIGNAL_LINE" | grep -o "[0-9.]*% efficiency" | sed 's/% efficiency//' | xargs)
+
+# Extract backtest steps
+BACKTEST_LINE=$(echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | grep "• Backtest Steps:")
+BACKTEST_STEPS=$(echo "$BACKTEST_LINE" | sed 's/.*Backtest Steps: //' | sed 's/ms.*//' | sed 's/,/./g' | xargs)
+
+# Extract timing metrics
+AVG_SIGNAL_UPDATE=$(echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | grep "• Average Signal Update:" | sed 's/.*Average Signal Update: //' | sed 's/ms.*//' | sed 's/,/./g' | xargs)
+AVG_BACKTEST_STEP=$(echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | grep "• Average Backtest Step:" | sed 's/.*Average Backtest Step: //' | sed 's/ms.*//' | sed 's/,/./g' | xargs)
+
+# Extract trading results
+FINAL_PNL=$(echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | grep "• Final PnL:" | sed 's/.*Final PnL: //' | sed 's/,/./g' | xargs)
+WIN_RATE=$(echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | grep "• Win Rate:" | sed 's/.*Win Rate: //' | sed 's/%//' | xargs)
+GROWTH_PERCENTAGE=$(echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | grep "• Growth:" | sed 's/.*Growth: //' | sed 's/%//' | sed 's/,/./g' | xargs)
+SCORE=$(echo "$TEST_OUTPUT" | grep "• Score:" | sed 's/.*Score: //' | sed 's/[^0-9.-]//g' | xargs)
+
+# Set defaults for missing or malformed values
+CANDLES_COUNT=${CANDLES_COUNT:-0}
+EXECUTION_TIME=${EXECUTION_TIME:-0.0}
+PROCESSING_RATE=${PROCESSING_RATE:-0.0}
+MEMORY_START=${MEMORY_START:-0.0}
+MEMORY_END=${MEMORY_END:-0.0}
+MEMORY_PEAK=${MEMORY_PEAK:-0.0}
+SIGNAL_UPDATES=${SIGNAL_UPDATES:-0.0}
+SIGNAL_SKIPPED=${SIGNAL_SKIPPED:-0}
+SIGNAL_EFFICIENCY=${SIGNAL_EFFICIENCY:-0.0}
+BACKTEST_STEPS=${BACKTEST_STEPS:-0.0}
+AVG_SIGNAL_UPDATE=${AVG_SIGNAL_UPDATE:-0.0}
+AVG_BACKTEST_STEP=${AVG_BACKTEST_STEP:-0.0}
+FINAL_PNL=${FINAL_PNL:-0.00}
+WIN_RATE=${WIN_RATE:-0}
+GROWTH_PERCENTAGE=${GROWTH_PERCENTAGE:-0.00}
+SCORE=${SCORE:-0.00}
+
+# Fix malformed values
+SCORE=$(echo "$SCORE" | sed 's/^0*$/0.00/' | xargs)
+
+# Business Logic Validation: Check Final PnL against first run baseline
+FIRST_RUN_FINAL_PNL=$(head -2 src/Managing.Workers.Tests/performance-benchmarks.csv 2>/dev/null | tail -1 | cut -d',' -f15 | xargs)
+
+if [ -n "$FIRST_RUN_FINAL_PNL" ] && [ "$FIRST_RUN_FINAL_PNL" != "FinalPnL" ]; then
+    # Compare against the first run in the file (the baseline)
+    DIFF=$(echo "scale=2; $FINAL_PNL - $FIRST_RUN_FINAL_PNL" | bc -l 2>/dev/null || echo "0")
+    ABS_DIFF=$(echo "scale=2; if ($DIFF < 0) -$DIFF else $DIFF" | bc -l 2>/dev/null || echo "0")
+
+    if (( $(echo "$ABS_DIFF > 0.01" | bc -l 2>/dev/null || echo "0") )); then
+        echo -e "${RED}❌ BUSINESS LOGIC WARNING: Final PnL differs from baseline!${NC}"
+        echo "   Baseline (first run): $FIRST_RUN_FINAL_PNL"
+        echo "   Current:              $FINAL_PNL"
+        echo "   Difference:           $DIFF"
+        echo -e "${YELLOW}⚠️  This may indicate that changes broke business logic!${NC}"
+        echo -e "${YELLOW}   Please verify that optimizations didn't change backtest behavior.${NC}"
+    else
+        echo -e "${GREEN}✅ Business Logic OK: Final PnL matches baseline (±$ABS_DIFF)${NC}"
+    fi
+else
+    # If no baseline exists, establish one
+    echo -e "${BLUE}ℹ️  Establishing new baseline - this is the first run${NC}"
+    echo -e "${GREEN}✅ First run completed successfully${NC}"
+fi
+
+# Create CSV row
+CSV_ROW="$TIMESTAMP,Telemetry_ETH_RSI,$CANDLES_COUNT,$EXECUTION_TIME,$PROCESSING_RATE,$MEMORY_START,$MEMORY_END,$MEMORY_PEAK,$SIGNAL_UPDATES,$SIGNAL_SKIPPED,$SIGNAL_EFFICIENCY,$BACKTEST_STEPS,$AVG_SIGNAL_UPDATE,$AVG_BACKTEST_STEP,$FINAL_PNL,$WIN_RATE,$GROWTH_PERCENTAGE,$SCORE,$COMMIT_HASH,$BRANCH_NAME,$ENVIRONMENT"
+
+# Append to CSV file
+echo "$CSV_ROW" >> "src/Managing.Workers.Tests/performance-benchmarks.csv"
+
+# Now run the two-scenarios test
+echo "📊 Running two-scenarios performance test..."
+TWO_SCENARIOS_OUTPUT=$(dotnet test src/Managing.Workers.Tests/Managing.Workers.Tests.csproj \
+    --filter "Telemetry_ETH_RSI_EMACROSS" \
+    --verbosity minimal \
+    --logger "console;verbosity=detailed" 2>&1)
+
+# Check if two-scenarios test passed
+if echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_OUTPUT" | grep -q "Passed: 1"; then
+    echo -e "${GREEN}✅ Two-scenarios performance test passed!${NC}"
+else
+    echo -e "${RED}❌ Two-scenarios performance test failed!${NC}"
+    echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_OUTPUT" | tail -30
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+# Extract performance metrics from the two-scenarios test output
+TWO_SCENARIOS_CANDLES_COUNT=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_OUTPUT" | grep "📈 Candles Processed:" | head -1 | sed 's/.*Processed: //' | sed 's/ (.*//' | sed 's/[^0-9]//g' | xargs)
+TWO_SCENARIOS_EXECUTION_TIME=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_OUTPUT" | grep "⏱️  Total Execution Time:" | head -1 | sed 's/.*: //' | sed 's/s//' | sed 's/,/./g' | awk '{print $1}' | xargs)
+TWO_SCENARIOS_PROCESSING_RATE=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_OUTPUT" | grep "📈 Candles Processed:" | head -1 | sed 's/.*Processed: [0-9]* (//' | sed 's/ candles\/sec).*//' | sed 's/,/./g' | sed 's/[^0-9.]//g' | xargs)
+
+# Extract memory metrics from backtest executor output (same format as main test)
+TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_LINE=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_OUTPUT" | grep "💾 Memory Usage:")
+TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_START=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_LINE" | sed 's/.*Start=//' | sed 's/MB.*//' | xargs)
+TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_END=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_LINE" | sed 's/.*End=//' | sed 's/MB.*//' | xargs)
+TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_PEAK=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_LINE" | sed 's/.*Peak=//' | sed 's/MB.*//' | xargs)
+
+# Set defaults for missing memory values
+TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_START=${TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_START:-0.0}
+TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_END=${TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_END:-0.0}
+TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_PEAK=${TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_PEAK:-0.0}
+
+# Extract signal update metrics (use defaults since two-scenarios test doesn't track these)
+TWO_SCENARIOS_SIGNAL_UPDATES=0.0
+TWO_SCENARIOS_SIGNAL_SKIPPED=0
+TWO_SCENARIOS_SIGNAL_EFFICIENCY=0.0
+
+# Extract backtest steps (use defaults)
+TWO_SCENARIOS_BACKTEST_STEPS=0.0
+TWO_SCENARIOS_AVG_SIGNAL_UPDATE=0.0
+TWO_SCENARIOS_AVG_BACKTEST_STEP=0.0
+
+# Extract trading results - remove "(Expected: ...)" text and clean values to pure numbers
+TWO_SCENARIOS_FINAL_PNL=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_OUTPUT" | grep "🎯 Final PnL:" | head -1 | sed 's/.*Final PnL: //' | sed 's/ (Expected:.*//' | sed 's/,/./g' | sed 's/[^0-9.-]//g' | xargs)
+TWO_SCENARIOS_WIN_RATE=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_OUTPUT" | grep "📈 Win Rate:" | head -1 | sed 's/.*Win Rate: //' | sed 's/ (Expected:.*//' | sed 's/%//' | sed 's/[^0-9]//g' | xargs)
+TWO_SCENARIOS_GROWTH_PERCENTAGE=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_OUTPUT" | grep "📈 Growth:" | head -1 | sed 's/.*Growth: //' | sed 's/ (Expected:.*//' | sed 's/%//' | sed 's/,/./g' | sed 's/[^0-9.-]//g' | xargs)
+TWO_SCENARIOS_SCORE=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_OUTPUT" | grep "📊 Score:" | head -1 | sed 's/.*Score: //' | sed 's/ (Expected:.*//' | sed 's/,/./g' | sed 's/[^0-9.-]//g' | xargs)
+
+# Set defaults for missing values and ensure clean numeric format
+TWO_SCENARIOS_CANDLES_COUNT=${TWO_SCENARIOS_CANDLES_COUNT:-0}
+TWO_SCENARIOS_EXECUTION_TIME=${TWO_SCENARIOS_EXECUTION_TIME:-0.0}
+TWO_SCENARIOS_PROCESSING_RATE=${TWO_SCENARIOS_PROCESSING_RATE:-0.0}
+TWO_SCENARIOS_FINAL_PNL=${TWO_SCENARIOS_FINAL_PNL:-0.00}
+TWO_SCENARIOS_WIN_RATE=${TWO_SCENARIOS_WIN_RATE:-0}
+TWO_SCENARIOS_GROWTH_PERCENTAGE=${TWO_SCENARIOS_GROWTH_PERCENTAGE:-0.00}
+TWO_SCENARIOS_SCORE=${TWO_SCENARIOS_SCORE:-0.00}
+
+# Ensure all values are clean numbers (remove any remaining non-numeric characters except decimal point and minus)
+TWO_SCENARIOS_CANDLES_COUNT=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_CANDLES_COUNT" | sed 's/[^0-9]//g')
+TWO_SCENARIOS_EXECUTION_TIME=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_EXECUTION_TIME" | sed 's/[^0-9.]//g')
+TWO_SCENARIOS_PROCESSING_RATE=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_PROCESSING_RATE" | sed 's/[^0-9.]//g')
+TWO_SCENARIOS_FINAL_PNL=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_FINAL_PNL" | sed 's/[^0-9.-]//g')
+TWO_SCENARIOS_WIN_RATE=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_WIN_RATE" | sed 's/[^0-9]//g')
+TWO_SCENARIOS_GROWTH_PERCENTAGE=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_GROWTH_PERCENTAGE" | sed 's/[^0-9.-]//g')
+TWO_SCENARIOS_SCORE=$(echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_SCORE" | sed 's/[^0-9.-]//g' | sed 's/^$/0.00/')
+
+# Create CSV row for two-scenarios test
+TWO_SCENARIOS_CSV_ROW="$TIMESTAMP,Telemetry_ETH_RSI_EMACROSS,$TWO_SCENARIOS_CANDLES_COUNT,$TWO_SCENARIOS_EXECUTION_TIME,$TWO_SCENARIOS_PROCESSING_RATE,$TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_START,$TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_END,$TWO_SCENARIOS_MEMORY_PEAK,$TWO_SCENARIOS_SIGNAL_UPDATES,$TWO_SCENARIOS_SIGNAL_SKIPPED,$TWO_SCENARIOS_SIGNAL_EFFICIENCY,$TWO_SCENARIOS_BACKTEST_STEPS,$TWO_SCENARIOS_AVG_SIGNAL_UPDATE,$TWO_SCENARIOS_AVG_BACKTEST_STEP,$TWO_SCENARIOS_FINAL_PNL,$TWO_SCENARIOS_WIN_RATE,$TWO_SCENARIOS_GROWTH_PERCENTAGE,$TWO_SCENARIOS_SCORE,$COMMIT_HASH,$BRANCH_NAME,$ENVIRONMENT"
+
+# Append to two-scenarios CSV file
+echo "$TWO_SCENARIOS_CSV_ROW" >> "src/Managing.Workers.Tests/performance-benchmarks-two-scenarios.csv"
+
+# Display results
+echo -e "${BLUE}📊 Benchmark Results:${NC}"
+echo "   • Processing Rate: $PROCESSING_RATE candles/sec"
+echo "   • Execution Time: $EXECUTION_TIME seconds"
+echo "   • Memory Peak: $MEMORY_PEAK MB"
+echo "   • Signal Efficiency: $SIGNAL_EFFICIENCY%"
+echo "   • Candles Processed: $CANDLES_COUNT"
+echo "   • Score: $SCORE"
+
+echo -e "${GREEN}✅ Benchmark data recorded successfully!${NC}"

scripts/build_and_run.sh

@@ -1,13 +1,10 @@
 #!/bin/bash
 
 # Navigate to the src directory
-cd ../src
+cd src
 
-# Build the managing.api image
+# Build the managing.api image (now includes all workers as background services)
 docker build -t managing.api -f Managing.Api/Dockerfile . --no-cache
 
-# Build the managing.api.workers image
-docker build -t managing.api.workers -f Managing.Api.Workers/Dockerfile . --no-cache 
-
 # Start up the project using docker-compose
 docker compose -f Managing.Docker/docker-compose.yml -f Managing.Docker/docker-compose.local.yml up -d

scripts/cleanup-api-workers.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# scripts/cleanup-api-workers.sh
+# Cleanup script for Vibe Kanban - stops API and Workers processes only
+# Usage: bash scripts/cleanup-api-workers.sh <TASK_ID>
+
+TASK_ID=$1
+
+# Try to get TASK_ID from various sources
+if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+    # Try environment variables (Vibe Kanban might set these)
+    if [ -n "$VIBE_TASK_ID" ]; then
+        TASK_ID="$VIBE_TASK_ID"
+        echo "📋 Found TASK_ID from VIBE_TASK_ID: $TASK_ID"
+    elif [ -n "$TASK_ID_ENV" ]; then
+        TASK_ID="$TASK_ID_ENV"
+        echo "📋 Found TASK_ID from TASK_ID_ENV: $TASK_ID"
+    elif [ -n "$TASK" ]; then
+        TASK_ID="$TASK"
+        echo "📋 Found TASK_ID from TASK: $TASK_ID"
+    fi
+fi
+
+# Determine project root
+if [ -n "$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT" ] && [ -d "$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT/src/Managing.Api" ]; then
+    PROJECT_ROOT="$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT"
+    echo "📁 Using Vibe Kanban worktree: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+elif [ -d "$(pwd)/scripts" ] && [ -f "$(pwd)/scripts/start-api-and-workers.sh" ]; then
+    PROJECT_ROOT="$(pwd)"
+    echo "📁 Using current directory: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+else
+    # Try to find main repo
+    MAIN_REPO="/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps"
+    if [ -d "$MAIN_REPO/scripts" ]; then
+        PROJECT_ROOT="$MAIN_REPO"
+        echo "📁 Using main repository: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+    else
+        echo "❌ Error: Cannot find project root"
+        exit 1
+    fi
+fi
+
+# If TASK_ID still not found, try to detect from worktree path or PID files
+if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+    # Try to extract from worktree path (Vibe Kanban worktrees often contain task ID)
+    if [ -n "$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT" ]; then
+        WORKTREE_PATH="$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT"
+        # Try to extract task ID from path (e.g., /path/to/worktrees/TASK-123/...)
+        DETECTED_TASK=$(echo "$WORKTREE_PATH" | grep -oE '[A-Z]+-[0-9]+' | head -1)
+        if [ -n "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+            TASK_ID="$DETECTED_TASK"
+            echo "📋 Detected TASK_ID from worktree path: $TASK_ID"
+        fi
+    fi
+    
+    # Try to find from PID files in worktree
+    if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ] && [ -n "$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT" ]; then
+        PID_DIR_CHECK="$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT/.task-pids"
+        if [ -d "$PID_DIR_CHECK" ]; then
+            # Find the most recent PID file with a running process
+            for pid_file in $(ls -t "$PID_DIR_CHECK"/*.pid 2>/dev/null); do
+                pid=$(cat "$pid_file" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')
+                if [ -n "$pid" ] && ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                    # Extract task ID from filename (e.g., api-DEV-123.pid -> DEV-123)
+                    DETECTED_TASK=$(basename "$pid_file" .pid | sed 's/^api-//; s/^workers-//')
+                    if [ -n "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+                        TASK_ID="$DETECTED_TASK"
+                        echo "📋 Detected TASK_ID from running process PID file: $TASK_ID"
+                        break
+                    fi
+                fi
+            done
+        fi
+    fi
+    
+    # Try to find from PID files in main repo if still not found
+    if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+        PID_DIR_CHECK="$PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids"
+        if [ -d "$PID_DIR_CHECK" ]; then
+            # Find the most recent PID file with a running process
+            for pid_file in $(ls -t "$PID_DIR_CHECK"/*.pid 2>/dev/null); do
+                pid=$(cat "$pid_file" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')
+                if [ -n "$pid" ] && ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                    # Extract task ID from filename (e.g., api-DEV-123.pid -> DEV-123)
+                    DETECTED_TASK=$(basename "$pid_file" .pid | sed 's/^api-//; s/^workers-//')
+                    if [ -n "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+                        TASK_ID="$DETECTED_TASK"
+                        echo "📋 Detected TASK_ID from running process PID file: $TASK_ID"
+                        break
+                    fi
+                fi
+            done
+        fi
+    fi
+    
+    # Try to find from current directory if it's a worktree
+    if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+        CURRENT_DIR="$(pwd)"
+        DETECTED_TASK=$(echo "$CURRENT_DIR" | grep -oE '[A-Z]+-[0-9]+' | head -1)
+        if [ -n "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+            TASK_ID="$DETECTED_TASK"
+            echo "📋 Detected TASK_ID from current directory: $TASK_ID"
+        fi
+    fi
+fi
+
+PID_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids"
+API_PID_FILE="$PID_DIR/api-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+WORKERS_PID_FILE="$PID_DIR/workers-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+
+if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+    echo ""
+    echo "❌ Error: TASK_ID is required but could not be determined"
+    echo ""
+    echo "💡 Usage: $0 <TASK_ID>"
+    echo "💡 Or set one of these environment variables:"
+    echo "   - VIBE_TASK_ID"
+    echo "   - TASK_ID_ENV"
+    echo "   - TASK"
+    echo ""
+    echo "💡 Or ensure you're running from a Vibe Kanban worktree with task ID in the path"
+    echo ""
+    echo "🔍 Debug information:"
+    echo "   Current directory: $(pwd)"
+    echo "   VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT: ${VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT:-not set}"
+    echo "   PROJECT_ROOT: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+    if [ -d "$PID_DIR" ]; then
+        echo "   Available PID files in $PID_DIR:"
+        ls -1 "$PID_DIR"/*.pid 2>/dev/null | head -5 | while read file; do
+            pid=$(cat "$file" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')
+            task=$(basename "$file" .pid | sed 's/^api-//; s/^workers-//')
+            if [ -n "$pid" ] && ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                echo "     ✅ $file (PID: $pid, Task: $task) - RUNNING"
+            else
+                echo "     ⚠️  $file (PID: $pid, Task: $task) - not running"
+            fi
+        done || echo "     (none found)"
+    fi
+    echo ""
+    echo "💡 To clean up a specific task, run:"
+    echo "   $0 <TASK_ID>"
+    echo ""
+    echo "💡 Or set VIBE_TASK_ID environment variable before running the script"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+echo "🧹 Cleaning up API and Workers for task: $TASK_ID"
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+
+# Function to kill process and its children
+kill_process_tree() {
+    local pid=$1
+    local name=$2
+    
+    if [ -z "$pid" ] || [ "$pid" = "0" ]; then
+        return 0
+    fi
+    
+    if ! ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        return 0
+    fi
+    
+    echo "   🛑 Stopping $name (PID: $pid)..."
+    
+    # First, try graceful shutdown
+    kill "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+    sleep 2
+    
+    # Check if still running
+    if ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        echo "   ⚠️  Process still running, force killing..."
+        kill -9 "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+        sleep 1
+    fi
+    
+    # Kill any child processes
+    local child_pids=$(pgrep -P "$pid" 2>/dev/null)
+    if [ -n "$child_pids" ]; then
+        for child_pid in $child_pids; do
+            echo "   🛑 Stopping child process (PID: $child_pid)..."
+            kill "$child_pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+            sleep 1
+            if ps -p "$child_pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                kill -9 "$child_pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+            fi
+        done
+    fi
+    
+    # Verify process is stopped
+    if ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        echo "   ⚠️  Warning: Process $pid may still be running"
+        return 1
+    else
+        echo "   ✅ $name stopped"
+        return 0
+    fi
+}
+
+# Function to find and kill orphaned processes by name
+kill_orphaned_processes() {
+    local task_id=$1
+    local process_name=$2
+    local found_any=false
+    
+    # Find processes that match the executable name and worktree path
+    local processes=$(ps aux | grep "$process_name" | grep -v grep | grep -E "worktree|$task_id" || true)
+    
+    if [ -n "$processes" ]; then
+        echo "   🔍 Found orphaned $process_name processes:"
+        echo "$processes" | while read line; do
+            local pid=$(echo "$line" | awk '{print $2}')
+            if [ -n "$pid" ] && ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                echo "   🛑 Killing orphaned process (PID: $pid)..."
+                kill "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+                sleep 1
+                if ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                    kill -9 "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+                fi
+                found_any=true
+            fi
+        done
+    fi
+}
+
+# Stop API process
+echo "📊 Stopping API process..."
+if [ -f "$API_PID_FILE" ]; then
+    API_PID=$(cat "$API_PID_FILE" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')
+    if [ -n "$API_PID" ] && [ "$API_PID" != "0" ]; then
+        kill_process_tree "$API_PID" "API"
+    else
+        echo "   ⚠️  Invalid PID in file: $API_PID_FILE"
+    fi
+    rm -f "$API_PID_FILE"
+else
+    echo "   ⚠️  API PID file not found: $API_PID_FILE"
+fi
+
+# Kill orphaned Managing.Api processes
+kill_orphaned_processes "$TASK_ID" "Managing.Api"
+
+# Stop Workers process
+echo ""
+echo "📊 Stopping Workers process..."
+if [ -f "$WORKERS_PID_FILE" ]; then
+    WORKERS_PID=$(cat "$WORKERS_PID_FILE" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')
+    if [ -n "$WORKERS_PID" ] && [ "$WORKERS_PID" != "0" ]; then
+        kill_process_tree "$WORKERS_PID" "Workers"
+    else
+        echo "   ⚠️  Invalid PID in file: $WORKERS_PID_FILE"
+    fi
+    rm -f "$WORKERS_PID_FILE"
+else
+    echo "   ⚠️  Workers PID file not found: $WORKERS_PID_FILE"
+fi
+
+# Kill orphaned Managing.Workers processes
+kill_orphaned_processes "$TASK_ID" "Managing.Workers"
+
+# Kill orphaned dotnet run processes that might be related
+echo ""
+echo "📊 Checking for orphaned dotnet run processes..."
+DOTNET_RUN_PIDS=$(ps aux | grep "dotnet run" | grep -v grep | awk '{print $2}' || true)
+if [ -n "$DOTNET_RUN_PIDS" ]; then
+    for pid in $DOTNET_RUN_PIDS; do
+        # Check if this dotnet run is a parent of Managing.Api or Managing.Workers
+        local has_api_child=$(pgrep -P "$pid" | xargs ps -p 2>/dev/null | grep -c "Managing.Api" || echo "0")
+        local has_workers_child=$(pgrep -P "$pid" | xargs ps -p 2>/dev/null | grep -c "Managing.Workers" || echo "0")
+        
+        if [ "$has_api_child" != "0" ] || [ "$has_workers_child" != "0" ]; then
+            echo "   🛑 Killing orphaned dotnet run process (PID: $pid)..."
+            kill "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+            sleep 1
+            if ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                kill -9 "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+            fi
+        fi
+    done
+fi
+
+# Clean up log files (optional - comment out if you want to keep logs)
+# echo ""
+# echo "📊 Cleaning up log files..."
+# rm -f "$PID_DIR/api-${TASK_ID}.log" "$PID_DIR/workers-${TASK_ID}.log" 2>/dev/null || true
+
+echo ""
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+echo "✅ Cleanup complete for task: $TASK_ID"
+echo ""
+echo "💡 Note: Log files are preserved in: $PID_DIR"
+echo "💡 To remove log files, uncomment the cleanup section in the script"
+

scripts/copy-database-for-task.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# scripts/copy-database-for-task.sh
+# Copies database from main repo to task-specific PostgreSQL instance
+
+TASK_ID=$1
+SOURCE_HOST=${2:-"localhost"}
+SOURCE_PORT=${3:-"5432"}
+TARGET_HOST=${4:-"localhost"}
+TARGET_PORT=${5:-"5433"}
+
+SOURCE_DB="managing"
+# Convert to lowercase (compatible with bash 3.2+)
+TARGET_DB="managing_$(echo "$TASK_ID" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')"
+ORLEANS_SOURCE_DB="orleans"
+ORLEANS_TARGET_DB="orleans_$(echo "$TASK_ID" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')"
+
+DB_USER="postgres"
+DB_PASSWORD="postgres"
+
+set -e  # Exit on error
+
+echo "📦 Copying database for task: $TASK_ID"
+echo "   Source: $SOURCE_HOST:$SOURCE_PORT"
+echo "   Target: $TARGET_HOST:$TARGET_PORT"
+
+# Wait for target PostgreSQL to be ready
+echo "⏳ Waiting for target PostgreSQL..."
+for i in {1..60}; do
+    if PGPASSWORD=$DB_PASSWORD psql -h $TARGET_HOST -p $TARGET_PORT -U $DB_USER -d postgres -c '\q' 2>/dev/null; then
+        echo "✅ Target PostgreSQL is ready"
+        break
+    fi
+    if [ $i -eq 60 ]; then
+        echo "❌ Target PostgreSQL not ready after 60 attempts"
+        exit 1
+    fi
+    sleep 1
+done
+
+# Verify source database is accessible
+echo "🔍 Verifying source database..."
+if ! PGPASSWORD=$DB_PASSWORD psql -h $SOURCE_HOST -p $SOURCE_PORT -U $DB_USER -d postgres -c '\q' 2>/dev/null; then
+    echo "❌ Cannot connect to source database at $SOURCE_HOST:$SOURCE_PORT"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+# Create target databases (drop if exists for fresh copy)
+echo "🗑️  Dropping existing target databases if they exist..."
+PGPASSWORD=$DB_PASSWORD psql -h $TARGET_HOST -p $TARGET_PORT -U $DB_USER -d postgres -c "DROP DATABASE IF EXISTS \"$TARGET_DB\";" 2>/dev/null || true
+PGPASSWORD=$DB_PASSWORD psql -h $TARGET_HOST -p $TARGET_PORT -U $DB_USER -d postgres -c "DROP DATABASE IF EXISTS \"$ORLEANS_TARGET_DB\";" 2>/dev/null || true
+
+echo "📝 Creating target databases..."
+PGPASSWORD=$DB_PASSWORD psql -h $TARGET_HOST -p $TARGET_PORT -U $DB_USER -d postgres -c "CREATE DATABASE \"$TARGET_DB\";"
+PGPASSWORD=$DB_PASSWORD psql -h $TARGET_HOST -p $TARGET_PORT -U $DB_USER -d postgres -c "CREATE DATABASE \"$ORLEANS_TARGET_DB\";"
+
+# Create temporary dump files
+TEMP_DIR=$(mktemp -d)
+MANAGING_DUMP="$TEMP_DIR/managing_${TASK_ID}.dump"
+ORLEANS_DUMP="$TEMP_DIR/orleans_${TASK_ID}.dump"
+
+# Dump source databases
+echo "📤 Dumping source database: $SOURCE_DB..."
+PGPASSWORD=$DB_PASSWORD pg_dump -h $SOURCE_HOST -p $SOURCE_PORT -U $DB_USER -Fc "$SOURCE_DB" > "$MANAGING_DUMP"
+
+if [ ! -s "$MANAGING_DUMP" ]; then
+    echo "❌ Failed to dump source database $SOURCE_DB"
+    rm -rf "$TEMP_DIR"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+echo "📤 Dumping Orleans database: $ORLEANS_SOURCE_DB..."
+PGPASSWORD=$DB_PASSWORD pg_dump -h $SOURCE_HOST -p $SOURCE_PORT -U $DB_USER -Fc "$ORLEANS_SOURCE_DB" > "$ORLEANS_DUMP" 2>/dev/null || {
+    echo "⚠️  Orleans database not found, skipping..."
+    ORLEANS_DUMP=""
+}
+
+# Restore to target databases
+echo "📥 Restoring to target database: $TARGET_DB..."
+PGPASSWORD=$DB_PASSWORD pg_restore -h $TARGET_HOST -p $TARGET_PORT -U $DB_USER -d "$TARGET_DB" --no-owner --no-acl --clean --if-exists "$MANAGING_DUMP"
+
+if [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
+    echo "✅ Successfully restored $TARGET_DB"
+else
+    echo "❌ Failed to restore $TARGET_DB"
+    rm -rf "$TEMP_DIR"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ -n "$ORLEANS_DUMP" ] && [ -s "$ORLEANS_DUMP" ]; then
+    echo "📥 Restoring Orleans database: $ORLEANS_TARGET_DB..."
+    PGPASSWORD=$DB_PASSWORD pg_restore -h $TARGET_HOST -p $TARGET_PORT -U $DB_USER -d "$ORLEANS_TARGET_DB" --no-owner --no-acl --clean --if-exists "$ORLEANS_DUMP"
+    
+    if [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
+        echo "✅ Successfully restored $ORLEANS_TARGET_DB"
+        
+        # Clean Orleans membership tables to avoid conflicts with old silos
+        echo "🧹 Cleaning Orleans membership tables (removing old silo entries)..."
+        PGPASSWORD=$DB_PASSWORD psql -h $TARGET_HOST -p $TARGET_PORT -U $DB_USER -d "$ORLEANS_TARGET_DB" <<EOF
+-- Clear membership tables to start fresh (Orleans uses lowercase table names)
+TRUNCATE TABLE IF EXISTS orleansmembershiptable CASCADE;
+TRUNCATE TABLE IF EXISTS orleansmembershipversiontable CASCADE;
+-- Note: We keep reminder and storage tables as they may contain application data
+EOF
+        
+        if [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
+            echo "✅ Orleans membership tables cleaned"
+        else
+            echo "⚠️  Failed to clean Orleans membership tables (tables may not exist yet, which is OK)"
+        fi
+    else
+        echo "⚠️  Failed to restore Orleans database (non-critical)"
+    fi
+else
+    # Even if no Orleans dump, create empty database for fresh start
+    echo "📝 Orleans database will be created fresh by Orleans framework"
+fi
+
+# Cleanup
+rm -rf "$TEMP_DIR"
+
+echo "✅ Database copy completed successfully"
+echo "   Managing DB: $TARGET_DB on port $TARGET_PORT"
+echo "   Orleans DB: $ORLEANS_TARGET_DB on port $TARGET_PORT"
+

scripts/create-task-compose.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# scripts/create-task-compose.sh
+# Creates a task-specific Docker Compose file with all required environment variables
+
+TASK_ID=$1
+PORT_OFFSET=${2:-0}
+
+POSTGRES_PORT=$((5432 + PORT_OFFSET))
+API_PORT=$((5000 + PORT_OFFSET))
+WORKER_PORT=$((5001 + PORT_OFFSET))
+REDIS_PORT=$((6379 + PORT_OFFSET))
+ORLEANS_SILO_PORT=$((11111 + PORT_OFFSET))
+ORLEANS_GATEWAY_PORT=$((30000 + PORT_OFFSET))
+
+# Convert to lowercase (compatible with bash 3.2+)
+DB_NAME="managing_$(echo "$TASK_ID" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')"
+ORLEANS_DB_NAME="orleans_$(echo "$TASK_ID" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')"
+TASK_ID_LOWER="$(echo "$TASK_ID" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')"
+
+# Extract TASK_SLOT from TASK_ID numeric part (e.g., TASK-5439 -> 5439)
+# This ensures unique Orleans ports for each task and prevents port conflicts
+TASK_SLOT=$(echo "$TASK_ID" | grep -oE '[0-9]+' | head -1)
+if [ -z "$TASK_SLOT" ] || [ "$TASK_SLOT" = "0" ]; then
+    # Fallback: use port offset calculation if TASK_ID doesn't contain numbers
+    TASK_SLOT=$((PORT_OFFSET / 10 + 1))
+fi
+
+# Calculate Orleans ports based on TASK_SLOT (for display purposes)
+ORLEANS_SILO_PORT_CALC=$((11111 + (TASK_SLOT - 1) * 10))
+ORLEANS_GATEWAY_PORT_CALC=$((30000 + (TASK_SLOT - 1) * 10))
+
+SCRIPT_DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}" )" &> /dev/null && pwd )"
+PROJECT_ROOT="$(dirname "$SCRIPT_DIR")"
+COMPOSE_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/src/Managing.Docker"
+COMPOSE_FILE="$COMPOSE_DIR/docker-compose.task-${TASK_ID}.yml"
+
+# Escape function for Docker Compose environment variables
+escape_env() {
+    echo "$1" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g' | sed 's/\$/\\$/g' | sed 's/"/\\"/g'
+}
+
+cat > "$COMPOSE_FILE" << EOF
+name: task-${TASK_ID_LOWER}
+
+services:
+  postgres-${TASK_ID}:
+    image: postgres:17.5
+    container_name: postgres-${TASK_ID}
+    volumes:
+      - postgresdata_${TASK_ID}:/var/lib/postgresql/data
+    ports:
+      - "${POSTGRES_PORT}:5432"
+    restart: unless-stopped
+    networks:
+      - task-${TASK_ID}-network
+    environment:
+      - POSTGRES_USER=postgres
+      - POSTGRES_PASSWORD=postgres
+      - POSTGRES_DB=postgres
+
+  redis-${TASK_ID}:
+    image: redis:8.0.3
+    container_name: redis-${TASK_ID}
+    ports:
+      - "${REDIS_PORT}:6379"
+    volumes:
+      - redis_data_${TASK_ID}:/data
+    networks:
+      - task-${TASK_ID}-network
+    restart: unless-stopped
+    environment:
+      - REDIS_PASSWORD=
+
+volumes:
+  postgresdata_${TASK_ID}:
+  redis_data_${TASK_ID}:
+
+networks:
+  task-${TASK_ID}-network:
+    driver: bridge
+EOF
+
+echo "✅ Created $COMPOSE_FILE"
+echo "   PostgreSQL: localhost:$POSTGRES_PORT"
+echo "   Redis: localhost:$REDIS_PORT"
+echo "   API will run via dotnet run on port: $API_PORT"
+echo "   Orleans Silo: localhost:$ORLEANS_SILO_PORT_CALC (based on TASK_SLOT=$TASK_SLOT)"
+echo "   Orleans Gateway: localhost:$ORLEANS_GATEWAY_PORT_CALC (based on TASK_SLOT=$TASK_SLOT)"
+echo "   InfluxDB: Using main instance at localhost:8086"
+echo "   Task Slot: $TASK_SLOT (extracted from TASK_ID: $TASK_ID)"
+

scripts/docker-deploy-local.cmd

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
 cd .. 
 cd .\src\
 docker build -t managing.api -f ./Managing.Api/Dockerfile . --no-cache
-docker build -t managing.api.workers -f ./Managing.Api.Workers/Dockerfile . --no-cache 
 docker-compose -f ./Managing.Docker/docker-compose.yml -f ./Managing.Docker/docker-compose.local.yml up -d 

scripts/docker-deploy-sandbox.cmd

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
 cd .. 
 cd .\src\
 docker build -t managing.api -f ./Managing.Api/Dockerfile . --no-cache
-docker build -t managing.api.workers -f ./Managing.Api.Workers/Dockerfile . --no-cache 
 docker-compose -f ./Managing.Docker/docker-compose.yml -f ./Managing.Docker/docker-compose.sandbox.yml up -d 

scripts/docker-redeploy-oda.cmd

@@ -2,21 +2,16 @@ cd ..
 cd .\src\
 ECHO "Stopping containers..."
 docker stop sandbox-managing.api-1
-docker stop sandbox-managing.api.workers-1
 ECHO "Contaiters stopped"
 ECHO "Removing containers..."
 docker rm sandbox-managing.api-1
-docker rm sandbox-managing.api.workers-1
 ECHO "Containers removed"
 ECHO "Removing images..."
 docker rmi managing.api
 docker rmi managing.api:latest
-docker rmi managing.api.workers
-docker rmi managing.api.workers:latest
 ECHO "Images removed"
 ECHO "Building images..."
 docker build -t managing.api -f ./Managing.Api/Dockerfile . --no-cache
-docker build -t managing.api.workers -f ./Managing.Api.Workers/Dockerfile . --no-cache 
 ECHO "Deploying..."
 docker-compose -f ./Managing.Docker/docker-compose.yml -f ./Managing.Docker/docker-compose.sandbox.yml up -d 
 ECHO "Deployed"

scripts/influxdb/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+# InfluxDB Export and Import Scripts
+
+This directory contains scripts for exporting and importing InfluxDB data for the Managing Apps project using query-based methods that work with standard read/write tokens.
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+1. **InfluxDB CLI** - Required for export/import operations
+   ```bash
+   brew install influxdb-cli
+   ```
+
+2. **jq** - JSON parser for reading configuration files
+   ```bash
+   brew install jq
+   ```
+
+## Available Scripts
+
+### 1. `export-prices-bucket.sh`
+Exports OHLCV candle/price data from the `prices-bucket`.
+
+**What it exports:**
+- All candle data (open, high, low, close, volume)
+- Multiple exchanges, tickers, and timeframes
+- Configurable time ranges
+
+**Usage:**
+```bash
+./export-prices-bucket.sh
+```
+
+**Interactive Prompts:**
+- Select environment (SandboxRemote or ProductionRemote)
+- Select time range (7 days, 30 days, 90 days, 1 year, all data, or custom)
+
+**Output:**
+- CSV export: `./exports/<ENVIRONMENT>/<TIMESTAMP>/prices-bucket_data.csv`
+- Metadata file with export details
+
+**Advantages:**
+- ✅ Works with regular read tokens (no admin required)
+- ✅ Flexible time range selection
+- ✅ Exports in standard CSV format
+- ✅ Can be imported to any InfluxDB instance
+
+---
+
+### 2. `import-csv-data.sh`
+Imports prices-bucket CSV export data into any InfluxDB environment.
+
+**What it imports:**
+- Prices-bucket data only
+- Supports large files (1.6M+ data points)
+- Automatically creates bucket if needed
+
+**Usage:**
+```bash
+./import-csv-data.sh
+```
+
+**Interactive Prompts:**
+1. Select source environment (which export to import from)
+2. Select export timestamp
+3. Select target environment (where to import to)
+4. Confirm the import operation
+
+**Features:**
+- ✅ Imports CSV exports to any environment
+- ✅ Works with regular read/write tokens
+- ✅ Batch processing for large files (5000 points per batch)
+- ✅ Automatic bucket creation if needed
+- ✅ Progress tracking for large imports
+
+**⚠️ Note:** Import adds data to the bucket. Existing data with the same timestamps will be overwritten.
+
+---
+
+## Configuration
+
+The scripts automatically read InfluxDB connection settings from:
+- `src/Managing.Api/appsettings.SandboxRemote.json`
+- `src/Managing.Api/appsettings.ProductionRemote.json`
+
+**Required settings in appsettings files:**
+```json
+{
+  "InfluxDb": {
+    "Url": "https://influx-db.apps.managing.live",
+    "Organization": "managing-org",
+    "Token": "your-token-here"
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Export/Import Structure
+
+```
+exports/
+├── SandboxRemote/
+│   └── 20241028_143022/
+│       ├── prices-bucket_data.csv
+│       └── export-metadata.txt
+└── ProductionRemote/
+    └── 20241028_160000/
+        ├── prices-bucket_data.csv
+        └── export-metadata.txt
+```
+
+## Data Structure
+
+### prices-bucket (Managed by these scripts)
+- **Measurement**: `price`
+- **Contains**: OHLCV candle data
+- **Tags**: 
+  - `exchange` (e.g., Evm, Binance)
+  - `ticker` (e.g., BTC, ETH, AAVE)
+  - `timeframe` (e.g., FifteenMinutes, OneHour, OneDay)
+- **Fields**:
+  - `open`, `high`, `low`, `close` (price values)
+  - `baseVolume`, `quoteVolume` (volume data)
+  - `TradeCount` (number of trades)
+  - `takerBuyBaseVolume`, `takerBuyQuoteVolume` (taker buy volumes)
+
+### agent-balances-bucket (Not included in export/import scripts)
+- **Measurement**: `agent_balance`
+- **Contains**: User balance history over time
+- **Note**: This bucket is not managed by these scripts. Balance data is derived from operational data and should be regenerated rather than migrated.
+
+## Common Workflows
+
+### Quick Export
+```bash
+cd scripts/influxdb
+./export-prices-bucket.sh
+# Select: 1 (SandboxRemote)
+# Select: 5 (All data)
+```
+
+### Export Specific Time Range
+```bash
+cd scripts/influxdb
+./export-prices-bucket.sh
+# Select: 1 (SandboxRemote)
+# Select: 3 (Last 90 days)
+```
+
+### Migrate Sandbox to Production
+```bash
+cd scripts/influxdb
+
+# Step 1: Export from sandbox
+./export-prices-bucket.sh
+# Select: 1 (SandboxRemote)
+# Select: 5 (All data)
+
+# Step 2: Import to production
+./import-csv-data.sh
+# Select source: 1 (SandboxRemote)
+# Select: Latest export timestamp
+# Select target: 2 (ProductionRemote)
+# Confirm: yes
+```
+
+### Backup Before Major Changes
+```bash
+cd scripts/influxdb
+
+# Export current production data
+./export-prices-bucket.sh
+# Select: 2 (ProductionRemote)
+# Select: 5 (All data)
+
+# If something goes wrong, restore it:
+./import-csv-data.sh
+# Select the backup you just created
+```
+
+### Clone Environment
+```bash
+# Export from source
+./export-prices-bucket.sh
+# Select source environment
+
+# Import to target
+./import-csv-data.sh
+# Select target environment
+```
+
+## Token Permissions
+
+### Read Token (Export)
+Required for `export-prices-bucket.sh`:
+- ✅ Read access to buckets
+- ✅ This is what you typically have in production
+
+### Write Token (Import)
+Required for `import-csv-data.sh`:
+- ✅ Read/Write access to target bucket
+- ✅ Ability to create buckets (optional, for auto-creation)
+
+### How to Check Your Token Permissions
+```bash
+influx auth list --host <URL> --token <TOKEN>
+```
+
+## Data Retention
+
+- Exports are stored indefinitely by default
+- Manual cleanup recommended:
+  ```bash
+  # Remove exports older than 90 days
+  find ./exports -type d -mtime +90 -exec rm -rf {} +
+  ```
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### "influx command not found"
+Install InfluxDB CLI:
+```bash
+brew install influxdb-cli
+```
+
+### "jq command not found"
+Install jq:
+```bash
+brew install jq
+```
+
+### "Failed to parse configuration"
+Ensure the appsettings JSON file exists and is valid JSON.
+
+### "Connection refused"
+- Check that InfluxDB URL is accessible
+- Verify network connectivity to the server
+- Check firewall rules
+
+### "401 Unauthorized"
+- Verify the InfluxDB token in appsettings is correct
+- For exports: ensure token has read permissions for the bucket
+- For imports: ensure token has write permissions for the bucket
+
+### "Bucket not found"
+The import script will automatically create the bucket if you have permissions.
+
+Or create it manually:
+```bash
+influx bucket create \
+  --name prices-bucket \
+  --org managing-org \
+  --retention 0 \
+  --host https://influx-db.apps.managing.live \
+  --token YOUR_TOKEN
+```
+
+### Import is slow
+- This is normal for large files (240MB+ with 1.6M+ data points)
+- Expected time: 5-15 minutes depending on network speed
+- The script processes data in batches of 5000 points
+- Progress is shown during import
+
+### Duplicate data after import
+- Imports overwrite data with the same timestamp
+- To avoid duplicates, don't import the same data twice
+- To replace all data: delete the bucket first, then import
+
+## Performance Tips
+
+### For Large Exports
+- Export specific time ranges instead of all data when possible
+- Exports are faster than full database dumps
+- CSV files compress well (use `gzip` for storage)
+
+### For Large Imports
+- Import during low-traffic periods
+- Monitor InfluxDB memory usage during import
+- Consider splitting very large imports into time ranges
+
+## Verify Data After Import
+
+```bash
+# Check recent data
+influx query 'from(bucket:"prices-bucket") |> range(start:-7d) |> limit(n:10)' \
+  --host https://influx-db.apps.managing.live \
+  --org managing-org \
+  --token YOUR_TOKEN
+
+# Count total records
+influx query 'from(bucket:"prices-bucket") |> range(start:2020-01-01T00:00:00Z) |> count()' \
+  --host https://influx-db.apps.managing.live \
+  --org managing-org \
+  --token YOUR_TOKEN
+
+# Check specific ticker
+influx query 'from(bucket:"prices-bucket") |> range(start:-30d) |> filter(fn: (r) => r.ticker == "BTC")' \
+  --host https://influx-db.apps.managing.live \
+  --org managing-org \
+  --token YOUR_TOKEN
+```
+
+## Manual Export/Import Commands
+
+If you need to run commands manually:
+
+**Export:**
+```bash
+influx query 'from(bucket: "prices-bucket") |> range(start: -30d)' \
+  --host https://influx-db.apps.managing.live \
+  --org managing-org \
+  --token YOUR_TOKEN \
+  --raw > export.csv
+```
+
+**Import:**
+```bash
+influx write \
+  --host https://influx-db.apps.managing.live \
+  --org managing-org \
+  --token YOUR_TOKEN \
+  --bucket prices-bucket \
+  --format csv \
+  --file export.csv
+```
+
+## Best Practices
+
+1. **Regular Exports**: Schedule regular exports of production data
+2. **Test Imports**: Test imports on sandbox before production
+3. **Verify After Import**: Always verify data integrity after import
+4. **Document Changes**: Keep notes of what data was imported when
+5. **Backup Before Major Changes**: Export before major data operations
+
+## Support
+
+For issues or questions, refer to:
+- [InfluxDB Query Documentation](https://docs.influxdata.com/influxdb/v2.0/query-data/)
+- [InfluxDB Write Documentation](https://docs.influxdata.com/influxdb/v2.0/write-data/)
+- Project documentation in `/docs`
+
+## Script Locations
+
+All scripts are located in: `/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps/scripts/influxdb/`
+
+Configuration files:
+- Sandbox: `/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps/src/Managing.Api/appsettings.SandboxRemote.json`
+- Production: `/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps/src/Managing.Api/appsettings.ProductionRemote.json`

scripts/influxdb/export-prices-bucket.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# InfluxDB Prices Bucket Data Export Script (No Admin Required)
+# Usage: ./export-prices-bucket.sh
+
+set -e  # Exit on any error
+
+# Colors for output
+RED='\033[0;31m'
+GREEN='\033[0;32m'
+YELLOW='\033[1;33m'
+BLUE='\033[0;34m'
+NC='\033[0m' # No Color
+
+# Get the directory where the script is located
+SCRIPT_DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}" )" &> /dev/null && pwd )"
+PROJECT_ROOT="$(dirname "$(dirname "$SCRIPT_DIR")")"
+SRC_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/src"
+
+# Logging functions
+log() {
+    echo -e "${GREEN}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] $1${NC}"
+}
+
+warn() {
+    echo -e "${YELLOW}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] WARNING: $1${NC}"
+}
+
+error() {
+    echo -e "${RED}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] ERROR: $1${NC}"
+    exit 1
+}
+
+info() {
+    echo -e "${BLUE}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] INFO: $1${NC}"
+}
+
+# Check if influx CLI is installed
+command -v influx >/dev/null 2>&1 || error "InfluxDB CLI is not installed. Please install it first: brew install influxdb-cli"
+
+# Check if jq is installed for JSON parsing
+if ! command -v jq >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    warn "jq is not installed. Installing it for JSON parsing..."
+    if command -v brew >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+        brew install jq || error "Failed to install jq. Please install it manually: brew install jq"
+    else
+        error "jq is not installed and brew is not available. Please install jq manually."
+    fi
+fi
+
+# Prompt for environment
+echo ""
+echo "======================================"
+echo "  InfluxDB Prices Data Export"
+echo "======================================"
+echo ""
+echo "Select environment:"
+echo "1) SandboxRemote"
+echo "2) ProductionRemote"
+echo ""
+read -p "Enter your choice (1 or 2): " ENV_CHOICE
+
+case $ENV_CHOICE in
+    1)
+        ENVIRONMENT="SandboxRemote"
+        APPSETTINGS_FILE="$SRC_DIR/Managing.Api/appsettings.SandboxRemote.json"
+        ;;
+    2)
+        ENVIRONMENT="ProductionRemote"
+        APPSETTINGS_FILE="$SRC_DIR/Managing.Api/appsettings.ProductionRemote.json"
+        ;;
+    *)
+        error "Invalid choice. Please run the script again and select 1 or 2."
+        ;;
+esac
+
+log "Selected environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
+
+# Check if appsettings file exists
+if [ ! -f "$APPSETTINGS_FILE" ]; then
+    error "Configuration file not found: $APPSETTINGS_FILE"
+fi
+
+log "Reading configuration from: $APPSETTINGS_FILE"
+
+# Parse InfluxDB settings from JSON
+INFLUX_URL=$(jq -r '.InfluxDb.Url' "$APPSETTINGS_FILE")
+INFLUX_ORG=$(jq -r '.InfluxDb.Organization' "$APPSETTINGS_FILE")
+INFLUX_TOKEN=$(jq -r '.InfluxDb.Token' "$APPSETTINGS_FILE")
+
+# Validate parsed values
+if [ "$INFLUX_URL" = "null" ] || [ -z "$INFLUX_URL" ]; then
+    error "Failed to parse InfluxDb.Url from configuration file"
+fi
+
+if [ "$INFLUX_ORG" = "null" ] || [ -z "$INFLUX_ORG" ]; then
+    error "Failed to parse InfluxDb.Organization from configuration file"
+fi
+
+if [ "$INFLUX_TOKEN" = "null" ] || [ -z "$INFLUX_TOKEN" ]; then
+    error "Failed to parse InfluxDb.Token from configuration file"
+fi
+
+info "InfluxDB URL: $INFLUX_URL"
+info "Organization: $INFLUX_ORG"
+info "Token: ${INFLUX_TOKEN:0:20}..." # Only show first 20 chars for security
+
+# Prompt for time range
+echo ""
+info "Select time range for export:"
+echo "1) Last 7 days"
+echo "2) Last 30 days"
+echo "3) Last 90 days"
+echo "4) Last 1 year"
+echo "5) All data (from 2020-01-01)"
+echo "6) Custom range"
+echo ""
+read -p "Enter your choice (1-6): " TIME_CHOICE
+
+case $TIME_CHOICE in
+    1)
+        START_TIME="-7d"
+        TIME_DESC="Last 7 days"
+        ;;
+    2)
+        START_TIME="-30d"
+        TIME_DESC="Last 30 days"
+        ;;
+    3)
+        START_TIME="-90d"
+        TIME_DESC="Last 90 days"
+        ;;
+    4)
+        START_TIME="-1y"
+        TIME_DESC="Last 1 year"
+        ;;
+    5)
+        START_TIME="2020-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+        TIME_DESC="All data"
+        ;;
+    6)
+        read -p "Enter start date (YYYY-MM-DD): " START_DATE
+        START_TIME="${START_DATE}T00:00:00Z"
+        TIME_DESC="From $START_DATE"
+        ;;
+    *)
+        error "Invalid choice"
+        ;;
+esac
+
+log "Time range: $TIME_DESC"
+
+# Create export directory with timestamp
+TIMESTAMP=$(date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S)
+EXPORT_BASE_DIR="$SCRIPT_DIR/exports"
+EXPORT_DIR="$EXPORT_BASE_DIR/$ENVIRONMENT/$TIMESTAMP"
+
+log "Creating export directory: $EXPORT_DIR"
+mkdir -p "$EXPORT_DIR" || error "Failed to create export directory"
+
+# Bucket name
+BUCKET_NAME="prices-bucket"
+
+log "Starting export of '$BUCKET_NAME' bucket..."
+info "This may take a while depending on the data size..."
+echo ""
+
+# Export data using CSV format (more reliable than backup for non-admin tokens)
+EXPORT_FILE="$EXPORT_DIR/${BUCKET_NAME}_data.csv"
+
+info "Exporting data to CSV..."
+
+# Build the Flux query
+FLUX_QUERY="from(bucket: \"$BUCKET_NAME\")
+  |> range(start: $START_TIME)
+  |> pivot(rowKey:[\"_time\"], columnKey: [\"_field\"], valueColumn: \"_value\")"
+
+# Export to CSV
+if influx query "$FLUX_QUERY" \
+    --host "$INFLUX_URL" \
+    --org "$INFLUX_ORG" \
+    --token "$INFLUX_TOKEN" \
+    --raw > "$EXPORT_FILE" 2>&1; then
+    
+    log "✅ Export completed successfully!"
+    
+    # Get export size
+    EXPORT_SIZE=$(du -sh "$EXPORT_FILE" | cut -f1)
+    info "Export location: $EXPORT_FILE"
+    info "Export size: $EXPORT_SIZE"
+    
+    # Count lines (data points)
+    LINE_COUNT=$(wc -l < "$EXPORT_FILE" | xargs)
+    DATA_POINTS=$((LINE_COUNT - 1))  # Subtract header
+    info "Data points exported: $DATA_POINTS"
+    
+    # Save export metadata
+    METADATA_FILE="$EXPORT_DIR/export-metadata.txt"
+    cat > "$METADATA_FILE" << EOF
+InfluxDB Export Metadata
+========================
+Date: $(date)
+Environment: $ENVIRONMENT
+Bucket: $BUCKET_NAME
+Time Range: $TIME_DESC
+Start Time: $START_TIME
+InfluxDB URL: $INFLUX_URL
+Organization: $INFLUX_ORG
+Export File: $EXPORT_FILE
+Export Size: $EXPORT_SIZE
+Data Points: $DATA_POINTS
+Configuration File: $APPSETTINGS_FILE
+
+Flux Query Used:
+----------------
+$FLUX_QUERY
+EOF
+    
+    log "Metadata saved to: $METADATA_FILE"
+    
+    # Also save as line protocol for easier restore
+    info "Converting to line protocol format..."
+    LP_FILE="$EXPORT_DIR/${BUCKET_NAME}_data.lp"
+    
+    # Use influx query with --raw format for line protocol
+    FLUX_QUERY_LP="from(bucket: \"$BUCKET_NAME\")
+  |> range(start: $START_TIME)"
+    
+    if influx query "$FLUX_QUERY_LP" \
+        --host "$INFLUX_URL" \
+        --org "$INFLUX_ORG" \
+        --token "$INFLUX_TOKEN" \
+        --raw > "$LP_FILE.tmp" 2>&1; then
+        
+        # Clean up the output (remove annotations)
+        grep -v "^#" "$LP_FILE.tmp" > "$LP_FILE" 2>/dev/null || true
+        rm -f "$LP_FILE.tmp"
+        
+        LP_SIZE=$(du -sh "$LP_FILE" | cut -f1 2>/dev/null || echo "0")
+        if [ -s "$LP_FILE" ]; then
+            info "Line protocol export: $LP_FILE ($LP_SIZE)"
+        else
+            warn "Line protocol export is empty, using CSV only"
+            rm -f "$LP_FILE"
+        fi
+    fi
+    
+    echo ""
+    log "🎉 Export process completed successfully!"
+    echo ""
+    info "Export files:"
+    ls -lh "$EXPORT_DIR"
+    echo ""
+    info "To restore this data, you can use:"
+    echo "  1. CSV import via InfluxDB UI"
+    echo "  2. Or use the import-prices-data.sh script (coming soon)"
+    if [ -f "$LP_FILE" ]; then
+        echo "  3. Line protocol: influx write --bucket $BUCKET_NAME --file \"$LP_FILE\""
+    fi
+    echo ""
+    
+else
+    error "Export failed! Check the error messages above."
+fi
+

scripts/influxdb/import-csv-data.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# InfluxDB CSV Data Import Script
+# Usage: ./import-csv-data.sh
+
+set -e  # Exit on any error
+
+# Colors for output
+RED='\033[0;31m'
+GREEN='\033[0;32m'
+YELLOW='\033[1;33m'
+BLUE='\033[0;34m'
+NC='\033[0m' # No Color
+
+# Get the directory where the script is located
+SCRIPT_DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}" )" &> /dev/null && pwd )"
+PROJECT_ROOT="$(dirname "$(dirname "$SCRIPT_DIR")")"
+SRC_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/src"
+EXPORTS_BASE_DIR="$SCRIPT_DIR/exports"
+
+# Logging functions
+log() {
+    echo -e "${GREEN}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] $1${NC}"
+}
+
+warn() {
+    echo -e "${YELLOW}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] WARNING: $1${NC}"
+}
+
+error() {
+    echo -e "${RED}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] ERROR: $1${NC}"
+    exit 1
+}
+
+info() {
+    echo -e "${BLUE}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] INFO: $1${NC}"
+}
+
+# Check if influx CLI is installed
+command -v influx >/dev/null 2>&1 || error "InfluxDB CLI is not installed. Please install it first: brew install influxdb-cli"
+
+# Check if jq is installed for JSON parsing
+if ! command -v jq >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    warn "jq is not installed. Installing it for JSON parsing..."
+    if command -v brew >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+        brew install jq || error "Failed to install jq. Please install it manually: brew install jq"
+    else
+        error "jq is not installed and brew is not available. Please install jq manually."
+    fi
+fi
+
+echo ""
+echo "============================================"
+echo "  InfluxDB CSV Data Import"
+echo "============================================"
+echo ""
+
+# Check if exports directory exists
+if [ ! -d "$EXPORTS_BASE_DIR" ]; then
+    error "Exports directory not found: $EXPORTS_BASE_DIR"
+fi
+
+# List available source environments
+echo "Available export source environments:"
+ENVIRONMENTS=($(ls -d "$EXPORTS_BASE_DIR"/*/ 2>/dev/null | xargs -n 1 basename))
+
+if [ ${#ENVIRONMENTS[@]} -eq 0 ]; then
+    error "No export environments found in: $EXPORTS_BASE_DIR"
+fi
+
+for i in "${!ENVIRONMENTS[@]}"; do
+    echo "$((i+1))) ${ENVIRONMENTS[$i]}"
+done
+echo ""
+read -p "Select source environment (1-${#ENVIRONMENTS[@]}): " ENV_CHOICE
+
+if [ "$ENV_CHOICE" -lt 1 ] || [ "$ENV_CHOICE" -gt ${#ENVIRONMENTS[@]} ]; then
+    error "Invalid choice"
+fi
+
+SOURCE_ENV="${ENVIRONMENTS[$((ENV_CHOICE-1))]}"
+ENV_EXPORT_DIR="$EXPORTS_BASE_DIR/$SOURCE_ENV"
+
+log "Selected source environment: $SOURCE_ENV"
+
+# List available export timestamps
+echo ""
+echo "Available exports for $SOURCE_ENV:"
+EXPORTS=($(ls -d "$ENV_EXPORT_DIR"/*/ 2>/dev/null | xargs -n 1 basename | sort -r))
+
+if [ ${#EXPORTS[@]} -eq 0 ]; then
+    error "No exports found for environment: $SOURCE_ENV"
+fi
+
+for i in "${!EXPORTS[@]}"; do
+    EXPORT_PATH="$ENV_EXPORT_DIR/${EXPORTS[$i]}"
+    METADATA_FILE="$EXPORT_PATH/export-metadata.txt"
+    
+    if [ -f "$METADATA_FILE" ]; then
+        EXPORT_SIZE=$(grep "Export Size:" "$METADATA_FILE" | cut -d: -f2 | xargs)
+        DATA_POINTS=$(grep "Data Points:" "$METADATA_FILE" | cut -d: -f2 | xargs)
+        EXPORT_DATE=$(grep "Date:" "$METADATA_FILE" | cut -d: -f2- | xargs)
+        echo "$((i+1))) ${EXPORTS[$i]} - $EXPORT_DATE ($EXPORT_SIZE, $DATA_POINTS points)"
+    else
+        echo "$((i+1))) ${EXPORTS[$i]}"
+    fi
+done
+echo ""
+read -p "Select export to import (1-${#EXPORTS[@]}): " EXPORT_CHOICE
+
+if [ "$EXPORT_CHOICE" -lt 1 ] || [ "$EXPORT_CHOICE" -gt ${#EXPORTS[@]} ]; then
+    error "Invalid choice"
+fi
+
+SELECTED_EXPORT="${EXPORTS[$((EXPORT_CHOICE-1))]}"
+IMPORT_FROM_DIR="$ENV_EXPORT_DIR/$SELECTED_EXPORT"
+
+log "Selected export: $SELECTED_EXPORT"
+info "Export location: $IMPORT_FROM_DIR"
+
+# Find CSV file
+CSV_FILE=$(find "$IMPORT_FROM_DIR" -name "*.csv" | head -1)
+
+if [ ! -f "$CSV_FILE" ]; then
+    error "No CSV file found in: $IMPORT_FROM_DIR"
+fi
+
+CSV_SIZE=$(du -sh "$CSV_FILE" | cut -f1)
+info "CSV file: $(basename "$CSV_FILE") ($CSV_SIZE)"
+
+# Select target environment for import
+echo ""
+echo "Select TARGET environment for import:"
+echo "1) SandboxRemote"
+echo "2) ProductionRemote"
+echo ""
+read -p "Enter your choice (1 or 2): " TARGET_ENV_CHOICE
+
+case $TARGET_ENV_CHOICE in
+    1)
+        TARGET_ENVIRONMENT="SandboxRemote"
+        APPSETTINGS_FILE="$SRC_DIR/Managing.Api/appsettings.SandboxRemote.json"
+        ;;
+    2)
+        TARGET_ENVIRONMENT="ProductionRemote"
+        APPSETTINGS_FILE="$SRC_DIR/Managing.Api/appsettings.ProductionRemote.json"
+        ;;
+    *)
+        error "Invalid choice. Please run the script again and select 1 or 2."
+        ;;
+esac
+
+log "Target environment: $TARGET_ENVIRONMENT"
+
+# Check if appsettings file exists
+if [ ! -f "$APPSETTINGS_FILE" ]; then
+    error "Configuration file not found: $APPSETTINGS_FILE"
+fi
+
+log "Reading configuration from: $APPSETTINGS_FILE"
+
+# Parse InfluxDB settings from JSON
+INFLUX_URL=$(jq -r '.InfluxDb.Url' "$APPSETTINGS_FILE")
+INFLUX_ORG=$(jq -r '.InfluxDb.Organization' "$APPSETTINGS_FILE")
+INFLUX_TOKEN=$(jq -r '.InfluxDb.Token' "$APPSETTINGS_FILE")
+
+# Validate parsed values
+if [ "$INFLUX_URL" = "null" ] || [ -z "$INFLUX_URL" ]; then
+    error "Failed to parse InfluxDb.Url from configuration file"
+fi
+
+if [ "$INFLUX_ORG" = "null" ] || [ -z "$INFLUX_ORG" ]; then
+    error "Failed to parse InfluxDb.Organization from configuration file"
+fi
+
+if [ "$INFLUX_TOKEN" = "null" ] || [ -z "$INFLUX_TOKEN" ]; then
+    error "Failed to parse InfluxDb.Token from configuration file"
+fi
+
+info "Target InfluxDB URL: $INFLUX_URL"
+info "Organization: $INFLUX_ORG"
+
+# Get bucket name
+BUCKET_NAME="prices-bucket"
+
+# Check if bucket exists
+info "Checking if bucket '$BUCKET_NAME' exists..."
+if influx bucket list --host "$INFLUX_URL" --org "$INFLUX_ORG" --token "$INFLUX_TOKEN" --name "$BUCKET_NAME" &>/dev/null; then
+    log "✅ Bucket '$BUCKET_NAME' exists"
+else
+    warn "Bucket '$BUCKET_NAME' does not exist!"
+    read -p "Create the bucket now? (yes/no): " CREATE_BUCKET
+    if [ "$CREATE_BUCKET" = "yes" ]; then
+        influx bucket create \
+            --name "$BUCKET_NAME" \
+            --retention 0 \
+            --host "$INFLUX_URL" \
+            --org "$INFLUX_ORG" \
+            --token "$INFLUX_TOKEN" || error "Failed to create bucket"
+        log "✅ Bucket created successfully"
+    else
+        error "Cannot proceed without target bucket"
+    fi
+fi
+
+# Final confirmation
+echo ""
+warn "⚠️  IMPORTANT INFORMATION:"
+echo "   Source: $SOURCE_ENV/$SELECTED_EXPORT"
+echo "   Target: $TARGET_ENVIRONMENT ($INFLUX_URL)"
+echo "   Bucket: $BUCKET_NAME"
+echo "   Data Size: $CSV_SIZE"
+warn "   This will ADD data to the bucket (existing data will be preserved)"
+warn "   Duplicate timestamps may cause overwrites"
+echo ""
+read -p "Are you sure you want to continue? (yes/no): " CONFIRM
+
+if [ "$CONFIRM" != "yes" ]; then
+    log "Import cancelled by user"
+    exit 0
+fi
+
+# Perform import
+echo ""
+log "🚀 Starting import operation..."
+log "This may take several minutes for large files..."
+echo ""
+
+# Create a temporary file for line protocol conversion
+TEMP_LP_FILE=$(mktemp)
+trap "rm -f $TEMP_LP_FILE" EXIT
+
+info "Converting CSV to line protocol format..."
+
+# Convert annotated CSV to line protocol using awk
+# Skip annotation lines (starting with #) and empty lines
+awk -F',' '
+    BEGIN {OFS=","}
+    # Skip annotation lines
+    /^#/ {next}
+    # Skip empty lines
+    /^[[:space:]]*$/ {next}
+    # Process header to get field positions
+    NR==1 {
+        for (i=1; i<=NF; i++) {
+            field[$i] = i
+        }
+        next
+    }
+    # Process data rows
+    {
+        # Extract values
+        time = $field["_time"]
+        measurement = $field["_measurement"]
+        exchange = $field["exchange"]
+        ticker = $field["ticker"]
+        timeframe = $field["timeframe"]
+        
+        # Skip if essential fields are missing
+        if (time == "" || measurement == "" || exchange == "" || ticker == "" || timeframe == "") next
+        
+        # Build line protocol
+        # Format: measurement,tag1=value1,tag2=value2 field1=value1,field2=value2 timestamp
+        printf "%s,exchange=%s,ticker=%s,timeframe=%s ", measurement, exchange, ticker, timeframe
+        
+        # Add fields
+        first = 1
+        for (fname in field) {
+            if (fname != "_time" && fname != "_start" && fname != "_stop" && fname != "_measurement" && 
+                fname != "exchange" && fname != "ticker" && fname != "timeframe" && 
+                fname != "result" && fname != "table" && fname != "") {
+                val = $field[fname]
+                if (val != "" && val != "NaN") {
+                    if (!first) printf ","
+                    # Check if value is numeric
+                    if (val ~ /^[0-9]+$/) {
+                        printf "%s=%si", fname, val
+                    } else {
+                        printf "%s=%s", fname, val
+                    }
+                    first = 0
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        
+        # Add timestamp (convert RFC3339 to nanoseconds if needed)
+        printf " %s\n", time
+    }
+' "$CSV_FILE" > "$TEMP_LP_FILE" 2>/dev/null || {
+    warn "CSV parsing method 1 failed, trying direct import..."
+    
+    # Alternative: Use influx write with CSV format directly
+    info "Attempting direct CSV import..."
+    
+    if influx write \
+        --host "$INFLUX_URL" \
+        --org "$INFLUX_ORG" \
+        --token "$INFLUX_TOKEN" \
+        --bucket "$BUCKET_NAME" \
+        --format csv \
+        --file "$CSV_FILE" 2>&1; then
+        
+        log "✅ Import completed successfully using direct CSV method!"
+        
+        echo ""
+        log "📊 Import Summary"
+        echo "============================================"
+        info "Source: $SOURCE_ENV/$SELECTED_EXPORT"
+        info "Target: $TARGET_ENVIRONMENT"
+        info "Bucket: $BUCKET_NAME"
+        log "Status: Success"
+        echo "============================================"
+        echo ""
+        exit 0
+    else
+        error "Both import methods failed. Please check the error messages above."
+    fi
+}
+
+# If line protocol was generated, import it
+if [ -s "$TEMP_LP_FILE" ]; then
+    LP_LINES=$(wc -l < "$TEMP_LP_FILE" | xargs)
+    info "Generated $LP_LINES lines of line protocol"
+    
+    # Import in batches to avoid timeouts
+    BATCH_SIZE=5000
+    TOTAL_LINES=$LP_LINES
+    CURRENT_LINE=0
+    
+    info "Importing in batches of $BATCH_SIZE lines..."
+    
+    while [ $CURRENT_LINE -lt $TOTAL_LINES ]; do
+        END_LINE=$((CURRENT_LINE + BATCH_SIZE))
+        BATCH_NUM=$((CURRENT_LINE / BATCH_SIZE + 1))
+        PROGRESS=$((CURRENT_LINE * 100 / TOTAL_LINES))
+        
+        info "Processing batch $BATCH_NUM (Progress: ${PROGRESS}%)..."
+        
+        # Extract batch and import
+        sed -n "$((CURRENT_LINE + 1)),${END_LINE}p" "$TEMP_LP_FILE" | \
+        influx write \
+            --host "$INFLUX_URL" \
+            --org "$INFLUX_ORG" \
+            --token "$INFLUX_TOKEN" \
+            --bucket "$BUCKET_NAME" \
+            --precision s 2>&1 || {
+                warn "Batch $BATCH_NUM had errors, continuing..."
+            }
+        
+        CURRENT_LINE=$END_LINE
+    done
+    
+    log "✅ Import completed successfully!"
+else
+    error "Failed to generate line protocol data"
+fi
+
+# Final summary
+echo ""
+echo "============================================"
+log "📊 Import Summary"
+echo "============================================"
+info "Source: $SOURCE_ENV/$SELECTED_EXPORT"
+info "Target: $TARGET_ENVIRONMENT"
+info "Bucket: $BUCKET_NAME"
+info "File: $(basename "$CSV_FILE")"
+info "Size: $CSV_SIZE"
+log "Status: Complete"
+echo "============================================"
+echo ""
+
+log "🎉 Data successfully imported to $TARGET_ENVIRONMENT!"
+echo ""
+info "Verify the import with:"
+echo "  influx query 'from(bucket:\"$BUCKET_NAME\") |> range(start:-1d) |> limit(n:10)' \\"
+echo "    --host \"$INFLUX_URL\" --org \"$INFLUX_ORG\" --token \"$INFLUX_TOKEN\""
+echo ""
+

scripts/list-api-workers-processes.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# scripts/list-api-workers-processes.sh
+# Lists all processes related to API and Workers for a given task
+
+TASK_ID=$1
+
+# Try to get TASK_ID from environment if not provided
+if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ] && [ -n "$VIBE_TASK_ID" ]; then
+    TASK_ID="$VIBE_TASK_ID"
+fi
+
+# Determine project root
+if [ -n "$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT" ] && [ -d "$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT/src/Managing.Api" ]; then
+    PROJECT_ROOT="$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT"
+elif [ -d "$(pwd)/scripts" ] && [ -f "$(pwd)/scripts/start-api-and-workers.sh" ]; then
+    PROJECT_ROOT="$(pwd)"
+else
+    MAIN_REPO="/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps"
+    if [ -d "$MAIN_REPO/scripts" ]; then
+        PROJECT_ROOT="$MAIN_REPO"
+    else
+        echo "❌ Error: Cannot find project root"
+        exit 1
+    fi
+fi
+
+PID_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids"
+API_PID_FILE="$PID_DIR/api-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+WORKERS_PID_FILE="$PID_DIR/workers-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+
+if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+    echo "📋 Listing ALL API and Workers processes..."
+    echo ""
+    echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+    echo "🔍 All dotnet run processes:"
+    ps aux | grep "dotnet run" | grep -v grep || echo "  (none found)"
+    echo ""
+    echo "🔍 All Managing.Api processes:"
+    ps aux | grep "Managing.Api" | grep -v grep || echo "  (none found)"
+    echo ""
+    echo "🔍 All Managing.Workers processes:"
+    ps aux | grep "Managing.Workers" | grep -v grep || echo "  (none found)"
+    echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+    echo ""
+    echo "💡 To list processes for a specific task, run: $0 <TASK_ID>"
+    exit 0
+fi
+
+echo "📋 Listing processes for task: $TASK_ID"
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+
+# Check API processes
+if [ -f "$API_PID_FILE" ]; then
+    API_PID=$(cat "$API_PID_FILE")
+    echo "📊 API Process (from PID file):"
+    echo "   PID File: $API_PID_FILE"
+    echo "   Stored PID: $API_PID"
+    
+    if ps -p "$API_PID" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        echo "   ✅ Process is running"
+        echo "   Process details:"
+        ps -p "$API_PID" -o pid,ppid,user,%cpu,%mem,etime,command | head -2
+        echo ""
+        
+        # Find child processes
+        echo "   Child processes:"
+        CHILD_PIDS=$(pgrep -P "$API_PID" 2>/dev/null)
+        if [ -n "$CHILD_PIDS" ]; then
+            for CHILD_PID in $CHILD_PIDS; do
+                ps -p "$CHILD_PID" -o pid,ppid,user,%cpu,%mem,etime,command 2>/dev/null | tail -1
+            done
+        else
+            echo "     (no child processes found)"
+        fi
+    else
+        echo "   ⚠️  Process not running (stale PID file)"
+    fi
+else
+    echo "📊 API Process:"
+    echo "   ⚠️  PID file not found: $API_PID_FILE"
+fi
+
+echo ""
+
+# Check Workers processes
+if [ -f "$WORKERS_PID_FILE" ]; then
+    WORKERS_PID=$(cat "$WORKERS_PID_FILE")
+    echo "📊 Workers Process (from PID file):"
+    echo "   PID File: $WORKERS_PID_FILE"
+    echo "   Stored PID: $WORKERS_PID"
+    
+    if ps -p "$WORKERS_PID" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        echo "   ✅ Process is running"
+        echo "   Process details:"
+        ps -p "$WORKERS_PID" -o pid,ppid,user,%cpu,%mem,etime,command | head -2
+        echo ""
+        
+        # Find child processes
+        echo "   Child processes:"
+        CHILD_PIDS=$(pgrep -P "$WORKERS_PID" 2>/dev/null)
+        if [ -n "$CHILD_PIDS" ]; then
+            for CHILD_PID in $CHILD_PIDS; do
+                ps -p "$CHILD_PID" -o pid,ppid,user,%cpu,%mem,etime,command 2>/dev/null | tail -1
+            done
+        else
+            echo "     (no child processes found)"
+        fi
+    else
+        echo "   ⚠️  Process not running (stale PID file)"
+    fi
+else
+    echo "📊 Workers Process:"
+    echo "   ⚠️  PID file not found: $WORKERS_PID_FILE"
+fi
+
+echo ""
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+
+# Find processes by executable name (in case PID files are missing)
+echo "🔍 Searching for processes by executable name:"
+echo ""
+
+API_PROCESSES=$(ps aux | grep "Managing.Api" | grep -v grep | grep "$TASK_ID\|worktree" || true)
+if [ -n "$API_PROCESSES" ]; then
+    echo "📊 Found Managing.Api processes:"
+    echo "$API_PROCESSES" | while read line; do
+        echo "   $line"
+    done
+else
+    echo "📊 Managing.Api processes: (none found)"
+fi
+
+echo ""
+
+WORKERS_PROCESSES=$(ps aux | grep "Managing.Workers" | grep -v grep | grep "$TASK_ID\|worktree" || true)
+if [ -n "$WORKERS_PROCESSES" ]; then
+    echo "📊 Found Managing.Workers processes:"
+    echo "$WORKERS_PROCESSES" | while read line; do
+        echo "   $line"
+    done
+else
+    echo "📊 Managing.Workers processes: (none found)"
+fi
+
+echo ""
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+

scripts/privy/import-privy-users.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# Script to import privy-users.csv into WhitelistAccounts table
+# Uses connection string from appsettings.ProductionRemote.json
+
+set -e  # Exit on error
+
+# Get the directory where this script is located
+SCRIPT_DIR="$(cd "$(dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}")" && pwd)"
+PROJECT_ROOT="$(cd "$SCRIPT_DIR/../.." && pwd)"
+CSV_FILE="$SCRIPT_DIR/privy-users.csv"
+SETTINGS_FILE="$PROJECT_ROOT/src/Managing.Api/appsettings.ProductionRemote.json"
+
+# Check if CSV file exists
+if [ ! -f "$CSV_FILE" ]; then
+    echo "Error: CSV file not found at $CSV_FILE"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+# Check if settings file exists
+if [ ! -f "$SETTINGS_FILE" ]; then
+    echo "Error: Settings file not found at $SETTINGS_FILE"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+# Extract connection string from JSON (using sed for macOS compatibility)
+CONNECTION_STRING=$(grep '"ConnectionString"' "$SETTINGS_FILE" | sed 's/.*"ConnectionString": "\([^"]*\)".*/\1/')
+
+if [ -z "$CONNECTION_STRING" ]; then
+    echo "Error: Could not extract connection string from settings file"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+# Parse connection string parameters (macOS compatible)
+HOST=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | sed -n 's/.*Host=\([^;]*\).*/\1/p')
+PORT=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | sed -n 's/.*Port=\([^;]*\).*/\1/p')
+DATABASE=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | sed -n 's/.*Database=\([^;]*\).*/\1/p')
+USERNAME=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | sed -n 's/.*Username=\([^;]*\).*/\1/p')
+PASSWORD=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | sed -n 's/.*Password=\([^;]*\).*/\1/p')
+
+# Export password for psql
+export PGPASSWORD="$PASSWORD"
+
+echo "Connecting to database: $DATABASE@$HOST:$PORT"
+echo "Importing from: $CSV_FILE"
+echo ""
+
+# Create SQL script as a here-document
+psql -h "$HOST" -p "$PORT" -U "$USERNAME" -d "$DATABASE" <<EOF
+
+-- Create temporary table to hold raw CSV data
+CREATE TEMP TABLE IF NOT EXISTS temp_privy_import (
+    id TEXT,
+    created_at TEXT,
+    custom_metadata TEXT,
+    is_guest TEXT,
+    mfa_enabled TEXT,
+    external_ethereum_accounts TEXT,
+    external_solana_accounts TEXT,
+    embedded_ethereum_accounts TEXT,
+    embedded_solana_accounts TEXT,
+    smart_wallet_accounts TEXT,
+    email_account TEXT,
+    phone_account TEXT,
+    google_account TEXT,
+    apple_account TEXT,
+    spotify_account TEXT,
+    linkedin_account TEXT,
+    twitter_account TEXT,
+    discord_account TEXT,
+    github_account TEXT,
+    instagram_account TEXT,
+    tiktok_account TEXT,
+    line_account TEXT,
+    twitch_account TEXT,
+    telegram_account TEXT,
+    farcaster_account TEXT,
+    custom_auth_account TEXT,
+    passkey_account TEXT
+);
+
+-- Copy data from CSV file
+\copy temp_privy_import FROM '$CSV_FILE' WITH (FORMAT csv, DELIMITER E'\t', HEADER true, ENCODING 'UTF8')
+
+-- Insert into WhitelistAccounts table with data transformation
+INSERT INTO "WhitelistAccounts" (
+    "PrivyId",
+    "PrivyCreationDate",
+    "EmbeddedWallet",
+    "ExternalEthereumAccount",
+    "TwitterAccount",
+    "IsWhitelisted",
+    "CreatedAt"
+)
+SELECT 
+    id AS "PrivyId",
+    -- Parse the date string: "Fri Jan 31 2025 14:52:20 GMT+0000 (Coordinated Universal Time)"
+    -- Extract the date part before "GMT" and convert to timestamp
+    TO_TIMESTAMP(
+        REGEXP_REPLACE(
+            created_at,
+            ' GMT\+0000 \(.*\)$',
+            ''
+        ),
+        'Dy Mon DD YYYY HH24:MI:SS'
+    ) AS "PrivyCreationDate",
+    -- Extract first embedded wallet (split by comma if multiple, take first)
+    NULLIF(TRIM(SPLIT_PART(embedded_ethereum_accounts, ',', 1)), '') AS "EmbeddedWallet",
+    -- Extract first external ethereum account (split by comma if multiple, take first)
+    NULLIF(TRIM(SPLIT_PART(external_ethereum_accounts, ',', 1)), '') AS "ExternalEthereumAccount",
+    -- Extract Twitter account (remove @ if present, take first if multiple)
+    NULLIF(TRIM(REGEXP_REPLACE(SPLIT_PART(twitter_account, ',', 1), '^@', '')), '') AS "TwitterAccount",
+    false AS "IsWhitelisted",
+    NOW() AS "CreatedAt"
+FROM temp_privy_import
+WHERE 
+    -- Only import rows with required fields
+    id IS NOT NULL 
+    AND id != ''
+    AND embedded_ethereum_accounts IS NOT NULL 
+    AND TRIM(embedded_ethereum_accounts) != ''
+    AND created_at IS NOT NULL
+    AND created_at != ''
+    -- Skip duplicates based on PrivyId or EmbeddedWallet
+    AND NOT EXISTS (
+        SELECT 1 FROM "WhitelistAccounts" 
+        WHERE "PrivyId" = temp_privy_import.id
+           OR "EmbeddedWallet" = NULLIF(TRIM(SPLIT_PART(temp_privy_import.embedded_ethereum_accounts, ',', 1)), '')
+    );
+
+-- Show summary
+SELECT 
+    COUNT(*) AS "TotalImported",
+    COUNT(DISTINCT "PrivyId") AS "UniquePrivyIds",
+    COUNT("ExternalEthereumAccount") AS "WithExternalAccount",
+    COUNT("TwitterAccount") AS "WithTwitterAccount"
+FROM "WhitelistAccounts";
+
+-- Clean up temporary table
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS temp_privy_import;
+
+EOF
+
+# Unset password
+unset PGPASSWORD
+
+echo ""
+echo "Import completed successfully!"
+

scripts/rollback-database.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# Database Rollback Script
+# Usage: ./rollback-database.sh [environment]
+# Environments: Development, SandboxRemote, ProductionRemote, Oda
+
+set -e  # Exit on any error
+
+ENVIRONMENT=${1:-"Development"} # Default to Development for safer initial testing
+TIMESTAMP=$(date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S)
+BACKUP_DIR_NAME="backups" # Just the directory name
+LOGS_DIR_NAME="logs" # Just the directory name
+
+# Get the directory where the script is located
+SCRIPT_DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}" )" &> /dev/null && pwd )"
+
+# Create logs directory first (before LOG_FILE is used)
+LOGS_DIR="$SCRIPT_DIR/$LOGS_DIR_NAME"
+mkdir -p "$LOGS_DIR" || { echo "Failed to create logs directory: $LOGS_DIR"; exit 1; }
+
+LOG_FILE="$SCRIPT_DIR/logs/rollback_${ENVIRONMENT}_${TIMESTAMP}.log"
+
+# Colors for output
+RED='\033[0;31m'
+GREEN='\033[0;32m'
+YELLOW='\033[1;33m'
+BLUE='\033[0;34m'
+NC='\033[0m' # No Color
+
+# Logging function
+log() {
+    echo -e "${GREEN}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] $1${NC}" | tee -a "$LOG_FILE"
+}
+
+warn() {
+    echo -e "${YELLOW}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] WARNING: $1${NC}" | tee -a "$LOG_FILE"
+}
+
+error() {
+    echo -e "${RED}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] ERROR: $1${NC}" | tee -a "$LOG_FILE"
+    exit 1
+}
+
+info() {
+    echo -e "${BLUE}[$(date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S')] INFO: $1${NC}" | tee -a "$LOG_FILE"
+}
+
+# --- Determine Base Paths ---
+# Get the directory where the script is located
+SCRIPT_DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}" )" &> /dev/null && pwd )"
+log "Script is located in: $SCRIPT_DIR"
+
+# Define absolute paths for projects and common directories relative to the script
+# Assuming the project structure is:
+# your_repo/
+# ├── scripts/rollback-database.sh
+# └── src/
+#     ├── Managing.Api/
+#     └── Managing.Docker/
+PROJECT_ROOT_DIR="$(dirname "$SCRIPT_DIR")" # One level up from scripts/
+SRC_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT_DIR/src"
+API_PROJECT_PATH="$SRC_DIR/Managing.Api"
+DOCKER_DIR="$SRC_DIR/Managing.Docker" # Adjust if your docker-compose files are elsewhere
+
+# Define absolute path for backup directory with environment subfolder
+BACKUP_DIR="$SCRIPT_DIR/$BACKUP_DIR_NAME/$ENVIRONMENT"
+
+# --- Pre-checks and Setup ---
+info "Pre-flight checks..."
+command -v dotnet >/dev/null 2>&1 || error ".NET SDK is not installed. Please install .NET SDK to run this script."
+command -v docker >/dev/null 2>&1 || warn "Docker is not installed. This is fine if not running Development or Oda environment with Docker."
+command -v psql >/dev/null 2>&1 || error "PostgreSQL CLI (psql) is required for database rollback. Please install PostgreSQL client tools."
+command -v pg_restore >/dev/null 2>&1 || warn "pg_restore not available. Will use psql for SQL script restoration."
+
+# Create backup directory (with environment subfolder) - for storing rollback logs
+mkdir -p "$BACKUP_DIR" || error "Failed to create backup directory: $BACKUP_DIR"
+log "Backup directory created/verified: $BACKUP_DIR"
+
+log "🔄 Starting database rollback for environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
+
+# Validate environment
+case $ENVIRONMENT in
+    "Development"|"SandboxRemote"|"ProductionRemote"|"Oda")
+        log "✅ Environment '$ENVIRONMENT' is valid"
+        ;;
+    *)
+        error "❌ Invalid environment '$ENVIRONMENT'. Use: Development, SandboxRemote, ProductionRemote, or Oda"
+        ;;
+esac
+
+# Helper function to start PostgreSQL for Development (if still using Docker Compose)
+start_postgres_if_needed() {
+    if [ "$ENVIRONMENT" = "Development" ] || [ "$ENVIRONMENT" = "Oda" ]; then # Assuming Oda also uses local Docker
+        log "🔍 Checking if PostgreSQL is running for $ENVIRONMENT..."
+        if ! docker ps --filter "name=postgres" --format "{{.Names}}" | grep -q "postgres"; then
+            log "🐳 Starting PostgreSQL container for $ENVIRONMENT from $DOCKER_DIR..."
+            # Execute docker-compose from the DOCKER_DIR
+            (cd "$DOCKER_DIR" && docker-compose -f docker-compose.yml -f docker-compose.local.yml up -d postgres) || error "Failed to start PostgreSQL container."
+            log "⏳ Waiting for PostgreSQL to be ready (15 seconds)..."
+            sleep 15
+        else
+            log "✅ PostgreSQL container is already running."
+        fi
+    fi
+}
+
+# Helper function to extract connection details from appsettings
+extract_connection_details() {
+    local appsettings_file="$API_PROJECT_PATH/appsettings.$ENVIRONMENT.json"
+    local default_appsettings="$API_PROJECT_PATH/appsettings.json"
+
+    # Try environment-specific file first, then default
+    if [ -f "$appsettings_file" ]; then
+        log "📋 Reading connection string from: appsettings.$ENVIRONMENT.json"
+        # Look for PostgreSql.ConnectionString first, then fallback to ConnectionString
+        CONNECTION_STRING=$(grep -A 3 '"PostgreSql"' "$appsettings_file" | grep -o '"ConnectionString": *"[^"]*"' | cut -d'"' -f4)
+        if [ -z "$CONNECTION_STRING" ]; then
+            CONNECTION_STRING=$(grep -o '"ConnectionString": *"[^"]*"' "$appsettings_file" | cut -d'"' -f4)
+        fi
+    elif [ -f "$default_appsettings" ]; then
+        log "📋 Reading connection string from: appsettings.json (default)"
+        # Look for PostgreSql.ConnectionString first, then fallback to ConnectionString
+        CONNECTION_STRING=$(grep -A 3 '"PostgreSql"' "$default_appsettings" | grep -o '"ConnectionString": *"[^"]*"' | cut -d'"' -f4)
+        if [ -z "$CONNECTION_STRING" ]; then
+            CONNECTION_STRING=$(grep -o '"ConnectionString": *"[^"]*"' "$default_appsettings" | cut -d'"' -f4)
+        fi
+    else
+        warn "⚠️  Could not find appsettings file for environment $ENVIRONMENT"
+        return 1
+    fi
+
+    if [ -z "$CONNECTION_STRING" ]; then
+        error "❌ Could not extract connection string from appsettings file"
+        return 1
+    fi
+
+    log "📋 Found connection string: $CONNECTION_STRING"
+
+    # Parse connection string
+    DB_HOST=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | grep -o 'Host=[^;]*' | cut -d'=' -f2)
+    DB_PORT=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | grep -o 'Port=[^;]*' | cut -d'=' -f2)
+    DB_NAME=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | grep -o 'Database=[^;]*' | cut -d'=' -f2)
+    DB_USER=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | grep -o 'Username=[^;]*' | cut -d'=' -f2)
+    DB_PASSWORD=$(echo "$CONNECTION_STRING" | grep -o 'Password=[^;]*' | cut -d'=' -f2)
+
+    # Set defaults if not found
+    DB_HOST=${DB_HOST:-"localhost"}
+    DB_PORT=${DB_PORT:-"5432"}
+    DB_NAME=${DB_NAME:-"postgres"}
+    DB_USER=${DB_USER:-"postgres"}
+    DB_PASSWORD=${DB_PASSWORD:-"postgres"}
+
+    log "📋 Extracted connection details: $DB_HOST:$DB_PORT/$DB_NAME (user: $DB_USER)"
+}
+
+# Helper function to test PostgreSQL connectivity
+test_postgres_connectivity() {
+    log "🔍 Testing PostgreSQL connectivity with psql..."
+
+    # Test basic connectivity
+    if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -c "SELECT version();" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+        log "✅ PostgreSQL connectivity test passed"
+
+        # Get database info
+        log "📊 Database Information:"
+        DB_INFO=$(PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -t -c "
+            SELECT
+                'Database: ' || current_database() || ' (Size: ' || pg_size_pretty(pg_database_size(current_database())) || ')',
+                'PostgreSQL Version: ' || version(),
+                'Connection: ' || inet_server_addr() || ':' || inet_server_port()
+        " 2>/dev/null | tr '\n' ' ')
+        log "   $DB_INFO"
+        return 0
+    else
+        error "❌ PostgreSQL connectivity test failed"
+        error "   Host: $DB_HOST, Port: $DB_PORT, Database: $DB_NAME, User: $DB_USER"
+        return 1
+    fi
+}
+
+# --- Core Logic ---
+# Set ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT to load the correct appsettings
+export ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT"
+log "ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT set to: $ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT"
+
+# If Development or Oda, start local PostgreSQL
+start_postgres_if_needed
+
+# Extract connection details from appsettings
+extract_connection_details
+
+# Step 1: Check Database Connection
+log "🔧 Step 1: Checking database connection..."
+
+# Test connectivity
+test_postgres_connectivity
+
+# Step 2: Find and list available backups
+log "🔍 Step 2: Finding available backups..."
+
+# Look for backup files in the environment-specific backup directory
+BACKUP_FILES=$(ls -t "$BACKUP_DIR"/managing_${ENVIRONMENT}_backup_*.sql 2>/dev/null || true)
+
+if [ -z "$BACKUP_FILES" ]; then
+    error "❌ No backup files found for environment '$ENVIRONMENT'"
+    error "   Expected backup files in: $BACKUP_DIR/managing_${ENVIRONMENT}_backup_*.sql"
+    error "   Please ensure backups exist before attempting rollback."
+    error "   You can create a backup using: ./apply-migrations.sh $ENVIRONMENT"
+fi
+
+# Get the last 5 backups (most recent first)
+RECENT_BACKUPS=$(echo "$BACKUP_FILES" | head -5)
+BACKUP_COUNT=$(echo "$RECENT_BACKUPS" | wc -l | tr -d ' ')
+
+log "✅ Found $BACKUP_COUNT backup(s) for environment '$ENVIRONMENT'"
+
+# Display available backups
+echo ""
+echo "=========================================="
+echo "📋 AVAILABLE BACKUPS FOR $ENVIRONMENT"
+echo "=========================================="
+echo "Last 5 backups (most recent first):"
+echo ""
+
+BACKUP_ARRAY=()
+INDEX=1
+
+echo "$RECENT_BACKUPS" | while read -r backup_file; do
+    if [ -f "$backup_file" ]; then
+        BACKUP_FILENAME=$(basename "$backup_file")
+        BACKUP_SIZE=$(ls -lh "$backup_file" | awk '{print $5}')
+        BACKUP_LINES=$(wc -l < "$backup_file")
+        BACKUP_TIMESTAMP=$(echo "$BACKUP_FILENAME" | sed "s/managing_${ENVIRONMENT}_backup_\(.*\)\.sql/\1/")
+        BACKUP_DATE=$(date -r "$backup_file" "+%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S")
+
+        echo "[$INDEX] $BACKUP_FILENAME"
+        echo "    Date: $BACKUP_DATE"
+        echo "    Size: $BACKUP_SIZE"
+        echo "    Lines: $BACKUP_LINES"
+        echo ""
+
+        BACKUP_ARRAY+=("$backup_file")
+        ((INDEX++))
+    fi
+done
+
+echo "=========================================="
+echo ""
+
+# Let user choose which backup to use
+read -p "🔄 Enter the number of the backup to rollback to (1-$BACKUP_COUNT, or 'cancel' to abort): " user_choice
+
+if [ "$user_choice" = "cancel" ]; then
+    log "❌ Rollback cancelled by user."
+    exit 0
+fi
+
+# Validate user choice
+if ! [[ "$user_choice" =~ ^[0-9]+$ ]] || [ "$user_choice" -lt 1 ] || [ "$user_choice" -gt "$BACKUP_COUNT" ]; then
+    error "❌ Invalid choice '$user_choice'. Please enter a number between 1 and $BACKUP_COUNT, or 'cancel' to abort."
+fi
+
+# Get the selected backup file
+SELECTED_BACKUP=$(echo "$RECENT_BACKUPS" | sed -n "${user_choice}p")
+BACKUP_FILENAME=$(basename "$SELECTED_BACKUP")
+BACKUP_TIMESTAMP=$(echo "$BACKUP_FILENAME" | sed "s/managing_${ENVIRONMENT}_backup_\(.*\)\.sql/\1/")
+
+log "✅ Selected backup: $BACKUP_FILENAME"
+log "   Location: $SELECTED_BACKUP"
+log "   Timestamp: $BACKUP_TIMESTAMP"
+
+# Get backup file info
+if [ -f "$SELECTED_BACKUP" ]; then
+    BACKUP_SIZE=$(ls -lh "$SELECTED_BACKUP" | awk '{print $5}')
+    BACKUP_LINES=$(wc -l < "$SELECTED_BACKUP")
+    log "📄 Selected backup file details:"
+    log "   Size: $BACKUP_SIZE"
+    log "   Lines: $BACKUP_LINES"
+else
+    error "❌ Selected backup file does not exist or is not readable: $SELECTED_BACKUP"
+fi
+
+# Step 3: Show backup preview and get user confirmation
+echo ""
+echo "=========================================="
+echo "🔄 DATABASE ROLLBACK CONFIRMATION"
+echo "=========================================="
+echo "Environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
+echo "Database: $DB_HOST:$DB_PORT/$DB_NAME"
+echo "Selected Backup: $BACKUP_FILENAME"
+echo "Backup Size: $BACKUP_SIZE"
+echo "Backup Lines: $BACKUP_LINES"
+echo ""
+echo "⚠️  WARNING: This will DROP and RECREATE the database!"
+echo "   All current data will be lost and replaced with the backup."
+echo "   This action cannot be undone!"
+echo ""
+echo "📋 BACKUP PREVIEW (first 20 lines):"
+echo "----------------------------------------"
+head -20 "$SELECTED_BACKUP" | sed 's/^/   /'
+if [ "$BACKUP_LINES" -gt 20 ]; then
+    echo "   ... (showing first 20 lines of $BACKUP_LINES total)"
+fi
+echo "----------------------------------------"
+echo ""
+
+read -p "🔄 Are you sure you want to rollback to this backup? Type 'yes' to proceed: " user_confirmation
+
+if [ "$user_confirmation" != "yes" ]; then
+    log "❌ Rollback cancelled by user."
+    exit 0
+fi
+
+log "✅ User confirmed rollback. Proceeding with database restoration..."
+
+# Step 4: Create a final backup before rollback (safety measure)
+log "📦 Step 4: Creating final backup before rollback..."
+FINAL_BACKUP_FILE="$BACKUP_DIR/managing_${ENVIRONMENT}_pre_rollback_backup_${TIMESTAMP}.sql"
+
+log "Creating final backup of current state..."
+if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" pg_dump -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" --no-password --verbose --clean --if-exists --create --format=plain > "$FINAL_BACKUP_FILE" 2>/dev/null; then
+    log "✅ Pre-rollback backup created: $(basename "$FINAL_BACKUP_FILE")"
+else
+    warn "⚠️  Failed to create pre-rollback backup. Proceeding anyway..."
+fi
+
+# Step 5: Perform the rollback
+log "🔄 Step 5: Performing database rollback..."
+
+# Terminate active connections to the database (except our own)
+log "🔌 Terminating active connections to database '$DB_NAME'..."
+TERMINATE_QUERY="
+SELECT pg_terminate_backend(pid)
+FROM pg_stat_activity
+WHERE datname = '$DB_NAME' AND pid <> pg_backend_pid();
+"
+if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "postgres" -c "$TERMINATE_QUERY" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    log "✅ Active connections terminated"
+else
+    warn "⚠️  Could not terminate active connections. This may cause issues."
+fi
+
+# Drop and recreate the database
+log "💥 Dropping and recreating database '$DB_NAME'..."
+if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "postgres" -c "DROP DATABASE IF EXISTS \"$DB_NAME\";" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    log "✅ Database '$DB_NAME' dropped successfully"
+else
+    error "❌ Failed to drop database '$DB_NAME'"
+fi
+
+if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "postgres" -c "CREATE DATABASE \"$DB_NAME\";" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    log "✅ Database '$DB_NAME' created successfully"
+else
+    error "❌ Failed to create database '$DB_NAME'"
+fi
+
+# Restore from backup
+log "📥 Restoring database from backup..."
+if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -f "$SELECTED_BACKUP" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    log "✅ Database successfully restored from backup"
+else
+    ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -f "$SELECTED_BACKUP") 2>&1 || true )
+    error "❌ Failed to restore database from backup"
+    error "   PSQL Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+    error "   Backup file: $SELECTED_BACKUP"
+    error "   Pre-rollback backup available at: $(basename "$FINAL_BACKUP_FILE")"
+fi
+
+# Step 6: Verify rollback
+log "🔍 Step 6: Verifying rollback..."
+
+# Test connectivity after restore
+if test_postgres_connectivity; then
+    log "✅ Database connectivity verified after rollback"
+
+    # Get basic database stats
+    TABLE_COUNT=$(PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -t -c "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM information_schema.tables WHERE table_schema = 'public';" 2>/dev/null | tr -d ' ' || echo "0")
+    log "📊 Post-rollback database stats:"
+    log "   Tables: $TABLE_COUNT"
+
+    if [ "$TABLE_COUNT" -gt 0 ]; then
+        log "   Sample tables:"
+        SAMPLE_TABLES=$(PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -t -c "
+            SELECT tablename FROM information_schema.tables
+            WHERE table_schema = 'public'
+            ORDER BY tablename
+            LIMIT 5;
+        " 2>/dev/null | sed 's/^/     /')
+        echo "$SAMPLE_TABLES"
+    fi
+else
+    error "❌ Database connectivity test failed after rollback"
+    error "   The rollback may have completed but the database is not accessible."
+    error "   Pre-rollback backup available at: $(basename "$FINAL_BACKUP_FILE")"
+fi
+
+# --- Step 7: Cleanup old backups (keep only 5 rollbacks max) ---
+log "🧹 Step 7: Cleaning up old rollback backups..."
+
+# Keep only the last 5 pre-rollback backups for this environment
+ls -t "$BACKUP_DIR"/managing_${ENVIRONMENT}_pre_rollback_backup_*.sql 2>/dev/null | tail -n +6 | xargs -r rm -f || true
+
+log "✅ Kept last 5 pre-rollback backups for $ENVIRONMENT environment in $BACKUP_DIR_NAME/$ENVIRONMENT/"
+
+# Success Summary
+log "🎉 Database rollback completed successfully for environment: $ENVIRONMENT!"
+log "📁 Restored from backup: $BACKUP_FILENAME"
+if [ -f "$FINAL_BACKUP_FILE" ]; then
+    log "📁 Pre-rollback backup: $(basename "$FINAL_BACKUP_FILE")"
+fi
+log "📝 Full Log file: $LOG_FILE"
+
+echo ""
+echo "=========================================="
+echo "📋 ROLLBACK SUMMARY"
+echo "=========================================="
+echo "Environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
+echo "Timestamp: $TIMESTAMP"
+echo "Status: ✅ SUCCESS"
+echo "Restored from: $BACKUP_FILENAME"
+if [ -f "$FINAL_BACKUP_FILE" ]; then
+    echo "Pre-rollback backup: $(basename "$FINAL_BACKUP_FILE")"
+fi
+echo "Database: $DB_HOST:$DB_PORT/$DB_NAME"
+echo "Log: $LOG_FILE"
+echo "=========================================="

scripts/safe-migrate.sh

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ SCRIPT_DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}" )" &> /dev/null && pwd )"
 LOGS_DIR="$SCRIPT_DIR/$LOGS_DIR_NAME"
 mkdir -p "$LOGS_DIR" || { echo "Failed to create logs directory: $LOGS_DIR"; exit 1; }
 
-LOG_FILE="./logs/migration_${ENVIRONMENT}_${TIMESTAMP}.log"
+LOG_FILE="$SCRIPT_DIR/logs/migration_${ENVIRONMENT}_${TIMESTAMP}.log"
 
 # Colors for output
 RED='\033[0;31m'
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ log "🚀 Starting safe migration for environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
 
 # Validate environment
 case $ENVIRONMENT in
-    "Development"|"Sandbox"|"Production"|"Oda")
+    "Development"|"SandboxRemote"|"ProductionRemote"|"Oda")
         log "✅ Environment '$ENVIRONMENT' is valid"
         ;;
     *)
-        error "❌ Invalid environment '$ENVIRONMENT'. Use: Development, Sandbox, Production, or Oda"
+        error "❌ Invalid environment '$ENVIRONMENT'. Use: Development, SandboxRemote, ProductionRemote, or Oda"
         ;;
 esac
 
@@ -155,6 +155,12 @@ extract_connection_details() {
     log "📋 Extracted connection details: $DB_HOST:$DB_PORT/$DB_NAME (user: $DB_USER, password: $DB_PASSWORD)"
 }
 
+# Helper function to get the first migration name
+get_first_migration() {
+    local first_migration=$(cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef migrations list --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" | head -1 | awk '{print $1}')
+    echo "$first_migration"
+}
+
 # Helper function to test PostgreSQL connectivity
 test_postgres_connectivity() {
     if ! command -v psql >/dev/null 2>&1; then
@@ -243,13 +249,6 @@ else
     error "❌ Failed to build Managing.Infrastructure.Database project"
 fi
 
-log "🔧 Building Managing.Api project..."
-if (cd "$API_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet build); then
-    log "✅ Managing.Api project built successfully"
-else
-    error "❌ Failed to build Managing.Api project"
-fi
-
 # Step 1: Check Database Connection and Create if Needed
 log "🔧 Step 1: Checking database connection and creating database if needed..."
 
@@ -417,13 +416,51 @@ else
     error "   This is critical. Please review the previous error messages and your connection string for '$ENVIRONMENT'."
 fi
 
-# Step 2: Create Backup
-log "📦 Step 2: Creating database backup using pg_dump..."
+# Step 2: Create database backup (only if database exists)
+log "📦 Step 2: Checking if database backup is needed..."
 
-# Define the actual backup file path (absolute)
-BACKUP_FILE="$BACKUP_DIR/managing_${ENVIRONMENT}_backup_${TIMESTAMP}.sql"
-# Backup file display path (relative to script execution)
-BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY="$BACKUP_DIR_NAME/$ENVIRONMENT/managing_${ENVIRONMENT}_backup_${TIMESTAMP}.sql"
+# Check if the target database exists
+DB_EXISTS=false
+if PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "postgres" -c "SELECT 1 FROM pg_database WHERE datname='$DB_NAME';" 2>/dev/null | grep -q "1 row"; then
+    DB_EXISTS=true
+    log "✅ Target database '$DB_NAME' exists"
+else
+    log "ℹ️  Target database '$DB_NAME' does not exist - skipping backup"
+fi
+
+# Ask user if they want to create a backup
+CREATE_BACKUP=false
+if [ "$DB_EXISTS" = "true" ]; then
+    echo ""
+    echo "=========================================="
+    echo "📦 DATABASE BACKUP"
+    echo "=========================================="
+    echo "Database: $DB_HOST:$DB_PORT/$DB_NAME"
+    echo "Environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
+    echo ""
+    echo "Would you like to create a backup before proceeding?"
+    echo "⚠️  It is highly recommended to create a backup for safety."
+    echo "=========================================="
+    echo ""
+    
+    read -p "🔧 Create database backup? (y/n, default: y): " create_backup
+    create_backup=${create_backup:-y}  # Default to 'y' if user just presses Enter
+    
+    if [[ "$create_backup" =~ ^[Yy]$ ]]; then
+        log "✅ User chose to create backup - proceeding with backup"
+        CREATE_BACKUP=true
+    else
+        warn "⚠️  User chose to skip backup - proceeding without backup"
+        warn "   This is not recommended. Proceed at your own risk!"
+        CREATE_BACKUP=false
+    fi
+fi
+
+if [ "$DB_EXISTS" = "true" ] && [ "$CREATE_BACKUP" = "true" ]; then
+    # Define the actual backup file path (absolute)
+    BACKUP_FILE="$BACKUP_DIR/managing_${ENVIRONMENT}_backup_${TIMESTAMP}.sql"
+    # Backup file display path (relative to script execution)
+    BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY="$BACKUP_DIR_NAME/$ENVIRONMENT/managing_${ENVIRONMENT}_backup_${TIMESTAMP}.sql"
 
 # Create backup with retry logic
 BACKUP_SUCCESS=false
@@ -439,8 +476,11 @@ for attempt in 1 2 3; do
         else
             # If pg_dump fails, fall back to EF Core migration script
             warn "⚠️  pg_dump failed, falling back to EF Core migration script..."
+            
+            # Generate complete backup script (all migrations from beginning)
+            log "📋 Generating complete backup script (all migrations)..."
             if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$BACKUP_FILE"); then
-                log "✅ EF Core Migration SQL Script generated: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+                log "✅ Complete EF Core Migration SQL Script generated: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
                 BACKUP_SUCCESS=true
                 break
             else
@@ -459,8 +499,11 @@ for attempt in 1 2 3; do
     else
         # If pg_dump is not available, use EF Core migration script
         warn "⚠️  pg_dump not available, using EF Core migration script for backup..."
+        
+        # Generate complete backup script (all migrations from beginning)
+        log "📋 Generating complete backup script (all migrations)..."
         if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$BACKUP_FILE"); then
-            log "✅ EF Core Migration SQL Script generated: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+            log "✅ Complete EF Core Migration SQL Script generated: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
             BACKUP_SUCCESS=true
             break
         else
@@ -478,11 +521,66 @@ for attempt in 1 2 3; do
     fi
 done
 
-# Check if backup was successful before proceeding
-if [ "$BACKUP_SUCCESS" != "true" ]; then
+    # Check if backup was successful before proceeding
+    if [ "$BACKUP_SUCCESS" != "true" ]; then
         error "❌ Database backup failed. Migration aborted for safety."
         error "   Cannot proceed with migration without a valid backup."
         error "   Please resolve backup issues and try again."
+    fi
+fi
+
+# Step 2.5: Check for pending model changes and create migrations if needed
+log "🔍 Step 2.5: Checking for pending model changes..."
+
+# Check if there are any pending model changes that need migrations
+PENDING_CHANGES_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef migrations add --dry-run --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --name "PendingChanges_${TIMESTAMP}") 2>&1 || true )
+
+if echo "$PENDING_CHANGES_OUTPUT" | grep -q "No pending model changes"; then
+    log "✅ No pending model changes detected - existing migrations are up to date"
+else
+    log "⚠️  Pending model changes detected that require new migrations"
+    echo ""
+    echo "=========================================="
+    echo "📋 PENDING MODEL CHANGES DETECTED"
+    echo "=========================================="
+    echo "The following changes require new migrations:"
+    echo "$PENDING_CHANGES_OUTPUT"
+    echo ""
+    echo "Would you like to create a new migration now?"
+    echo "=========================================="
+    echo ""
+    
+    read -p "🔧 Create new migration? (y/n): " create_migration
+    
+    if [[ "$create_migration" =~ ^[Yy]$ ]]; then
+        log "📝 Creating new migration..."
+        
+        # Get migration name from user
+        read -p "📝 Enter migration name (or press Enter for auto-generated name): " migration_name
+        if [ -z "$migration_name" ]; then
+            migration_name="Migration_${TIMESTAMP}"
+        fi
+        
+        # Create the migration
+        if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef migrations add "$migration_name" --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH"); then
+            log "✅ Migration '$migration_name' created successfully"
+            
+            # Show the created migration file
+            LATEST_MIGRATION=$(find "$DB_PROJECT_PATH/Migrations" -name "*${migration_name}.cs" | head -1)
+            if [ -n "$LATEST_MIGRATION" ]; then
+                log "📄 Migration file created: $(basename "$LATEST_MIGRATION")"
+                log "   Location: $LATEST_MIGRATION"
+            fi
+        else
+            ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && dotnet ef migrations add "$migration_name" --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH") 2>&1 || true )
+            error "❌ Failed to create migration '$migration_name'"
+            error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+            error "   Please resolve the model issues and try again."
+        fi
+    else
+        log "⚠️  Skipping migration creation. Proceeding with existing migrations only."
+        log "   Note: If there are pending changes, the migration may fail."
+    fi
 fi
 
 # Step 3: Run Migration (This effectively is a retry if previous "update" failed, or a final apply)
@@ -507,8 +605,53 @@ fi
 # Generate migration script first (Microsoft recommended approach)
 MIGRATION_SCRIPT="$BACKUP_DIR/migration_${ENVIRONMENT}_${TIMESTAMP}.sql"
 log "📝 Step 3b: Generating migration script for pending migrations..."
-if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT"); then
-    log "✅ Migration script generated: $(basename "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT")"
+
+# Check if database is empty (no tables) to determine the best approach
+log "🔍 Checking if database has existing tables..."
+DB_HAS_TABLES=false
+if command -v psql >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    TABLE_COUNT=$(PGPASSWORD="$DB_PASSWORD" psql -h "$DB_HOST" -p "$DB_PORT" -U "$DB_USER" -d "$DB_NAME" -t -c "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM information_schema.tables WHERE table_schema = 'public';" 2>/dev/null | tr -d ' ' || echo "0")
+    if [ "$TABLE_COUNT" -gt 0 ]; then
+        DB_HAS_TABLES=true
+        log "✅ Database has $TABLE_COUNT existing tables - using idempotent script generation"
+    else
+        log "⚠️  Database appears to be empty - using full migration script generation"
+    fi
+else
+    log "⚠️  psql not available - assuming database has tables and using idempotent script generation"
+    DB_HAS_TABLES=true
+fi
+
+# Generate migration script based on database state
+if [ "$DB_HAS_TABLES" = "true" ]; then
+    # For databases with existing tables, generate a complete idempotent script
+    log "📝 Generating complete migration script (idempotent) for database with existing tables..."
+    if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT"); then
+        log "✅ Complete migration script generated (all migrations, idempotent): $(basename "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT")"
+    else
+        ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT") 2>&1 || true )
+        error "❌ Failed to generate complete migration script."
+        error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+        error "   Check the .NET project logs for detailed errors."
+        if [ "$CREATE_BACKUP" = "true" ] && [ -n "$BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY" ]; then
+            error "   Backup script available at: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+        fi
+    fi
+else
+    # Use full script generation for empty databases (generate script from the very beginning)
+    log "📝 Generating full migration script for empty database..."
+    if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT"); then
+        log "✅ Complete migration script generated (all migrations): $(basename "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT")"
+    else
+        ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT") 2>&1 || true )
+        error "❌ Failed to generate complete migration script."
+        error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
+        error "   Check the .NET project logs for detailed errors."
+        if [ "$CREATE_BACKUP" = "true" ] && [ -n "$BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY" ]; then
+            error "   Backup script available at: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+        fi
+    fi
+fi
     
     # Show the migration script path to the user for review
     echo ""
@@ -519,8 +662,26 @@ if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef mig
     echo "Environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
     echo "Database: $DB_HOST:$DB_PORT/$DB_NAME"
     echo ""
+    
+    # Show a preview of the migration script content
+    if [ -f "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT" ]; then
+        SCRIPT_SIZE=$(wc -l < "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT")
+        echo "📄 Migration script contains $SCRIPT_SIZE lines"
+        
+        # Show last 20 lines as preview
+        echo ""
+        echo "📋 PREVIEW (last 20 lines):"
+        echo "----------------------------------------"
+        tail -20 "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT" | sed 's/^/   /'
+        if [ "$SCRIPT_SIZE" -gt 20 ]; then
+            echo "   ... (showing last 20 lines of $SCRIPT_SIZE total)"
+        fi
+        echo "----------------------------------------"
+        echo ""
+    fi
+    
     echo "⚠️  IMPORTANT: Please review the migration script before proceeding!"
-    echo "   You can examine the script with: cat $MIGRATION_SCRIPT"
+    echo "   You can examine the full script with: cat $MIGRATION_SCRIPT"
     echo "   Or open it in your editor to review the changes."
     echo ""
     echo "=========================================="
@@ -560,21 +721,22 @@ if (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef mig
             error "❌ Database migration failed during final update."
             error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
             error "   Check the .NET project logs for detailed errors."
+            if [ "$CREATE_BACKUP" = "true" ] && [ -n "$BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY" ]; then
                 error "   Backup script available at: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
             fi
         fi
+    fi
     
-    # Clean up migration script after successful application
+    # Save a copy of the migration script for reference before cleaning up
+    MIGRATION_SCRIPT_COPY="$BACKUP_DIR/migration_${ENVIRONMENT}_${TIMESTAMP}_applied.sql"
+    if [ -f "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT" ]; then
+        cp "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT" "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT_COPY"
+        log "📝 Migration script saved for reference: $(basename "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT_COPY")"
+    fi
+    
+    # Clean up temporary migration script after successful application
     rm -f "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT"
 
-else
-    ERROR_OUTPUT=$( (cd "$DB_PROJECT_PATH" && ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="$ENVIRONMENT" dotnet ef migrations script --idempotent --no-build --startup-project "$API_PROJECT_PATH" --output "$MIGRATION_SCRIPT") 2>&1 || true )
-    error "❌ Failed to generate migration script."
-    error "   EF CLI Output: $ERROR_OUTPUT"
-    error "   Check the .NET project logs for detailed errors."
-    error "   Backup script available at: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
-fi
-
 # Step 4: Verify Migration
 log "🔍 Step 4: Verifying migration status..."
 
@@ -602,7 +764,9 @@ log "✅ Kept last 5 backups for $ENVIRONMENT environment in $BACKUP_DIR_NAME/$E
 
 # Success Summary
 log "🎉 Migration completed successfully for environment: $ENVIRONMENT!"
-log "📁 EF Core Migration SQL Script: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+if [ "$CREATE_BACKUP" = "true" ] && [ -n "$BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY" ]; then
+    log "📁 EF Core Migration SQL Script: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+fi
 log "📝 Full Log file: $LOG_FILE"
 
 echo ""
@@ -612,6 +776,10 @@ echo "=========================================="
 echo "Environment: $ENVIRONMENT"
 echo "Timestamp: $TIMESTAMP"
 echo "Status: ✅ SUCCESS"
-echo "EF Core SQL Backup: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+if [ "$CREATE_BACKUP" = "true" ] && [ -n "$BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY" ]; then
+    echo "EF Core SQL Backup: $BACKUP_FILE_DISPLAY"
+else
+    echo "Database Backup: Skipped by user"
+fi
 echo "Log: $LOG_FILE"
 echo "=========================================="

scripts/start-api-and-workers.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# scripts/start-api-and-workers.sh
+# Starts API and Workers using dotnet run (not Docker)
+# This script is called by start-task-docker.sh after database is ready
+# IMPORTANT: This script runs from the current working directory (Vibe Kanban worktree)
+
+TASK_ID=$1
+PORT_OFFSET=${2:-0}
+
+# Use Vibe Kanban worktree if available, otherwise use current directory
+# This ensures we're running from the worktree, not the main repo
+if [ -n "$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT" ] && [ -d "$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT/src/Managing.Api" ]; then
+    PROJECT_ROOT="$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT"
+    echo "📁 Using Vibe Kanban worktree: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+else
+    PROJECT_ROOT="$(pwd)"
+    echo "📁 Using current directory: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+fi
+
+SCRIPT_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/scripts"
+
+POSTGRES_PORT=$((5432 + PORT_OFFSET))
+API_PORT=$((5000 + PORT_OFFSET))
+REDIS_PORT=$((6379 + PORT_OFFSET))
+ORLEANS_SILO_PORT=$((11111 + PORT_OFFSET))
+ORLEANS_GATEWAY_PORT=$((30000 + PORT_OFFSET))
+
+# Convert to lowercase (compatible with bash 3.2+)
+DB_NAME="managing_$(echo "$TASK_ID" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')"
+ORLEANS_DB_NAME="orleans_$(echo "$TASK_ID" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')"
+
+# Extract TASK_SLOT from TASK_ID numeric part (e.g., TASK-5439 -> 5439)
+# This ensures unique Orleans ports for each task and prevents port conflicts
+# Use TASK_SLOT from environment if already set (from vibe-setup.sh config), otherwise extract from TASK_ID
+if [ -z "$TASK_SLOT" ] || [ "$TASK_SLOT" = "0" ]; then
+    TASK_SLOT=$(echo "$TASK_ID" | grep -oE '[0-9]+' | head -1)
+    if [ -z "$TASK_SLOT" ] || [ "$TASK_SLOT" = "0" ]; then
+        # Fallback: use port offset calculation if TASK_ID doesn't contain numbers
+        TASK_SLOT=$((PORT_OFFSET / 10 + 1))
+        echo "⚠️  TASK_ID doesn't contain a number, using port offset-based TASK_SLOT: $TASK_SLOT"
+    else
+        echo "📊 TASK_SLOT extracted from TASK_ID: $TASK_SLOT"
+    fi
+else
+    echo "📊 Using TASK_SLOT from configuration: $TASK_SLOT"
+fi
+
+# TASK_SLOT determines Orleans ports: Silo = 11111 + (TASK_SLOT - 1) * 10, Gateway = 30000 + (TASK_SLOT - 1) * 10
+
+# PID files for process management
+PID_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids"
+mkdir -p "$PID_DIR"
+API_PID_FILE="$PID_DIR/api-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+WORKERS_PID_FILE="$PID_DIR/workers-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+
+# Set environment variables for API
+export ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT=Development
+export ASPNETCORE_URLS="http://localhost:${API_PORT}"
+export EnableSwagger=true
+export RUN_ORLEANS_GRAINS=true
+export SILO_ROLE=Trading
+export TASK_SLOT=${TASK_SLOT}
+export TASK_ID=${TASK_ID}
+export PORT_OFFSET=${PORT_OFFSET}
+# Orleans ports are calculated from TASK_SLOT in the application
+# These exports are kept for reference but not used (TASK_SLOT is the source of truth)
+export PostgreSql__ConnectionString="Host=localhost;Port=${POSTGRES_PORT};Database=${DB_NAME};Username=postgres;Password=postgres"
+export PostgreSql__Orleans="Host=localhost;Port=${POSTGRES_PORT};Database=${ORLEANS_DB_NAME};Username=postgres;Password=postgres"
+export InfluxDb__Url="http://localhost:8086/"
+export InfluxDb__Token="Fw2FPL2OwTzDHzSbR2Sd5xs0EKQYy00Q-hYKYAhr9cC1_q5YySONpxuf_Ck0PTjyUiF13xXmi__bu_pXH-H9zA=="
+export Jwt__Secret="2ed5f490-b6c1-4cad-8824-840c911f1fe6"
+export Privy__AppSecret="63Chz2z5M8TgR5qc8dznSLRAGTHTyPU4cjdQobrBF1Cx5tszZpTuFgyrRd7hZ2k6HpwDz3GEwQZzsCqHb8Z311bF"
+export AdminUsers="did:privy:cm7vxs99f0007blcl8cmzv74t;did:privy:cmhp5jqs2014kl60cbunp57jh"
+export AUTHORIZED_ADDRESSES="0x932167388dD9aad41149b3cA23eBD489E2E2DD78;0x84e3E147c4e94716151181F25538aBf337Eca49f;0xeaf2a9a5864e3Cc37E85dDC287Ed0c90d76b2420"
+export ENABLE_COPY_TRADING_VALIDATION=false
+export KAIGEN_CREDITS_ENABLED=false
+export KAIGEN_SECRET_KEY="KaigenXCowchain"
+export Flagsmith__ApiKey="ser.ShJJJMtWYS9fwuzd83ejwR"
+export Discord__ApplicationId="966075382002516031"
+export Discord__PublicKey="63028f6bb740cd5d26ae0340b582dee2075624011b28757436255fc002ca8a7c"
+export Discord__TokenId="OTY2MDc1MzgyMDAyNTE2MDMx.Yl8dzw.xpeIAaMwGrwTNY4r9JYv0ebzb-U"
+export N8n__WebhookUrl="https://n8n.kai.managing.live/webhook/fa9308b6-983b-42ec-b085-71599d655951"
+export N8n__IndicatorRequestWebhookUrl="https://n8n.kai.managing.live/webhook/3aa07b66-1e64-46a7-8618-af300914cb11"
+export N8n__Username="managing-api"
+export N8n__Password="T259836*PdiV2@%!eR%Qf4"
+export Sentry__Dsn="https://fe12add48c56419bbdfa86227c188e7a@glitch.kai.managing.live/1"
+
+# Verify we're in the right directory (should have src/Managing.Api)
+if [ ! -d "$PROJECT_ROOT/src/Managing.Api" ]; then
+    echo "❌ Error: src/Managing.Api not found in current directory: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+    echo "💡 Make sure you're running from the project root (or Vibe Kanban worktree)"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+echo "🚀 Starting API on port $API_PORT..."
+echo "📁 Running from: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+echo "📚 Swagger enabled: true"
+cd "$PROJECT_ROOT/src/Managing.Api"
+
+# Try to build first to catch build errors early
+echo "🔨 Building API project..."
+if ! dotnet build --no-incremental > "$PID_DIR/api-${TASK_ID}-build.log" 2>&1; then
+    echo "❌ Build failed! Showing build errors:"
+    echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+    tail -n 50 "$PID_DIR/api-${TASK_ID}-build.log" 2>/dev/null || cat "$PID_DIR/api-${TASK_ID}-build.log" 2>/dev/null
+    echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+    echo ""
+    echo "💡 Try:"
+    echo "   1. Clean build: cd $PROJECT_ROOT/src/Managing.Api && dotnet clean && dotnet build"
+    echo "   2. Disable parallel builds: export DOTNET_CLI_MSBUILD_PARALLEL=0"
+    echo "   3. Check for compilation errors in the log above"
+    exit 1
+fi
+echo "✅ Build successful"
+
+# Write all output to log file (warnings will be filtered when displaying)
+# Disable parallel MSBuild nodes to avoid child node crashes
+export DOTNET_CLI_MSBUILD_PARALLEL=0
+dotnet run > "$PID_DIR/api-${TASK_ID}.log" 2>&1 &
+API_PID=$!
+echo $API_PID > "$API_PID_FILE"
+echo "✅ API started (PID: $API_PID) from worktree: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+
+# Wait a bit for API to start
+sleep 3
+
+echo "🚀 Starting Workers..."
+cd "$PROJECT_ROOT/src/Managing.Workers"
+
+# Try to build first to catch build errors early
+echo "🔨 Building Workers project..."
+if ! dotnet build --no-incremental > "$PID_DIR/workers-${TASK_ID}-build.log" 2>&1; then
+    echo "❌ Build failed! Showing build errors:"
+    echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+    tail -n 50 "$PID_DIR/workers-${TASK_ID}-build.log" 2>/dev/null || cat "$PID_DIR/workers-${TASK_ID}-build.log" 2>/dev/null
+    echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+    echo ""
+    echo "💡 Try:"
+    echo "   1. Clean build: cd $PROJECT_ROOT/src/Managing.Workers && dotnet clean && dotnet build"
+    echo "   2. Disable parallel builds: export DOTNET_CLI_MSBUILD_PARALLEL=0"
+    echo "   3. Check for compilation errors in the log above"
+    # Don't exit - API might still be running
+    echo "⚠️  Continuing without Workers..."
+else
+    echo "✅ Build successful"
+    
+    # Set workers environment variables (separate from API)
+    # Write all output to log file (warnings will be filtered when displaying)
+    # Disable parallel MSBuild nodes to avoid child node crashes
+    export DOTNET_CLI_MSBUILD_PARALLEL=0
+    ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT=Development \
+    PostgreSql__ConnectionString="Host=localhost;Port=${POSTGRES_PORT};Database=${DB_NAME};Username=postgres;Password=postgres" \
+    InfluxDb__Url="http://localhost:8086/" \
+    InfluxDb__Token="Fw2FPL2OwTzDHzSbR2Sd5xs0EKQYy00Q-hYKYAhr9cC1_q5YySONpxuf_Ck0PTjyUiF13xXmi__bu_pXH-H9zA==" \
+    KAIGEN_SECRET_KEY="KaigenXCowchain" \
+    Flagsmith__ApiKey="ser.ShJJJMtWYS9fwuzd83ejwR" \
+    dotnet run > "$PID_DIR/workers-${TASK_ID}.log" 2>&1 &
+    WORKERS_PID=$!
+    echo $WORKERS_PID > "$WORKERS_PID_FILE"
+    echo "✅ Workers started (PID: $WORKERS_PID) from worktree: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+fi
+
+echo ""
+echo "✅ API and Workers started!"
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+echo "📊 API: http://localhost:$API_PORT"
+echo "📋 API PID: $API_PID"
+echo "📋 Workers PID: $WORKERS_PID"
+echo "📋 Logs: $PID_DIR/api-${TASK_ID}.log"
+echo "📋 Logs: $PID_DIR/workers-${TASK_ID}.log"
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+

scripts/start-dev-env.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# scripts/start-dev-env.sh
+# Simple wrapper for dev agent to start Docker Compose task environments
+
+TASK_ID=${1:-"DEV-$(date +%Y%m%d-%H%M%S)"}
+PORT_OFFSET=${2:-0}
+
+echo "🚀 Starting Docker dev environment..."
+echo "📋 Task ID: $TASK_ID"
+echo "🔌 Port Offset: $PORT_OFFSET"
+echo ""
+
+# Get script directory
+SCRIPT_DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}" )" &> /dev/null && pwd )"
+
+# Check prerequisites
+echo "🔍 Checking prerequisites..."
+
+# Check main database
+if ! PGPASSWORD=postgres psql -h localhost -p 5432 -U postgres -d managing -c '\q' 2>/dev/null; then
+    echo "❌ Main database not accessible at localhost:5432"
+    echo "💡 Starting main database..."
+    cd "$SCRIPT_DIR/../src/Managing.Docker"
+    docker-compose -f docker-compose.yml -f docker-compose.local.yml up -d postgres
+    echo "⏳ Waiting for database to start..."
+    sleep 15
+fi
+
+# Check Docker
+if ! docker ps >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    echo "❌ Docker is not running"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+# Start task environment
+echo "🚀 Starting task environment..."
+bash "$SCRIPT_DIR/start-task-docker.sh" "$TASK_ID" "$PORT_OFFSET"
+

scripts/start-task-docker.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# scripts/start-task-docker.sh
+# Starts a Docker Compose environment for a specific task with database copy
+
+TASK_ID=$1
+PORT_OFFSET=${2:-0}
+
+# Determine project root
+# If called from main repo, use current directory
+# If called from worktree wrapper, we should be in main repo already
+if [ -d "$(pwd)/scripts" ] && [ -f "$(pwd)/scripts/start-api-and-workers.sh" ]; then
+    # We're in the main repo
+    PROJECT_ROOT="$(pwd)"
+    echo "📁 Using main repository: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+else
+    # Try to find main repo
+    MAIN_REPO="/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps"
+    if [ -d "$MAIN_REPO/scripts" ]; then
+        PROJECT_ROOT="$MAIN_REPO"
+        echo "📁 Using main repository: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+    else
+        echo "❌ Error: Cannot find main repository with scripts"
+        exit 1
+    fi
+fi
+
+SCRIPT_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/scripts"
+
+# Auto-detect port offset if 0 is provided (to avoid conflicts with main database)
+if [ "$PORT_OFFSET" = "0" ]; then
+    echo "🔍 Auto-detecting available port offset (to avoid conflicts with main database)..."
+    # Find an available port offset (start from 1, check up to 100)
+    PORT_OFFSET_FOUND=0
+    for offset in $(seq 1 100); do
+        POSTGRES_TEST=$((5432 + offset))
+        REDIS_TEST=$((6379 + offset))
+        API_TEST=$((5000 + offset))
+        ORLEANS_SILO_TEST=$((11111 + offset))
+        ORLEANS_GATEWAY_TEST=$((30000 + offset))
+        
+        # Check if ports are available (try multiple methods for compatibility)
+        POSTGRES_FREE=true
+        REDIS_FREE=true
+        API_FREE=true
+        ORLEANS_SILO_FREE=true
+        ORLEANS_GATEWAY_FREE=true
+        
+        # Method 1: lsof (macOS/Linux)
+        if command -v lsof >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+            if lsof -Pi :$POSTGRES_TEST -sTCP:LISTEN -t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                POSTGRES_FREE=false
+            fi
+            if lsof -Pi :$REDIS_TEST -sTCP:LISTEN -t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                REDIS_FREE=false
+            fi
+            if lsof -Pi :$API_TEST -sTCP:LISTEN -t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                API_FREE=false
+            fi
+            if lsof -Pi :$ORLEANS_SILO_TEST -sTCP:LISTEN -t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                ORLEANS_SILO_FREE=false
+            fi
+            if lsof -Pi :$ORLEANS_GATEWAY_TEST -sTCP:LISTEN -t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                ORLEANS_GATEWAY_FREE=false
+            fi
+        # Method 2: netstat (fallback)
+        elif command -v netstat >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+            if netstat -an | grep -q ":$POSTGRES_TEST.*LISTEN"; then
+                POSTGRES_FREE=false
+            fi
+            if netstat -an | grep -q ":$REDIS_TEST.*LISTEN"; then
+                REDIS_FREE=false
+            fi
+            if netstat -an | grep -q ":$API_TEST.*LISTEN"; then
+                API_FREE=false
+            fi
+        fi
+        
+        # If all ports are free, use this offset
+        if [ "$POSTGRES_FREE" = "true" ] && [ "$REDIS_FREE" = "true" ] && [ "$API_FREE" = "true" ] && [ "$ORLEANS_SILO_FREE" = "true" ] && [ "$ORLEANS_GATEWAY_FREE" = "true" ]; then
+            PORT_OFFSET=$offset
+            PORT_OFFSET_FOUND=1
+            echo "✅ Found available port offset: $PORT_OFFSET"
+            echo "   PostgreSQL: $POSTGRES_TEST"
+            echo "   Redis: $REDIS_TEST"
+            echo "   API: $API_TEST"
+            break
+        fi
+    done
+    
+    if [ "$PORT_OFFSET_FOUND" = "0" ]; then
+        echo "❌ Could not find available port offset (checked offsets 1-100)"
+        echo "💡 Try manually specifying a port offset: bash $0 $TASK_ID 10"
+        exit 1
+    fi
+fi
+
+POSTGRES_PORT=$((5432 + PORT_OFFSET))
+API_PORT=$((5000 + PORT_OFFSET))
+REDIS_PORT=$((6379 + PORT_OFFSET))
+# Convert to lowercase (compatible with bash 3.2+)
+DB_NAME="managing_$(echo "$TASK_ID" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')"
+ORLEANS_DB_NAME="orleans_$(echo "$TASK_ID" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')"
+
+echo "🚀 Starting Docker environment for task: $TASK_ID"
+echo "📊 Port offset: $PORT_OFFSET"
+echo "📊 PostgreSQL: localhost:$POSTGRES_PORT"
+echo "🔌 API: http://localhost:$API_PORT"
+echo "💾 Redis: localhost:$REDIS_PORT"
+echo "💾 Database: $DB_NAME"
+
+# Verify main database is accessible
+echo "🔍 Verifying main database connection..."
+if ! PGPASSWORD=postgres psql -h localhost -p 5432 -U postgres -d managing -c '\q' 2>/dev/null; then
+    echo "❌ Cannot connect to main database at localhost:5432"
+    echo "💡 Starting main database..."
+    cd "$PROJECT_ROOT/src/Managing.Docker"
+    # Use docker compose (newer) or docker-compose (older)
+    if command -v docker &> /dev/null && docker compose version &> /dev/null; then
+        docker compose -f docker-compose.yml -f docker-compose.local.yml up -d postgres
+    else
+        docker-compose -f docker-compose.yml -f docker-compose.local.yml up -d postgres
+    fi
+    echo "⏳ Waiting for database to start..."
+    sleep 15
+fi
+
+# Create compose file
+echo "📝 Creating Docker Compose file..."
+bash "$SCRIPT_DIR/create-task-compose.sh" "$TASK_ID" "$PORT_OFFSET"
+COMPOSE_FILE="$PROJECT_ROOT/src/Managing.Docker/docker-compose.task-${TASK_ID}.yml"
+
+# Start services (except API/Workers - we'll start them after DB copy)
+echo "🐳 Starting PostgreSQL, Redis..."
+cd "$PROJECT_ROOT/src/Managing.Docker"
+# Use docker compose (newer) or docker-compose (older)
+if command -v docker &> /dev/null && docker compose version &> /dev/null; then
+    docker compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" up -d postgres-${TASK_ID} redis-${TASK_ID}
+else
+    docker-compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" up -d postgres-${TASK_ID} redis-${TASK_ID}
+fi
+
+# Wait for PostgreSQL
+echo "⏳ Waiting for PostgreSQL..."
+for i in {1..60}; do
+    if PGPASSWORD=postgres psql -h localhost -p $POSTGRES_PORT -U postgres -d postgres -c '\q' 2>/dev/null; then
+        echo "✅ PostgreSQL is ready"
+        break
+    fi
+    if [ $i -eq 60 ]; then
+        echo "❌ PostgreSQL not ready after 60 attempts"
+        if command -v docker &> /dev/null && docker compose version &> /dev/null; then
+            docker compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" down
+        else
+            docker-compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" down
+        fi
+        exit 1
+    fi
+    sleep 2
+done
+
+# Copy database
+echo "📦 Copying database from main repo..."
+bash "$SCRIPT_DIR/copy-database-for-task.sh" "$TASK_ID" "localhost" "5432" "localhost" "$POSTGRES_PORT"
+
+if [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
+    # Start API and Workers using dotnet run
+    echo "🚀 Starting API and Workers with dotnet run..."
+    bash "$SCRIPT_DIR/start-api-and-workers.sh" "$TASK_ID" "$PORT_OFFSET"
+    
+    echo ""
+    echo "✅ Environment ready!"
+    echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+    echo "📊 API: http://localhost:$API_PORT"
+    echo "💾 Database: $DB_NAME on port $POSTGRES_PORT"
+    echo "💾 Redis: localhost:$REDIS_PORT"
+    echo "🔧 To view API logs: tail -f .task-pids/api-${TASK_ID}.log"
+    echo "🔧 To view Workers logs: tail -f .task-pids/workers-${TASK_ID}.log"
+    echo "🔧 To stop: bash scripts/stop-task-docker.sh $TASK_ID"
+    echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+else
+    echo "❌ Database copy failed"
+    if command -v docker &> /dev/null && docker compose version &> /dev/null; then
+        docker compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" down
+    else
+        docker-compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" down
+    fi
+    exit 1
+fi
+

scripts/stop-task-docker.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# scripts/stop-task-docker.sh
+# Stops and cleans up a task-specific Docker Compose environment and dotnet processes
+
+TASK_ID=$1
+
+SCRIPT_DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}" )" &> /dev/null && pwd )"
+PROJECT_ROOT="$(dirname "$SCRIPT_DIR")"
+COMPOSE_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/src/Managing.Docker"
+COMPOSE_FILE="$COMPOSE_DIR/docker-compose.task-${TASK_ID}.yml"
+PID_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids"
+API_PID_FILE="$PID_DIR/api-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+WORKERS_PID_FILE="$PID_DIR/workers-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+
+if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+    echo "❌ Usage: $0 <TASK_ID>"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+echo "🛑 Stopping environment for task: $TASK_ID"
+
+# Stop dotnet processes (API and Workers)
+if [ -f "$API_PID_FILE" ]; then
+    API_PID=$(cat "$API_PID_FILE")
+    if ps -p "$API_PID" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        echo "🛑 Stopping API (PID: $API_PID)..."
+        kill "$API_PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+        sleep 2
+        # Force kill if still running
+        if ps -p "$API_PID" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+            kill -9 "$API_PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+        fi
+        echo "✅ API stopped"
+    fi
+    rm -f "$API_PID_FILE"
+fi
+
+if [ -f "$WORKERS_PID_FILE" ]; then
+    WORKERS_PID=$(cat "$WORKERS_PID_FILE")
+    if ps -p "$WORKERS_PID" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        echo "🛑 Stopping Workers (PID: $WORKERS_PID)..."
+        kill "$WORKERS_PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+        sleep 2
+        # Force kill if still running
+        if ps -p "$WORKERS_PID" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+            kill -9 "$WORKERS_PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+        fi
+        echo "✅ Workers stopped"
+    fi
+    rm -f "$WORKERS_PID_FILE"
+fi
+
+# Clean up log files
+rm -f "$PID_DIR/api-${TASK_ID}.log" "$PID_DIR/workers-${TASK_ID}.log" 2>/dev/null || true
+
+# Stop Docker services (PostgreSQL and Redis)
+cd "$COMPOSE_DIR"
+
+if [ -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" ]; then
+    echo "🛑 Stopping Docker services..."
+    if command -v docker &> /dev/null && docker compose version &> /dev/null; then
+        docker compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" down -v
+    else
+        docker-compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" down -v
+    fi
+    rm -f "$COMPOSE_FILE"
+    echo "✅ Docker services stopped"
+else
+    echo "⚠️  Compose file not found: $COMPOSE_FILE"
+    echo "💡 Trying to stop containers manually..."
+    
+    # Try to stop containers by name pattern
+    docker stop postgres-${TASK_ID} redis-${TASK_ID} 2>/dev/null || true
+    docker rm postgres-${TASK_ID} redis-${TASK_ID} 2>/dev/null || true
+    
+    # Remove volumes
+    docker volume rm postgresdata_${TASK_ID} redis_data_${TASK_ID} 2>/dev/null || true
+    
+    echo "✅ Docker cleanup attempted"
+fi
+
+echo "✅ Environment stopped and cleaned up"

scripts/vibe-kanban/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+# Vibe Kanban Scripts
+
+This directory contains all scripts specifically for Vibe Kanban integration.
+
+## Scripts
+
+### `vibe-setup.sh`
+**Purpose:** Sets up the database and Docker services for a Vibe Kanban task environment.
+
+**Usage:**
+```bash
+bash scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-setup.sh [TASK_ID] [PORT_OFFSET]
+```
+
+**What it does:**
+- Detects or generates a consistent TASK_ID for the worktree
+- Auto-detects available port offset
+- Creates Docker Compose file for the task
+- Starts PostgreSQL and Redis containers
+- Copies database from main repository
+- Saves configuration to `.vibe-setup.env`
+
+**Configuration saved:**
+- Task ID
+- Port offsets
+- Database names
+- All connection details
+
+**Note:** This script runs in the "setup" section of Vibe Kanban.
+
+---
+
+### `vibe-dev-server.sh`
+**Purpose:** Starts the API and Workers processes (assumes database is already set up).
+
+**Usage:**
+```bash
+bash scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh
+```
+
+**What it does:**
+- Loads configuration from `.vibe-setup.env` (created by vibe-setup.sh)
+- Verifies database is ready
+- Starts API and Workers using `start-api-and-workers.sh`
+- Displays logs with filtered warnings
+- Shows API and Workers logs in real-time
+
+**Requirements:**
+- Must run `vibe-setup.sh` first to create the database environment
+- Configuration file `.vibe-setup.env` must exist
+
+**Note:** This script runs in the "dev server" section of Vibe Kanban.
+
+---
+
+### `cleanup-api-workers.sh`
+**Purpose:** Stops API and Workers processes for a specific task.
+
+**Usage:**
+```bash
+bash scripts/vibe-kanban/cleanup-api-workers.sh <TASK_ID>
+```
+
+**What it does:**
+- Stops API process (and child processes)
+- Stops Workers process (and child processes)
+- Kills orphaned processes
+- Removes PID files
+- Preserves log files for debugging
+
+**Features:**
+- Graceful shutdown (SIGTERM) with fallback to force kill (SIGKILL)
+- Handles orphaned processes
+- Works with Vibe Kanban worktrees
+- Supports environment variables for TASK_ID
+
+**Note:** This script is used by Vibe Kanban for cleanup operations.
+
+---
+
+## Workflow
+
+1. **Setup Phase** (Vibe Kanban "setup" section):
+   ```bash
+   bash scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-setup.sh
+   ```
+   - Sets up database and Docker services
+   - Creates configuration file
+
+2. **Dev Server Phase** (Vibe Kanban "dev server" section):
+   ```bash
+   bash scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh
+   ```
+   - Starts API and Workers
+   - Shows logs
+
+3. **Cleanup Phase** (Vibe Kanban cleanup):
+   ```bash
+   bash scripts/vibe-kanban/cleanup-api-workers.sh <TASK_ID>
+   ```
+   - Stops all processes
+   - Cleans up
+
+## Configuration Files
+
+These scripts create/use the following files in the worktree:
+
+- `.vibe-task-id` - Stores the persistent TASK_ID for the worktree
+- `.vibe-setup.env` - Stores all setup configuration (ports, database names, etc.)
+- `.task-pids/` - Directory containing PID files and logs
+
+## Paths
+
+All paths in these scripts are relative to the main repository:
+- Main repo: `/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps`
+- Scripts: `scripts/vibe-kanban/`
+- Worktree: Detected automatically from current directory
+
+## Environment Variables
+
+These scripts support the following environment variables:
+
+- `VIBE_TASK_ID` - Task ID from Vibe Kanban
+- `VIBE_TASK_NAME` - Task name from Vibe Kanban
+- `VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT` - Worktree root path (set automatically)
+

scripts/vibe-kanban/cleanup-api-workers.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# scripts/vibe-kanban/cleanup-api-workers.sh
+# Cleanup script for Vibe Kanban - stops API and Workers processes only
+# Usage: bash scripts/vibe-kanban/cleanup-api-workers.sh <TASK_ID>
+
+TASK_ID=$1
+
+# Detect worktree root (similar to vibe-setup.sh)
+WORKTREE_ROOT="$(pwd)"
+
+# Check if we're in a nested structure (Vibe Kanban worktree)
+if [ -d "$WORKTREE_ROOT/managing-apps" ] && [ -d "$WORKTREE_ROOT/managing-apps/src/Managing.Api" ]; then
+    WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT="$WORKTREE_ROOT/managing-apps"
+elif [ -d "$WORKTREE_ROOT/src/Managing.Api" ]; then
+    WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT="$WORKTREE_ROOT"
+else
+    WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT=""
+fi
+
+# Determine project root
+if [ -n "$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT" ] && [ -d "$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT/src/Managing.Api" ]; then
+    PROJECT_ROOT="$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT"
+    WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT="$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT"
+    echo "📁 Using Vibe Kanban worktree: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+elif [ -n "$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT" ]; then
+    PROJECT_ROOT="$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT"
+    echo "📁 Using Vibe Kanban worktree: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+elif [ -d "$(pwd)/scripts" ] && [ -f "$(pwd)/scripts/start-api-and-workers.sh" ]; then
+    PROJECT_ROOT="$(pwd)"
+    echo "📁 Using current directory: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+else
+    # Try to find main repo
+    MAIN_REPO="/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps"
+    if [ -d "$MAIN_REPO/scripts" ]; then
+        PROJECT_ROOT="$MAIN_REPO"
+        echo "📁 Using main repository: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+    else
+        echo "❌ Error: Cannot find project root"
+        exit 1
+    fi
+fi
+
+# TASK_ID file to ensure consistency (same as vibe-setup.sh)
+TASK_ID_FILE="$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/.vibe-task-id"
+
+# Try to get TASK_ID from various sources
+if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+    # First, check if we have a stored TASK_ID for this worktree (ensures consistency)
+    if [ -n "$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT" ] && [ -f "$TASK_ID_FILE" ]; then
+        STORED_TASK_ID=$(cat "$TASK_ID_FILE" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')
+        if [ -n "$STORED_TASK_ID" ]; then
+            TASK_ID="$STORED_TASK_ID"
+            echo "📋 Using stored TASK_ID from .vibe-task-id: $TASK_ID"
+        fi
+    fi
+    
+    # Try environment variables (Vibe Kanban might set these)
+    if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+        if [ -n "$VIBE_TASK_ID" ]; then
+            TASK_ID="$VIBE_TASK_ID"
+            echo "📋 Found TASK_ID from VIBE_TASK_ID: $TASK_ID"
+        elif [ -n "$TASK_ID_ENV" ]; then
+            TASK_ID="$TASK_ID_ENV"
+            echo "📋 Found TASK_ID from TASK_ID_ENV: $TASK_ID"
+        elif [ -n "$TASK" ]; then
+            TASK_ID="$TASK"
+            echo "📋 Found TASK_ID from TASK: $TASK_ID"
+        fi
+    fi
+fi
+
+# If TASK_ID still not found, try to detect from worktree path or PID files
+if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+    # Try to extract from worktree path (Vibe Kanban worktrees often contain task ID)
+    WORKTREE_PATH_TO_CHECK="$WORKTREE_ROOT"
+    if [ -z "$WORKTREE_PATH_TO_CHECK" ] && [ -n "$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT" ]; then
+        WORKTREE_PATH_TO_CHECK="$VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT"
+    fi
+    
+    if [ -n "$WORKTREE_PATH_TO_CHECK" ]; then
+        # Try UUID format first (Vibe Kanban might use UUIDs)
+        DETECTED_TASK=$(echo "$WORKTREE_PATH_TO_CHECK" | grep -oE '[0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12}' | head -1)
+        
+        # If no UUID, try task ID pattern (e.g., DEV-123, TASK-456)
+        if [ -z "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+            DETECTED_TASK=$(echo "$WORKTREE_PATH_TO_CHECK" | grep -oE '[A-Z]+-[0-9]+' | head -1)
+        fi
+        
+        # If still no match, try to get the last directory name (might be task name)
+        if [ -z "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+            LAST_DIR=$(basename "$WORKTREE_PATH_TO_CHECK")
+            # Skip common directory names
+            if [ "$LAST_DIR" != "managing-apps" ] && [ "$LAST_DIR" != "worktrees" ] && [ "$LAST_DIR" != "Projects" ]; then
+                # Generate a numeric ID from the directory name (hash-based for consistency)
+                HASH=$(echo -n "$LAST_DIR" | shasum -a 256 | cut -d' ' -f1 | head -c 8)
+                NUMERIC_ID=$((0x$HASH % 9999 + 1))
+                DETECTED_TASK="TASK-$NUMERIC_ID"
+                echo "📋 Generated numeric TASK_ID from worktree directory '$LAST_DIR': $DETECTED_TASK"
+            fi
+        fi
+        
+        if [ -n "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+            TASK_ID="$DETECTED_TASK"
+            echo "📋 Detected TASK_ID from worktree path: $TASK_ID"
+        fi
+    fi
+    
+    # Try to find from PID files in worktree
+    if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ] && [ -n "$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT" ]; then
+        PID_DIR_CHECK="$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids"
+        if [ -d "$PID_DIR_CHECK" ]; then
+            # Find the most recent PID file with a running process
+            for pid_file in $(ls -t "$PID_DIR_CHECK"/*.pid 2>/dev/null); do
+                pid=$(cat "$pid_file" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')
+                if [ -n "$pid" ] && ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                    # Extract task ID from filename (e.g., api-DEV-123.pid -> DEV-123)
+                    DETECTED_TASK=$(basename "$pid_file" .pid | sed 's/^api-//; s/^workers-//')
+                    if [ -n "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+                        TASK_ID="$DETECTED_TASK"
+                        echo "📋 Detected TASK_ID from running process PID file: $TASK_ID"
+                        break
+                    fi
+                fi
+            done
+        fi
+    fi
+    
+    # Try to find from PID files in main repo if still not found
+    if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+        PID_DIR_CHECK="$PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids"
+        if [ -d "$PID_DIR_CHECK" ]; then
+            # Find the most recent PID file with a running process
+            for pid_file in $(ls -t "$PID_DIR_CHECK"/*.pid 2>/dev/null); do
+                pid=$(cat "$pid_file" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')
+                if [ -n "$pid" ] && ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                    # Extract task ID from filename (e.g., api-DEV-123.pid -> DEV-123)
+                    DETECTED_TASK=$(basename "$pid_file" .pid | sed 's/^api-//; s/^workers-//')
+                    if [ -n "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+                        TASK_ID="$DETECTED_TASK"
+                        echo "📋 Detected TASK_ID from running process PID file: $TASK_ID"
+                        break
+                    fi
+                fi
+            done
+        fi
+    fi
+    
+    # Try to find from current directory if it's a worktree
+    if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+        CURRENT_DIR="$(pwd)"
+        # Try UUID format first
+        DETECTED_TASK=$(echo "$CURRENT_DIR" | grep -oE '[0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12}' | head -1)
+        
+        # If no UUID, try task ID pattern
+        if [ -z "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+            DETECTED_TASK=$(echo "$CURRENT_DIR" | grep -oE '[A-Z]+-[0-9]+' | head -1)
+        fi
+        
+        if [ -n "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+            TASK_ID="$DETECTED_TASK"
+            echo "📋 Detected TASK_ID from current directory: $TASK_ID"
+        fi
+    fi
+fi
+
+PID_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids"
+API_PID_FILE="$PID_DIR/api-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+WORKERS_PID_FILE="$PID_DIR/workers-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+
+if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+    echo ""
+    echo "❌ Error: TASK_ID is required but could not be determined"
+    echo ""
+    echo "💡 Usage: $0 <TASK_ID>"
+    echo "💡 Or set one of these environment variables:"
+    echo "   - VIBE_TASK_ID"
+    echo "   - TASK_ID_ENV"
+    echo "   - TASK"
+    echo ""
+    echo "💡 Or ensure you're running from a Vibe Kanban worktree with task ID in the path"
+    echo ""
+    echo "🔍 Debug information:"
+    echo "   Current directory: $(pwd)"
+    echo "   WORKTREE_ROOT: ${WORKTREE_ROOT:-not set}"
+    echo "   WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT: ${WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT:-not set}"
+    echo "   VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT: ${VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT:-not set}"
+    echo "   PROJECT_ROOT: $PROJECT_ROOT"
+    if [ -n "$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT" ]; then
+        echo "   TASK_ID_FILE: $TASK_ID_FILE"
+        if [ -f "$TASK_ID_FILE" ]; then
+            echo "   Stored TASK_ID: $(cat "$TASK_ID_FILE" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')"
+        else
+            echo "   TASK_ID_FILE: (not found)"
+        fi
+    fi
+    if [ -d "$PID_DIR" ]; then
+        echo "   Available PID files in $PID_DIR:"
+        ls -1 "$PID_DIR"/*.pid 2>/dev/null | head -5 | while read file; do
+            pid=$(cat "$file" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')
+            task=$(basename "$file" .pid | sed 's/^api-//; s/^workers-//')
+            if [ -n "$pid" ] && ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                echo "     ✅ $file (PID: $pid, Task: $task) - RUNNING"
+            else
+                echo "     ⚠️  $file (PID: $pid, Task: $task) - not running"
+            fi
+        done || echo "     (none found)"
+    fi
+    echo ""
+    echo "💡 To clean up a specific task, run:"
+    echo "   $0 <TASK_ID>"
+    echo ""
+    echo "💡 Or set VIBE_TASK_ID environment variable before running the script"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+echo "🧹 Cleaning up API and Workers for task: $TASK_ID"
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+
+# Function to kill process and its children
+kill_process_tree() {
+    local pid=$1
+    local name=$2
+    
+    if [ -z "$pid" ] || [ "$pid" = "0" ]; then
+        return 0
+    fi
+    
+    if ! ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        return 0
+    fi
+    
+    echo "   🛑 Stopping $name (PID: $pid)..."
+    
+    # First, try graceful shutdown
+    kill "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+    sleep 2
+    
+    # Check if still running
+    if ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        echo "   ⚠️  Process still running, force killing..."
+        kill -9 "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+        sleep 1
+    fi
+    
+    # Kill any child processes
+    local child_pids=$(pgrep -P "$pid" 2>/dev/null)
+    if [ -n "$child_pids" ]; then
+        for child_pid in $child_pids; do
+            echo "   🛑 Stopping child process (PID: $child_pid)..."
+            kill "$child_pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+            sleep 1
+            if ps -p "$child_pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                kill -9 "$child_pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+            fi
+        done
+    fi
+    
+    # Verify process is stopped
+    if ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        echo "   ⚠️  Warning: Process $pid may still be running"
+        return 1
+    else
+        echo "   ✅ $name stopped"
+        return 0
+    fi
+}
+
+# Function to find and kill orphaned processes by name
+kill_orphaned_processes() {
+    local task_id=$1
+    local process_name=$2
+    local found_any=false
+    
+    # Find processes that match the executable name and worktree path
+    local processes=$(ps aux | grep "$process_name" | grep -v grep | grep -E "worktree|$task_id" || true)
+    
+    if [ -n "$processes" ]; then
+        echo "   🔍 Found orphaned $process_name processes:"
+        echo "$processes" | while read line; do
+            local pid=$(echo "$line" | awk '{print $2}')
+            if [ -n "$pid" ] && ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                echo "   🛑 Killing orphaned process (PID: $pid)..."
+                kill "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+                sleep 1
+                if ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                    kill -9 "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+                fi
+                found_any=true
+            fi
+        done
+    fi
+}
+
+# Stop API process
+echo "📊 Stopping API process..."
+if [ -f "$API_PID_FILE" ]; then
+    API_PID=$(cat "$API_PID_FILE" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')
+    if [ -n "$API_PID" ] && [ "$API_PID" != "0" ]; then
+        kill_process_tree "$API_PID" "API"
+    else
+        echo "   ⚠️  Invalid PID in file: $API_PID_FILE"
+    fi
+    rm -f "$API_PID_FILE"
+else
+    echo "   ⚠️  API PID file not found: $API_PID_FILE"
+fi
+
+# Kill orphaned Managing.Api processes
+kill_orphaned_processes "$TASK_ID" "Managing.Api"
+
+# Stop Workers process
+echo ""
+echo "📊 Stopping Workers process..."
+if [ -f "$WORKERS_PID_FILE" ]; then
+    WORKERS_PID=$(cat "$WORKERS_PID_FILE" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')
+    if [ -n "$WORKERS_PID" ] && [ "$WORKERS_PID" != "0" ]; then
+        kill_process_tree "$WORKERS_PID" "Workers"
+    else
+        echo "   ⚠️  Invalid PID in file: $WORKERS_PID_FILE"
+    fi
+    rm -f "$WORKERS_PID_FILE"
+else
+    echo "   ⚠️  Workers PID file not found: $WORKERS_PID_FILE"
+fi
+
+# Kill orphaned Managing.Workers processes
+kill_orphaned_processes "$TASK_ID" "Managing.Workers"
+
+# Kill orphaned dotnet run processes that might be related
+echo ""
+echo "📊 Checking for orphaned dotnet run processes..."
+DOTNET_RUN_PIDS=$(ps aux | grep "dotnet run" | grep -v grep | awk '{print $2}' || true)
+if [ -n "$DOTNET_RUN_PIDS" ]; then
+    for pid in $DOTNET_RUN_PIDS; do
+        # Check if this dotnet run is a parent of Managing.Api or Managing.Workers
+        local has_api_child=$(pgrep -P "$pid" | xargs ps -p 2>/dev/null | grep -c "Managing.Api" || echo "0")
+        local has_workers_child=$(pgrep -P "$pid" | xargs ps -p 2>/dev/null | grep -c "Managing.Workers" || echo "0")
+        
+        if [ "$has_api_child" != "0" ] || [ "$has_workers_child" != "0" ]; then
+            echo "   🛑 Killing orphaned dotnet run process (PID: $pid)..."
+            kill "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+            sleep 1
+            if ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                kill -9 "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+            fi
+        fi
+    done
+fi
+
+# Clean up log files (optional - comment out if you want to keep logs)
+# echo ""
+# echo "📊 Cleaning up log files..."
+# rm -f "$PID_DIR/api-${TASK_ID}.log" "$PID_DIR/workers-${TASK_ID}.log" 2>/dev/null || true
+
+echo ""
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+echo "✅ Cleanup complete for task: $TASK_ID"
+echo ""
+echo "💡 Note: Log files are preserved in: $PID_DIR"
+echo "💡 To remove log files, uncomment the cleanup section in the script"
+

scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,928 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh
+# Simplified script for Vibe Kanban - starts API and Workers using Aspire
+# Assumes database setup is already done by vibe-setup.sh
+#
+# PORT CONSISTENCY:
+# - Ports are calculated from PORT_OFFSET, which is stored in .vibe-setup.env
+# - The same TASK_ID always uses the same PORT_OFFSET (set by vibe-setup.sh)
+# - This ensures ports are consistent across runs for the same task
+# - Port calculation: API=5000+OFFSET, Dashboard=15000+OFFSET, OTLP=19000+OFFSET, Resource=20000+OFFSET
+
+# Detect worktree root
+WORKTREE_ROOT="$(pwd)"
+
+# Check if we're in a nested structure (Vibe Kanban worktree)
+if [ -d "$WORKTREE_ROOT/managing-apps" ] && [ -d "$WORKTREE_ROOT/managing-apps/src/Managing.Api" ]; then
+    WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT="$WORKTREE_ROOT/managing-apps"
+elif [ -d "$WORKTREE_ROOT/src/Managing.Api" ]; then
+    WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT="$WORKTREE_ROOT"
+else
+    echo "❌ Cannot find project structure in worktree"
+    echo "   Current directory: $WORKTREE_ROOT"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+echo "📁 Worktree project root: $WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT"
+
+# TASK_ID file to ensure consistency (same as vibe-setup.sh)
+TASK_ID_FILE="$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/.vibe-task-id"
+
+# Load setup configuration if available
+SETUP_CONFIG_FILE="$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/.vibe-setup.env"
+if [ -f "$SETUP_CONFIG_FILE" ]; then
+    echo "📋 Loading setup configuration from: $SETUP_CONFIG_FILE"
+    source "$SETUP_CONFIG_FILE"
+    echo "   Task ID: $TASK_ID"
+    echo "   Task Slot: ${TASK_SLOT:-not set}"
+    echo "   Port offset: $PORT_OFFSET"
+    echo "   API Port: $API_PORT"
+else
+    echo "⚠️  Setup configuration not found: $SETUP_CONFIG_FILE"
+    echo "💡 Run scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-setup.sh first to set up the database"
+    
+    # Try to get TASK_ID from stored file (ensures consistency)
+    if [ -f "$TASK_ID_FILE" ]; then
+        TASK_ID=$(cat "$TASK_ID_FILE" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')
+        if [ -n "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+            echo "📋 Using stored TASK_ID: $TASK_ID"
+        fi
+    fi
+    
+    # Try command line argument
+    if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+        TASK_ID=${1:-""}
+    fi
+    
+    # Try environment variables
+    if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+        if [ -n "$VIBE_TASK_ID" ]; then
+            TASK_ID="$VIBE_TASK_ID"
+        elif [ -n "$VIBE_TASK_NAME" ]; then
+            TASK_ID="$VIBE_TASK_NAME"
+        fi
+    fi
+    
+    PORT_OFFSET=${2:-0}
+    
+    if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+        echo "❌ TASK_ID is required"
+        echo "💡 Usage: $0 <TASK_ID> [PORT_OFFSET]"
+        echo "💡 Or run scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-setup.sh first to create setup configuration"
+        exit 1
+    fi
+    
+    API_PORT=$((5000 + PORT_OFFSET))
+    # Extract TASK_SLOT from TASK_ID if not in config
+    if [ -z "$TASK_SLOT" ]; then
+        TASK_SLOT=$(echo "$TASK_ID" | grep -oE '[0-9]+' | head -1)
+        if [ -z "$TASK_SLOT" ] || [ "$TASK_SLOT" = "0" ]; then
+            TASK_SLOT=$((PORT_OFFSET / 10 + 1))
+        fi
+    fi
+    echo "   Using Task ID: $TASK_ID"
+    echo "   Using Task Slot: $TASK_SLOT"
+    echo "   Using Port offset: $PORT_OFFSET"
+fi
+
+# Find main repository
+MAIN_REPO_PATHS=(
+    "/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps"
+    "$(git -C "$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT" rev-parse --show-toplevel 2>/dev/null || echo '')"
+    "$(dirname "$WORKTREE_ROOT" 2>/dev/null)/managing-apps"
+    "${MAIN_REPO:-}"
+)
+
+MAIN_REPO=""
+for path in "${MAIN_REPO_PATHS[@]}"; do
+    if [ -n "$path" ] && [ -d "$path" ] && [ -d "$path/src/Managing.AppHost" ]; then
+        MAIN_REPO="$path"
+        break
+    fi
+done
+
+if [ -z "$MAIN_REPO" ]; then
+    echo "❌ Cannot find main repository with Aspire AppHost"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+echo "📁 Main repository: $MAIN_REPO"
+echo "🚀 Starting API and Workers using Aspire..."
+echo "   Task ID: $TASK_ID"
+echo "   Port offset: $PORT_OFFSET"
+echo "   Task Slot: $TASK_SLOT"
+
+# Restore launchSettings.json function
+restore_launch_settings() {
+    # Only restore if variables are set (they're set later in the script)
+    if [ -z "$LAUNCH_SETTINGS" ]; then
+        return 0
+    fi
+    if [ -n "$LAUNCH_SETTINGS_BACKUP" ] && [ -f "$LAUNCH_SETTINGS_BACKUP" ]; then
+        cp "$LAUNCH_SETTINGS_BACKUP" "$LAUNCH_SETTINGS" 2>/dev/null || true
+    fi
+    if [ -n "$LAUNCH_SETTINGS_TEMP" ]; then
+        rm -f "$LAUNCH_SETTINGS_TEMP" 2>/dev/null || true
+    fi
+}
+
+# Cleanup function to stop Aspire and related processes
+cleanup_aspire() {
+    echo ""
+    echo "🧹 Cleaning up Aspire processes for task $TASK_ID..."
+    
+    # Kill processes using task-specific ports (if ports are set)
+    if [ -n "$API_PORT" ]; then
+        echo "   Cleaning up port $API_PORT..."
+        lsof -ti :${API_PORT} | xargs kill -9 2>/dev/null || true
+    fi
+    if [ -n "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" ]; then
+        echo "   Cleaning up port $ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT..."
+        lsof -ti :${ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT} | xargs kill -9 2>/dev/null || true
+    fi
+    if [ -n "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" ]; then
+        echo "   Cleaning up port $ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT..."
+        lsof -ti :${ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT} | xargs kill -9 2>/dev/null || true
+    fi
+    if [ -n "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" ]; then
+        echo "   Cleaning up port $ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT..."
+        lsof -ti :${ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT} | xargs kill -9 2>/dev/null || true
+    fi
+    
+    # Kill Aspire process if PID file exists
+    ASPIRE_PID_FILE="$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids/aspire-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+    if [ -f "$ASPIRE_PID_FILE" ]; then
+        ASPIRE_PID=$(cat "$ASPIRE_PID_FILE" 2>/dev/null)
+        if [ -n "$ASPIRE_PID" ] && ps -p "$ASPIRE_PID" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+            echo "   Stopping Aspire process (PID: $ASPIRE_PID)..."
+            # Kill all child processes first (they might be holding ports)
+            pkill -P "$ASPIRE_PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+            sleep 1
+            # Kill the main process
+            kill -TERM "$ASPIRE_PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+            sleep 2
+            # Force kill if still running
+            if ps -p "$ASPIRE_PID" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                kill -KILL "$ASPIRE_PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+            fi
+            # Kill any remaining child processes
+            pkill -P "$ASPIRE_PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+        fi
+        rm -f "$ASPIRE_PID_FILE"
+    fi
+    
+    # Also kill any processes that might be children of previous Aspire runs
+    # Find all dotnet processes and check if they're related to our task ports
+    ps aux | grep "dotnet" | grep -v grep | while read line; do
+        PID=$(echo "$line" | awk '{print $2}')
+        # Check if this process is using any of our task ports
+        if lsof -p "$PID" 2>/dev/null | grep -E ":(15005|19005|20005|5005)" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+            echo "   Killing dotnet process $PID (using task ports)..."
+            # Kill the process and its children
+            pkill -P "$PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+            kill -9 "$PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+        fi
+    done
+    
+    # Kill dotnet processes related to AppHost
+    # Kill processes that match AppHost patterns
+    pkill -9 -f "dotnet.*AppHost" 2>/dev/null || true
+    pkill -9 -f "dotnet run.*AppHost" 2>/dev/null || true
+    
+    # Kill processes running from the AppHost directory specifically
+    # This catches processes that are running from that directory even if command doesn't show it
+    if [ -n "$MAIN_REPO" ]; then
+        APPHOST_DIR="$MAIN_REPO/src/Managing.AppHost"
+        # Use pwdx or lsof to find processes in this directory
+        ps aux | grep -E "dotnet.*run" | grep -v grep | while read line; do
+            PID=$(echo "$line" | awk '{print $2}')
+            # Check if this process has files open in AppHost directory or is using our ports
+            if lsof -p "$PID" 2>/dev/null | grep -q "$APPHOST_DIR"; then
+                echo "   Killing dotnet process $PID (running from AppHost directory)..."
+                kill -9 "$PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+            elif lsof -p "$PID" 2>/dev/null | grep -E ":(15005|19005|20005|5005)" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                echo "   Killing dotnet process $PID (using task ports)..."
+                kill -9 "$PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+            fi
+        done
+    fi
+    
+    # Kill any Aspire dashboard processes and orchestration processes
+    # These processes can hold onto ports even after the main process is killed
+    # Kill by process name patterns
+    pkill -9 -f "Aspire.Dashboard" 2>/dev/null || true
+    pkill -9 -f "dcpctrl" 2>/dev/null || true
+    pkill -9 -f "dcp start-apiserver" 2>/dev/null || true
+    pkill -9 -f "dcpproc" 2>/dev/null || true
+    pkill -9 -f "AspireWorker" 2>/dev/null || true
+    
+    # Also kill by executable name (Aspire dashboard runs as a separate process)
+    pkill -9 -f "Aspire.Dashboard.dll" 2>/dev/null || true
+    
+    # Kill all Managing.* processes (AppHost, Api, Workers) - these can hold ports
+    # These are the actual executables that Aspire spawns
+    echo "   Killing all Managing.* processes..."
+    ps aux | grep -E "Managing\.(AppHost|Api|Workers)" | grep -v grep | while read line; do
+        PID=$(echo "$line" | awk '{print $2}')
+        if [ -n "$PID" ]; then
+            echo "   Killing Managing.* process $PID..."
+            pkill -P "$PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+            kill -9 "$PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+        fi
+    done
+    # Also kill by pattern (more aggressive)
+    pkill -9 -f "Managing.AppHost" 2>/dev/null || true
+    pkill -9 -f "Managing.Api" 2>/dev/null || true
+    pkill -9 -f "Managing.Workers" 2>/dev/null || true
+    
+    # Kill any dotnet processes that might be running Aspire dashboard
+    # Find processes using our ports and kill them
+    for port in ${API_PORT} ${ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT} ${ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT} ${ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT}; do
+        if [ -n "$port" ]; then
+            lsof -ti :${port} 2>/dev/null | xargs kill -9 2>/dev/null || true
+        fi
+    done
+    
+    # Kill any tail processes that might be following the log file
+    TAIL_PID_FILE="$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids/tail-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+    if [ -f "$TAIL_PID_FILE" ]; then
+        TAIL_PID=$(cat "$TAIL_PID_FILE" 2>/dev/null)
+        if [ -n "$TAIL_PID" ] && ps -p "$TAIL_PID" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+            echo "   Killing log tailing process (PID: $TAIL_PID)..."
+            kill -9 "$TAIL_PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+        fi
+        rm -f "$TAIL_PID_FILE"
+    fi
+    
+    # Also kill any tail processes that might be following the log file (fallback)
+    if [ -n "$ASPIRE_LOG" ]; then
+        echo "   Killing any remaining log tailing processes..."
+        pkill -f "tail.*aspire.*${TASK_ID}" 2>/dev/null || true
+        pkill -f "tail -f.*${ASPIRE_LOG}" 2>/dev/null || true
+        # Also kill any tail processes that have the log file open
+        if [ -d "$(dirname "$ASPIRE_LOG")" ]; then
+            ps aux | grep "tail" | grep -v grep | while read line; do
+                PID=$(echo "$line" | awk '{print $2}')
+                if lsof -p "$PID" 2>/dev/null | grep -q "$ASPIRE_LOG"; then
+                    echo "   Killing tail process $PID..."
+                    kill -9 "$PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+                fi
+            done
+        fi
+    fi
+    
+    # Wait a moment for processes to fully terminate
+    sleep 2
+    
+    # Restore launchSettings.json
+    restore_launch_settings
+    
+    echo "✅ Cleanup complete"
+}
+
+# Function to find an available port
+find_available_port() {
+    local start_port=$1
+    local end_port=$((start_port + 100))  # Search in a range of 100 ports
+
+    for port in $(seq $start_port $end_port); do
+        if ! lsof -ti :${port} > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+            echo $port
+            return 0
+        fi
+    done
+
+    # If no port found in range, return a random high port
+    echo $((20000 + RANDOM % 10000))
+}
+
+# Ensure API_PORT is set (should be from config, but fallback if needed)
+if [ -z "$API_PORT" ]; then
+    API_PORT=$((5000 + PORT_OFFSET))
+fi
+
+# DYNAMIC PORT ALLOCATION: Find available ports each time instead of using fixed offsets
+# This completely eliminates port conflict race conditions
+echo "🔍 Finding available ports for Aspire..."
+ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT=$(find_available_port 15000)
+ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT=$(find_available_port 19000)
+ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT=$(find_available_port 20000)
+
+echo "   Dashboard will use port: $ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT"
+echo "   OTLP will use port: $ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT"
+echo "   Resource Service will use port: $ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT"
+
+# Function to verify and free a port
+verify_and_free_port() {
+    local port=$1
+    local port_name=$2
+    local max_attempts=5
+    local attempt=0
+    
+    while [ $attempt -lt $max_attempts ]; do
+        attempt=$((attempt + 1))
+        
+        # Check if port is in use
+        PIDS_USING_PORT=$(lsof -ti :${port} 2>/dev/null)
+        
+        if [ -z "$PIDS_USING_PORT" ]; then
+            echo "   ✅ Port $port ($port_name) is free"
+            return 0
+        fi
+        
+        # Port is in use, show what's using it
+        echo "   ⚠️  Port $port ($port_name) is in use by PIDs: $PIDS_USING_PORT"
+        
+        # Show process details
+        for pid in $PIDS_USING_PORT; do
+            if ps -p "$pid" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                PROCESS_INFO=$(ps -p "$pid" -o command= 2>/dev/null | head -1)
+                echo "      PID $pid: $PROCESS_INFO"
+            fi
+        done
+        
+        # Kill processes using this port
+        echo "   🔪 Killing processes using port $port..."
+        for pid in $PIDS_USING_PORT; do
+            # Kill children first
+            pkill -P "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+            # Kill the process
+            kill -9 "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+        done
+        
+        # Also kill by process name if it's Aspire-related
+        if echo "$PIDS_USING_PORT" | xargs ps -p 2>/dev/null | grep -qiE "(Aspire|AppHost|dcp)"; then
+            pkill -9 -f "Aspire.Dashboard" 2>/dev/null || true
+            pkill -9 -f "dcpctrl" 2>/dev/null || true
+            pkill -9 -f "dcp" 2>/dev/null || true
+        fi
+        
+        # Wait for port to be released
+        sleep 2
+        
+        # Verify port is now free
+        if ! lsof -ti :${port} > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+            echo "   ✅ Port $port ($port_name) is now free"
+            return 0
+        fi
+    done
+    
+    # Port still in use after max attempts
+    echo "   ❌ Port $port ($port_name) is still in use after $max_attempts attempts"
+    return 1
+}
+
+# Set up signal handlers for cleanup on exit
+trap cleanup_aspire EXIT INT TERM
+
+# Clean up any existing processes for this task before starting
+echo ""
+echo "🧹 Cleaning up any existing processes for task $TASK_ID..."
+cleanup_aspire
+
+# Wait for ports to be released (TIME_WAIT state can take a few seconds)
+echo "⏳ Waiting for ports to be released..."
+for i in {1..10}; do
+    PORTS_IN_USE=0
+    if [ -n "$API_PORT" ] && lsof -ti :${API_PORT} > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        PORTS_IN_USE=$((PORTS_IN_USE + 1))
+    fi
+    if [ -n "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" ] && lsof -ti :${ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT} > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        PORTS_IN_USE=$((PORTS_IN_USE + 1))
+    fi
+    if [ -n "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" ] && lsof -ti :${ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT} > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        PORTS_IN_USE=$((PORTS_IN_USE + 1))
+    fi
+    if [ -n "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" ] && lsof -ti :${ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT} > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        PORTS_IN_USE=$((PORTS_IN_USE + 1))
+    fi
+    
+    if [ $PORTS_IN_USE -eq 0 ]; then
+        echo "✅ All ports are free"
+        break
+    else
+        if [ $i -lt 10 ]; then
+            echo "   Ports still in use, waiting... (${i}/10)"
+            sleep 1
+        else
+            echo "⚠️  Some ports are still in use after cleanup"
+            echo "   Attempting to force kill processes on ports..."
+            # Force kill one more time
+            if [ -n "$API_PORT" ]; then lsof -ti :${API_PORT} | xargs kill -9 2>/dev/null || true; fi
+            if [ -n "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" ]; then lsof -ti :${ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT} | xargs kill -9 2>/dev/null || true; fi
+            if [ -n "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" ]; then lsof -ti :${ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT} | xargs kill -9 2>/dev/null || true; fi
+            if [ -n "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" ]; then lsof -ti :${ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT} | xargs kill -9 2>/dev/null || true; fi
+            sleep 2
+        fi
+    fi
+done
+
+# Verify database is ready
+if [ -n "$POSTGRES_PORT" ]; then
+    echo "🔍 Verifying database is ready on port $POSTGRES_PORT..."
+    if ! PGPASSWORD=postgres psql -h localhost -p $POSTGRES_PORT -U postgres -d postgres -c '\q' 2>/dev/null; then
+        echo "❌ Database is not ready on port $POSTGRES_PORT"
+        echo "💡 Run scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-setup.sh first to set up the database"
+        exit 1
+    fi
+    echo "✅ Database is ready"
+fi
+
+echo "📊 Aspire Dashboard Port: $ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT"
+echo "📊 Aspire OTLP Port: $ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT"
+echo "📊 Aspire Resource Service Port: $ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT"
+
+# Set environment variables for Aspire
+export TASK_ID="$TASK_ID"
+export PORT_OFFSET="$PORT_OFFSET"
+export TASK_SLOT="$TASK_SLOT"
+
+# Ensure HTTPS dev certificate is available (Aspire may need it even for HTTP mode)
+echo "🔐 Ensuring HTTPS developer certificate is available..."
+if ! dotnet dev-certs https --check > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+    echo "   Generating HTTPS developer certificate..."
+    dotnet dev-certs https --trust > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+        echo "⚠️  Could not generate/trust certificate"
+        echo "   Will try to use HTTP-only profile"
+    }
+fi
+
+# Configure Aspire to use HTTP only (avoid certificate issues)
+# IMPORTANT: We MUST set OTLP endpoint (Aspire requires it), but we only set the HTTP one (not both)
+# Setting both DOTNET_DASHBOARD_OTLP_ENDPOINT_URL and DOTNET_DASHBOARD_OTLP_HTTP_ENDPOINT_URL
+# can cause double-binding issues
+export ASPIRE_ALLOW_UNSECURED_TRANSPORT="true"
+export ASPNETCORE_URLS="http://localhost:${ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT}"
+export DOTNET_DASHBOARD_OTLP_HTTP_ENDPOINT_URL="http://localhost:${ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT}"
+export ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT="Development"
+export DOTNET_ENVIRONMENT="Development"
+
+# NOTE: We do NOT set DOTNET_RESOURCE_SERVICE_ENDPOINT_URL - let Aspire choose its own port
+# We also do NOT set DOTNET_DASHBOARD_OTLP_ENDPOINT_URL (only HTTP version)
+
+# Restore packages in the worktree first to ensure all dependencies are available
+# This is important because Aspire will build projects that may reference worktree paths
+echo ""
+echo "📦 Restoring NuGet packages..."
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+
+# Restore at solution level in worktree if it exists
+if [ -f "$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/src/Managing.sln" ]; then
+    echo "   Restoring in worktree solution..."
+    cd "$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/src"
+    # Suppress all warnings and only show errors
+    dotnet restore Managing.sln --verbosity quiet --nologo 2>&1 | \
+        grep -vE "(warning|Warning|WARNING|NU[0-9]|\.csproj :)" || true
+fi
+
+# Restore at solution level in main repo (where we'll actually run from)
+echo "   Restoring in main repo solution..."
+cd "$MAIN_REPO/src"
+# Suppress all warnings and only show errors
+RESTORE_OUTPUT=$(dotnet restore Managing.sln --verbosity quiet --nologo 2>&1 | \
+    grep -vE "(warning|Warning|WARNING|NU[0-9]|\.csproj :)" || true)
+if echo "$RESTORE_OUTPUT" | grep -qE "(error|Error|ERROR|failed|Failed)"; then
+    echo "❌ Package restore failed:"
+    echo "$RESTORE_OUTPUT"
+    exit 1
+else
+    echo "✅ Packages restored successfully"
+fi
+
+# Ensure we're in the AppHost directory for running Aspire
+cd "$MAIN_REPO/src/Managing.AppHost"
+echo ""
+
+# Create a temporary launchSettings.json with task-specific port
+# This ensures Aspire uses the correct port for this task
+LAUNCH_SETTINGS="$MAIN_REPO/src/Managing.AppHost/Properties/launchSettings.json"
+LAUNCH_SETTINGS_BACKUP="$MAIN_REPO/src/Managing.AppHost/Properties/launchSettings.json.backup"
+LAUNCH_SETTINGS_TEMP="$MAIN_REPO/src/Managing.AppHost/Properties/launchSettings.json.task-${TASK_ID}"
+
+# Backup original launchSettings.json if not already backed up
+if [ ! -f "$LAUNCH_SETTINGS_BACKUP" ]; then
+    cp "$LAUNCH_SETTINGS" "$LAUNCH_SETTINGS_BACKUP" 2>/dev/null || true
+fi
+
+# Create task-specific launchSettings.json with custom port
+# NOTE: Only set DOTNET_DASHBOARD_OTLP_HTTP_ENDPOINT_URL (not both HTTP and non-HTTP versions)
+cat > "$LAUNCH_SETTINGS_TEMP" <<EOF
+{
+  "\$schema": "https://json.schemastore.org/launchsettings.json",
+  "profiles": {
+    "http": {
+      "commandName": "Project",
+      "dotnetRunMessages": true,
+      "launchBrowser": true,
+      "applicationUrl": "http://localhost:${ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT}",
+      "environmentVariables": {
+        "ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT": "Development",
+        "DOTNET_ENVIRONMENT": "Development",
+        "DOTNET_DASHBOARD_OTLP_HTTP_ENDPOINT_URL": "http://localhost:${ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT}",
+        "ASPIRE_ALLOW_UNSECURED_TRANSPORT": "true"
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+EOF
+
+# Use the task-specific launchSettings.json
+cp "$LAUNCH_SETTINGS_TEMP" "$LAUNCH_SETTINGS"
+
+# Final comprehensive port verification before starting Aspire
+echo ""
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+echo "🔍 Comprehensive Port Verification for Task: $TASK_ID"
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+echo "📊 Required ports for this task:"
+echo "   - Dashboard: $ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT"
+echo "   - OTLP: $ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT"
+echo "   - Resource Service: $ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT"
+echo "   - API: $API_PORT"
+echo ""
+
+# Kill all Aspire-related processes first (comprehensive cleanup)
+echo "🧹 Step 1: Killing all Aspire-related processes..."
+pkill -9 -f "Aspire.Dashboard" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "dcpctrl" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "dcp start-apiserver" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "dcpproc" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "Managing.AppHost" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "Managing.Workers" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "Managing.Api" 2>/dev/null || true
+sleep 2
+
+# Verify each port individually
+echo ""
+echo "🔍 Step 2: Verifying each port is free..."
+ALL_PORTS_FREE=true
+
+if ! verify_and_free_port "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" "Aspire Dashboard"; then
+    ALL_PORTS_FREE=false
+fi
+
+if ! verify_and_free_port "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" "Aspire OTLP"; then
+    ALL_PORTS_FREE=false
+fi
+
+if ! verify_and_free_port "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" "Aspire Resource Service"; then
+    ALL_PORTS_FREE=false
+fi
+
+if ! verify_and_free_port "$API_PORT" "API"; then
+    ALL_PORTS_FREE=false
+fi
+
+# Final verification - check all ports one more time
+echo ""
+echo "🔍 Step 3: Final verification - all ports must be free..."
+FINAL_CHECK_FAILED=false
+for port in "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" "$API_PORT"; do
+    if lsof -ti :${port} > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        echo "   ❌ Port $port is still in use!"
+        FINAL_CHECK_FAILED=true
+    fi
+done
+
+if [ "$FINAL_CHECK_FAILED" = true ] || [ "$ALL_PORTS_FREE" = false ]; then
+    echo ""
+    echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+    echo "❌ ERROR: Cannot start Aspire - ports are still in use"
+    echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+    echo "💡 This usually means:"
+    echo "   1. Another instance of Aspire is running"
+    echo "   2. A previous instance didn't shut down properly"
+    echo "   3. Another application is using these ports"
+    echo ""
+    echo "💡 Try running the cleanup script:"
+    echo "   bash scripts/vibe-kanban/cleanup-api-workers.sh $TASK_ID"
+    echo ""
+    echo "💡 Or manually kill processes using these ports:"
+    for port in "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" "$API_PORT"; do
+        PIDS=$(lsof -ti :${port} 2>/dev/null)
+        if [ -n "$PIDS" ]; then
+            echo "   Port $port: kill -9 $PIDS"
+        fi
+    done
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+echo ""
+echo "✅ All ports are verified and free!"
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+echo ""
+
+# One final aggressive port check right before starting (race condition prevention)
+echo "🔍 Final port check (race condition prevention)..."
+# Kill any existing Aspire processes that might have started
+echo "   Killing any existing Aspire orchestration processes..."
+pkill -9 -f "dcpctrl" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "dcpproc" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "dcp start-apiserver" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "dotnet run.*http" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "Managing.AppHost" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "Managing.Api" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "Managing.Workers" 2>/dev/null || true
+
+# Kill any processes using our specific ports (most important)
+echo "   Checking and killing processes using task ports..."
+for port in "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" "$API_PORT"; do
+    PIDS=$(lsof -ti :${port} 2>/dev/null)
+    if [ -n "$PIDS" ]; then
+        echo "   ⚠️  Port $port is in use by PIDs: $PIDS - killing..."
+        for pid in $PIDS; do
+            # Kill children first
+            pkill -P "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+            # Kill the process
+            kill -9 "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+        done
+        sleep 1
+    fi
+done
+
+# Wait longer for ports to be fully released (OS might hold them in TIME_WAIT)
+echo "   Waiting for OS to fully release ports (TIME_WAIT state)..."
+sleep 5
+
+# One more pre-emptive cleanup to catch any new processes
+echo "   Pre-emptive cleanup of any new processes..."
+pkill -9 -f "Aspire.Dashboard" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "dcpctrl" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "dcp" 2>/dev/null || true
+for port in "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" "$API_PORT"; do
+    lsof -ti :${port} 2>/dev/null | xargs kill -9 2>/dev/null || true
+done
+sleep 2
+
+# Final verification - all ports must be free
+echo "   Verifying all ports are free..."
+PORTS_STILL_IN_USE=0
+for port in "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" "$API_PORT"; do
+    if lsof -ti :${port} > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        echo "   ❌ Port $port is still in use!"
+        PORTS_STILL_IN_USE=$((PORTS_STILL_IN_USE + 1))
+    fi
+done
+
+if [ $PORTS_STILL_IN_USE -gt 0 ]; then
+    echo "   ⚠️  Some ports are still in use. Attempting final aggressive cleanup..."
+    # Final aggressive kill
+    for port in "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" "$API_PORT"; do
+        lsof -ti :${port} 2>/dev/null | xargs kill -9 2>/dev/null || true
+    done
+    pkill -9 -f "Aspire" 2>/dev/null || true
+    pkill -9 -f "dcp" 2>/dev/null || true
+    sleep 3
+fi
+
+echo "✅ Final port check complete"
+echo ""
+
+# Run Aspire (this will start the API and Workers)
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+echo "🚀 Starting Aspire on port $ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT..."
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+echo ""
+
+# Run Aspire in the background and capture output
+ASPIRE_LOG="$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids/aspire-${TASK_ID}.log"
+mkdir -p "$(dirname "$ASPIRE_LOG")"
+
+# CRITICAL: Kill any DCP processes that might interfere
+# DCP (Distributed Control Plane) is Aspire's orchestrator and can hold ports
+echo "🔧 Ensuring no DCP processes are running..."
+pkill -9 -f "dcpctrl" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "dcpproc" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "dcp start-apiserver" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "Aspire.Hosting.Orchestration" 2>/dev/null || true
+sleep 1
+
+# Final port verification right before starting (within 1 second of starting Aspire)
+for port in "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" "$API_PORT"; do
+    lsof -ti :${port} 2>/dev/null | xargs kill -9 2>/dev/null || true
+done
+
+# CRITICAL: Kill ALL Aspire-related processes system-wide before starting
+# This prevents any zombie processes from previous runs from interfering
+echo "🧹 Final system-wide Aspire cleanup..."
+pkill -9 -f "Aspire" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "dcp" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "Managing.AppHost" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "dotnet run.*AppHost" 2>/dev/null || true
+pkill -9 -f "dotnet run.*http" 2>/dev/null || true
+sleep 2
+
+# One final verification that our ports are free
+echo "🔍 Final pre-flight port check..."
+for port in "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" "$API_PORT"; do
+    PIDS=$(lsof -ti :${port} 2>/dev/null)
+    if [ -n "$PIDS" ]; then
+        echo "⚠️  Port $port is in use by PIDs: $PIDS - killing..."
+        for pid in $PIDS; do
+            kill -9 "$pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+        done
+    fi
+done
+sleep 1
+
+# Start Aspire with the http launch profile (now configured with task-specific port)
+# All output goes to log file (warnings will be filtered when displaying)
+dotnet run --launch-profile http > "$ASPIRE_LOG" 2>&1 &
+ASPIRE_PID=$!
+
+# Save PID
+echo $ASPIRE_PID > "$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids/aspire-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+
+echo "✅ Aspire started (PID: $ASPIRE_PID)"
+echo "📋 Log: $ASPIRE_LOG"
+echo ""
+echo "⏳ Aspire is starting (waiting up to 30 seconds)..."
+echo "   Building projects and starting services..."
+
+# Wait a bit for Aspire to start writing to the log
+sleep 3
+
+# Immediately check for binding errors in the log
+echo "🔍 Checking for port binding errors..."
+for i in {1..5}; do
+    sleep 1
+    if [ -f "$ASPIRE_LOG" ]; then
+        # Check for port binding errors (use actual ports, not hardcoded)
+        PORT_ERROR_PATTERN="address already in use|Failed to bind|bind.*${ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT}|bind.*${ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT}|bind.*${ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT}|bind.*${API_PORT}"
+        if grep -qiE "$PORT_ERROR_PATTERN" "$ASPIRE_LOG" 2>/dev/null; then
+            echo "❌ Port binding error detected in log!"
+            echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+            echo "📋 Error details:"
+            grep -iE "$PORT_ERROR_PATTERN" "$ASPIRE_LOG" 2>/dev/null | head -5
+            echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+            echo ""
+            echo "🔧 Attempting to fix: killing processes and restarting..."
+            
+            # Kill Aspire process
+            kill -9 "$ASPIRE_PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+            pkill -P "$ASPIRE_PID" 2>/dev/null || true
+            
+            # Aggressively free all ports
+            for port in "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" "$API_PORT"; do
+                lsof -ti :${port} 2>/dev/null | xargs kill -9 2>/dev/null || true
+            done
+            
+            # Kill all Aspire processes
+            pkill -9 -f "Aspire.Dashboard" 2>/dev/null || true
+            pkill -9 -f "dcpctrl" 2>/dev/null || true
+            pkill -9 -f "dcp" 2>/dev/null || true
+            pkill -9 -f "Managing.AppHost" 2>/dev/null || true
+            
+            sleep 3
+            
+            # Verify ports are free
+            PORTS_FREE=true
+            for port in "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT" "$ASPIRE_OTLP_PORT" "$ASPIRE_RESOURCE_SERVICE_PORT" "$API_PORT"; do
+                if lsof -ti :${port} > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+                    echo "   ❌ Port $port is still in use!"
+                    PORTS_FREE=false
+                fi
+            done
+            
+            if [ "$PORTS_FREE" = false ]; then
+                echo "❌ Cannot free ports. Please run cleanup script manually."
+                cleanup_aspire
+                exit 1
+            fi
+            
+            # Clear the log and restart
+            echo "" > "$ASPIRE_LOG"
+            echo "🔄 Restarting Aspire..."
+            dotnet run --launch-profile http > "$ASPIRE_LOG" 2>&1 &
+            ASPIRE_PID=$!
+            echo $ASPIRE_PID > "$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids/aspire-${TASK_ID}.pid"
+            echo "✅ Aspire restarted (PID: $ASPIRE_PID)"
+            sleep 3
+            break
+        fi
+    fi
+done
+
+# Use the configured port (should match our launchSettings.json)
+ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_URL="http://localhost:${ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT}"
+
+echo ""
+echo "⏳ Waiting for Aspire dashboard to be ready on port $ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_PORT..."
+for i in {1..30}; do
+    # Check the configured port
+    if curl -s -f "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_URL" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        echo "✅ Aspire dashboard is ready at $ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_URL!"
+        break
+    fi
+    
+    # Show progress every 5 seconds
+    if [ $((i % 5)) -eq 0 ]; then
+        echo "   Still starting... (${i}/30 seconds)"
+        # Show last few lines of log for progress (filter warnings)
+        if [ -f "$ASPIRE_LOG" ]; then
+            LAST_LINE=$(tail -20 "$ASPIRE_LOG" 2>/dev/null | grep -vE "(warning|Warning|WARNING|NU[0-9]|\.csproj :)" | tail -1 | cut -c1-80)
+            if [ -n "$LAST_LINE" ]; then
+                echo "   Latest: $LAST_LINE"
+            fi
+        fi
+    fi
+    
+    if [ $i -eq 30 ]; then
+        echo "⚠️  Aspire dashboard did not become ready after 30 seconds"
+        echo "💡 Check the log: $ASPIRE_LOG"
+        echo ""
+        echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+        echo "📋 Last 50 lines of log (warnings filtered, errors highlighted):"
+        echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+        # Show last 50 lines, highlight errors
+        tail -200 "$ASPIRE_LOG" 2>/dev/null | grep -vE "(warning|Warning|WARNING|NU[0-9]|\.csproj :)" | tail -50 || echo "   (log file not found)"
+        echo ""
+        # Check for specific errors
+        if grep -qiE "(error|exception|failed|unhandled|address already|bind)" "$ASPIRE_LOG" 2>/dev/null; then
+            echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+            echo "❌ ERRORS FOUND IN LOG:"
+            echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+            tail -500 "$ASPIRE_LOG" 2>/dev/null | grep -iE "(error|exception|failed|unhandled|address already|bind)" | tail -20
+            echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+        fi
+        # Try to extract port from log
+        if [ -f "$ASPIRE_LOG" ]; then
+            LOG_PORT=$(grep -i "listening\|Now listening" "$ASPIRE_LOG" 2>/dev/null | grep -oE 'localhost:[0-9]+' | head -1 | cut -d: -f2)
+            if [ -n "$LOG_PORT" ]; then
+                ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_URL="http://localhost:${LOG_PORT}"
+                echo "💡 Dashboard may be at: $ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_URL (from log)"
+            else
+                echo "💡 Dashboard should be at: $ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_URL"
+            fi
+        else
+            echo "💡 Dashboard should be at: $ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_URL"
+        fi
+    fi
+    sleep 1
+done
+
+# Wait for API to be ready (give it more time since Aspire needs to build first)
+echo ""
+echo "⏳ Waiting for API to be ready..."
+API_READY=false
+for i in {1..90}; do
+    if curl -s -f "http://localhost:${API_PORT}/alive" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+        API_READY=true
+        echo "✅ API is ready!"
+        break
+    fi
+    
+    if [ $i -eq 90 ]; then
+        echo "⚠️  API did not become ready after 90 seconds"
+        echo "💡 Check the log: $ASPIRE_LOG"
+        echo "💡 The API may still be building or starting"
+    fi
+    sleep 1
+done
+
+# Print the Aspire dashboard URL in the format Vibe Kanban expects
+# This must be printed so Vibe Kanban can detect the server is running
+echo ""
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+if [ "$API_READY" = true ]; then
+    echo "✅ Dev server is running"
+else
+    echo "⚠️  Dev server started (API may still be initializing)"
+fi
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+echo "$ASPIRE_DASHBOARD_URL"
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+echo ""
+echo "📊 Additional URLs:"
+echo "   API: http://localhost:${API_PORT}"
+echo "   Swagger UI: http://localhost:${API_PORT}/swagger"
+echo "   Health check: http://localhost:${API_PORT}/alive"
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+echo ""
+
+# Tail the Aspire log (filter out warnings for cleaner output)
+echo "📋 Showing Aspire logs (Press Ctrl+C to stop and cleanup)"
+echo "   (Warnings are hidden for cleaner output - full logs in: $ASPIRE_LOG)"
+echo ""
+
+# Use a background process group for tail so we can kill it properly
+# This ensures cleanup can kill the tail process when interrupted
+(
+    tail -f "$ASPIRE_LOG" 2>/dev/null | grep -vE "(warning|Warning|WARNING|NU[0-9]|\.csproj :)" || {
+        echo "❌ Cannot read Aspire log: $ASPIRE_LOG"
+        echo "💡 Aspire may still be starting. Check the log manually."
+        cleanup_aspire
+        exit 1
+    }
+) &
+TAIL_PID=$!
+
+# Save tail PID so cleanup can kill it
+echo $TAIL_PID > "$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids/tail-${TASK_ID}.pid" 2>/dev/null || true
+
+# Wait for tail process (will be interrupted by Ctrl+C)
+wait $TAIL_PID 2>/dev/null || true
+
+# Cleanup will be called by trap, but also ensure tail is killed
+kill $TAIL_PID 2>/dev/null || true
+rm -f "$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/.task-pids/tail-${TASK_ID}.pid" 2>/dev/null || true

scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-setup.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-setup.sh
+# Setup script for Vibe Kanban - sets up database and Docker services
+# This script runs in the "setup" section of Vibe Kanban
+# Usage: bash scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-setup.sh [TASK_ID] [PORT_OFFSET]
+# TASK_ID can also come from environment variables or worktree path
+
+PORT_OFFSET=${2:-0}
+
+# Detect worktree root
+WORKTREE_ROOT="$(pwd)"
+
+# Check if we're in a nested structure (Vibe Kanban worktree)
+if [ -d "$WORKTREE_ROOT/managing-apps" ] && [ -d "$WORKTREE_ROOT/managing-apps/src/Managing.Api" ]; then
+    WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT="$WORKTREE_ROOT/managing-apps"
+elif [ -d "$WORKTREE_ROOT/src/Managing.Api" ]; then
+    WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT="$WORKTREE_ROOT"
+else
+    echo "❌ Cannot find project structure in worktree"
+    echo "   Current directory: $WORKTREE_ROOT"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+echo "📁 Worktree project root: $WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT"
+
+# TASK_ID file to ensure consistency across runs
+TASK_ID_FILE="$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/.vibe-task-id"
+
+# Try to get TASK_ID from various sources
+TASK_ID=$1
+
+# First, check if we have a stored TASK_ID for this worktree (ensures consistency)
+if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ] && [ -f "$TASK_ID_FILE" ]; then
+    TASK_ID=$(cat "$TASK_ID_FILE" 2>/dev/null | tr -d '[:space:]')
+    if [ -n "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+        echo "📋 Using stored TASK_ID from previous setup: $TASK_ID"
+    fi
+fi
+
+if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+    # Try environment variables (Vibe Kanban might set these)
+    if [ -n "$VIBE_TASK_ID" ]; then
+        TASK_ID="$VIBE_TASK_ID"
+        echo "📋 Found TASK_ID from VIBE_TASK_ID: $TASK_ID"
+    elif [ -n "$VIBE_TASK_NAME" ]; then
+        TASK_ID="$VIBE_TASK_NAME"
+        echo "📋 Found TASK_ID from VIBE_TASK_NAME: $TASK_ID"
+    elif [ -n "$TASK_ID_ENV" ]; then
+        TASK_ID="$TASK_ID_ENV"
+        echo "📋 Found TASK_ID from TASK_ID_ENV: $TASK_ID"
+    elif [ -n "$TASK" ]; then
+        TASK_ID="$TASK"
+        echo "📋 Found TASK_ID from TASK: $TASK_ID"
+    fi
+fi
+
+# Try to extract from worktree path (Vibe Kanban worktrees often contain task ID/name)
+if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+    # Extract task ID from worktree path (e.g., /path/to/worktrees/TASK-123/... or /path/to/worktrees/ticket-name/...)
+    # Try UUID format first (Vibe Kanban might use UUIDs)
+    DETECTED_TASK=$(echo "$WORKTREE_ROOT" | grep -oE '[0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12}' | head -1)
+    
+    # If no UUID, try task ID pattern (e.g., DEV-123, TASK-456)
+    if [ -z "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+        DETECTED_TASK=$(echo "$WORKTREE_ROOT" | grep -oE '[A-Z]+-[0-9]+' | head -1)
+    fi
+    
+    # If still no match, try to get the last directory name (might be task name)
+    if [ -z "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+        LAST_DIR=$(basename "$WORKTREE_ROOT")
+        # Skip common directory names
+        if [ "$LAST_DIR" != "managing-apps" ] && [ "$LAST_DIR" != "worktrees" ] && [ "$LAST_DIR" != "Projects" ]; then
+            # Generate a numeric ID from the directory name (hash-based for consistency)
+            # This ensures the same ticket name always gets the same numeric ID
+            HASH=$(echo -n "$LAST_DIR" | shasum -a 256 | cut -d' ' -f1 | head -c 8)
+            # Convert hex to decimal and take modulo to get a number between 1-9999
+            NUMERIC_ID=$((0x$HASH % 9999 + 1))
+            DETECTED_TASK="TASK-$NUMERIC_ID"
+            echo "📋 Generated numeric TASK_ID from ticket name '$LAST_DIR': $DETECTED_TASK"
+        fi
+    fi
+    
+    if [ -n "$DETECTED_TASK" ]; then
+        TASK_ID="$DETECTED_TASK"
+        echo "📋 Detected TASK_ID from worktree path: $TASK_ID"
+    fi
+fi
+
+# Fallback to numeric ID based on worktree path hash (ensures consistency)
+if [ -z "$TASK_ID" ]; then
+    # Generate a consistent numeric ID from worktree path
+    HASH=$(echo -n "$WORKTREE_ROOT" | shasum -a 256 | cut -d' ' -f1 | head -c 8)
+    NUMERIC_ID=$((0x$HASH % 9999 + 1))
+    TASK_ID="TASK-$NUMERIC_ID"
+    echo "📋 Generated consistent numeric TASK_ID from worktree path: $TASK_ID"
+fi
+
+# Store TASK_ID for future use (ensures same worktree always uses same TASK_ID)
+echo "$TASK_ID" > "$TASK_ID_FILE"
+echo "💾 Stored TASK_ID for future use: $TASK_ID"
+
+# Find main repository (try common locations)
+MAIN_REPO_PATHS=(
+    "/Users/oda/Desktop/Projects/managing-apps"
+    "$(git -C "$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT" rev-parse --show-toplevel 2>/dev/null || echo '')"
+    "$(dirname "$WORKTREE_ROOT" 2>/dev/null)/managing-apps"
+)
+
+MAIN_REPO=""
+for path in "${MAIN_REPO_PATHS[@]}"; do
+    if [ -n "$path" ] && [ -d "$path" ] && [ -d "$path/scripts" ] && [ -f "$path/scripts/start-task-docker.sh" ]; then
+        MAIN_REPO="$path"
+        break
+    fi
+done
+
+if [ -z "$MAIN_REPO" ]; then
+    echo "❌ Cannot find main repository with scripts"
+    echo "💡 Tried:"
+    for path in "${MAIN_REPO_PATHS[@]}"; do
+        echo "   - $path"
+    done
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+echo "📁 Main repository: $MAIN_REPO"
+echo "🔧 Setting up environment for task: $TASK_ID"
+
+SCRIPT_DIR="$MAIN_REPO/scripts"
+
+# Auto-detect port offset if 0 is provided
+if [ "$PORT_OFFSET" = "0" ]; then
+    echo "🔍 Auto-detecting available port offset..."
+    PORT_OFFSET_FOUND=0
+    for offset in $(seq 1 100); do
+        POSTGRES_TEST=$((5432 + offset))
+        REDIS_TEST=$((6379 + offset))
+        API_TEST=$((5000 + offset))
+        ORLEANS_SILO_TEST=$((11111 + offset))
+        ORLEANS_GATEWAY_TEST=$((30000 + offset))
+        
+        POSTGRES_FREE=true
+        REDIS_FREE=true
+        API_FREE=true
+        ORLEANS_SILO_FREE=true
+        ORLEANS_GATEWAY_FREE=true
+        
+        if command -v lsof >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+            if lsof -Pi :$POSTGRES_TEST -sTCP:LISTEN -t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                POSTGRES_FREE=false
+            fi
+            if lsof -Pi :$REDIS_TEST -sTCP:LISTEN -t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                REDIS_FREE=false
+            fi
+            if lsof -Pi :$API_TEST -sTCP:LISTEN -t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                API_FREE=false
+            fi
+            if lsof -Pi :$ORLEANS_SILO_TEST -sTCP:LISTEN -t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                ORLEANS_SILO_FREE=false
+            fi
+            if lsof -Pi :$ORLEANS_GATEWAY_TEST -sTCP:LISTEN -t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+                ORLEANS_GATEWAY_FREE=false
+            fi
+        fi
+        
+        if [ "$POSTGRES_FREE" = "true" ] && [ "$REDIS_FREE" = "true" ] && [ "$API_FREE" = "true" ] && [ "$ORLEANS_SILO_FREE" = "true" ] && [ "$ORLEANS_GATEWAY_FREE" = "true" ]; then
+            PORT_OFFSET=$offset
+            PORT_OFFSET_FOUND=1
+            echo "✅ Found available port offset: $PORT_OFFSET"
+            break
+        fi
+    done
+    
+    if [ "$PORT_OFFSET_FOUND" = "0" ]; then
+        echo "❌ Could not find available port offset (checked offsets 1-100)"
+        exit 1
+    fi
+fi
+
+POSTGRES_PORT=$((5432 + PORT_OFFSET))
+API_PORT=$((5000 + PORT_OFFSET))
+REDIS_PORT=$((6379 + PORT_OFFSET))
+DB_NAME="managing_$(echo "$TASK_ID" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')"
+ORLEANS_DB_NAME="orleans_$(echo "$TASK_ID" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')"
+
+# Extract TASK_SLOT from TASK_ID numeric part (e.g., TASK-5439 -> 5439)
+# This ensures unique Orleans ports for each task
+TASK_SLOT=$(echo "$TASK_ID" | grep -oE '[0-9]+' | head -1)
+if [ -z "$TASK_SLOT" ] || [ "$TASK_SLOT" = "0" ]; then
+    # Fallback: use a hash-based numeric ID if TASK_ID doesn't contain numbers
+    HASH=$(echo -n "$TASK_ID" | shasum -a 256 | cut -d' ' -f1 | head -c 8)
+    TASK_SLOT=$((0x$HASH % 9999 + 1))
+    echo "⚠️  TASK_ID doesn't contain a number, generated TASK_SLOT: $TASK_SLOT"
+else
+    echo "📊 TASK_SLOT extracted from TASK_ID: $TASK_SLOT"
+fi
+
+# Calculate Orleans ports based on TASK_SLOT
+ORLEANS_SILO_PORT=$((11111 + (TASK_SLOT - 1) * 10))
+ORLEANS_GATEWAY_PORT=$((30000 + (TASK_SLOT - 1) * 10))
+ORLEANS_DASHBOARD_PORT=$((9999 + (TASK_SLOT - 1)))
+
+echo "📊 Port offset: $PORT_OFFSET"
+echo "📊 PostgreSQL: localhost:$POSTGRES_PORT"
+echo "📊 Redis: localhost:$REDIS_PORT"
+echo "📊 API: http://localhost:$API_PORT"
+echo "💾 Database: $DB_NAME"
+
+# Verify main database is accessible
+echo "🔍 Verifying main database connection..."
+if ! PGPASSWORD=postgres psql -h localhost -p 5432 -U postgres -d managing -c '\q' 2>/dev/null; then
+    echo "❌ Cannot connect to main database at localhost:5432"
+    echo "💡 Starting main database..."
+    cd "$MAIN_REPO/src/Managing.Docker"
+    if command -v docker &> /dev/null && docker compose version &> /dev/null; then
+        docker compose -f docker-compose.yml -f docker-compose.local.yml up -d postgres
+    else
+        docker-compose -f docker-compose.yml -f docker-compose.local.yml up -d postgres
+    fi
+    echo "⏳ Waiting for database to start..."
+    sleep 15
+fi
+
+# Create compose file
+echo "📝 Creating Docker Compose file..."
+bash "$SCRIPT_DIR/create-task-compose.sh" "$TASK_ID" "$PORT_OFFSET"
+COMPOSE_FILE="$MAIN_REPO/src/Managing.Docker/docker-compose.task-${TASK_ID}.yml"
+
+# Start services (PostgreSQL and Redis only)
+echo "🐳 Starting PostgreSQL and Redis..."
+cd "$MAIN_REPO/src/Managing.Docker"
+if command -v docker &> /dev/null && docker compose version &> /dev/null; then
+    docker compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" up -d postgres-${TASK_ID} redis-${TASK_ID}
+else
+    docker-compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" up -d postgres-${TASK_ID} redis-${TASK_ID}
+fi
+
+# Wait for PostgreSQL
+echo "⏳ Waiting for PostgreSQL..."
+for i in {1..60}; do
+    if PGPASSWORD=postgres psql -h localhost -p $POSTGRES_PORT -U postgres -d postgres -c '\q' 2>/dev/null; then
+        echo "✅ PostgreSQL is ready"
+        break
+    fi
+    if [ $i -eq 60 ]; then
+        echo "❌ PostgreSQL not ready after 60 attempts"
+        if command -v docker &> /dev/null && docker compose version &> /dev/null; then
+            docker compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" down
+        else
+            docker-compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" down
+        fi
+        exit 1
+    fi
+    sleep 2
+done
+
+# Copy database
+echo "📦 Copying database from main repo..."
+bash "$SCRIPT_DIR/copy-database-for-task.sh" "$TASK_ID" "localhost" "5432" "localhost" "$POSTGRES_PORT"
+
+if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
+    echo "❌ Database copy failed"
+    if command -v docker &> /dev/null && docker compose version &> /dev/null; then
+        docker compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" down
+    else
+        docker-compose -f "$COMPOSE_FILE" down
+    fi
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+# Store configuration for later use (in worktree)
+SETUP_CONFIG_FILE="$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT/.vibe-setup.env"
+echo "💾 Saving setup configuration..."
+cat > "$SETUP_CONFIG_FILE" <<EOF
+TASK_ID=$TASK_ID
+TASK_SLOT=$TASK_SLOT
+PORT_OFFSET=$PORT_OFFSET
+POSTGRES_PORT=$POSTGRES_PORT
+API_PORT=$API_PORT
+REDIS_PORT=$REDIS_PORT
+ORLEANS_SILO_PORT=$ORLEANS_SILO_PORT
+ORLEANS_GATEWAY_PORT=$ORLEANS_GATEWAY_PORT
+ORLEANS_DASHBOARD_PORT=$ORLEANS_DASHBOARD_PORT
+DB_NAME=$DB_NAME
+ORLEANS_DB_NAME=$ORLEANS_DB_NAME
+VIBE_WORKTREE_ROOT=$WORKTREE_PROJECT_ROOT
+MAIN_REPO=$MAIN_REPO
+EOF
+
+echo ""
+echo "✅ Setup complete!"
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+echo "📋 Configuration Details:"
+echo "   Task ID: $TASK_ID"
+echo "   Task Slot: $TASK_SLOT (from TASK_ID numeric part)"
+echo "   Port Offset: $PORT_OFFSET"
+echo "   PostgreSQL Port: $POSTGRES_PORT"
+echo "   Redis Port: $REDIS_PORT"
+echo "   API Port: $API_PORT (will be used when starting API)"
+echo "   Orleans Silo Port: $ORLEANS_SILO_PORT"
+echo "   Orleans Gateway Port: $ORLEANS_GATEWAY_PORT"
+echo "   Orleans Dashboard Port: $ORLEANS_DASHBOARD_PORT"
+echo "   Database Name: $DB_NAME"
+echo "   Orleans Database: $ORLEANS_DB_NAME"
+echo "   Configuration File: $SETUP_CONFIG_FILE"
+echo "━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━"
+echo ""
+echo "💡 Next step: Start API and Workers using scripts/vibe-kanban/vibe-dev-server.sh"
+
+# Explicit exit with success code to signal Vibe Kanban that setup is complete
+exit 0
+

src/Dockerfile-managing-api-dev

@@ -15,7 +15,6 @@ COPY ["/src/Managing.Common/Managing.Common.csproj", "Managing.Common/"]
 COPY ["/src/Managing.Core/Managing.Core.csproj", "Managing.Core/"]
 COPY ["/src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Managing.Application.Abstractions.csproj", "Managing.Application.Abstractions/"]
 COPY ["/src/Managing.Domain/Managing.Domain.csproj", "Managing.Domain/"]
-COPY ["/src/Managing.Application.Workers/Managing.Application.Workers.csproj", "Managing.Application.Workers/"]
 COPY ["/src/Managing.Infrastructure.Messengers/Managing.Infrastructure.Messengers.csproj", "Managing.Infrastructure.Messengers/"]
 COPY ["/src/Managing.Infrastructure.Exchanges/Managing.Infrastructure.Exchanges.csproj", "Managing.Infrastructure.Exchanges/"]
 COPY ["/src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database/Managing.Infrastructure.Databases.csproj", "Managing.Infrastructure.Database/"]

src/Dockerfile-worker-api-dev

@@ -1,35 +1,32 @@
-# Use the official Microsoft ASP.NET Core runtime as the base image.
+# Use the official Microsoft ASP.NET Core runtime as the base image
+# Required because Microsoft.AspNetCore.SignalR.Core dependency needs ASP.NET Core runtime
 FROM mcr.microsoft.com/dotnet/aspnet:8.0 AS base
 WORKDIR /app
-EXPOSE 80
-EXPOSE 443
 
 # Use the official Microsoft .NET SDK image to build the code.
 FROM mcr.microsoft.com/dotnet/sdk:8.0 AS build
 WORKDIR /buildapp
-COPY ["/src/Managing.Api.Workers/Managing.Api.Workers.csproj", "Managing.Api.Workers/"]
+COPY ["/src/Managing.Workers/Managing.Workers.csproj", "Managing.Workers/"]
 COPY ["/src/Managing.Bootstrap/Managing.Bootstrap.csproj", "Managing.Bootstrap/"]
-COPY ["/src/Managing.Infrastructure.Storage/Managing.Infrastructure.Storage.csproj", "Managing.Infrastructure.Storage/"]
 COPY ["/src/Managing.Application/Managing.Application.csproj", "Managing.Application/"]
+COPY ["/src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Managing.Application.Abstractions.csproj", "Managing.Application.Abstractions/"]
 COPY ["/src/Managing.Common/Managing.Common.csproj", "Managing.Common/"]
 COPY ["/src/Managing.Core/Managing.Core.csproj", "Managing.Core/"]
-COPY ["/src/Managing.Application.Abstractions/Managing.Application.Abstractions.csproj", "Managing.Application.Abstractions/"]
 COPY ["/src/Managing.Domain/Managing.Domain.csproj", "Managing.Domain/"]
-COPY ["/src/Managing.Application.Workers/Managing.Application.Workers.csproj", "Managing.Application.Workers/"]
-COPY ["/src/Managing.Infrastructure.Messengers/Managing.Infrastructure.Messengers.csproj", "Managing.Infrastructure.Messengers/"]
-COPY ["/src/Managing.Infrastructure.Exchanges/Managing.Infrastructure.Exchanges.csproj", "Managing.Infrastructure.Exchanges/"]
 COPY ["/src/Managing.Infrastructure.Database/Managing.Infrastructure.Databases.csproj", "Managing.Infrastructure.Database/"]
-RUN dotnet restore "/buildapp/Managing.Api.Workers/Managing.Api.Workers.csproj"
+COPY ["/src/Managing.Infrastructure.Exchanges/Managing.Infrastructure.Exchanges.csproj", "Managing.Infrastructure.Exchanges/"]
+COPY ["/src/Managing.Infrastructure.Messengers/Managing.Infrastructure.Messengers.csproj", "Managing.Infrastructure.Messengers/"]
+COPY ["/src/Managing.Infrastructure.Storage/Managing.Infrastructure.Storage.csproj", "Managing.Infrastructure.Storage/"]
+COPY ["/src/Managing.Infrastructure.Web3/Managing.Infrastructure.Evm.csproj", "Managing.Infrastructure.Web3/"]
+RUN dotnet restore "/buildapp/Managing.Workers/Managing.Workers.csproj"
 COPY . .
-WORKDIR "/buildapp/src/Managing.Api.Workers"
-RUN dotnet build "Managing.Api.Workers.csproj" -c Release -o /app/build
+WORKDIR "/buildapp/src/Managing.Workers"
+RUN dotnet build "Managing.Workers.csproj" -c Release -o /app/build
 
 FROM build AS publish
-RUN dotnet publish "Managing.Api.Workers.csproj" -c Release -o /app/publish
+RUN dotnet publish "Managing.Workers.csproj" -c Release -o /app/publish
 
 FROM base AS final
 WORKDIR /app
 COPY --from=publish /app/publish .
-#COPY Managing.Api.Workers/managing_cert.pfx .
-#COPY /src/appsettings.dev.vm.json ./appsettings.json
-ENTRYPOINT ["dotnet", "Managing.Api.Workers.dll"]
+ENTRYPOINT ["dotnet", "Managing.Workers.dll"]

src/Managing.Api.Workers/Controllers/WorkerController.cs

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-using Managing.Application.Workers.Abstractions;
-using Managing.Domain.Workers;
-using Microsoft.AspNetCore.Mvc;
-using static Managing.Common.Enums;
-
-namespace Managing.Api.Workers.Controllers;
-
-[ApiController]
-[Route("[controller]")]
-[Produces("application/json")]
-public class WorkerController : ControllerBase
-{
-    private readonly IWorkerService _workerService;
-
-    public WorkerController(IWorkerService workerService)
-    {
-        _workerService = workerService;
-    }
-
-    [HttpGet]
-    public async Task<ActionResult<List<Worker>>> GetWorkers()
-    {
-        var workers = await _workerService.GetWorkers();
-        return Ok(workers.ToList());
-    }
-
-    [HttpPatch]
-    public async Task<ActionResult> ToggleWorker(WorkerType workerType)
-    {
-        return Ok(await _workerService.ToggleWorker(workerType));
-    }
-}

src/Managing.Api.Workers/Filters/EnumSchemaFilter.cs

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-using Microsoft.OpenApi.Any;
-using Microsoft.OpenApi.Models;
-using Swashbuckle.AspNetCore.SwaggerGen;
-
-namespace Managing.Api.Workers.Filters
-{
-    public class EnumSchemaFilter : ISchemaFilter
-    {
-        public void Apply(OpenApiSchema model, SchemaFilterContext context)
-        {
-            if (context.Type.IsEnum)
-            {
-                model.Enum.Clear();
-                Enum.GetNames(context.Type)
-                    .ToList()
-                    .ForEach(n => model.Enum.Add(new OpenApiString(n)));
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}

src/Managing.Api.Workers/Managing.Api.Workers.csproj

@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-<Project Sdk="Microsoft.NET.Sdk.Web">
-
-    <PropertyGroup>
-        <TargetFramework>net8.0</TargetFramework>
-        <ImplicitUsings>enable</ImplicitUsings>
-        <Platforms>AnyCPU;x64</Platforms>
-        <UserSecretsId>3900ce93-de15-49e5-9a61-7dc2209939ca</UserSecretsId>
-        <DockerDefaultTargetOS>Linux</DockerDefaultTargetOS>
-        <DockerfileContext>..\..</DockerfileContext>
-        <DockerComposeProjectPath>..\..\docker-compose.dcproj</DockerComposeProjectPath>
-    </PropertyGroup>
-
-    <ItemGroup>
-        <PackageReference Include="AspNetCore.HealthChecks.MongoDb" Version="8.1.0"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="AspNetCore.HealthChecks.UI.Client" Version="9.0.0"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="AspNetCore.HealthChecks.Uris" Version="9.0.0"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="Essential.LoggerProvider.Elasticsearch" Version="1.3.2"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="Microsoft.VisualStudio.Azure.Containers.Tools.Targets" Version="1.20.1"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="NSwag.AspNetCore" Version="14.0.7"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="Sentry.AspNetCore" Version="5.5.1"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="Serilog.AspNetCore" Version="8.0.1"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="Serilog.Enrichers.Environment" Version="2.3.0"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="Serilog.Exceptions" Version="8.4.0"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="Serilog.Sinks.Console" Version="5.0.1"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="Serilog.Sinks.Debug" Version="2.0.0"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="Serilog.Sinks.Elasticsearch" Version="10.0.0"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="Swashbuckle.AspNetCore.Newtonsoft" Version="6.6.1"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="Swashbuckle.AspNetCore.Swagger" Version="6.6.1"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="Swashbuckle.AspNetCore.SwaggerGen" Version="6.6.1"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="Swashbuckle.AspNetCore.SwaggerUI" Version="6.6.1"/>
-        <PackageReference Include="xunit" Version="2.8.0"/>
-    </ItemGroup>
-
-    <ItemGroup>
-        <ProjectReference Include="..\Managing.Bootstrap\Managing.Bootstrap.csproj"/>
-        <ProjectReference Include="..\Managing.Aspire.ServiceDefaults\Managing.Aspire.ServiceDefaults.csproj"/>
-        <ProjectReference Include="..\Managing.Core\Managing.Core.csproj"/>
-    </ItemGroup>
-
-    <ItemGroup>
-        <Content Update="appsettings.Oda.json">
-            <CopyToOutputDirectory>Always</CopyToOutputDirectory>
-        </Content>
-        <Content Update="appsettings.json">
-            <CopyToOutputDirectory>Always</CopyToOutputDirectory>
-        </Content>
-        <Content Update="appsettings.Sandbox.json">
-            <CopyToOutputDirectory>Always</CopyToOutputDirectory>
-        </Content>
-        <Content Update="appsettings.SandboxLocal.json">
-            <CopyToOutputDirectory>Always</CopyToOutputDirectory>
-        </Content>
-        <Content Update="appsettings.Production.json">
-            <CopyToOutputDirectory>Always</CopyToOutputDirectory>
-        </Content>
-        <Content Update="appsettings.KaiServer.json">
-            <CopyToOutputDirectory>Always</CopyToOutputDirectory>
-        </Content>
-    </ItemGroup>
-</Project>

src/Managing.Api.Workers/Middleware/SentryDiagnosticsMiddleware.cs

@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-using Sentry;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace Managing.Api.Workers.Middleware
-{
-    public class SentryDiagnosticsMiddleware
-    {
-        private readonly RequestDelegate _next;
-        private readonly ILogger<SentryDiagnosticsMiddleware> _logger;
-
-        public SentryDiagnosticsMiddleware(RequestDelegate next, ILogger<SentryDiagnosticsMiddleware> logger)
-        {
-            _next = next;
-            _logger = logger;
-        }
-
-        public async Task InvokeAsync(HttpContext context)
-        {
-            // Only activate for the /api/sentry-diagnostics endpoint
-            if (context.Request.Path.StartsWithSegments("/api/sentry-diagnostics"))
-            {
-                await HandleDiagnosticsRequest(context);
-                return;
-            }
-
-            await _next(context);
-        }
-
-        private async Task HandleDiagnosticsRequest(HttpContext context)
-        {
-            var response = new StringBuilder();
-            response.AppendLine("Sentry Diagnostics Report");
-            response.AppendLine("========================");
-            response.AppendLine($"Timestamp: {DateTime.Now}");
-            response.AppendLine();
-
-            // Check if Sentry is initialized
-            response.AppendLine("## Sentry SDK Status");
-            response.AppendLine($"Sentry Enabled: {SentrySdk.IsEnabled}");
-            response.AppendLine($"Application Environment: {Environment.GetEnvironmentVariable("ASPNETCORE_ENVIRONMENT")}");
-            response.AppendLine();
-            
-            // Send a test event
-            response.AppendLine("## Test Event");
-            try
-            {
-                var id = SentrySdk.CaptureMessage($"Diagnostics test from {context.Request.Host} at {DateTime.Now}", SentryLevel.Info);
-                response.AppendLine($"Test Event ID: {id}");
-                response.AppendLine("Test event was sent to Sentry. Check your Sentry dashboard to confirm it was received.");
-                
-                // Try to send an exception too
-                try
-                {
-                    throw new Exception("Test exception from diagnostics middleware");
-                }
-                catch (Exception ex)
-                {
-                    var exceptionId = SentrySdk.CaptureException(ex);
-                    response.AppendLine($"Test Exception ID: {exceptionId}");
-                }
-            }
-            catch (Exception ex)
-            {
-                response.AppendLine($"Error sending test event: {ex.Message}");
-                response.AppendLine(ex.StackTrace);
-            }
-
-            response.AppendLine();
-            response.AppendLine("## Connectivity Check");
-            response.AppendLine("If events are not appearing in Sentry, check the following:");
-            response.AppendLine("1. Verify your DSN is correct in appsettings.json");
-            response.AppendLine("2. Ensure your network allows outbound HTTPS connections to sentry.apps.managing.live");
-            response.AppendLine("3. Check Sentry server logs for any ingestion issues");
-            response.AppendLine("4. Verify your Sentry project is correctly configured to receive events");
-            
-            // Return the diagnostic information
-            context.Response.ContentType = "text/plain";
-            await context.Response.WriteAsync(response.ToString());
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Extension method used to add the middleware to the HTTP request pipeline.
-    public static class SentryDiagnosticsMiddlewareExtensions
-    {
-        public static IApplicationBuilder UseSentryDiagnostics(this IApplicationBuilder builder)
-        {
-            return builder.UseMiddleware<SentryDiagnosticsMiddleware>();
-        }
-    }
-} 

src/Managing.Api.Workers/Program.cs

@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
-using System.Text.Json.Serialization;
-using HealthChecks.UI.Client;
-using Managing.Api.Workers.Filters;
-using Managing.Application.Hubs;
-using Managing.Bootstrap;
-using Managing.Common;
-using Managing.Core.Middleawares;
-using Managing.Infrastructure.Databases.InfluxDb.Models;
-using Managing.Infrastructure.Databases.PostgreSql;
-using Managing.Infrastructure.Evm.Models.Privy;
-using Microsoft.AspNetCore.Diagnostics.HealthChecks;
-using Microsoft.EntityFrameworkCore;
-using Microsoft.Extensions.Diagnostics.HealthChecks;
-using Microsoft.OpenApi.Models;
-using NSwag;
-using NSwag.Generation.Processors.Security;
-using Serilog;
-using Serilog.Events;
-using Serilog.Sinks.Elasticsearch;
-using OpenApiSecurityRequirement = Microsoft.OpenApi.Models.OpenApiSecurityRequirement;
-using OpenApiSecurityScheme = NSwag.OpenApiSecurityScheme;
-
-// Builder
-var builder = WebApplication.CreateBuilder(args);
-
-builder.Configuration.SetBasePath(AppContext.BaseDirectory);
-builder.Configuration.AddJsonFile("appsettings.json", optional: false, reloadOnChange: true)
-    .AddJsonFile($"appsettings.{builder.Environment.EnvironmentName}.json");
-
-var influxUrl = builder.Configuration.GetSection(Constants.Databases.InfluxDb)["Url"];
-var web3ProxyUrl = builder.Configuration.GetSection("Web3Proxy")["BaseUrl"];
-var postgreSqlConnectionString = builder.Configuration.GetSection("PostgreSql")["ConnectionString"];
-
-// Initialize Sentry
-SentrySdk.Init(options =>
-{
-    // A Sentry Data Source Name (DSN) is required.
-    options.Dsn = builder.Configuration["Sentry:Dsn"];
-
-    // When debug is enabled, the Sentry client will emit detailed debugging information to the console.
-    options.Debug = false;
-
-    // Adds request URL and headers, IP and name for users, etc.
-    options.SendDefaultPii = true;
-
-    // This option is recommended. It enables Sentry's "Release Health" feature.
-    options.AutoSessionTracking = true;
-
-    // Enabling this option is recommended for client applications only. It ensures all threads use the same global scope.
-    options.IsGlobalModeEnabled = false;
-
-    // Example sample rate for your transactions: captures 10% of transactions
-    options.TracesSampleRate = 0.1;
-
-    options.Environment = builder.Environment.EnvironmentName;
-});
-
-// Add service discovery for Aspire
-builder.Services.AddServiceDiscovery();
-
-// Configure health checks
-builder.Services.AddHealthChecks()
-    .AddCheck("self", () => HealthCheckResult.Healthy(), ["live"])
-    .AddUrlGroup(new Uri($"{influxUrl}/health"), name: "influxdb", tags: ["database"])
-    .AddUrlGroup(new Uri($"{web3ProxyUrl}/health"), name: "web3proxy", tags: ["api"]);
-
-builder.WebHost.UseUrls("http://localhost:5001");
-
-builder.Host.UseSerilog((hostBuilder, loggerConfiguration) =>
-{
-    var envName = builder.Environment.EnvironmentName.ToLower().Replace(".", "-");
-    var indexFormat = $"managing-worker-{envName}-" + "{0:yyyy.MM.dd}";
-    var yourTemplateName = "dotnetlogs";
-    var es = new ElasticsearchSinkOptions(new Uri(hostBuilder.Configuration["ElasticConfiguration:Uri"]))
-    {
-        IndexFormat = indexFormat.ToLower(),
-        AutoRegisterTemplate = true,
-        OverwriteTemplate = true,
-        TemplateName = yourTemplateName,
-        AutoRegisterTemplateVersion = AutoRegisterTemplateVersion.ESv7,
-        TypeName = null,
-        BatchAction = ElasticOpType.Create,
-        MinimumLogEventLevel = LogEventLevel.Information,
-        DetectElasticsearchVersion = true,
-        RegisterTemplateFailure = RegisterTemplateRecovery.IndexAnyway,
-    };
-
-    loggerConfiguration
-        .WriteTo.Console()
-        .WriteTo.Elasticsearch(es);
-});
-builder.Services.AddOptions();
-builder.Services.Configure<InfluxDbSettings>(builder.Configuration.GetSection(Constants.Databases.InfluxDb));
-builder.Services.Configure<PrivySettings>(builder.Configuration.GetSection(Constants.ThirdParty.Privy));
-builder.Services.AddControllers().AddJsonOptions(options =>
-    options.JsonSerializerOptions.Converters.Add(new JsonStringEnumConverter()));
-builder.Services.AddCors(o => o.AddPolicy("CorsPolicy", builder =>
-{
-    builder
-        .SetIsOriginAllowed((host) => true)
-        .AllowAnyOrigin()
-        .WithOrigins("http://localhost:3000/")
-        .AllowAnyMethod()
-        .AllowAnyHeader()
-        .AllowCredentials();
-}));
-builder.Services.AddSignalR().AddJsonProtocol();
-
-// Add PostgreSQL DbContext for worker services
-builder.Services.AddDbContext<ManagingDbContext>(options =>
-{
-    options.UseNpgsql(postgreSqlConnectionString, npgsqlOptions =>
-    {
-        npgsqlOptions.CommandTimeout(60);
-        npgsqlOptions.EnableRetryOnFailure(maxRetryCount: 5, maxRetryDelay: TimeSpan.FromSeconds(10),
-            errorCodesToAdd: null);
-    });
-    if (builder.Environment.IsDevelopment())
-    {
-        options.EnableDetailedErrors();
-        options.EnableSensitiveDataLogging();
-        options.EnableThreadSafetyChecks();
-    }
-
-    options.UseQueryTrackingBehavior(QueryTrackingBehavior.NoTracking);
-    options.EnableServiceProviderCaching();
-    options.LogTo(msg => Console.WriteLine(msg), LogLevel.Warning);
-}, ServiceLifetime.Scoped);
-
-builder.Services.RegisterWorkersDependencies(builder.Configuration);
-builder.Services.AddEndpointsApiExplorer();
-builder.Services.AddOpenApiDocument(document =>
-{
-    document.AddSecurity("JWT", Enumerable.Empty<string>(), new OpenApiSecurityScheme
-    {
-        Type = OpenApiSecuritySchemeType.ApiKey,
-        Name = "Authorization",
-        In = OpenApiSecurityApiKeyLocation.Header,
-        Description = "Type into the textbox: Bearer {your JWT token}."
-    });
-
-    document.OperationProcessors.Add(
-        new AspNetCoreOperationSecurityScopeProcessor("JWT"));
-});
-builder.Services.AddSwaggerGen(options =>
-{
-    options.SchemaFilter<EnumSchemaFilter>();
-    options.AddSecurityDefinition("Bearer,", new Microsoft.OpenApi.Models.OpenApiSecurityScheme
-    {
-        Description = "Please insert your JWT Token into field : Bearer {your_token}",
-        Name = "Authorization",
-        Type = SecuritySchemeType.Http,
-        In = ParameterLocation.Header,
-        Scheme = "Bearer",
-        BearerFormat = "JWT"
-    });
-    options.AddSecurityRequirement(new OpenApiSecurityRequirement
-    {
-        {
-            new Microsoft.OpenApi.Models.OpenApiSecurityScheme
-            {
-                Reference = new OpenApiReference
-                {
-                    Type = ReferenceType.SecurityScheme,
-                    Id = "Bearer"
-                }
-            },
-            new string[] { }
-        }
-    });
-});
-
-builder.WebHost.SetupDiscordBot();
-
-// App
-var app = builder.Build();
-app.UseSerilogRequestLogging();
-
-app.UseOpenApi();
-app.UseSwaggerUI(c =>
-{
-    c.SwaggerEndpoint("/swagger/v1/swagger.json", "Managing Workers v1");
-    c.RoutePrefix = string.Empty;
-});
-
-app.UseCors("CorsPolicy");
-
-// Add Sentry diagnostics middleware (now using shared version from Core)
-app.UseSentryDiagnostics();
-
-// Using shared GlobalErrorHandlingMiddleware from Core project
-app.UseMiddleware<GlobalErrorHandlingMiddleware>();
-
-app.UseHttpsRedirection();
-
-app.UseRouting();
-
-app.UseAuthorization();
-
-app.UseEndpoints(endpoints =>
-{
-    endpoints.MapControllers();
-    endpoints.MapHub<PositionHub>("/positionhub");
-
-    endpoints.MapHealthChecks("/health", new HealthCheckOptions
-    {
-        ResponseWriter = UIResponseWriter.WriteHealthCheckUIResponse
-    });
-
-    endpoints.MapHealthChecks("/alive", new HealthCheckOptions
-    {
-        Predicate = r => r.Tags.Contains("live"),
-        ResponseWriter = UIResponseWriter.WriteHealthCheckUIResponse
-    });
-});
-
-app.Run();